___________________________________________________________________________________________
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
_________________________________________________________________
QuantaMesh Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
User’s Guide
Applicable Products
T5032-LY6
T3048-LY8
T3048-LY9
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Comments… Suggestions… Corrections…
The User documentation Department would like to know your opinion on this manual. Your feedback
helps us to optimize our documentation to suit your individual needs.
Fax forms for sending us your comments are included at the back of the manual.
There you will also find the addresses of the relevant User documentation Department.
Copyright and Trademarks
Copyright © 2014 Quanta Computer Inc.
All rights reserved.
Delivery subject to availability; right of technical modifications reserved.
All hardware and software names used are trademarks of their respective manufacturers.
QuantaMesh | Introduction
2
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Document History
Revision
0.1
0.2
Date
4/3/2014
03/30/2015
Remark
First Edition
Second edition
-
QuantaMesh | Introduction
3
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
CONTENTS
1
INTRODUCTION .........................................................................................................................................10
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
2
PRODUCT OVERVIEW..................................................................................................................................... 10
FEATURES.................................................................................................................................................... 12
MANAGEMENT OPTIONS................................................................................................................................ 14
COMMAND LINE CONSOLE INTERFACE THROUGH THE SERIAL PORT OR TELNET ......................................................... 14
SNMP-BASED MANAGEMENT ........................................................................................................................ 15
INSTALLATION AND QUICK STARTUP ........................................................................................................18
2.1
PACKAGE CONTENTS ..................................................................................................................................... 18
2.2
SWITCH INSTALLATION ................................................................................................................................... 19
2.3
INSTALLING THE SWITCH IN A RACK .................................................................................................................. 20
2.4
QUICK STARTING THE SWITCH ......................................................................................................................... 21
2.5
SYSTEM INFORMATION SETUP ......................................................................................................................... 22
2.5.1
Quick Start up Software Version Information .................................................................................. 22
2.5.2
Quick Start up Physical Port Data .................................................................................................... 22
2.5.3
Quick Start up User Account Management ..................................................................................... 23
2.5.4
Quick Start up IP Address ................................................................................................................. 24
2.5.5
Quick Start up Uploading from Switch to Out-of-Band PC ............................................................... 25
2.5.6
Quick Start up Downloading from Out-of-Band PC to Switch .......................................................... 25
2.5.7
Quick Start up Downloading from TFTP Server ................................................................................ 25
2.5.8
Quick Start up Factory Defaults ....................................................................................................... 26
3
CONSOLE AND TELNET ADMINISTRATION INTERFACE ...............................................................................27
3.1
LOCAL CONSOLE MANAGEMENT ...................................................................................................................... 27
3.2
SET UP YOUR SWITCH USING CONSOLE ACCESS .................................................................................................. 27
3.3
SET UP YOUR SWITCH USING TELNET ACCESS..................................................................................................... 29
3.3.1
Accessing the Switch CLI through the Network ................................................................................ 29
3.3.2
Using the Service Port or Netowrk Interface for Remote Management .......................................... 29
4
COMMAND LINE INTERFACE STRUCTURE AND MODE-BASED CLI ..............................................................31
4.1
4.2
5
CLI COMMAND FORMAT ................................................................................................................................ 31
CLI MODE-BASED TOPOLOGY ......................................................................................................................... 32
SWITCHING COMMANDS ..........................................................................................................................34
5.1
SYSTEM INFORMATION AND STATISTICS COMMANDS ........................................................................................... 34
5.1.1
show arp .......................................................................................................................................... 34
5.1.2
show calendar .................................................................................................................................. 35
5.1.3
show process cpu ............................................................................................................................. 36
5.1.4
show eventlog .................................................................................................................................. 38
5.1.5
show running-config ........................................................................................................................ 39
5.1.6
show sysinfo ..................................................................................................................................... 40
5.1.7
show system..................................................................................................................................... 41
5.1.8
show tech-support ........................................................................................................................... 42
5.1.9
show hardware ................................................................................................................................ 43
5.1.10 show version .................................................................................................................................... 45
5.1.11 show loginsession ............................................................................................................................ 46
5.1.12 show command filter ....................................................................................................................... 47
5.1.13 Digital Optical Monitor .................................................................................................................... 48
5.2
DEVICE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS .............................................................................................................. 50
5.2.1
Interface ........................................................................................................................................... 50
5.2.2
L2 MAC Address and Multicast Forwarding Database Tables ......................................................... 71
5.2.3
VLAN Management.......................................................................................................................... 79
QuantaMesh | Introduction
4
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.4
Double VLAN commands................................................................................................................ 103
5.2.5
GVRP and Bridge Extension............................................................................................................ 105
5.2.6
IGMP Snooping .............................................................................................................................. 116
5.2.7
IGMP Snooping Querier ................................................................................................................. 132
5.2.8
MLD Snooping ................................................................................................................................ 139
5.2.9
MLD Snooping Querier ................................................................................................................... 153
5.2.10 Port Channel .................................................................................................................................. 160
5.2.11 Storm Control ................................................................................................................................. 176
5.2.12 L2 Priority ....................................................................................................................................... 185
5.2.13 Port Mirror ..................................................................................................................................... 187
5.2.14 Link State ....................................................................................................................................... 190
5.2.15 Port Backup .................................................................................................................................... 193
5.2.16 Expandable Port Configuration ...................................................................................................... 195
5.3
MANAGEMENT COMMANDS ......................................................................................................................... 197
5.3.1
Network Commands ...................................................................................................................... 197
5.3.2
Serial Interface Commands ............................................................................................................ 202
5.3.3
Telnet Session Commands.............................................................................................................. 206
5.3.4
SSH Client Session Commands ....................................................................................................... 214
5.3.5
SNMP Server Commands ............................................................................................................... 217
5.3.6
SNMP Trap Commands .................................................................................................................. 233
5.3.7
SNMP Inform Commands ............................................................................................................... 243
5.3.8
Secure Shell (SSH) Commands ........................................................................................................ 244
5.3.9
Management Security Commands ................................................................................................. 247
5.3.10 DHCP Client Commands ................................................................................................................. 248
5.3.11 DHCPv6 Client Commands ............................................................................................................. 249
5.3.12 DHCP Relay Commands ................................................................................................................. 251
5.3.13 sFlow Commands ........................................................................................................................... 253
5.3.14 Service Port Commands ................................................................................................................. 264
5.3.15 Time Range Commands ................................................................................................................. 270
5.3.16 Command Scheduler Commands ................................................................................................... 274
5.4
SPANNING TREE COMMANDS ........................................................................................................................ 277
5.4.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 277
5.4.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 287
5.5
SYSTEM LOG MANAGEMENT COMMANDS ....................................................................................................... 301
5.5.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 301
5.5.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 304
5.6
EMAIL ALERTING AND MAIL SERVER COMMANDS ............................................................................................. 311
5.6.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 311
5.6.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 314
5.7
SCRIPT MANAGEMENT COMMANDS ............................................................................................................... 321
5.7.1
script apply..................................................................................................................................... 321
5.7.2
script delete ................................................................................................................................... 321
5.7.3
script show ..................................................................................................................................... 322
5.7.4
script validate ................................................................................................................................ 323
5.8
USER ACCOUNT MANAGEMENT COMMANDS ................................................................................................... 324
5.8.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 324
5.8.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 327
5.9
SECURITY COMMANDS ................................................................................................................................. 334
5.9.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 334
5.9.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 356
5.9.3
Dot1x Configuration Commands .................................................................................................... 361
5.9.4
Interface ConfigRadius Configuration Commands ......................................................................... 371
5.9.5
TACACS+ Configuration Commands ............................................................................................... 379
5.9.6
Port Security Configuration Commands ......................................................................................... 384
QuantaMesh | Introduction
5
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.7
Denial Of Service Commands ......................................................................................................... 388
5.10 CDP (CISCO DISCOVERY PROTOCOL) COMMANDS ............................................................................................ 399
5.10.1 Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 399
5.10.2 Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 403
5.11 SNTP (SIMPLE NETWORK TIME PROTOCOL) COMMANDS .................................................................................. 406
5.11.1 Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 406
5.11.2 Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 409
5.12 LLDP (LINK LAYER DISCOVERY PROTOCOL) COMMANDS .................................................................................... 417
5.12.1 Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 417
5.12.2 Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 434
5.13 VTP (VLAN TRUNKING PROTOCOL) COMMANDS ............................................................................................. 446
5.13.1 Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 446
5.13.2 Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 449
5.14 PROTECTED PORTS COMMANDS .................................................................................................................... 454
5.14.1 Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 454
5.14.2 Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 456
5.15 STATIC MAC FILTERING COMMANDS ............................................................................................................. 457
5.15.1 Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 457
5.15.2 Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 458
5.16 SYSTEM UTILITIES ....................................................................................................................................... 461
5.16.1 clear ............................................................................................................................................... 461
5.16.2 copy................................................................................................................................................ 475
5.16.3 delete ............................................................................................................................................. 478
5.16.4 dir ................................................................................................................................................... 479
5.16.5 whichboot ...................................................................................................................................... 480
5.16.6 boot-system ................................................................................................................................... 480
5.16.7 ping ................................................................................................................................................ 481
5.16.8 traceroute ...................................................................................................................................... 484
5.16.9 logging cli-command ..................................................................................................................... 486
5.16.10
calendar set................................................................................................................................ 487
5.16.11
reload ......................................................................................................................................... 487
5.16.12
configure .................................................................................................................................... 488
5.16.13
disconnect .................................................................................................................................. 488
5.16.14
hostname ................................................................................................................................... 489
5.16.15
quit ............................................................................................................................................. 489
5.16.16
cablestatus ................................................................................................................................. 490
5.16.17
AutoInstall Commands ............................................................................................................... 491
5.16.18
Capture CPU packet Commands ................................................................................................ 495
5.17 DHCP SNOOPING COMMANDS ..................................................................................................................... 500
5.17.1 Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 501
5.17.2 Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 508
5.18 IP SOURCE GUARD (IPSG) COMMANDS ......................................................................................................... 518
5.18.1 Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 519
5.18.2 Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 521
5.19 DYNAMIC ARP INSPECTION (DAI) COMMAND ................................................................................................. 522
5.19.1 Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 523
5.19.2 Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 527
5.20 DIFFERENTIATED SERVICE COMMAND ............................................................................................................. 532
5.20.1 General Commands........................................................................................................................ 534
5.20.2 Class Commands ............................................................................................................................ 535
5.20.3 Policy Commands ........................................................................................................................... 554
5.20.4 Service Commands ......................................................................................................................... 565
5.20.5 Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 568
5.21 ACL COMMAND ......................................................................................................................................... 576
QuantaMesh | Introduction
6
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.21.1 Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 576
5.21.2 Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 583
5.22 IPV6 ACL COMMAND ................................................................................................................................. 593
5.22.1 Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 593
5.22.2 Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 595
5.23 COS (CLASS OF SERVICE) COMMAND.............................................................................................................. 599
5.23.1 Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 599
5.23.2 Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 604
5.24 AUTO-VOICE OVER IP COMMANDS ................................................................................................................ 610
5.24.1 Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 611
5.24.2 Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 612
5.25 ISCSI OPTIMIZATION COMMANDS ................................................................................................................. 613
5.25.1 Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 613
5.25.2 Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 615
5.26 DOMAIN NAME SERVER RELAY COMMANDS .................................................................................................... 619
5.26.1 Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 619
5.26.2 Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 622
5.27 UDLD COMMANDS .................................................................................................................................... 630
5.27.1 Show command ............................................................................................................................. 630
5.27.2 Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 632
5.28 MULTI CHASSIS LINK AGGREGATION COMMANDS ............................................................................................. 635
5.28.1 Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 635
5.28.2 Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 639
5.29 CONTROL PLANE PROTECTION COMMANDS ..................................................................................................... 643
5.29.1 Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 643
5.29.2 Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 643
6
ROUTING COMMANDS ............................................................................................................................ 645
6.1
ADDRESS RESOLUTION PROTOCOL (ARP) COMMANDS ...................................................................................... 645
6.1.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 645
6.1.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 648
6.2
IP ROUTING COMMANDS ............................................................................................................................. 653
6.2.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 653
6.2.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 668
6.3
OPEN SHORTEST PATH FIRST (OSPF) COMMANDS ........................................................................................... 675
6.3.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 675
6.3.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 695
6.4
BOOTP/DHCP RELAY COMMANDS .............................................................................................................. 724
6.4.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 724
6.4.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 725
6.5
IP HELPER COMMANDS ............................................................................................................................... 728
6.5.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 728
6.5.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 730
6.6
ROUTING INFORMATION PROTOCOL (RIP) COMMANDS ..................................................................................... 733
6.6.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 733
6.6.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 736
6.7
ROUTER DISCOVERY PROTOCOL COMMANDS ................................................................................................... 745
6.7.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 745
6.7.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 746
6.8
VLAN ROUTING COMMANDS ....................................................................................................................... 749
6.8.1
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 749
6.9
VIRTUAL ROUTER REDUNDANCY PROTOCOL (VRRP) COMMANDS ....................................................................... 750
6.9.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 750
6.9.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 755
QuantaMesh | Introduction
7
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.10 POLICY BASED ROUTING (PBR) COMMANDS ................................................................................................... 763
6.10.1 Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 763
6.10.2 Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 765
6.11 BORDER GATEWAY PROTOCOL (BGP) COMMANDS ........................................................................................... 778
6.11.1 Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 778
6.11.2 Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 798
7
IP MULTICAST COMMANDS..................................................................................................................... 819
7.1
DISTANCE VECTOR MULTICAST ROUTING PROTOCOL (DVMRP) COMMANDS ........................................................ 819
7.1.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 819
7.1.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 825
7.2
INTERNET GROUP MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL (IGMP) COMMANDS ..................................................................... 827
7.2.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 827
7.2.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 834
7.3
MLD COMMANDS ...................................................................................................................................... 839
7.3.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 839
7.3.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 843
7.4
MULTICAST COMMANDS .............................................................................................................................. 847
7.4.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 847
7.4.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 853
7.5
IPV4 PROTOCOL INDEPENDENT MULTICAST (PIM) COMMANDS.......................................................................... 856
7.5.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 856
7.5.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 863
7.6
IPV6 PROTOCOL INDEPENDENT MULTICAST COMMANDS ................................................................................... 871
7.6.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 871
7.6.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 878
7.7
IGMP PROXY COMMANDS ........................................................................................................................... 886
7.7.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 886
7.7.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 890
7.8
MLD PROXY COMMANDS ............................................................................................................................ 892
7.8.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 892
7.8.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 896
8
IPV6 COMMANDS ................................................................................................................................... 898
8.1
TUNNEL INTERFACE COMMANDS ................................................................................................................... 898
8.1.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 898
8.1.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 900
8.2
LOOPBACK INTERFACE COMMANDS ................................................................................................................ 902
8.2.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 902
8.2.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 903
8.3
IPV6 ROUTING COMMANDS ......................................................................................................................... 904
8.3.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 904
8.3.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 917
8.4
OSPFV3 COMMANDS ................................................................................................................................. 930
8.4.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 930
8.4.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 948
8.5
RIPNG COMMANDS .................................................................................................................................... 972
8.5.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 972
8.5.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 974
8.6
ROUTING POLICY COMMANDS ...................................................................................................................... 981
8.6.1
Show Commands ........................................................................................................................... 981
8.6.2
Configuration Commands .............................................................................................................. 982
9
DATA CENTER BRIDGING COMMANDS .................................................................................................... 985
QuantaMesh | Introduction
8
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
9.1
FIP SNOOPING ........................................................................................................................................... 985
9.1.1
show dcb fip-snooping ................................................................................................................... 985
9.1.2
show fip-snooping enode ............................................................................................................... 985
9.1.3
show dcb fip-snooping session ....................................................................................................... 987
9.1.4
show dcb fip-snooping fcf .............................................................................................................. 988
9.1.5
show dcb fip-snooping vlan ........................................................................................................... 989
9.1.6
fip-snooping ................................................................................................................................... 989
9.1.7
fip-snooping vlan ........................................................................................................................... 990
9.2
PRIORITY-BASED FLOW CONTROL................................................................................................................... 991
9.2.1
show dcb priority-flow-control ....................................................................................................... 991
9.2.2
priority-flow-control mode ............................................................................................................. 991
9.2.3
priority-flow-control priority .......................................................................................................... 992
9.2.4
clear priority-flow-control statistics ............................................................................................... 992
9.3
ENHANCED TRANSMISSION SELECTION (ETS) ................................................................................................... 993
9.3.1
show dcb ets classofservice traffic-class-group ............................................................................. 993
9.3.2
show dcb ets traffic-class-group .................................................................................................... 993
9.3.3
ets classofservice traffic-class-group ............................................................................................. 995
9.3.4
ets traffic-class-group max-bandwidth .......................................................................................... 995
9.3.5
ets traffic-class-group min-bandwidth ........................................................................................... 996
9.3.6
ets traffic-class-group strict ........................................................................................................... 996
9.3.7
ets traffic-class-group weight ........................................................................................................ 997
9.4
ETHERNET VIRTUAL BRIDGING ....................................................................................................................... 998
9.4.1
show evb status ............................................................................................................................. 998
9.4.2
show evb status ............................................................................................................................. 999
9.4.3
show evb vsi-profile ..................................................................................................................... 1000
9.4.4
evb enable .................................................................................................................................... 1000
9.4.5
evb rte .......................................................................................................................................... 1001
9.5
VM TRACER COMMANDS ........................................................................................................................... 1002
9.5.1
Show Commands ......................................................................................................................... 1002
9.5.2
Configuration Commands ............................................................................................................ 1006
10
OPENFLOW COMMANDS ................................................................................................................... 1011
10.1 SHOW COMMANDS ................................................................................................................................... 1011
10.1.1 show openflow instance .............................................................................................................. 1011
10.1.2 show openflow controller ............................................................................................................ 1012
10.1.3 show openflow installed flows ..................................................................................................... 1013
10.1.4 show openflow installed meters .................................................................................................. 1014
10.1.5 show openflow table status ......................................................................................................... 1015
10.2 CONFIGURATION COMMANDS ..................................................................................................................... 1016
10.2.1 OpenFlow Instance....................................................................................................................... 1016
10.2.2 OpenFlow Enable/Disable ............................................................................................................ 1016
10.2.3 OpenFlow Controller .................................................................................................................... 1017
10.2.4 OpenFlow Hybrid Mode ............................................................................................................... 1017
10.2.5 OpenFlow VLAN in Per-VLAN mode instance ............................................................................... 1018
10.2.6 OpenFlow PORT in Per-PORT mode instance ............................................................................... 1018
10.2.7 OpenFlow Variant ........................................................................................................................ 1019
10.2.8 OpenFlow Fail Mode .................................................................................................................... 1019
10.2.9 OpenFlow ignore-legacy-protocol................................................................................................ 1019
QuantaMesh | Introduction
9
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
1
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Introduction
1.1 Product Overview
The QuantaMesh Top-of-Rack (ToR) Ethernet switch provides high performance, high availability and
simplicity management. They are designed for adaptability and scalability for campus and data center.
The hardware configuration of each product is listed in Table 1.
Feature/Model
Product
Config
10/100/1000
Mbps RJ-45
ports
10G Base-T
ports
1 GbE SFP
ports
10 GbE SFP+
ports
40 GbE QSFP
ports
100 GbE ports
1 GbE SerDes
downlinks
Switching
bandwidth
(data rate,
full duplex)
Console Port
Special
ports
Fans/Air
flow
Management
Port
T5032-LY6
T3048-LY8
T3048-LY9
-
-
-
-
-
48
-
-
-
-
48
-
32
6
6
-
-
-
-
-
-
2560Gbps
720/1440Gbps
720/1440Gbps
1 (RJ-45 Type)
1 (RJ-45 Type)
1 (RJ-45 Type)
1
1
1
(10/100/1000Mbps (10/100/1000Mbps (10/100/1000Mbps
)
)
)
USB Port
Cooling Fans
1(USB2.0)
3(hotswapable)
1(USB2.0)
3(hotswapable)
1(USB2.0)
4(hotswapable)
Air Flow
Front-to-Rear or
Rear-to-Front
Front-to-Rear or
Rear-to-Front
Front-to-Rear or
Rear-to-Front
Hot-Swap PSU
Power/PS
(redundant
U
power )
1+1 AC-DC
Redundant power
supply(90-264
VAC input;
12VDC/36A
Output)
1+1 AC-DC
1+1 AC-DC
Redundant power Redundant power
supply(90-264
supply(90-264
VAC input;
VAC input;
12VDC/36A
12VDC/36A
Output)
Output)
Table 1. Product Configuration
QuantaMesh | Introduction
10
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Simplicity
The QuantaMesh switch can be managed through industry standard command-line interface (CLI) which
reduces the training and operating costs. It supports Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
both from standard MIB and private MIB for network administrator to easily configure, monitor, and
manage remotely. The Auto-installation feature implemented helps centralized management to simplify
deployment of a truly plug-and-play experience. With the evolution from IPv4 to IPv6, the QuantaMesh
switch is a IPv6 integrated management device.
High Availability
The QuantaMesh switch is designed for high availability from both hardware and software perspective.
The key features include:
- 1+1 hot-swappable power supplies
- Out-of-band management supported
- 802.1D, 802.1w and 802.1s supported
- Up to 32 ports per link aggregation group (LACP) and up to 64 groups
- Multi-chassis LAG (MLAG) for preventing the risks of single point failure
- Up to 32 paths ECMP routing for load balancing and redundancy
- Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) supported
High-Performance L2/L3 access deployments
With the compact 1U form factor, high desity ports in the front panel, fron to back or back to front airflow
design, the QuantaMesh switch is idea for top-of-rack deployments in high-performance, highly
demanding data centers. The high switching capacity to be a powerful solution to aggregate
high-performance servers in the data center.
Advance IPv4 and IPv6 Routing
The QuantaMesh switch is a full layer 2 and layer 3 routing switch that supports advanced IPv4 and IPv6
routing features such as RIP v1/v2, OSPF/ECMP, RIPng and OSPFv3. The multicast routing features for
IGMP v1/v2/v3, DVMRP, PIM-DM.SM, MLD v1/v2 and PIM-DM6/SM6 are all supported.
Data Center Application
The QuantaMesh switch is an IEEE DCB-based switch delivering a high-performance solution to
integrate server edge access. The key features include:
- Congestion Notification (CN, 802.1Qau)
- Enhanced Transmission Selection (ETS, 802.1Qaz)
- Priority-based Flow Control (PFC, 802.1Qbb)
- Data Center Bridging Extension (DCBX, 802.1Qaz)
- FCoE Initiation Protocol (FIP) snooping
- Ethernet Virtual Bridging (EVB, 802.1Qbg)
QuantaMesh | Introduction
11
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
1.2 Features

IEEE 802.3z and IEEE 802.3x compliant Flow Control for all ethernet ports

Supports 802.1D STP, 802.1S MSTP, and 802.1w Rapid Spanning Tree for redundant back up
bridge paths

Supports 802.1Q VLAN, Protocol-based VLAN, Subnet-based VLAN, MAC-based VLAN, Protected
Port, Double VLAN, Voice VLAN, GVRP, GMRP, IGMP snooping, 802.1p Priority Queues, Port
Channel, port mirroring

Link Agregation (802.1ad LACP)

Multi-chassis Link Aggregation (MLAG)

Supports VTP (VLAN Trunking Protocol)

Supports CDP

Supports LLDP with potential communication problems detection

Supports Port Security

Multi-layer Access Control (based on MAC address, IP address, VLAN, Protocol, 802.1p, DSCP)

Quality of Service (QoS) customized control

AAA support

802.1x access control and RADIUS client support

TACACS+ support

UDLD support

Error Disable Recovery support

Supports DHCP Snooping

Dynamic ARP Inspection (DAI) and IP Source Guard (IPSG)

IP ARP support

IP Routing support

VLAN Routing support

OSPF v2 and v3 support

RIP v1/v2 and RIPng support

BGP4 support

Router Discovery Protocol support

Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) support

32-way ECMP support

/31 subnets support

Source IP configuration support

Poilcy Based Routing (PBR)

IP Multicast support
QuantaMesh | Introduction
12
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch

IGMP v1, v2, and v3 support

DVMRP support

Protocol Independent Multicast - Dense Mode (PIM-DM) support for IPv4 and IPv6

Protocol Independent Multicast - Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) support for IPv4 and IPv6

IPv6 function
Supports DHCPv6 protocol, OSPFv3 protocol, Tunneling, loopback
Provides to configure IPv6 rotuing interface, routing preference

DHCP Client and Relay support

IP Helper (BOOTP/DHCP Relay)

DNS Client and Relay support

Per-port bandwidth control

iSCSI Optimization support

Auto VoIP support

SNMP v1, v2, v3 network management, RMON support

CLI management support

Fully configurable either in-band or out-of-band control via RS-232 console serial connection

Telnet remote control console

TraceRoute support

Traffic Segmentation

TFTP/FTP/SCP/SFTP upgrade

SysLog support

Email Alerting support

Simple Network Time Protocol support

SSH Secure Shell version 1 and 2 support

SSL Secure HTTP TLS Version 1 and SSL version 3 support

Auto Install support

Fibre Channel Over Ethernet(FCoE)
FIP Snooping

Data Center Bridge (DCB)
Enhanced Transmission Selection (ETS, IEEE 802.1Qaz)
Priority Flow Control (PFC, IEEE 802.1Qbb)

Data Center Bridge Exchange (DCBX, IEEE802.1Qaz)

Ethenet Virtual Bridge (EVB)
VEB/VEPA bridge support

OpenFlow support

Control Plane Protection (CoPP)
QuantaMesh | Introduction
13
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
1.3 Management Options
The system may be managed by using one Service Ports through a Telnet, SNMP function and using
the console port on the front panel through CLI command.
1.4 Command Line Console Interface through the Serial Port or
Telnet
You can also connect a computer or terminal to the serial console port or use Telnet to access the
Switch. The command-line-driven interface provides complete access to all switch management
features.
QuantaMesh | Introduction
14
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
1.5 SNMP-Based Management
You can manage the Switch with an SNMP-compatible console program. The Switch supports SNMP
version 1.0, version 2.0, and version 3.0. The SNMP agent decodes the incoming SNMP messages and
responds to requests with MIB objects stored in the database. The SNMP agent updates the MIB objects
to generate statistics The Switch supports a comprehensive set of MIB extensions:

RFC1493 Bridge

RFC 2819 RMON-MIB

RFC 2233 Interface MIB

RFC 2618 (Radius-Auth-Client-MIB)

RFC 2620 (Radius-Acc-Client-MIB)

RFC 1724 (RIPv2-MIB)

RFC 1850 (OSPF-MIB)

RFC 1850 (OSPF-TRAP-MIB)

RFC 2787 (VRRP-MIB)

RFC 3289 - DIFFSERV-DSCP-TC

RFC 3289 - DIFFSERV-MIB

QoS-DIFFSERV-EXTENSIONS-MIB

QoS-DIFFSERV-PRIVATE-MIB

RFC 2674 802.1p

RFC 2932 (IPMROUTE-MIB)

Quanta Enterprise MIB

ROUTING-MIB

MGMD-MIB

RFC 2934 PIM-MIB

DVMRP-STD-MIB

IANA-RTPROTO-MIB

MULTICAST-MIB

ROUTING6-MIB

IEEE8021-PAE-MIB

INVENTORY-MIB

MGMT-SECURITY-MIB

QoS-MIB

QoS-ACL-MIB

QoS-COS-MIB

QoS-AUTOVOIP-MIB
QuantaMesh | Introduction
15
UANTA COMPUTER INC.

QoS-DIFFSERV-PRIVATE-MIB

QoS-ISCSI-MIB

RFC 1907 - SNMPv2-MIB

RFC 2465 - IPV6-MIB

RFC 2466 - IPV6-ICMP-MIB

TACACS-MIB

IGMP/MLD Snooping

IGMP/MLD Layer2 Multicast

QoS – IPv6 ACL

Voice VLAN

Guest VLAN

LLDP-MIB

LLDP MED

RFC 2925 (DISMAN-TRACEROUTE-MIB)

RFC 2080 (RIPng)

OSPFV3-MIB

RFC 2571 - SNMP-FRAMEWORK-MIB

RFC 2572 - SNMP-MPD-MIB

RFC 2573 - SNMP-NOTIFICATION-MIB

RFC 2573 - SNMP-TARGET-MIB

RFC 2574 - SNMP-USER-BASED-SM-MIB

RFC 2576 - SNMP-COMMUNITY-MIB

RFC 2263 - USM-TARGET-TAG-MIB

RFC 3176 - SFLOW-MIB

IEEE8023-LAG-MIB (IEEE Std 802.3ad)

RFC 2674 - P-BRIDGE-MIB

RFC 2674 - Q-BRIDGE-MIB

RFC 2737 - ENTITY-MIB

RFC 2863 - IF-MIB

RFC 3635 - Etherlike-MIB

PORTSECURITY-PRIVATE-MIB

RADIUS-CLIENT-PRIVATE-MIB

RFC 5060 - PIM-STD-MIB

RFC 5240 - PIM-BSR-MIB

RFC 3419 - TRANSPORT-ADDRESS-MIB

IANA-MAU-MIB
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
QuantaMesh | Introduction
16
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
QuantaMesh | Introduction
17
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
2
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Installation and Quick Startup
2.1 Package Contents
Before you begin installing the Switch, confirm that your package contains the following items:

One Layer 2/3/4 Managed ToR Switch

Mounting kit: 2 mounting brackets and screws

Four rubber feet with adhesive backing

Redundant AC power cord
QuantaMesh | Installation and Quick Startup
18
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
2.2 Switch Installation
Installing the Switch Without the Rack
1. Install the Switch on a level surface that can safely support the weight of the Switch and its attached
cables. The Switch must have adequate space for ventilation and for accessing cable connectors.
2. Set the Switch on a flat surface and check for proper ventilation. Allow at least 5 cm (2 inches) on
each side of the Switch and 15 cm (6 inches) at the back for the power cable.
3. Attach the rubber feet on the marked locations on the bottom of the chassis.
The rubber feet are recommended to keep the unit from slipping.
QuantaMesh | Installation and Quick Startup
19
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
2.3 Installing the Switch in a Rack
You can install the Switch in most standard 19-inch (48.3-cm) racks. Refer to the illustrations below.
1. Use the supplied screws to attach a mounting bracket to each side of the Switch.
2. Align the holes in the mounting bracket with the holes in the rack.
3. Insert and tighten two screws through each of the mounting brackets.
QuantaMesh | Installation and Quick Startup
20
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
2.4 Quick Starting the Switch
1. Read the device Installation Guide for the connectivity procedure. In-band connectivity allows access
to the Switch locally. From a remote workstation, the device must be configured with IP information
(IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway).
2. Turn the Power ON.
3. Allow the device to load the software until the login prompt appears. The device initial state is called
the default mode.
4. When the prompt asks for operator login, do the following:

Type the word admin in the login area. Since a number of the Quick Setup commands require
administrator account rights, suggesting logging into an administrator account.

Do not enter a password because there is no password in the default mode.

Press the <Enter> key

The CLI Privileged EXEC mode prompt will be displayed.

Use ―configure‖ to switch to the Global Config mode from Privileged EXEC.

Use ―exit‖ to return to the previous mode.
QuantaMesh | Installation and Quick Startup
21
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
2.5 System Information Setup
2.5.1 Quick Start up Software Version Information
Table 2-1. Quick Start up Software Version Information
Command
show hardware
show version
Details
Allows the user to see the HW & SW version the device
contains
System Description - switch's model name
Allows the user to see Serial Number, Part Number, and Model
name
See Linux kernel version, and operation software version
See HW version
2.5.2 Quick Start up Physical Port Data
Table 2-2. Quick Start up Physical Port
Command
Details
show Interface status [<slot/port>] Displays the Ports slot/port
Type - Indicates if the port is a special type of port
Admin Mode - Selects the Port Control Administration State
Physical Mode - Selects the desired port speed and duplex
mode
Physical Status - Indicates the port speed and duplex mode
Link Status - Indicates whether the link is up or down
Link Trap - Determines whether or not to send a trap when link
status changes
LACP Mode - Displays whether LACP is enabled or disabled on
this port
Flow Mode - Indicates the status of flow control on this port
Cap. Status - Indicates the port capabilities during
auto-negotiation
QuantaMesh | Installation and Quick Startup
22
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
2.5.3 Quick Start up User Account Management
Table 2-3. Quick Start up User Account Management
Command
Details
show users
Displays all users that are allowed to access the switch
User Access Mode - Shows whether the user is able to change
parameters on the switch (Read/Write) or is only able to view
(Read Only).
As a factory default, admin has Read/Write access and guest
has Read Only access. There can only be one Read/Write user
and up to 5 Read Only users.
show loginsession
Displays all login session information
username <username> {passwd |
nopasswd}
copy running-config startup-config
[filename]
Allows the user to set passwords or change passwords needed
to login
A prompt will appear after the command is entered requesting
the old password. In the absence of an old password leave the
area blank. The operator must press enter to execute the
command.
The system then prompts the user for a new password then a
prompt to confirm the new password. If the new password and
the confirmed password match a message will be displayed.
The user password should not be more than eight characters in
length.
This will save passwords and all other changes to the device.
If you do not save config, all configurations will be lost when a
power cycle is performed on the switch or when the switch is
reset.
QuantaMesh | Installation and Quick Startup
23
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
2.5.4 Quick Start up IP Address
To view the network parameters the operator can access the device by the following three methods.

Simple Network Management Protocol - SNMP

Telnet/SSH
Table 2-4. Quick Start up IP Address
Command
show ip interface
ip address
show serviceport
serviceport ip
Details
Displays the Network Configurations
Interface Status – Indicates whether the interface is up or
down.
IP Address - IP Address of the interface
Subnet Mask - IP Subnet Mask for the interface.
MAC Address - The MAC Address used for this in-band
connectivity
Network Configurations Protocol Current - Indicates which
network protocol is being used. Default is None.
(Config)#interface vlan 1
(if-vlan 1)#ip address <ipaddr> <netmask>
(if-vlan 1)#exit
(Config)#ip default-gateway <gateway>
IP Address range from 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255
Subnet Mask range from 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255
Gateway Address range from 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255
Displays all of the login session information
Display the serviceport‘s network configurations
Interface Status – Indicates whether the interface is up or
down.
IP Address - IP Address of the interface. Default IP is 0.0.0.0
Subnet Mask - IP Subnet Mask for the interface. Default is
0.0.0.0
Default Gateway - The default Gateway for this interface.
Default value is 0.0.0.0
Burned in MAC Address - The Burned in MAC Address used for
out-of-band connectivity
Configured IPv4 Protocol - Indicates which network protocol is
being used. Default is DHCP.
(Config)#serviceport protocol none
(Config)#serviceport ip <ipaddr> <netmask> <gateway>
(Config)#
QuantaMesh | Installation and Quick Startup
24
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
2.5.5 Quick Start up Uploading from Switch to Out-of-Band PC
Table 2-5. Quick Start up Uploading from Switch to Out-of-Band PC (XMODEM)
Command
Details
copy startup-config xmodem
This starts the upload and displays the mode of uploading and
<filename>
the type of upload it is and confirms the upload is taking place.
For example:
If the user is using HyperTerminal, the user must specify where
the file is going to be received by the pc.
2.5.6 Quick Start up Downloading from Out-of-Band PC to Switch
Table 2-6 Quick Start up Downloading from Out-of-Band PC to Switch
Command
Details
copy xmodem startup-config
Sets the download datatype to be an image or config file.
<filename>
The URL must be specified as: xmodem: filepath/ filename
For example:
If the user is using HyperTerminal, the user must specify which
file is to be sent to the switch. The Switch will restart
automatically once the code has been downloaded.
2.5.7 Quick Start up Downloading from TFTP Server
Before starting a TFTP server download, the operator must complete the Quick Start up for the
IPAddress.
Table 2-7 Quick Start up Downloading from TFTP Server
Command
Details
copy <url> startup-config <filename> Sets the download datatype to be an image or config file.
The URL must be specified as: tftp://ipAddr/filepath/fileName.
The startup-config option downloads the config file using tftp
and image option downloads the code file.
QuantaMesh | Installation and Quick Startup
25
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
2.5.8 Quick Start up Factory Defaults
Table 2-8 Quick Start up Factory Defaults
Command
Details
clear config
Enter yes when the prompt pops up to clear all the
configurations made to the switch.
copy running-config startup-config
[filename]
Enter yes when the prompt pops up that asks if you want to
save the configurations made to the switch.
reload [warm]
Enter yes when the prompt pops up that asks if you want to
reset the system.
You can reset the switch or cold boot the switch; both work
effectively.
warm – indicates only switch application is restarted.
QuantaMesh | Installation and Quick Startup
26
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
3
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Console and Telnet Administration Interface
This chapter discusses many of the features used to manage the Switch, and explains many concepts
and important points regarding these features. Configuring the Switch to implement these concepts is
discussed in detail in chapter 6.
The command-line interface (CLI) provides a text-based way to manage and monitor the switch features.
You can access the CLI by using a direct connection to the console port or by using a Telnet or SSH
client. To access the switch by using Telnet or Secure Shell (SSH), the switch must have an IP address
configured on either the service port or the network interface, and the management station you use to
access the device must be able to ping the switch IP address. DHCP is enabled by default on the service
port. It is disabled on the network interface.
3.1 Local Console Management
Local console management involves the administration of the Switch via a direct connection to the
RS-232 DCE console port. This is an Out-of-band connection, meaning that it is on a different circuit
than normal network communications, and thus works even when the network is down.
The local console management connection involves a terminal or PC running terminal emulation
software to operate the Switch‘s built-in console program (see Chapter 6). Using the console program, a
network administrator can manage, control, and monitor many functions of the Switch. Hardware
components in the Switch allow it to be an active part of a manageable network. These components
include a CPU, memory for data storage, other related hardware, and SNMP agent firmware. Activities
on the Switch can be monitored with these components, while the Switch can be manipulated to carry
out specific tasks.
3.2 Set Up your Switch Using Console Access
Out-of-band management requires connecting a terminal, such as a VT-100 or a PC running a
terminal-emulation program (such as HyperTerminal, which is automatically installed with Microsoft
Windows) to the RS-232 DCE console port of the Switch. Switch management using the RS-232 DCE
console port is called Local Console Management to differentiate it from management done via
management platforms, such as DView or HP OpenView.
Make sure the terminal or PC you are using to make this connection is configured to match these
settings. If there are problems making this connection on a PC, make sure the emulation is set to VT-100
or ANSI. If you still don‘t see anything, try pressing <Ctrl> + r to refresh the screen.
First-time configuration must be carried out through a console, that is, either (a) a VT100-type serial data
terminal, or (b) a computer running communications software set to emulate a VT100. The console must
QuantaMesh | Console and Telnet Administration Interface
27
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
be connected to the Diagnostics port. This is an RS-232 port with a 9-socket D-shell connector and
DCE-type wiring. Make the connection as follows:
1. Obtain suitable cabling for the connection.You can use a null-modem RS-232 cable or an
ordinary RS-232 cable and a null-modem adapter. One end of the cable (or cable/adapter
combination) must have a 9-pin D-shell connector suitable for the Diagnostics port; the other end
must have a connector suitable for the console‘s serial communications port.
2. Power down the devices, attach the cable (or cable/adapter combination) to the correct ports,
and restore power.
3. Set the console to use the following communication parameters for your terminal:

The console port is set for the following configuration:

Baud rate: 115,200

Data width: 8 bits

Parity: none

Stop bits: 1

Flow Control: none
A typical console connection is illustrated below:
Figure 3-1: Console Setting Environment
QuantaMesh | Console and Telnet Administration Interface
28
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
3.3 Set Up your Switch Using Telnet Access
Once you have set an IP address for your Switch, you can use a Telnet program (in a VT-100 compatible
terminal mode) to access and control the Switch. Most of the screens are identical, whether accessed
from the console port or from a Telnet interface.
3.3.1 Accessing the Switch CLI through the Network
Remote management of the switch is available through the service port or through the network interface.
To use telnet, SSH, SNMP for swith management, the switch must be connected to the network, and you
must know the IP or IPv6 address of the management interface. The switch has no IP address by
default. The DHCP client on the service port is enabled, and the DHCP client on the network interface is
disaled.
3.3.2 Using the Service Port or Netowrk Interface for Remote Management
The service port is a dedicated Ethernet port for out-of-band management. We recommend that you use
the service port to manage the switch. Traffic on this port is segregated from operational network traffic
on the switch ports and cannot be switched or routed to the operational network. Additonally, if the
production network is experiencing problems, the service port still allows you to access the switch
management interface and troubleshoot issues. Configuration options on the service port are limited,
which makes it difficult to accidentally cut off management access to the switch.
Alternatively, you can choose to manage the switch through the production network, which is known as
in-band management, Bacuse in-nbad management traffic is mixed in with production netowork traffic, it
is subject to all of the filtering rules usually applied on a switched/routed port such as ACLs and VLAN
tagging. You can access the in-band network management interface through a connection to any
front-panel port.
3.3.2.1 Configuring Service Port Information
To disable DHCP/BootP and manually assign an IPv4 address, enter commands under Global
Configuration mode:
serviceport protocol none
serviceport ip ipaddress netmask
For example, serviceport ip 192.168.2.22 255.255.255.0
To disable DHCP/BootP and manually assign an IPv6 address, enter commands under Global
Configuration mode:
serviceport protocol none dhcp6
QuantaMesh | Console and Telnet Administration Interface
29
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
serviceport ipv6 enable
serviceport ipv6 address address/prefix-length
serviceport ipv6 gateway ipv6-address
To view the assigned or configured network address, use:
show serviceport
To enable the DHCP/DHCPv6 client on the service port, use:
serviceport protocol dhcp
serviceport protocol dhcp6
To enable the BootP client on service port, use:
serviceport protocol bootp
3.3.2.2 Configuring the In-Band Netowrk Interface
To use a DHCP server to obtain the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway information, use:
interface vlan 1
ip address dhcp
ipv6 address dhcp
To manually configure the IPv4 address, subnet mask, use:
interface vlan 1
ip address ipaddress netmask
To manually configure the IPv6 address, subnet mask, use:
interface vlan 1
ipv6 address address/prefix-length
QuantaMesh | Console and Telnet Administration Interface
30
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
4
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Command Line Interface Structure and
Mode-based CLI
The Command Line Interface (CLI) syntax, conventions, and terminology are described in this section.
Each CLI command is illustrated using the structure outlined below.
4.1 CLI Command Format
Commands are followed by values, parameters, or both.
Example 1
ip address <ipaddr> <netmask> [<gateway>]

ip address is the command name.

<ipaddr> <netmask> are the required values for the command.

[<gateway>] is the optional value for the command.
Example 2
snmp-server location <loc>

snmp-server location is the command name.

<loc> is the required parameter for the command.
Example 3
clear vlan

clear vlan is the command name.
Command
The text in bold, non-italic font must be typed exactly as shown.
QuantaMesh | Command Line Interface Structure and Mode-based CLI
31
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
4.2 CLI Mode-based Topology
Parameters
Parameters are order dependent.
The text in bold italics should be replaced with a name or number. To use spaces as part of a name
parameter, enclose it in double quotes like this: "System Name with Spaces".
Parameters may be mandatory values, optional values, choices, or a combination.

<parameter>. The <> angle brackets indicate that a mandatory parameter must be entered in
place of the brackets and text inside them.

[parameter]. The [] square brackets indicate that an optional parameter may be entered in place
of the brackets and text inside them.

{choice1 | choice2}. The | indicates that only one of the parameters should be entered.The {}
curly braces indicate that a parameter must be chosen from the list of choices.
Values
ipaddr
This parameter is a valid IP address, made up of four decimal bytes ranging from 0 to 255.
The default for all IP parameters consists of zeros (that is, 0.0.0.0). The interface IP address of 0.0.0.0 is
invalid.
macaddr The MAC address format is six hexadecimal numbers separated by colons, for example
00:06:29:32:81:40.
areaid Area IDs may be entered in dotted-decimal notation (for example, 0.0.0.1). An area ID of
0.0.0.0 is reserved for the backbone. Area IDs have the same form as IP addresses, but are distinct from
IP addresses. The IP network number of the sub-netted network may be used for the area ID.
routerid The value of <router id> must be entered in 4-digit dotted-decimal notation (for example,
0.0.0.1). A router ID of 0.0.0.0 is invalid.
slot/port This parameter denotes a valid slot number, and a valid port number. For example, 0/1
represents unit number 1, slot number 0 and port number 1. The <slot/port> field is composed of a valid
slot number and a valid port number separated by a forward slash (/).
logical slot/port This parameter denotes a logical slot number, and logical port number assigned. This
is applicable in the case of a port-channel (LAG). The operator can use the logical slot number, and the
logical port number to configure the port-channel.
Conventions
QuantaMesh | Command Line Interface Structure and Mode-based CLI
32
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Network addresses are used to define a link to a remote host, workstation, or network. Network
addresses are shown using the following syntax:
Table 5-1. Network Address Syntax
Address Type
Format
IPAddr
A.B.C.D
MacAddr
YY:YY:YY:YY:YY:YY
Range
0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255
hexidecimal digit pairs
Double quotation marks such as "System Name with Spaces" set off user defined strings. If the operator
wishes to use spaces as part of a name parameter then it must be enclosed in double quotation marks.
Empty strings (――) are not valid user defined strings. Command completion finishes spelling the
command when enough letters of a command are typed to uniquely identify the command word. The
command may be executed by typing <enter> (command abbreviation) or the command word may be
completed by typing the <tab> (command completion).
The value 'Err' designates that the requested value was not internally accessible. This should never
happen and indicates that there is a case in the software that is not handled correctly.
The value of '-----' designates that the value is unknown.
Annotations
The CLI allows the user to type single-line annotations at the command prompt for use when writing test
or configuration scripts and for better readability. The exclamation point (‗!‘) character flags the beginning
of a comment. The comment flag character can begin a word anywhere on the command line and all
input following this character is ignored. Any command line that begins with the character ‗!‘ is
recognized as a comment line and ignored by the parser.
Some examples are provided below:
! Script file for displaying the ip interface
! Display information about interfaces
show ip interface 0/1 !Displays the information about the first interface
! Display information about the next interface
show ip interface 0/2
! End of the script file
QuantaMesh | Command Line Interface Structure and Mode-based CLI
33
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
5
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Switching Commands
5.1 System Information and Statistics commands
5.1.1 show arp
This command displays connectivity between the switch and other devices. The Address Resolution
Protocol (ARP) cache identifies the MAC addresses of the IP stations communicating with the switch.
Syntax
show arp
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
MAC Address: A unicast MAC address for which the switch has forwarding and/or filtering
information. The format is 6 two-digit hexadecimal numbers that are separated by colons. For
example: 00:23:45:67:89:AB
IP Address: The IP address assigned to each interface.
Interface: Valid slot number and a valid port number.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
34
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.1.2 show calendar
This command displays the system time.
Syntax
show calendar
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Current Time: displays system time
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
35
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.1.3 show process cpu
This command provides the percentage utilization of the CPU by different tasks.
Syntax
show process cpu
It is not necessarily the traffic to the CPU, but different tasks that keep the CPU busy
i
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
The following shows example CLI display output for the command.
Memory Utilization Report
status
bytes
------ ---------free
250978304
alloc
275599360
CPU Utilization:
PID
Name
5 Secs
60 Secs
300 Secs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1030
osapiTimer
0.00%
0.02%
0.02%
1032
_interrupt_thread
0.00%
0.02%
0.02%
1034
bcmL2X.0
1.99%
2.10%
1.81%
1035
bcmCNTR.0
1.59%
1.42%
1.19%
1038
bcmLINK.0
2.99%
2.84%
2.44%
1040
bcmL2X.1
1.99%
2.09%
1.81%
1041
bcmCNTR.1
1.39%
1.40%
1.19%
1042
bcmLINK.1
2.99%
2.87%
2.45%
1043
bcmRX
0.19%
0.19%
0.16%
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
36
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
1044
cpuUtilMonitorTask
0.19%
0.14%
0.11%
1046
tL7Timer0
0.00%
0.02%
0.01%
1054
simPts_task
0.00%
0.02%
0.01%
1058
Detecting SFP+ Modu 0.00%
0.02%
0.01%
1080
emWeb
0.00%
0.08%
0.06%
1085
StormCtrl Log Table
0.00%
0.03%
0.03%
1091
SNMPTask
1.79%
12.48%
37.44%
1101
dot1s_timer_task
0.19%
0.07%
0.04%
1118
sFlowTask
0.00%
0.09%
0.11%
1135
RMONTask
0.00%
0.12%
0.15%
1137
udldTask
0.00%
0.01%
0.01%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Total CPU Utilization
15.37%
26.14%
49.21%
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
37
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.1.4 show eventlog
This command displays the event log, which contains error messages from the system, in the Primary
Management System or in the specified unit. The event log is not cleared on a system reset.
Syntax
show eventlog [unit]
unit - The unit number of the remote system. The range is 1 to 8.
!
unit parameter is only support for stacking platform.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
File: The file in which the event originated.
Line: The line number of the event.
Task Id: The task ID of the event.
Code: The event code.
Time: The time this event occurred.
!
Event log information is retained across a switch reset.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
38
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.1.5 show running-config
This command is used to display/capture the current setting of different protocol packages supported on
switch. This command displays/captures only commands with settings/configurations with values that
differ from the default value. The output is displayed in script format, which can be used to configure
another switch with the same configuration.
When a script name is provided, the output is redirected to a configuration script. The option [all] will also
enable the display/capture of all commands with settings/configurations that include values that are
same as the default values. If the optional <scriptname> is provided with a file name extension of ―.scr‖,
the output will be redirected to a script file.
Syntax
show running-config [all | <scriptname>]
all - enable the display/capture of all commands with settings/configurations that include values that
are same as the default values.
<scriptname> - redirect the output to the file <scriptname>.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
39
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.1.6 show sysinfo
This command displays switch brief information and MIBs supported.
Syntax
show sysinfo
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
System Description: The text used to identify this switch.
System Name: The name used to identify the switch.
System Location: The text used to identify the location of the switch. May be up to 255
alpha-numeric characters. The factory default is blank.
System Contact: The text used to identify a contact person for this switch. May be up to 255
alphanumeric characters. The factory default is blank.
System Object ID: The manufacturing ID.
System Up Time: The time in days, hours and minutes since the last switch reboot.
Current SNTP Synchronized Time: The time which is synchronized from SNTP server.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
40
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.1.7 show system
This command displays switch system information.
Syntax
show system
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
System Description: Text used to identify this switch.
System Object ID: The manufacturing ID
System Information
System Up Time: The time in days, hours and minutes since the last switch reboot.
System Name: Name used to identify the switch.
System Location: Text used to identify the location of the switch. May be up to 255
alpha-numeric characters. The factory default is blank.
System Contact: Text used to identify a contact person for this switch. May be up to 255
alphanumeric characters. The factory default is blank.
MAC Address: The burned in MAC address used for in-band connectivity.
Protocol Current: Indicates which network protocol is being used. The options are bootp | dhcp |
none.
DHCP Client Identifier TEXT: DCHP client identifier for this switch.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
41
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.1.8 show tech-support
This command displays system and configuration information when you contact technical support. The
output of the show tech-support command combines the output of the following commands: show
version, show sysinfo, show interface status, show logging, show event log, show logging buffered,
show trap log, show running config, … etc.
Syntax
show tech-support
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
!
This command is only support on console port.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
42
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.1.9 show hardware
This command displays inventory information for the switch.
Syntax
show hardware
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
System Description: Text used to identify the product name of this switch.
Machine Type: Specifies the machine model as defined by the Vital Product Data.
Machine Model: Specifies the machine model as defined by the Vital Product Data.
Serial Number: The unique box serial number for this switch.
Label Revision Number: The label revision serial number of this switch is used for manufacturing
purposes.
Part Number: Manufacturing part number.
Hardware Version: The hardware version of this switch. It is divided into four parts. The first byte is
the major version and the second byte represents the minor version.
ADT7470_1: Sensor 1 Now Temperature: The temperature of sensor 1 of ADT7470.
ADT7470_1: Sensor 2 Now Temperature: The temperature of sensor 2 of ADT7470.
ADT7470_1: Sensor 3 Now Temperature: The temperature of sensor 3 of ADT7470.
ADT7470_1: Sensor 4 Now Temperature: The temperature of sensor 4 of ADT7470.
Depend on air flow FAN 1 – 4 connected ADT7470-1 or ADT7470-2:
Front-To-Back: (Connected ADT7470-1)
ADT7470_1: FAN 1 Status: Status of FAN1. It could be active or inactive.
ADT7470_1: FAN 2 Status: Status of FAN2. It could be active or inactive.
ADT7470_1: FAN 3 Status: Status of FAN3. It could be active or inactive.
Back-To-Front: (Connected ADT7470-2)
ADT7470_2: FAN 1 Status: Status of FAN1. It could be active or inactive.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
43
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
ADT7470_2: FAN 2 Status: Status of FAN2. It could be active or inactive.
ADT7470_2: FAN 3 Status: Status of FAN3. It could be active or inactive.
Switch Power+ y………………Active/Inactive (The yth power supply information of switch 1).
Name: Name provided by Power Supply vendor.
Model: Model Number provided by Power Supply vendor.
Revision Number: Revision Number provided by Power Supply vendor.
Manufacturer Location: Location provided by Power Supply vendor.
Date of Manufacturing: Date of Manufacturing provided by Power Supply vendor.
Serial Number: Serial Number provided by Power Supply vendor.
Temperature 1:. Inner temperature 1 of Power Supply now
Temperature 2: Inner temperature 2 of Power Supply now
Fan Speed: Inner fan speed(rpm) of Power Supply now
Fan Duty: Inner fan duty(%) of Power Supply now
!
Below 10-Giga Interface information depend on plugging SFP+ Transceiver
Interface y: (The yth 10-Giga information of switch 1).
10 Gigabit Ethernet Compliance Codes: Transceiver‘s compliance codes.
Vendor Name: The SFP transceiver vendor name shall be the full name of the corporation, a
commonly accepted abbreviation of the name of the corporation, the SCSI company code for the
corporation, or the stock exchange code for the corporation.
Vendor Part Number: Part number provided by SFP transceiver vendor.
Vendor Serial Number: Serial number provided by vendor.
Vendor Revision Number: Revision level for part number provided by vendor.
Vendor Manufacturing Date: The vendor‘s manufacturing date.
Additional Packages: This displays the additional packages that are incorporated into this system.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
44
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.1.10 show version
This command displays inventory information for the switch.
Syntax
show version
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
System Description: Text used to identify the product name of this switch.
Machine Type: Specifies the machine model as defined by the Vital Product Data.
Machine Model: Specifies the machine model as defined by the Vital Product Data.
Serial Number: The unique box serial number for this switch.
FRU Number: The field replaceable unit number.
Part Number: Manufacturing part number.
Maintenance Level: The identification of the hardware change level.
Manufacturer: The two-octet code that identifies the manufacturer.
Burned In MAC Address: The burned-in universally administered MAC address of this switch.
Software Version: The platform.function.release. maintenance number of the code currently
running on the switch.
Operating System: The operating system currently running on the switch.
Network Processing Device: Identifies the network processor hardware.
Additional Packages: A list of the optional software packages installed on the switch, if any. For
example, QoS, Routing, IPv6, IPv6 Management, Multicast or Data Center.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
45
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.1.11 show loginsession
This command displays current telnet and serial port connections to the switch.
Syntax
show loginsession
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
ID: Login Session ID
User Name: The name the user will use to login using the serial port or Telnet. A new user may be
added to the switch by entering a name in a blank entry. The user name may be up to 8 characters,
and is not case sensitive. Two users are included as the factory default, admin, and guest.
Connection From: IP address of the telnet client machine or EIA-232 for the serial port connection.
Idle Time: Time this session has been idle.
Session Time: Total time this session has been connected.
Session Type: Shows the type of session: telnet, serial port, SSH or HTTP/HTTPS.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
46
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.1.12 show command filter
This command displays the information that begin/include/exclude/redirect the regular expression.
Syntax
show command [| {begin | include | exclude | redirect} <LINE>]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
command: Any show command of the CLI
begin: Begin with the line that matches
include: Include lines that match
exclude: Exclude lines that match
redirect: output the lines to the specified URL
<LINE>: Regular Expression
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
47
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.1.13 Digital Optical Monitor
5.1.13.1 show transceiver
This command displays Digital Optical Monitor information for the switch.
Syntax
show transceiver {interface [<slot/port>] [detail]}
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
DOM Admin Mode: This displays the administrative mode of Digital Optical Monitor (DOM) for the
system.
Polling Interval: Polling interval. The range of value is 300 to 1800.
Interface: Valid slot number and a valid port number.
Temperature: Internally measured module temperature from transceiver.
Voltage: Internally measured module supply voltage from transceiver.
Tx bias current: Internally measured module tx bias from transceiver.
Tx Power: Internally measured module tx power from transceiver.
Rx Power: Internally measured module rx power from transceiver.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
48
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.1.13.2 monitoring
This command enables monitoring on all ports. The default value is disabled.
Syntax
monitoring [interval <interval>]
no monitoring [interval]
< interval> - Polling interval. The range of value is 300 to 1800.
no - This command disables monitoring on all ports.
Default Setting
Admin mode: Disable
Interval: 600 sec.
Command Mode
Transceiver Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
49
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2 Device Configuration Commands
5.2.1 Interface
5.2.1.1 show interface status
This command displays the Port monitoring information for the system.
Syntax
show interface status [{<slot/port> | loopback <loopback-id> | port-channel <portchannel-id> | tunnel
<tunnel-id> | vlan <vlan-id>}]
<slot/port> - is the desired interface number.
<loopback-id> - Disaplys information for the loopback interfaces. The range of the loopback ID is 0
to 7.
<portchannel-id> - Displays information for the port-channel interfaces. The range of the
port-channel ID is 1 to 64.
<tunnel-id> - Displays information for the tunnel interfaces. The range of the tunnel ID is 0 to 7.
<vlan-id> - Displays information for the vlan interfaces. The range of the VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
no parameter - Displays information for all interfaces.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Intf: The physical slot and physical port.
Type: If not blank, this field indicates that this port is a special type of port. The possible values are:
Source: This port is a monitoring port.
PC Mbr: This port is a member of a port-channel (LAG).
Dest: This port is a probe port.
Admin Mode: Selects the Port control administration state. The port must be enabled in order for it
to be allowed into the network. It may be enabled or disabled. The factory default is enabled.
Physical Mode: Selects the desired port speed and duplex mode. If auto-negotiation support is
selected, then the duplex mode and speed will be set from the auto-negotiation process. Note that
the port's maximum capability (full duplex 100M) will be advertised. Otherwise, this object will
determine the port's duplex mode and transmission rate. The factory default is Auto.
Physical Status: Indicates the port speed and duplex mode.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
50
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Link Status: Indicates whether the Link is up or down.
Link Trap: This object determines whether to send a trap when link status changes. The factory
default is enabled.
LACP Mode: Displays whether LACP is enabled or disabled on this port.
Flow Control Mode: Displays flow control mode. The possible values are:
Disable: This port is disabled flow control.
Enable: This port is enabled flow control.
Capabilities Status: Displays interface capabilities.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
51
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.1.2 show interface counters
This command displays a summary of statistics for a specific interface or all interfaces.
Syntax
show interface counters [{<slot/port> | [port-channel <portchannel-id>]}]
<slot/port> - is the desired interface number.
<portchannel-id> - is the desired port-channel interface number. The range of the port-channel ID is
1 to 64.
no paramter - Displays statistics information for all interfaces.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
The display parameters when the argument is '<slot/port>' or port-channel are as follows:
Packets Received Without Error: The total number of packets (including broadcast packets and
multicast packets) received by the processor.
Packets Received With Error: The number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing
them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol.
Broadcast Packets Received: The total number of packets received that were directed to the
broadcast address. Note that this does not include multicast packets.
Packets Transmitted Without Error: The total number of packets transmitted out of the interface.
Transmit Packets Errors: The number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because
of errors.
Collisions Frames: The best estimate of the total number of collisions on this Ethernet segment.
Time Since Counters Last Cleared: The elapsed time, in days, hours, minutes, and seconds since
the statistics for this port were last cleared.
The display parameters if no argument is used are as follows:
Interface: The physical slot and physical port or the logical slot and logical port.
Packets Received Without Error: The total number of packets (including broadcast packets and
multicast packets) received.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
52
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Packets Received With Error: The number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing
them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol.
Broadcast Packets Received: The total number of packets received that were directed to the
broadcast address. Note that this does not include multicast packets.
Packets Transmitted Without Error: The total number of packets transmitted.
Transmit Packets Errors: The number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because
of errors.
Collisions Frames: The best estimate of the total number of collisions on this Ethernet segment.
Time Since Counters Last Cleared: The elapsed time, in days, hours, minutes, and seconds since
the statistics for this port were last cleared.
This command displays detailed statistics for a specific port or for all CPU traffic based upon the
argument.
Syntax
show interface counters detailed {<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id> | switchport}
<slot/port> - is the desired interface number.
<portchannel-id> - is the desired port-channel interface number. The range of the port-channel ID is
1 to 64.
switchport - This parameter specifies whole switch or all interfaces.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
The display parameters when the argument is ' <slot/port>' or port-channel are as follows:
Total Packets Received (Octets): The total number of octets of data (including those in bad
packets) received on the network (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets). This object can
be used as a reasonable estimate of Ethernet utilization. If greater precision is desired, the
etherStatsPkts and etherStatsOctets objects should be sampled before and after a common interval.
The result of this equation is the value Utilization which is the percent utilization of the Ethernet
segment on a scale of 0 to 100 percent.
Packets Received 64 Octets: The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that
were 64 octets in length (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets).
Packets Received 65-127 Octets: The total number of packets (including bad packets) received
that were between 65 and 127 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS
octets).
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
53
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Packets Received 128-255 Octets: The total number of packets (including bad packets) received
that were between 128 and 255 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS
octets).
Packets Received 256-511 Octets: The total number of packets (including bad packets) received
that were between 256 and 511 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS
octets).
Packets Received 512-1023 Octets: The total number of packets (including bad packets) received
that were between 512 and 1023 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS
octets).
Packets Received 1024-1518 Octets: The total number of packets (including bad packets) received
that were between 1024 and 1518 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including
FCS octets).
Packets Received > 1522 Octets: The total number of packets received that were longer than 1522
octets (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) and were otherwise well formed.
Packets RX and TX 64 Octets: The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that
were 64 octets in length (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets).
Packets RX and TX 65-127 Octets: The total number of packets (including bad packets) received
that were between 65 and 127 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS
octets).
Packets RX and TX 128-255 Octets: The total number of packets (including bad packets) received
that were between 128 and 255 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS
octets).
Packets RX and TX 256-511 Octets: The total number of packets (including bad packets) received
that were between 256 and 511 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS
octets).
Packets RX and TX 512-1023 Octets: The total number of packets (including bad packets) received
that were between 512 and 1023 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS
octets).
Packets RX and TX 1024-1518 Octets: The total number of packets (including bad packets)
received that were between 1024 and 1518 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but
including FCS octets).
Packets RX and TX 1519-1522 Octets: The total number of packets (including bad packets)
received that were between 1519 and 1522 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but
including FCS octets).
Packets RX and TX 1523-2047 Octets: The total number of packets (including bad packets)
received that were between 1523 and 2047 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but
including FCS octets).
Packets RX and TX 2048-4095 Octets: The total number of packets (including bad packets)
received that were between 2048 and 4095 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but
including FCS octets).
Packets RX and TX 4096-9216 Octets: The total number of packets (including bad packets)
received that were between 4096 and 9216 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but
including FCS octets).
Total Packets Received Without Errors
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
54
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Unicast Packets Received: The number of subnetwork-unicast packets delivered to a higher-layer
protocol.
Multicast Packets Received: The total number of good packets received that were directed to a
multicast address. Note that this number does not include packets directed to the broadcast address.
Broadcast Packets Received: The total number of good packets received that were directed to the
broadcast address. Note that this does not include multicast packets.
Total Packets Received with MAC Errors
Jabbers Received: The total number of packets received that were longer than 1518 octets
(excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets), and had either a bad FCS with an integral number
of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error). Note that
this definition of jabber is different than the definition in IEEE-802.3 section 8.2.1.5 (10BASE5) and
section 10.3.1.4 (10BASE2). These documents define jabber as the condition where any packet
exceeds 20 ms. The allowed range to detect jabber is between 20 ms and 150 ms.
Undersize Received: The total number of packets received that were less than 64 octets in length
with GOOD CRC(excluding framing bits but including FCS octets).
Fragments Received: The total number of packets received that were less than 64 octets in length
with ERROR CRC(excluding framing bits but including FCS octets).
Alignment Errors: The total number of packets received that had a length (excluding framing bits,
but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets, inclusive, but had a bad FCS with a
non-integral number of octets.
FCS Errors: The total number of packets received that had a length (excluding framing bits, but
including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets, inclusive, but had a bad FCS with an integral
number of octets
Overruns: The total number of frames discarded as this port was overloaded with incoming packets,
and could not keep up with the inflow.
Total Packets Transmitted (Octets)
Packets Transmitted 64 Octets: The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that
were 64 octets in length (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets).
Packets Transmitted 65-127 Octets: The total number of packets (including bad packets) received
that were between 65 and 127 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS
octets).
Packets Transmitted 128-255 Octets: The total number of packets (including bad packets)
received that were between 128 and 255 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but
including FCS octets).
Packets Transmitted 256-511 Octets: The total number of packets (including bad packets)
received that were between 256 and 511 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but
including FCS octets).
Packets Transmitted 512-1023 Octets: The total number of packets (including bad packets)
received that were between 512 and 1023 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but
including FCS octets).
Packets Transmitted 1024-1518 Octets: The total number of packets (including bad packets)
received that were between 1024 and 1518 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but
including FCS octets).
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
55
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Packets Transmitted 1519-1522 Octets: The total number of packets (including bad packets)
received that were between 1519 and 1522 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but
including FCS octets).
Max Info: The maximum size of the Info (non-MAC) field that this port will receive or transmit.
Total Packets Transmitted Successfully
Unicast Packets Transmitted: The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be
transmitted to a subnetwork-unicast address, including those that were discarded or not sent.
Multicast Packets Transmitted: The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested
be transmitted to a Multicast address, including those that were discarded or not sent.
Broadcast Packets Transmitted: The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested
be transmitted to the Broadcast address, including those that were discarded or not sent.
Total Transmit Errors
FCS Errors: The total number of packets transmitted that had a length (excluding framing bits, but
including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets, inclusive, but had a bad FCS with an integral
number of octets
Tx Oversized: The total number of frames that exceeded the max permitted frame size. This
counter has a max increment rate of 815 counts per sec. at 10 Mb/s.
Underrun Errors: The total number of frames discarded because the transmit FIFO buffer became
empty during frame transmission.
Total Transmited Packets Discards
Single Collision Frames: A count of the number of successfully transmitted frames on a particular
interface for which transmission is inhibited by exactly one collision.
Multiple Collision Frames: A count of the number of successfully transmitted frames on a particular
interface for which transmission is inhibited by more than one collision.
Excessive Collisions: A count of frames for which transmission on a particular interface fails due to
excessive collisions.
GVRP PDUs Received: The count of GVRP PDUs received in the GARP layer.
GVRP PDUs Transmitted: The count of GVRP PDUs transmitted from the GARP layer.
GVRP Failed and Registrations: The number of times attempted GVRP registrations could not be
completed.
GMRP PDUs received: The count of GMRP PDUs received in the GARP layer.
GMRP PDUs Transmitted: The count of GMRP PDUs transmitted from the GARP layer.
GMRP Failed Registrations: The number of times attempted GMRP registrations could not be
completed.
STP BPDUs Transmitted: Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Protocol Data Units sent.
STP BPDUs Received: Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Protocol Data Units received.
RSTP BPDUs Transmitted: Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Protocol Data Units sent.
RSTP BPDUs Received: Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Protocol Data Units received.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
56
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
MSTP BPDUs Transmitted: Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Protocol Data Units sent.
MSTP BPDUs Received: Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Protocol Data Units received.
EAPOL Frames Received: The number of valid EAPOL frames of any type that have been received
by this authenticator.
EAPOL Frames Transmitted: The number of EAPOL frames of any type that have been
transmitted by this authenticator.
Time Since Counters Last Cleared: The elapsed time, in days, hours, minutes, and seconds since
the statistics for this port were last cleared.
The display parameters when the argument is ‗switchport‘ are as follows:
Total Packets Received (Octets): The total number of octets of data received by the processor
(excluding framing bits but including FCS octets).
Packets Received Without Error: The total number of packets (including broadcast packets and
multicast packets) received by the processor.
Unicast Packets Received: The number of subnetwork-unicast packets delivered to a higher-layer
protocol.
Multicast Packets Received: The total number of packets received that were directed to a multicast
address. Note that this number does not include packets directed to the broadcast address.
Broadcast Packets Received: The total number of packets received that were directed to the
broadcast address. Note that this does not include multicast packets.
Receive Packets Discarded: The number of inbound packets which were chosen to be discarded
even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being deliverable to a higher-layer
protocol. A possible reason for discarding a packet could be to free up buffer space.
Octets Transmitted: The total number of octets transmitted out of the interface, including framing
characters.
Packets Transmitted without Errors: The total number of packets transmitted out of the interface.
Unicast Packets Transmitted: The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be
transmitted to a subnetwork-unicast address, including those that were discarded or not sent.
Multicast Packets Transmitted: The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested
be transmitted to a Multicast address, including those that were discarded or not sent.
Broadcast Packets Transmitted: The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested
be transmitted to the Broadcast address, including those that were discarded or not sent.
Transmit Packets Discarded: The number of outbound packets which were chosen to be
discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being deliverable to a
higher-layer protocol. A possible reason for discarding a packet could be to free up buffer space.
Most Address Entries Ever Used: The highest number of Forwarding Database Address Table
entries that have been learned by this switch since the most recent reboot.
Address Entries Currently in Use: The number of Learned and static entries in the Forwarding
Database Address Table for this switch.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
57
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Maximum VLAN Entries: The maximum number of Virtual LANs (VLANs) allowed on this switch.
Most VLAN Entries Ever Used: The largest number of VLANs that have been active on this switch
since the last reboot.
Static VLAN Entries: The number of presently active VLAN entries on this switch that have been
created statically.
Dynamic VLAN Entries: The number of presently active VLAN entries on this switch that have been
created by GVRP registration.
VLAN Deletes: The number of VLANs on this switch that have been created and then deleted since
the last reboot.
Time Since Counters Last Cleared: The elapsed time, in days, hours, minutes, and seconds, since
the statistics for this switch were last cleared.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
58
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.1.3 show interface counters rate
This command displays a summary of port rate statistics for a specific interface or all interfaces.
Syntax
show interface counters rate [{<slot/port> | [port-channel <portchannel-id>]}]
<slot/port> - is the desired interface number.
<portchannel-id> - is the desired port-channel interface number. The range of the port-channel ID is
1 to 64.
no paramter - Displays port rate statistics information for all interfaces.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Interface: The physical slot and physical port or the logical slot and logical port.
Minutes: Load interval. The range of value is 30 seconds to 600 seconds.
Input rate: Average number of bits and packets received per second in the interval.
Output rate: Average number of bits and packets transmitted per second in the interval.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
59
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.1.4 load-interval
The load-interval change the length of time for which data is used to compute load port rate statistics.
Syntax
load-interval <30-600>
no load-interval
<interval> - Load interval. The range of value is 30 seconds to 600 seconds.
no - This command will be back to 300 seconds load-interval on a port.
Default Setting
300
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
60
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.1.5 show interface switch
This command displays a summary of statistics for all CPU traffic.
Syntax
show interface switch
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Broadcast Packets Received: The total number of packets received that were directed to the
broadcast address. Note that this does not include multicast packets.
Packets Received With Error: The number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing
them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol.
Packets Transmitted Without Error: The total number of packets transmitted out of the interface.
Broadcast Packets Transmitted: The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested
to be transmitted to the Broadcast address, including those that were discarded or not sent.
Transmit Packet Errors: The number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of
errors.
Address Entries Currently In Use: The total number of Forwarding Database Address Table
entries now active on the switch, including learned and static entries.
VLAN Entries Currently In Use: The number of VLAN entries presently occupying the VLAN table.
Time Since Counters Last Cleared: The elapsed time, in days, hours, minutes, and seconds since
the statistics for this switch were last cleared.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
61
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.1.6 interface
This command is used to enter Interface configuration mode.
Syntax
interface {<slot/port> | loopback <loopback-id> | port-channel <portchannel-id> | tunnel <tunnel-d> |
vlan <vlan-id>}
<slot/port> - is the desired interface number.
<loopback-id> - is the desired loopback interface number. The range of loopback ID is 0 to 7.
<portchannel-id> - is the desired port-channel interface number. The range of port-channel ID is 1
to 64.
<tunnel-id> - is the desired tunnel interface number. The range of tunnel ID is 0 to 7.
<vlan-id> - is the desired vlan interface number. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
62
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.1.7 speed-duplex
This command is used to set the speed and duplex mode for the interface.
The 10-Giga interfaces could be configured to operate at 10-Giga or 1-Giga speed. Use
‗speed-duplex 1000‘ to change the speed of 10-Giga port to 1G speed.
i
The speed of 40-Giga interfaces can not be changed by this command.
Syntax
speed-duplex 1000
no speed-duplex 1000
1000 – 1000 Mbps, only valid for 10G ports.
no - This command will be back to 10G speed from 1G speed on a port.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
63
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command is used to set the speed and duplex mode for all interfaces.
Syntax
speed-duplex all 1000
no speed-duplex all 1000
1000 – 1000 Mbps, only valid for 10G ports.
all - This command represents all interfaces.
no - This command will be back to 10G speed from 1G speed for all 10G ports.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.2.1.8 negotiate
This command enables automatic negotiation on a port. The default value is enabled.
i
The 10-Giga and 40-Giga interfaces do not provide the following command.
Syntax
negotiate
no negotiate
no - This command disables automatic negotiation on a port.
Default Setting
Disable
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
64
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command enables automatic negotiation on all interfaces. The default value is enabled.
Syntax
negotiate all
no negotiate all
all - This command represents all interfaces.
no - This command disables automatic negotiation on all interfaces.
Default Setting
Disable
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
65
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.1.9 capabilities
This command is used to set the capabilities on specific interface.
i
The 10-Giga and 40-Giga interfaces do not provide the following command.
Syntax
capabilities {{10 | 100 } {full-duplex | half-duplex}} | {1000 full-duplex }
no capabilities {{10 | 100 } {full-duplex | half-duplex}} | {1000 full-duplex }
10 - 10BASE-T
100 - 100BASE-T
1000 - 1000BASE-T
full-duplex - Full duplex
half-duplex - Half duplex
no - This command removes the advertised capability with using parameter.
Default Setting
10G full-duplex for 10G ports
40G full-duplex for 40G ports
Command Mode
Interface Config
This command is used to set the capabilities on all interfaces.
Syntax
capabilities all {{10 | 100} {full-duplex | half-duplex}} | {1000 full-duplex }
no capabilities all {{10 | 100} {full-duplex | half-duplex}} | {1000 full-duplex }
10 - 10BASE-T
100 - 100BASE-T
1000 - 1000BASE-T
full-duplex - Full duplex
half-duplex - Half duplex
all - This command represents all interfaces.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
66
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
no - This command removes the advertised capability with using parameter
Default Setting
10 full/half duplex, 100 full/half duplex and 1000 full duplex for 1G ports.
10G full-duplex for 10G ports
40G full-duplex for 40G ports
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
67
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.1.10 storm-control flowcontrol
This command enables 802.3x flow control for the switch.
i
802.3x flow control only applies to full-duplex mode ports. If PFC feature is enabled on the
same interface, 802.3x flow control will be disabled internally.
Syntax
storm-control flowcontrol
no storm-control flowcontrol
no - This command disables 802.3x flow control for the switch.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
This command enables 802.3x flow control for the specific interface.
802.3x flow control only applies to full-duplex mode ports. If PFC feature is enabled on the
same interface, 802.3x flow control will be disabled internally.
i
Syntax
storm-control flowcontrol
no storm-control flowcontrol
no - This command disables 802.3x flow control for the specific interface.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.2.1.11 shutdown
This command is used to disable a port.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
68
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Syntax
shutdown
no shutdown
no - This command enables a port.
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
This command is used to disable all ports.
Syntax
shutdown all
no shutdown all
all - This command represents all ports.
no - This command enables all ports.
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
69
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.1.12 description
This command is used to create an alpha-numeric description of the port.
Syntax
description <description>
no description
no - This command removes the description of the port.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.2.1.13 mdi
This command is used to configure the physical port MDI/MDIX state.
Syntax
mdi {auto|across|normal}
no mdi
auto - This type is auto selecting cable type.
across - This type is only allowed the Across-over cable.
normal - This type is only allowed the Normal cable.
no - This command restore the port mode to Auto.
Default Setting
Auto
Command Mode
Interface Config
i
This command is not provided for the 10-Giga SFP+ interface and 40G QSFP interface.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
70
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.2 L2 MAC Address and Multicast Forwarding Database Tables
5.2.2.1 show mac-addr-table
This command displays the forwarding database entries. If the command is entered with no parameter,
the entire table is displayed. The administrator can enter a MAC Address to display the table entry for
the requested MAC address and all entries following the requested MAC address.
Syntax
show mac-addr-table [{<macaddr> <vlan-id>}]
<macaddr> - enter a MAC Address to display the table entry for the requested MAC address.
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093)
no parameter – Displays the entire table.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Mac Address: A unicast MAC address for which the switch has forwarding and/or filtering
information. The format is 6 or 8 two-digit hexadecimal numbers that are separated by colons, for
example 01:23:45:67:89:AB. In an IVL system the MAC address will be displayed as 8 bytes. In an
SVL system, the MAC address will be displayed as 6 bytes. Note: This software version only
supports IVL systems.
Interface: The port on which this L2 MAC address was learned.
IfIndex: This object indicates the if Index of the interface table entry associated with this port.
Status: The status of this entry.
The meanings of the values are:
Static: The value of the corresponding instance was added by the system or a user when a static
MAC filter was defined. It cannot be relearned.
Learned: The value of the corresponding instance was learned by observing the source MAC
addresses of incoming traffic, and is currently in use.
Management: The value of the corresponding instance (system MAC address) is also the value of
an existing instance of dot1dStaticAddress. It is identified with interface 3/1 and is currently used
when enabling VLANs for routing.
Self: The value of the corresponding instance is the address of one of the switch‘s physical
interfaces (the system‘s own MAC address).
GMRP Learned: The value of the corresponding instance was learned via GMRP and applies to
Multicast.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
71
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Other: The value of the corresponding instance does not fall into one of the other categories.
5.2.2.2 show mac-addr-table count
This command displays the total forwarding database entries, the number of static and learnning mac
address, and the max address available on the switch.
Syntax
show mac-addr-table count
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Address Entries Currently in Use: The number of active entry in FDB Table.
Dynamic Address count: The total learning mac addresses on the L2 MAC address Table.
Static Address (User-defined) count: The total user-defined addresses on the L2 MAC address
Table.
Total MAC Addresses in use: This number of addresses are used on the L2 MAC address table.
Total MAC Addresses available: The switch supports max value on the L2 MAC address table.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
72
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.2.3 show mac-addr-table interface
This command displays the forwarding database entries. The user can search FDB table by using
interface number <slot/port>.
Syntax
show mac-addr-table interface {<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id> | vlan <vlan-id>}
<slot/port> - Specifies the desired interface.
<portchannel-id> - Specifies the desired port-channel interface. The range of port-channel ID is 1 to
64.
<vlan-id> - Specifies the desired VLAN interface. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Mac Address: A unicast MAC address for which the switch has forwarding and/or filtering
information. The format is 6 or 8 two-digit hexadecimal numbers that are separated by colons, for
example 01:23:45:67:89:AB. In an IVL system the MAC address will be displayed as 8 bytes. In an
SVL system, the MAC address will be displayed as 6 bytes. Note: This software version only
supports IVL systems.
VLAN ID: The vlan id of that mac address.
Status: The status of this entry.
The meanings of the values are:
Static: The value of the corresponding instance was added by the system or a user when a
static MAC filter was defined. It cannot be relearned.
Learned: The value of the corresponding instance was learned by observing the source MAC
addresses of incoming traffic, and is currently in use.
Management: The value of the corresponding instance (system MAC address) is also the value
of an existing instance of dot1dStaticAddress. It is identified with interface 3/1 and is currently
used when enabling VLANs for routing.
Self: The value of the corresponding instance is the address of one of the switch‘s physical
interfaces (the system‘s own MAC address).
GMRP Learned: The value of the corresponding instance was learned via GMRP and applies to
Multicast.
Other: The value of the corresponding instance does not fall into one of the other categories.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
73
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
5.2.2.4
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
show mac-address-table gmrp
This command displays the GARP Multicast Registration Protocol (GMRP) entries in the Multicast
Forwarding Database (MFDB) table.
Syntax
show mac-address-table gmrp
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
MAC Address: A unicast MAC address for which the switch has forwarding and or filtering
information. The format is 6 or 8 two-digit hexadecimal numbers that are separated by colons, for
example 01:23:45:67:89:AB. In an IVL system the MAC address is displayed as 8 bytes.
Type: This displays the type of the entry. Static entries are those that are configured by the end user.
Dynamic entries are added to the table as a result of a learning process or protocol.
Description: The text description of this multicast table entry.
Interfaces: The list of interfaces that are designated for forwarding (Fwd:) and filtering (Flt:).
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
74
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.2.5 show mac-address-table igmpsnooping
This command displays the IGMP Snooping entries in the Multicast Forwarding Database (MFDB) table.
Syntax
show mac-address-table igmpsnooping
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Mac Address: A unicast MAC address for which the switch has forwarding and/or filtering
information. The format is 6 or 8 two-digit hexadecimal numbers that are separated by colons, for
example 01:23:45:67:89:AB. In an IVL system the MAC address will be displayed as 8 bytes. In an
SVL system, the MAC address will be displayed as 6 bytes. Note: This software version only
supports IVL systems.
Type: This displays the type of the entry. Static entries are those that are configured by the end user.
Dynamic entries are added to the table as a result of a learning process or protocol.
Description: The text description of this multicast table entry.
Interfaces: The list of interfaces that are designated for forwarding (Fwd:) and filtering (Flt:).
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
75
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.2.6 show mac-address-table multicast
This command displays the MFDB information. If the command is entered with no parameter, the entire
table is displayed. This is the same as entering the all parameter. The user can display the table entry for
one MAC Address by specifying the MAC address as an optional parameter.
Syntax
show mac-address-table multicast [{<macaddr> <vlan-id>]]
<macaddr> - enter a MAC Address to display the table entry for the requested MAC address
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093)
no parameter – Displays the entire table.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Mac Address: A unicast MAC address for which the switch has forwarding and/or filtering
information. The format is 6 or 8 two-digit hexadecimal numbers that are separated by colons, for
example 01:23:45:67:89:AB. In an IVL system the MAC address will be displayed as 8 bytes. In an
SVL system, the MAC address will be displayed as 6 bytes. Note: This software version only
supports IVL systems.
Type: This displays the type of the entry. Static entries are those that are configured by the end user.
Dynamic entries are added to the table as a result of a learning process or protocol.
Source: The component that is responsible for this entry in the Multicast Forwarding Database.
Possible values are IGMP Snooping, GMRP, and Static Filtering.
Description: The text description of this multicast table entry.
Interfaces: The list of interfaces that are designated for forwarding (Fwd:) and filtering (Flt:).
Forwarding Interfaces: The resultant forwarding list is derived from combining all the component‘s
forwarding interfaces and removing the interfaces that are listed as the static filtering interfaces.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
76
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.2.7 show mac-address-table stats
This command displays the MFDB statistics.
Syntax
show mac-address-table stats
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Max MFDB Table Entries: This displays the total number of entries that can possibly be in the
MFDB.
Most MFDB Entries Since Last Reset: This displays the largest number of entries that have been
present in the Multicast Forwarding Database table. This value is also known as the MFDB
high-water mark.
Current Entries: This displays the current number of entries in the Multicast Forwarding Database
table.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
77
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.2.8 show mac-addr-table agetime
This command displays the forwarding database address aging timeout.
Syntax
show mac-addr-table agetime
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Address Aging Timout: This displays the total number of seconds for Forwarding Database table.
5.2.2.9 mac-addr-table aging-time
This command configures the forwarding database address aging timeout in seconds.
Syntax
mac-addr-table aging-time <10-1000000>
no mac-addr-table aging-time
<10-1000000> - aging-time (Range: 10-1000000) in seconds
no - This command sets the forwarding database address aging timeout to 300 seconds.
Default Setting
300
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
78
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.3 VLAN Management
5.2.3.1 show vlan
This command displays brief information on a list of all configured VLANs.
Syntax
show vlan
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
VLAN ID: There is a VLAN Identifier (vlanid) associated with each VLAN. The range of the VLAN ID
is 1 to 4093.
VLAN Name: A string associated with this VLAN as a convenience. It can be up to 16 alphanumeric
characters, including blanks. The default is blank. VLAN ID 1 is always named `Default`. This field is
optional.
VLAN Type: Type of VLAN, which can be Default, (VLAN ID = 1), can be static (one that is
configured and permanently defined), or Dynamic (one that is created by GVRP registration).
Interface(s): Indicates by slot id and port number which port belongs to this VLAN.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
79
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.3.2 show vlan id
This command displays detailed information, including interface information, for a specific VLAN.
Syntax
show vlan {id <vlanid> | name <vlanname>}
<vlanid> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093)
<vlanname> - vlan name (up to 32 alphanumeric characters)
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
VLAN ID: There is a VLAN Identifier (VID) associated with each VLAN. The range of the VLAN ID is
1 to 4093.
VLAN Name: A string associated with this VLAN as a convenience. It can be up to 32 alphanumeric
characters, including blanks. The default is blank. VLAN ID 1 is always named `Default`. This field is
optional.
VLAN Type: Type of VLAN, which can be Default, (VLAN ID = 1), can be static (one that is
configured and permanently defined), or Dynamic (one that is created by GVRP registration).
Interface: Indicates by slot id and port number which port is controlled by the fields on this line.
It is possible to set the parameters for all ports by using the selectors on the top line.
Current: Determines the degree of participation of this port in this VLAN. The permissible values
are:
Include: This port is always a member of this VLAN. This is equivalent to registration fixed in the
IEEE 802.1Q standard.
Exclude: This port is never a member of this VLAN. This is equivalent to registration forbidden in
the IEEE 802.1Q standard.
Autodetect: Specifies to allow the port to be dynamically registered in this VLAN via GVRP. The
port will not participate in this VLAN unless a join request is received on this port. This is
equivalent to registration normal in the IEEE 802.1Q standard.
Configured: Determines the configured degree of participation of this port in this VLAN. The
permissible values are:
Include: This port is always a member of this VLAN. This is equivalent to registration fixed in the
IEEE 802.1Q standard.
Exclude: This port is never a member of this VLAN. This is equivalent to registration forbidden in
the IEEE 802.1Q standard.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
80
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Autodetect: Specifies to allow the port to be dynamically registered in this VLAN via GVRP. The
port will not participate in this VLAN unless a join request is received on this port. This is
equivalent to registration normal in the IEEE 802.1Q standard.
Tagging: Select the tagging behavior for this port in this VLAN.
Tagged: Specifies to transmit traffic for this VLAN as tagged frames.
Untagged: Specifies to transmit traffic for this VLAN as untagged frames.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
81
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.3.3 show vlan association mac
This command displays the VLAN associated with a specific configured MAC address. If no MAC
address is specified, the VLAN associations of all the configured MAC addresses are displayed.
Syntax
show vlan association mac [<macaddr>]
<macaddr> - Enter a MAC Address to display the table entry for the requested MAC address.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
MAC Address: A unicast MAC address for which the switch has forwarding and/or filtering
information. The format is 6 or 8 two-digit hexadecimal numbers that are separated by colons, for
example 01:23:45:67:89:AB. In an IVL system the MAC address will be displayed as 8 bytes. In an
SVL system, the MAC address will be displayed as 6 bytes. Note: This software version only
supports IVL systems.
VLAN ID: There is a VLAN Identifier (VID) associated with each VLAN. The range of the VLAN ID is
1 to 4093.
Priority: There is a priority for each MAC-based.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
82
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.3.4 show vlan association subnet
This command displays the VLAN associated with a specific configured IP-Address and net mask. If no
IP Address and net mask are specified, the VLAN associations of all the configured IP-subnets are
displayed.
Syntax
show vlan association subnet [<ipaddr> <netmask>]
<ipaddr> - The IP address.
<netmask> - The subnet mask.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
IP Subnet: The IP address assigned to each interface.
IP Mask: The subnet mask.
VLAN ID: There is a VLAN Identifier (VID) associated with each VLAN. The range of the VLAN ID is
1 to 4093.
Priority: There is a priority for each IPsubnet-based.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
83
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.3.5 show vlan internal usage
This command displays the VLAN assigned to port-based routing interfaces.
Syntax
show vlan internal usage
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Base VLAN ID: This is the Base VLAN ID for Internal allocation of VLANs to the routing interface.
Allocation Policy: Allocation Policy for VLAN ID in ascending or descending order.
VLAN: This is the Used Internal VLAN ID for the Interface.
Usage: This is the switch interface.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
84
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.3.6 show protocol group
This command displays the Protocol-based VLAN information for either the entire system, or for the
indicated group.
Syntax
show protocol group [<group-name>]
<group-name> - The group name of an entry in the Protocol-based VLAN table.
no parameter – Displays the entire table.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Group Name: This field displays the group name of an entry in the Protocol-based VLAN table.
Group ID: This field displays the group identifier of the protocol group.
Protocol(s): This field indicates the type of protocol(s) for this group.
VLAN: This field indicates the VLAN associated with this protocol group.
Interface(s): This field lists the slot/port interface(s) that are associated with this protocol group.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
85
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.3.7 show interface switchport
This command displays VLAN port information.
Syntax
show interface switchport [{<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id>}]
<slot/port> - Interface number.
<portchannel-id> - port-channel interface number. The range of port-channel ID is 1 to 64.
no parameter – Display the entire table.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Interface: Indicates by slot id and port number which port is controlled by the fields on this line. It is
possible to set the parameters for all ports by using the selectors on the top line.
Port VLAN ID: The VLAN ID that this port will assign to untagged frames or priority tagged frames
received on this port. The value must be for an existing VLAN. The factory default is 1.
Acceptable Frame Types: Specifies the types of frames that may be received on this port. The
options are 'VLAN only' and 'Admit All'. When set to 'VLAN only', untagged frames or priority tagged
frames received on this port are discarded. When set to 'Admit All', untagged frames or priority
tagged frames received on this port are accepted and assigned the value of the Port VLAN ID for this
port. With either option, VLAN tagged frames are forwarded in accordance to the 802.1Q VLAN
specification.
Ingress Filtering: May be enabled or disabled. When enabled, the frame is discarded if this port is
not a member of the VLAN with which this frame is associated. In a tagged frame, the VLAN is
identified by the VLAN ID in the tag. In an untagged frame, the VLAN is the Port VLAN ID specified
for the port that received this frame. When disabled, all frames are forwarded in accordance with the
802.1Q VLAN bridge specification. The factory default is disabled.
GVRP: May be enabled or disabled.
Mode: Indicates this interface is operating on Access mode or General mode.
Default Priority: The 802.1p priority assigned to untagged packets arriving on the port.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
86
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.3.8 vlan database
This command is used to enter VLAN Interface configuration mode.
Syntax
vlan database
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.2.3.9 vlan
This command creates a new VLAN and assigns it an ID. The ID is a valid VLAN identification
number (ID 1 is reserved for the default VLAN). VLAN range is 2-4093.
Syntax
vlan <vlan-list>
no vlan <vlan-list>
<vlan-list> - VLAN ID (Range: 2 – 4093) – separate non-consecutive IDs with ',' and no spaces and
no zeros in between the range; Use '-' for range.
no - This command deletes an existing VLAN. The ID is a valid VLAN identification number (ID 1 is
reserved for the default VLAN). VLAN range is 2-4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
VLAN database
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
87
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.3.10 vlan name
This command changes the name of a VLAN. The name is an alphanumeric string of up to 32
characters, and the ID is a valid VLAN identification number. ID range is 1- 4093.
Syntax
vlan name <vlan-id> <newname>
no vlan name <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
<newname> - Configure a new VLAN Name (up to 32 alphanumeric characters).
no - This command sets the name of a VLAN to a blank string. The VLAN ID is a valid VLAN
identification number. ID range is 1-4093.
Default Setting
The name for VLAN ID 1 is always Default. The name for other VLANs is defaulted to a blank string.
Command Mode
VLAN database
5.2.3.11 vlan association mac
This command associates a MAC address to a VLAN.
Syntax
vlan association mac <macaddr> <vlan-id> [<priority>]
no vlan association mac <macaddr>
<macaddr> - Enter a MAC Address to display the table entry for the requested MAC address.
<vland-id> - VLAN identification number. ID range is 1-4093.
< priority> - The priority value for untagged frames received. Valid priority value is 0 to 7.
no - This command removes the association of a MAC address to a VLAN.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
VLAN database
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
88
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.3.12 vlan association subnet
This command removes the association of a MAC address to a VLAN.
Syntax
vlan association subnet <ipaddr> <netmask> <vlan-id> [<priority>]
no vlan association subnet <ipaddr> <netmask>
<ipaddr> - The IP address.
<netmask> - The subnet mask.
<vland-id> - VLAN identification number. ID range is 1-4093.
<priority> - The priority value for untagged frames received. Valid priority value is 0 to 7.
no - This command removes association of a specific IP-subnet to a VLAN.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
VLAN database
5.2.3.13 vlan makestatic
This command changes a dynamically created VLAN (one that is created by GVRP registration) to a
static VLAN (one that is permanently configured and defined). The ID is a valid VLAN identification
number. VLAN range is 2-4093.
Syntax
vlan makestatic <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 2 –4093).
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
VLAN database
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
89
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.3.14 protocol group
This command attaches a <vlan-id> to the protocol-based VLAN identified by <group-name>. A group
may only be associated with one VLAN at a time, however the VLAN association can be changed.
Syntax
protocol group <group-name> <vlan-id>
no protocol group <group-name> <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
<group-name> - a VLAN Group Name (a character string of 1 to 16 characters).
no - This command removes the <vlanid> from this protocol-based VLAN group that is identified by
this <group-name>.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
VLAN database
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
90
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.3.15 switchport acceptable-frame-type
This command sets the frame acceptance mode per interface. For VLAN Only mode, untagged frames
or priority frames received on this interface are discarded. For Admit All mode, untagged frames or
priority frames received on this interface are accepted and assigned the value of the interface VLAN ID
for this port. With either option, VLAN tagged frames are forwarded in accordance with the IEEE 802.1Q
VLAN specification.
Syntax
switchport acceptable-frame-type {tagged | all}
no switchport acceptable-frame-type {tagged | all}
tagged - VLAN only mode.
all - Admit all mode.
no - This command sets the frame acceptance mode per interface to Admit All. For Admit All mode,
untagged frames or priority frames received on this interface are accepted and assigned the value of
the interface VLAN ID for this port. With either option, VLAN tagged frames are forwarded in
accordance with the IEEE 802.1Q VLAN Specification.
Default Setting
Admit all
Command Mode
Interface Config
This command sets the frame acceptance mode for all interfaces. For VLAN Only mode, untagged
frames or priority frames received on this interface are discarded. For Admit All mode, untagged frames
or priority frames received on this interface are accepted and assigned the value of the interface VLAN
ID for this port. With either option, VLAN tagged frames are forwarded in accordance with the IEEE
802.1Q VLAN specification.
Syntax
switchport acceptable-frame-type all {tagged | all}
no switchport acceptable-frame-type all {tagged | all}
tagged - VLAN only mode.
all – One is for Admit all mode. The other one is for all interfaces.
no - This command sets the frame acceptance mode for all interfaces to Admit All. For Admit All
mode, untagged frames or priority frames received on this interface are accepted and assigned the
value of the interface VLAN ID for this port. With either option, VLAN tagged frames are forwarded in
accordance with the IEEE 802.1Q VLAN Specification.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
91
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Default Setting
Admit all
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
92
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.3.16 switchport ingress-filtering
This command enables ingress filtering. If ingress filtering is disabled, frames received with VLAN IDs
that do not match the VLAN membership of the receiving interface are admitted and forwarded to ports
that are members of that VLAN.
Syntax
switchport ingress-filtering
no switchport ingress-filtering
no - This command disables ingress filtering. If ingress filtering is disabled, frames received with
VLAN IDs that do not match the VLAN membership of the receiving interface are admitted and
forwarded to ports that are members of that VLAN.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
This command enables ingress filtering for all ports. If ingress filtering is disabled, frames received with
VLAN IDs that do not match the VLAN membership of the receiving interface are admitted and
forwarded to ports that are members of that VLAN.
Syntax
switchport ingress-filtering all
no switchport ingress-filtering all
all - All interfaces.
no - This command disables ingress filtering for all ports. If ingress filtering is disabled, frames
received with VLAN IDs that do not match the VLAN membership of the receiving interface are
admitted and forwarded to ports that are members of that VLAN.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
93
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.3.17 switchport mode access
This command configures the an interface to be operated on VLAN access mode. In this mode, only one
VLAN could be assigned to this interface. Use ‗switchport access vlan <vlan-id>‘ to configure the
access VLAN. In VLAN access mode, only the untagged packets are handled.
Syntax
switchport mode access
no switchport mode access
no - This command sets the mode to General.
Default Setting
General Mode
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.2.3.18 switchport access vlan
This command configures the access VLAN ID for an interface if it is operated on access VLAN mode.
Syntax
switchport access vlan <vlan-id>
no switchport access vlan
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
no - This command sets the access VLAN ID to 1.
Default Setting
1
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
94
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.3.19 switchport native vlan
This command changes the VLAN ID which will be assigned to untagged or priority tagged frames per
interface.
Syntax
switchport native vlan <vlan-id>
no switchport native vlan <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
no - This command sets the VLAN ID per interface to 1.
Default Setting
1
Command Mode
Interface Config
This command changes the VLAN ID which will be assigned to untagged or priority tagged frames for all
interfaces.
Syntax
switchport native vlan all <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
all - All interfaces.
no - This command sets the VLAN ID for all interfaces to 1.
Default Setting
1
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
95
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.3.20 switchport allowed vlan
This command configures the degree of participation for a specific interface in a VLAN. The ID is a valid
VLAN identification number, and the interface is a valid interface number.
Syntax
switchport allowed vlan {add [tagged | untagged] | remove} <vlan-list>
<vlan-list> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093) – separate non-consecutive IDs with ',' and no spaces and
no zeros in between the range; Use '-' for range.
add - The interface is always a member of this VLAN. This is equivalent to registration fixed.
tagged - All frames transmitted for this VLAN will be tagged.
untagged - All frames transmitted for this VLAN will be untagged.
remove - The interface is removed from the member of this VLAN. This is equivalent to registration
forbidden.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
96
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command configures the degree of participation for all interfaces in a VLAN. The ID is a valid VLAN
identification number.
Syntax
switchport allowed vlan {add {tagged | untagged} | remove} all <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
all - All interfaces.
add - The interface is always a member of this VLAN. This is equivalent to registration fixed.
tagged - all frames transmitted for this VLAN will be tagged.
untagged - all frames transmitted for this VLAN will be untagged.
remove - The interface is removed from the member of this VLAN. This is equivalent to registration
forbidden.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
97
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.3.21 switchport tagging
This command configures the tagging behavior for a specific interface in a VLAN to enable. If tagging is
enabled, traffic is transmitted as tagged frames. If tagging is disabled, traffic is transmitted as untagged
frames. The ID is a valid VLAN identification number.
Syntax
switchport tagging <vlan-list>
no switchport tagging <vlan-list>
<vlan-list> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093) – separate non-consecutive IDs with ',' and no spaces and
no zeros in between the range; Use '-' for range.
no - This command configures the tagging behavior for a specific interface in a VLAN to disabled. If
tagging is disabled, traffic is transmitted as untagged frames. The ID is a valid VLAN identification
number.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
This command configures the tagging behavior for all interfaces in a VLAN to be enabled. If tagging is
enabled, traffic is transmitted as tagged frames. If tagging is disabled, traffic is transmitted as untagged
frames. The ID is a valid VLAN identification number.
Syntax
switchport tagging all <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
all - All interfaces
no - This command configures the tagging behavior for all interfaces in a VLAN to disabled. If
tagging is disabled, traffic is transmitted as untagged frames. The ID is a valid VLAN identification
number.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
98
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.3.22 switchport forbidden vlan
This command used to configure forbidden VLANs.
Syntax
switchport forbidden vlan {add | remove} <vlan-list>
no switchport forbidden
<vlan-list> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093) – separate non-consecutive IDs with ',' and no spaces and
no zeros in between the range; Use '-' for range.
add - VLAND ID to add.
remove - VLAND ID to remove.
no - Remove the list of forbidden VLANs.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.2.3.23 switchport priority
This command configures the default 802.1p port priority assigned for untagged packets for a specific
interface.
Syntax
switchport priority <0-7>
no switchport priority
<0-7> - The range for the priority is 0 - 7.
no – This command restore the priority configuration to default value.
Default Setting
0
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
99
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command configures the port priority assigned for untagged packets for all ports presently plugged
into the device. Any subsequent per port configuration will override this configuration setting.
Syntax
switchport priority all <0-7>
no switchport priority all
<0-7> - The range for the priority is 0-7.
all – All interfaces
no – This command restores the priority value to default value for all interfaces.
Default Setting
0
Command Mode
Global Config
5.2.3.24 switchport protocol group
This command adds the physical interface to the protocol-based VLAN identified by <group-name>. A
group may have more than one interface associated with it. Each interface and protocol combination can
only be associated with one group. If adding an interface to a group causes any conflicts with protocols
currently associated with the group, this command will fail, and the interface(s) will not be added to the
group.
Syntax
switchport protocol group <group-name>
no switchport protocol group <group-name>
<group-name> - a VLAN Group Name (a character string of 1 to 16 characters).
no - This command removes the interface from this protocol-based VLAN group that is identified by
this <group-name>.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
100
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command adds a protocol-based VLAN group to the system. The <group-name> is a character
string of 1 to 16 characters. When it is created, the protocol group will be assigned a unique number that
will be used to identify the group in subsequent commands.
Syntax
switchport protocol group <group-name>
no switchport protocol group <group-name>
<group-name> - a VLAN Group Name (a character string of 1 to 16 characters).
no - This command removes the protocol-based VLAN group that is identified by this <group-name>.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
This command adds all physical interfaces to the protocol-based VLAN identified by <group-name>. A
group may have more than one interface associated with it. Each interface and protocol combination can
only be associated with one group. If adding an interface to a group causes any conflicts with protocols
currently associated with the group, this command will fail, and the interface(s) will not be added to the
group.
Syntax
switchport protocol group all <group-name>
no switchport protocol group all <group-name>
<group-name> - a VLAN Group Name (a character string of 1 to 16 characters).
all - All interfaces.
no - This command removes all interfaces from this protocol-based VLAN group that is identified by
this <group-name>.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
101
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command adds the <protocol> to the protocol-based VLAN identified by <group-name>. A group
may have more than one protocol associated with it. Each interface and protocol combination can only
be associated with one group. If adding a protocol to a group causes any conflicts with interfaces
currently associated with the group, this command will fail, and the protocol will not be added to the
group. The possible values for protocol are ip, arp, and ipx.
Syntax
switchport protocol group add protocol <group-name> {ip | arp | ipx}
no switchport protocol group add protocol <group-name> {ip | arp | ipx}
<group-name> - a VLAN Group Name (a character string of 1 to 16 characters).
ip - IP protocol.
arp - ARP protocol.
ipx - IPX protocol.
no - This command removes the <protocol> from this protocol-based VLAN group that is identified
by this <group-name>. The possible values for protocol are ip, arp, and ipx.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
102
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.4 Double VLAN commands
5.2.4.1 show dvlan-tunnel/ dot1q-tunnel
This command is used without the optional parameters to display all interfaces enabled for Double VLAN
Tunneling. Use the optional parameters to display detailed information about Double VLAN Tunneling for
the specified interface or all interfaces.
Syntax
show {dot1q-tunnel | dvlan-tunnel} [interface {<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id>}]
<slot/port> - Specifies the desired interface.
<portchannel-id> - Specifies the desired port-channel interface. The range of port-channel ID is 1 to
64.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Interfaces Enabled for DVLAN Tunneling: Valid interface(s) support(s) DVLAN Tunneling.
When using ‘show {dot1q-tunnel|dvlan-tunnel} interface’:
Interface: Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes.
Mode: This field specifies the administrative mode through which Double VLAN Tunneling can be
enabled or disabled. The default value for this field is disabled.
EtherType This field represents a 2-byte hex EtherType to be used as the first 16 bits of the DVLAN
tunnel. There are three different EtherType tags. The first is 802.1Q, which represents the commonly
used value of 0x8100. The second is vMAN, which represents the commonly used value of 0x88A8.
If EtherType is not one of these two values, then it is a custom tunnel value, representingany value in
the range of 0 to 65535.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
103
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.4.2 switchport dvlan-tunnel/ dot1q-tunnel
This command is used to enable Double VLAN Tunneling on the specified interface.
Syntax
switchport {dvlan-tunnel | dot1q-tunnel}
no switchport {dvlan-tunnel | dot1q-tunnel}
Default Setting
Disable
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.2.4.3 switchport dvlan-tunnel/ dot1q-tunnel ethertype
This command configures the ether-type for specific interface. The ether-type may have the values of
802.1Q, vMAN, or custom. If the ether-type has a value of custom, the optional value of the custom ether
type must be set to a value from 0 to 65535.
Syntax
switchport {dvlan-tunnel | dot1q-tunnel } [ethertype {802.1Q | custom <0-65535> | vman}]
no switchport {dvlan-tunnel | dot1q-tunnel} [ethertype]
Default Setting
802.1Q
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
104
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.5 GVRP and Bridge Extension
5.2.5.1 show bridge-ext
This command displays Generic Attributes Registration Protocol (GARP) information.
Syntax
show bridge-ext
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
GMRP Admin Mode: This displays the administrative mode of GARP Multicast Registration
Protocol (GMRP) for the system.
GVRP Admin Mode: This displays the administrative mode of GARP VLAN Registration Protocol
(GVRP) for the system.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
105
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.5.2 show gvrp configuration
This command displays Generic Attributes Registration Protocol (GARP) information for one or all
interfaces.
Syntax
show gvrp configuration [{<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id>}]
<slot/port> - Specifies the desired interface.
<portchannel-id> - Specifies the port-channel interface. The range of port-channel ID is 1 to 64.
no parameter - All interfaces.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Interface: This displays the slot/port of the interface that this row in the table describes.
Join Timer: Specifies the interval between the transmission of GARP PDUs registering (or
re-registering) membership for an attribute. Current attributes are a VLAN or multicast group. There
is an instance of this timer on a per-Port, per-GARP participant basis. Permissible values are 10 to
100 centiseconds (0.1 to 1.0 seconds). The factory default is 20 centiseconds (0.2 seconds). The
finest granularity of specification is 1 centisecond (0.01 seconds).
Leave Timer: Specifies the period of time to wait after receiving an unregister request for an
attribute before deleting the attribute. Current attributes are a VLAN or multicast group. This may be
considered a buffer time for another station to assert registration for the same attribute in order to
maintain uninterrupted service. There is an instance of this timer on a per-Port, per-GARP participant
basis. Permissible values are 20 to 600 centiseconds (0.2 to 6.0 seconds). The factory default is 60
centiseconds (0.6 seconds). The finest granularity of specification is 1 centisecond (0.01 seconds).
LeaveAll Timer: This Leave All Time controls how frequently LeaveAll PDUs are generated. A
LeaveAll PDU indicates that all registrations will shortly be deregistered. Participants will need to
rejoin in order to maintain registration. There is an instance of this timer on a per-Port, per-GARP
participant basis. The Leave All Period Timer is set to a random value in the range of LeaveAll- Time
to 1.5*LeaveAllTime. Permissible values are 200 to 6000 centiseconds (2 to 60 seconds). The
factory default is 1000 centiseconds (10 seconds). The finest granularity of specification is 1
centisecond (0.01 seconds).
Port GVRP Mode: Indicates the GVRP administrative mode for the port. It may be enabled or
disabled. If this parameter is disabled, Join Time, Leave Time, and Leave All Time have no effect.
The factory default is disabled.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
106
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.5.3 show gmrp configuration
This command displays Generic Attributes Registration Protocol (GARP) information for one or All
interfaces.
Syntax
show gmrp configuration [{<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id>}]
<slot/port> - Specifies the desired interface.
<portchannel-id> - Specifies the desired port-channel interface. The range of port-channel ID is 1 to
64.
no parameter - All interfaces.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Interface: This displays the slot/port of the interface that this row in the table describes.
Join Timer: Specifies the interval between the transmission of GARP PDUs registering (or
re-registering) membership for an attribute. Current attributes are a VLAN or multicast group. There
is an instance of this timer on a per-Port, per-GARP participant basis. Permissible values are 10 to
100 centiseconds (0.1 to 1.0 seconds). The factory default is 20 centiseconds (0.2 seconds). The
finest granularity of specification is 1 centisecond (0.01 seconds).
Leave Timer: Specifies the period of time to wait after receiving an unregister request for an
attribute before deleting the attribute. Current attributes are a VLAN or multicast group. This may be
considered a buffer time for another station to assert registration for the same attribute in order to
maintain uninterrupted service. There is an instance of this timer on a per-Port, per-GARP participant
basis. Permissible values are 20 to 600 centiseconds (0.2 to 6.0 seconds). The factory default is 60
centiseconds (0.6 seconds). The finest granularity of specification is 1 centisecond (0.01 seconds).
LeaveAll Timer: This Leave All Time controls how frequently LeaveAll PDUs are generated. A
LeaveAll PDU indicates that all registrations will shortly be deregistered. Participants will need to
rejoin in order to maintain registration. There is an instance of this timer on a per-Port, per-GARP
participant basis. The Leave All Period Timer is set to a random value in the range of LeaveAll- Time
to 1.5*LeaveAllTime. Permissible values are 200 to 6000 centiseconds (2 to 60 seconds). The
factory default is 1000 centiseconds (10 seconds). The finest granularity of specification is 1
centisecond (0.01 seconds).
Port GMRP Mode: Indicates the GMRP administrative mode for the port. It may be enabled or
disabled. If this parameter is disabled, Join Time, Leave Time, and Leave All Time have no effect.
The factory default is disabled.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
107
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.5.4 show garp configuration
This command displays GMRP and GVRP configuration information for one or all interfaces.
Syntax
show garp configuration [{<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id>}]
<slot/port> - Specifies the desired interface.
<portchannel-id> - Specifies the desired port-channel interface. The range of port-channel ID is 1 to
64.
no parameter - All interfaces.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Interface: This displays the slot/port of the interface that this row in the table describes.
GVRP Mode: Indicates the GVRP administrative mode for the port. It may be enabled or disabled. If
this parameter is disabled, Join Time, Leave Time, and Leave All Time have no effect. The factory
default is disabled.
GMRP Mode: Indicates the GMRP administrative mode for the port. It may be enabled or disabled. If
this parameter is disabled, Join Time, Leave Time, and Leave All Time have no effect. The factory
default is disabled.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
108
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.5.5 bridge-ext gvrp
This command enables GVRP.
Syntax
bridge-ext gvrp
no bridge-ext gvrp
no - This command disables GVRP.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.2.5.6 bridge-ext gmrp
This command enables GARP Multicast Registration Protocol (GMRP) on the system. The default value
is disabled.
Syntax
bridge-ext gmrp
no bridge-ext gmrp
no - This command disables GARP Multicast Registration Protocol (GMRP) on the system.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
109
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.5.7 switchport gvrp
This command enables GVRP (GARP VLAN Registration Protocol) for a specific port.
Syntax
switchport gvrp
no switchport gvrp
no - This command disables GVRP (GARP VLAN Registration Protocol) for a specific port. If GVRP
is disabled, Join Time, Leave Time, and Leave All Time have no effect.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
This command enables GVRP (GARP VLAN Registration Protocol) for all ports.
Syntax
switchport gvrp all
no switchport gvrp all
all - All interfaces.
no - This command disables GVRP (GARP VLAN Registration Protocol) for all ports. If GVRP is
disabled, Join Time, Leave Time, and Leave All Time have no effect.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
110
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.5.8 switchport gmrp
This command enables GMRP Multicast Registration Protocol on a selected interface. If an interface
which has GMRP enabled is enabled for routing or is enlisted as a member of a port-channel (LAG),
GMRP functionality will be disabled on that interface. GMRP functionality will subsequently be
re-enabled if routing is disabled or port-channel (LAG) membership is removed from an interface that
has GMRP enabled.
Syntax
switchport gmrp
no switchport gmrp
no - This command disables GMRP Multicast Registration Protocol on a selected interface. If an
interface which has GMRP enabled is enabled for routing or is enlisted as a member of a
port-channel (LAG), GMRP functionality will be disabled on that interface. GMRP functionality will
subsequently be re-enabled if routing is disabled or port-channel (LAG) membership is removed
from an interface that has GMRP enabled.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
This command enables GMRP Multicast Registration Protocol on all interfaces. If an interface which has
GMRP enabled is enabled for routing or is enlisted as a member of a port-channel (LAG), GMRP
functionality will be disabled on that interface. GMRP functionality will subsequently be re-enabled if
routing is disabled and port-channel (LAG) membership is removed from an interface that has GMRP
enabled.
Syntax
switchport gmrp all
no switchport gmrp all
all - All interfaces.
no - This command disables GMRP Multicast Registration Protocol on all interfaces.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
111
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.5.9 garp timer
This command sets the GVRP join time per port and per GARP. Join time is the interval between the
transmission of GARP Protocol Data Units (PDUs) registering (or re-registering) membership for a VLAN
or multicast group.
This command has an effect only when GVRP and GMRP are enabled. The time is from 10 to 100
(centiseconds).
Syntax
garp timer join <10-100>
no garp timer join
<10-100> - join time (Range: 10 – 100) in centiseconds.
no - This command sets the GVRP join time per port and per GARP to 20 centiseconds (0.2
seconds). This command has an effect only when GVRP and GMRP are enabled.
Default Setting
20 centiseconds (0.2 seconds)
Command Mode
Interface Config
This command sets the GVRP join time for all ports and per GARP. Join time is the interval between the
transmission of GARP Protocol Data Units (PDUs) registering (or re-registering) membership for a VLAN
or multicast group.
This command has an effect only when GVRP and GMRP are enabled. The time is from 10 to 100
(centiseconds).
Syntax
garp timer join all < 10-100 >
no garp timer join all
<10-100> - join time (Range: 10 – 100) in centiseconds.
all - All interfaces.
no - This command sets the GVRP join time for all ports and per GARP to 20 centiseconds (0.2
seconds). This command has an effect only when GVRP and GMRP are enabled.
Default Setting
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
112
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
20 centiseconds (0.2 seconds)
Command Mode
Global Config
This command sets the GVRP leave time per port. Leave time is the time to wait after receiving an
unregister request for a VLAN or a multicast group before deleting the VLAN entry. This can be
considered a buffer time for another station to assert registration for the same attribute in order to
maintain uninterrupted service. The time is from 20 to 600 (centiseconds).
This command has an effect only when GVRP and GMRP are enabled.
i
Syntax
garp timer leave < 20-600 >
no garp timer leave
<20-600> - leave time (Range: 20 – 600) in centiseconds.
no - This command sets the GVRP leave time per port to 60 centiseconds (0.6 seconds).
Default Setting
60 centiseconds (0.6 seconds)
Command Mode
Interface Config
This command sets the GVRP leave time for all ports. Leave time is the time to wait after receiving an
unregister request for a VLAN or a multicast group before deleting the VLAN entry. This can be
considered a buffer time for another station to assert registration for the same attribute in order to
maintain uninterrupted service. The time is from 20 to 600 (centiseconds).
This command has an effect only when GVRP and GMRP are enabled.
i
Syntax
garp timer leave all < 20-600 >
no garp timer leave all
<20-600> - leave time (Range: 20 – 600) in centiseconds.
all - All interfaces.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
113
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
no - This command sets the GVRP leave time for all ports to the default 60 centiseconds (0.6
seconds).
Default Setting
60 centiseconds (0.6 seconds)
Command Mode
Global Config
This command sets how frequently Leave All PDUs are generated per port. A Leave All PDU indicates
that all registrations will be unregistered. Participants would need to rejoin in order to maintain
registration. The value applies per port and per GARP participation. The time may range from 200 to
6000 (centiseconds).
This command has an effect only when GVRP and GMRP are enabled.
i
Syntax
garp timer leaveall < 200-6000 >
no garp timer leaveall
<200-6000> - leave time (Range: 200 – 6000) in centiseconds.
no - This command sets how frequently Leave All PDUs are generated per port to 1000
centiseconds (10 seconds).
Default Setting
1000 centiseconds (10 seconds)
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
114
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command sets how frequently Leave All PDUs are generated for all ports. A Leave All PDU
indicates that all registrations will be unregistered. Participants would need to rejoin in order to maintain
registration. The value applies per port and per GARP participation. The time may range from 200 to
6000 (centiseconds).
This command has an effect only when GVRP and GMRP are enabled.
i
Syntax
garp timer leaveall all < 200-6000 >
no garp timer leaveall all
<200-6000> - leave time (Range: 200 – 6000) in centiseconds.
all - All interfaces.
no - This command sets how frequently Leave All PDUs are generated for all ports to 1000
centiseconds (10 seconds).
Default Setting
1000 centiseconds (10 seconds)
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
115
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.6 IGMP Snooping
5.2.6.1 ip igmp snooping
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set IGMP Snooping on the system, use the ip
igmp snooping global configuration command. Use the no ip igmp snooping to disable IGMP
Snooping on the system.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping
no ip igmp snooping
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.2.6.2 clear igmp snooping
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to clear IGMP Snooping entries from the MFDB table, use the
clear igmp snooping priviledge configuration command.
Syntax
clear igmp snooping
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privilege Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
116
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.6.3 ip igmp snooping interfacemode
The user can go to the CLI Global/Interface Configuration Mode to set IGMP Snooping on one interface
or all interfaces, use the ip igmp snooping interfacemode global/interface configuration command.
Use the no ip igmp snooping interfacemode disable IGMP Snooping on all interfaces.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping interfacemode all
no ip igmp snooping interfacemode all
ip igmp snooping interfacemode
no ip igmp snooping interfacemode
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
Interface Config
5.2.6.4 ip igmp snooping fast-leave
The user can go to the CLI Global/Interface Configuration Mode to set IGMP Snooping fast-leave admin
mode on a selected interface or all interfaces, use the ip igmpsnooping fast-leave global/interface
configuration command. Use the no ip igmp snooping fast-leave disable IGMP Snooping fast-leave
admin mode.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping fast-leave
no ip igmp snooping fast-leave
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
Interface Config
5.2.6.5 ip igmp snooping groupmembershipinterval
The user can go to the CLI Global/Interface Configuration Mode to set the IGMP Group Membership
Interval time on one interface or all interfaces, use the ip igmp snooping groupmembershipinterval
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
117
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
<2-3600> global/interface configuration command. Use the no ip igmp snooping
groupmembershipinterval return to default value 260.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping groupmembershipinterval <2-3600>
no ip igmp snooping groupmembershipinterval
<2-3600> -- This value must be greater than the IGMPv3 Maximum Response time value. The range
is 2 to 3600 seconds.
Default Setting
260
Command Mode
Global Config
Interface Config
5.2.6.6 ip igmp snooping mcrtrexpiretime
The user can go to the CLI Interface Global/Interface Configuration Mode to set the Multicast Router
Present Expiration time for the system or on a particular interface, use the ip igmp snooping
mcrtrexpiretime <0-3600> global/interface configuration command. Use the no ip igmp snooping
mcrtrexpiretime to return to default value 0.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping mcrtrexpiretime <0-3600>
no ip igmp snooping mcrtrexpiretime
<0-3600> - The range is 0 to 3600 seconds. A value of 0 indicates an infinite time-out, i.e. no
expiration.
Default Setting
0
Command Mode
Global Config
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
118
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.6.7 ip igmp snooping mrouter interface
The user can go to the CLI Interface Configuration Mode to configure the interface as a multicast
router-attached interface or configure the VLAN ID for the VLAN that has the multicast router attached
mode enabled, use the ip igmp snooping mrouter interface|<vlaniid> interface configuration
command. Use the no ip igmp snooping mrouter interface|<vlan-id> disable multicast router
attached mode for the interface or a VLAN.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping mrouter interface|<vlan-id>
no ip igmp snooping mrouter interface|<vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.2.6.8 set igmp
The user can go to the CLI VLAN database Mode to set IGMP Snooping on a particular VLAN, use the
set ipgm <vlan-id> vlan configuration command. Use the no set igmp <vlan-id> to disable IGMP
Snooping on a particular VLAN.
Syntax
set igmp <vlan-id>
no set igmp <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
VLAN database
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
119
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.6.9 set igmp fast-leave
The user can go to the CLI VLAN Configuration Mode to set IGMP Snooping fast-leave admin mode on
a particular VLAN, use the set igmp fast-leave <vlan-id> vlan configuration command. Use the no set
igmp fast-leave <vlan-id> disable IGMP Snooping fast-leave admin mode.
Syntax
set igmp fast-leave <vlan-id>
no set igmp fast-leave <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
VLAN database
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
120
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.6.10 set igmp groupmembership-interval
The user can go to the CLI VLAN Configuration Mode to set the IGMP Group Membership Interval time
on a particular VLAN, use the set igmpgroupmembership-interval <vlan-id> <2-3600> vlan
configuration command. Use the no set igmp groupmembership-interval <vlan-id> return to default
value 260.
Syntax
set igmp groupmembership-interval <vlan-id> <2-3600>
no set igmp groupmembership-interval <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
<2-3600> -
The range of group membership interval time is 2 to 3600 seconds.
Default Setting
260
Command Mode
VLAN database
5.2.6.11 set igmp maxresponse
The user can go to the CLI Interface VLAN database Mode to set the IGMP Maximum Response time on
a particular VLAN, use the set igmp maxresponse <vlan-id> <1-25> vlan configuration command. Use
the no set igmp maxresponse <vlan-id> return to default value 10
Syntax
set igmp maxresponse <vlan-id> <1-25>
no set igmp maxresponse <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
<1-25> - This value must be less than the IGMP Query Interval time value. The range is 1 to 25
seconds.
Default Setting
10
Command Mode
VLAN database
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
121
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.6.12 set igmp mcrtrexpiretime
The user can go to the CLI Interface VLAN Configuration Mode to set the Multicast Router Present
Expiration time on a particular VLAN, use the set igmp mcrtrexpiretime <vlan-id> <0-3600> vlan
configuration command. Use the no set igmp mcrtrexpiretime <vlan-id> to return to default value 0.
Syntax
set igmp mcrtrexpiretime <vlan-id> <0-3600>
no set igmp mcrtrexpiretime <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
<0-3600> - The range of the Multicat Router Present Expire time is 0 to 3600 seconds
Default Setting
0
Command Mode
VLAN database
5.2.6.13 set igmp report-suppression
The user can go to the CLI VLAN Configuration Mode to set IGMP Snooping report-suppression admin
mode on a particular VLAN, use the set igmp report-suppression <vlan-id> vlan configuration
command. Use the no set igmp report-suppression <vlan-id> disable IGMP Snooping
report-suppression admin mode.
Syntax
set igmp report-suppression <vlan-id>
no set igmp report-suppression <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
Default Setting
Disable
Command Mode
VLAN database
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
122
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.6.14 set snoop-vlan-block
The user can go to the CLI VLAN Configuration Mode to set IGMP/MLD Snooping snoop-vlan-block
admin mode on a particular VLAN, use the set snoop-vlan-block <vlan-id> vlan configuration
command. Use the no set snoop-vlan-block <vlan-id> disable IGMP Snooping snoop-vlan-block
admin mode.
Syntax
set snoop-vlan-block <vlan-id>
no set snoop-vlan-block <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
Default Setting
Disable
Command Mode
VLAN database
5.2.6.15 ip igmp snooping static
The user can go to the Global Mode and add a port to multicast group, use the ip igmp snooping static
Global command. The MAC address of the L2Mcast Group in the format 01:00:5e:xx:xx:xx.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping static <macaddr> vlan <vlan-id> interface {<slot/port> | port-channel
<portchannel-id>}
no ip igmp snooping static <macaddr> vlan <vlan-id> interface {<slot/port> | port-channel
<portchannel-id>}
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
<macaddr> - Static MAC address.
<slot/port> - Interface number.
<portchannel-id> - Port-channel interface number. The range of port-channel ID is 1 to 64.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
123
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.6.16 ip igmp snooping router-alert-check
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set IGMP Snooping router-alert-check admin
mode on the system, use the ip igmpsnooping router-alert-check global configuration command. Use
the no ip igmp snooping router-alert-check disable IGMP Snooping router-alert-check admin mode.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping router-alert-check
no ip igmp snooping router-alert-check
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.2.6.17 show ip igmp snooping
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to get all of igmp snooping information, use the show ip igmp
snooping Privilege command.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping [interface <slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id> | port-channel <portchannel-id>]
<slot/port> - Interface number.
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
<portchannel-id> - Port-channel interface number. The range of port-channel ID is 1 to 64.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privilege Exec
Display Message
When the optional arguments <slot/port>, <portchannel-id> or <vlan-id> are not used, the command
displays the following information.
Admin Mode: Indicates whether or not IGMP Snooping is active on the switch.
Interfaces Enabled for IGMP Snooping: Interfaces on which IGMP Snooping is enabled.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
124
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Multicast Control Frame Count: Displays the number of IGMP Control frames that are processed
by the CPU.
IGMP Snooping Router-Alert check: Admin mode of IGMP Snooping Router-Alert check.
VLANs Enabled for IGMP Snooping: VLANs on which IGMP Snooping is enabled.
VLANs Block enabled for snooping: VLANs on which IGMP/MLD Snooping is blocked.
When you specify the <slot/port> or <portchannel-id> values, the following information displays.
IGMP Snooping Admin Mode: Indicates whether IGMP Snooping is active on the interface.
Fast Leave Mode: Indicates whether IGMP Snooping Fast Leave is active on the interface.
Group Membership Interval: Shows the amount of time in seconds that a switch will wait for a
report from a particular group on a particular interface, which is participating on the interface, before
deleting the interface from the entry. This value may be configured.
Multicast Router Expiry Time: Displays the amount of time to wait before removing an interface
that is participating on the interface from the list of interfaces with multicast routers attached. The
interface is removed if a query is not received. This value may be configured.
When you specify a value for <vlan-id>, the following information appears.
VLAN ID: VLAN Id
IGMP Snooping Admin Mode: Indicates whether IGMP Snooping is active on the VLAN.
Fast Leave Mode: Indicates whether IGMP Snooping Fast Leave is active on the VLAN.
Group Membership Interval: Shows the amount of time in seconds that a switch will wait for a
report from a particular group on a particular interface, which is participating in the VLAN, before
deleting the interface from the entry. This value may be configured.
Max Response Time: VLANs on which IGMP Snooping is enabled.
Multicast Router Expiry Time: Displays the amount of time to wait before removing an interface
that is participating in the VLAN from the list of interfaces with multicast routers attached. The
interface is removed if a query is not received. This value may be configured.
Report Suppression Mode: Admin mode of IGMP Snooping Report Suppression Mode.
Vlan Block Mode: VLANs on which IGMP/MLD Snooping is blocked.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
125
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.6.18 show ip igmp snooping mrouter interface
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to display information about statically configured multicast
router-attached interfaces, use the show ip igmp snooping mrouter interface Privilege command.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping mrouter interface {<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id>}
<slot/port> - Interface number.
<portchannel-id> - Port-channel interface number. The range of port-channel ID is 1 to 64.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privilege Exec
Display Message
Interface: Shows the interface on which multicast router information is being displayed.
Multicast Router Attached: Indicates whether multicast router is statically enabled on the interface.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
126
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.6.19 show ip igmp snooping mrouter vlan
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to display information about statically configured multicast
router-attached interfaces, use the show ip igmp snooping mrouter vlan Privilege command.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping mrouter vlan {<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id>}
<slot/port> - Interface number.
<portchannel-id> - Port-channel interface number. The range of port-channel ID is 1 to 64.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privilege Exec
Display Message
VLAN ID: Displays the list of VLANs of which the interface is a member.
Interface: Shows the interface on which multicast router information is being displayed.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
127
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.6.20 show ip igmp snooping static
The user can go to the Privilege Exec to display IGMP snooping static information, use the show ip
igmp snooping static Privilege command.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping static
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privilege Exec
Display Message
VLAN: The VLAN ID used with the MAC address to fully identify packets you want L2Mcast Group.
MAC Address: The MAC address of the L2Mcast Group in the format 01:00:5e:xx:xx:xx.
Port: List the ports you want included into L2Mcast Group.
State: The active interface number belongs to this Multicast Group.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
128
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.6.21 show mac-address-table igmpsnooping
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to display the IGMP Snooping entries in the Multicast
Forwarding Database (MFDB) table, use the show mac-address-table igmpsnooping Privilege
command.
Syntax
show mac-address-table igmpsnooping
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privilege Exec
Display Message
MAC Address: A multicast MAC address for which the switch has forwarding or filtering information.
The format is twodigit hexadecimal numbers that are separated by colons, for example
01:00:5e:67:89:AB.
Type: The type of entry, which is either static (added by the user) or dynamic (added to the table as
a result of a learning process or protocol.)
Description: The text description of this multicast table entry.
Interfaces: The list of interfaces that are designated for forwarding (Fwd:) and filtering (Flt:).
5.2.6.22 show ip igmp snooping ssm entries
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to display the IGMP Snooping ssm entries in the Source
Specific Multicast Forwarding Database (MFDB) table, use the show ip igmp snooping ssm entries
Privilege command.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping ssm entries
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privilege Exec
Display Message
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
129
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
VLAN ID: The VLAN on which the entry is learned.
Group: The IP multicast group address.
Source Ip: The IP source address.
Source Filter Mode: The source filter mode (Include/Exclude) for the specified group.
Interfaces:
1) If Source Filter Mode is ―include ‖, specifies the list of interfaces on which a incoming packet is
forwarded. If it‘s source IP address is equal to the current entry‘s Source, the destination IP
address is equal to the current entry‘s Group and the VLAN ID on which it arrived is current
entry‘s VLAN.
2) If Source Filter Mode is ―Exclude‖, specifies the list of interfaces on which a incoming packet is
forwarded. If it‘s source IP address is *not* equal to the current entry‘s Source, the destination IP
address is equal to the current entry‘s Group and the VLAN ID on which it arrived is current
entry‘s VLAN.
5.2.6.23 show ip igmp snooping ssm groups
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to display the IGMP Snooping ssm groups in the Source
Specific Multicast Forwarding Database (MFDB) table, use the show ip igmp snooping ssm groups
Privilege command.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping ssm groups
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privilege Exec
Display Message
VLAN ID: VLAN on which the IGMPv3 report is received.
Group: The IP multicast group address.
Interface: The interface on which the IGMP v3 report is received.
Reporter: The IP address of the host that sent the IGMPv3 report.
Source Filter Mode: The source filter mode (Include/Exclude) for the specified group.
Source Address List: List of source IP addresses for which source filtering is requested.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
130
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.6.24 show ip igmp snooping ssm stats
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to display the IGMP Snooping ssm stats in the Source Specific
Multicast Forwarding Database (MFDB) table, use the show ip igmp snooping ssm stats Privilege
command.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping ssm stats
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privilege Exec
Display Message
Total Entries: The total number of entries that can possibly be in the IGMP snooping‘s SSMFDB.
Most SSM FDB Entries Ever Used: The largest number of entries that have been present in the
IGMP snooping‘s SSMFDB.
Current Entries: The current number of entries in the IGMP snooping‘s SSMFDB.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
131
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.7 IGMP Snooping Querier
5.2.7.1 ip igmp snooping querier
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set IGMP snooping querier admin mode, use
the ip igmp snooping querier global configuration command. Use the no ip igmp snooping querier to
disable.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping querier
no ip igmp snooping querier
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.2.7.2 ip igmp snooping querier address
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set IGMP snooping querier address, use the ip
igmp snooping querier address <ip-address> global configuration command. Use the no ip igmp
snooping querier address return to default value.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping querier address <ip-address>
no ip igmp snooping querier address
<ip-address> - ip address
Default Setting
0.0.0.0
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
132
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.7.3 ip igmp snooping querier query-interval
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set IGMP snooping querier query interval, use
the ip igmp snooping querier query-interval <1-1800> global configuration command. Use the no ip
igmp snooping querier query-interval return to default value.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping querier query-interval <1-1800>
no ip igmp snooping querier query-interval
<1-1800> - set IGMP snooping querier query interval
Default Setting
60
Command Mode
Global Config
5.2.7.4 ip igmp snooping querier querier-expiry-interval
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set IGMP snooping querier querier expiry
interval, use the ip igmp snooping querier querier-expiry-interval <60-300> global configuration
command. Use the no ip igmp snooping querier query-interval return to default value.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping querier querier-expiry-interval <60-300>
no ip igmp snooping querier querier-expiry-interval
<60-300> - set igmp querier timer expiry
Default Setting
125 seconds
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
133
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.7.5 ip igmp snooping querier version
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set IGMP snooping querier version, use the ip
igmp snooping querier version <1-2> global configuration command. Use the no ip igmp snooping
querier version return to default value.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping querier version <1-2>
no ip igmp snooping querier version
<1-2> - set IGMP version of the querier
Default Setting
2
Command Mode
Global Config
5.2.7.6 ip igmp snooping querier vlan
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set IGMP snooping querier vlan admin mode,
use the ip igmp snooping querier vlan <vlan-id> global configuration command. Use the no ip igmp
snooping querier vlan <vlan-id> return to disable.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping querier vlan <vlan-id>
no ip igmp snooping querier vlan <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 - 4093).
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
134
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.7.7 ip igmp snooping querier vlan address
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set IGMP snooping querier vlan address, use
the ip igmp snooping querier vlan <vlan-id> address <ip-address> global configuration command.
Use the no ip igmp snooping querier vlan <vlan-id> address return to default value zero.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping querier vlan <vlan-id> address <ip-address>
no ip igmp snooping querier vlan <vlan-id> address
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 - 4093).
<ip-address> - ip address
Default Setting
0.0.0.0
Command Mode
Global Config
5.2.7.8 ip igmp snooping querier vlan election participate
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set IGMP snooping querier vlan election
participate mode, use the ip igmp snooping querier vlan election participate <vlan-id> global
configuration command. Use the no ip igmp snooping querier vlan election participate <vlan-id>
return to disable.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping querier vlan election participate <vlan-id>
no ip igmp snooping querier vlan election participate <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 - 4093).
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.2.7.9 show ip igmp snooping querier
This command display IGMP snooping querier global information on the system.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
135
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping querier
Command Mode
Privilege Exec
Display Information
IGMP Snooping Querier Mode: Administrative mode for IGMP Snooping. The default is disable.
Querier Address: Specify the Snooping Querier Address to be used as source address in periodic
IGMP queries. This address is used when no address is configured on the VLAN on which query is
being sent.
IGMP Version: Specify the IGMP protocol version used in periodic IGMP queries.
Querier Query Interval: Specify the time interval in seconds between periodic queries sent by the
snooping querier. The Query Interval must be a value in the range of 1 and 1800. The default value
is 60.
Querier Expiry Interval: Specify the time interval in seconds after which the last querier information
is removed. The Querier Expiry Interval must be a value in the range of 60 and 300. The default
value is 125.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
136
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.7.10 show ip igmp snooping querier vlan
This command display IGMP snooping querier vlan information on the system.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping querier vlan <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 - 4093).
Command Mode
Privilege Exec
Display Information
IGMP Snooping Querier Vlan Mode: Display the administrative mode for IGMP Snooping for the
switch.
Querier Election Participation Mode: Displays the querier election participate mode on the VLAN.
When this mode is disabled, up on seeing a query of the same version in the vlan, the snooping
querier move to non querier state. Only when this mode is enabled, the snooping querier will
participate in querier election where in the least ip address will win the querier election and operates
as the querier in that VLAN. The other querier moves to non-querier state.
Querier Vlan Address: Displays the Snooping Querier Address to be used as source address in
periodic IGMP queries sent on the specified VLAN.
Operational State: Specifies the operational state of the IGMP Snooping Querier on a VLAN.
Operational Version: Displays the operational IGMP protocol version of the querier.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
137
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.7.11 show ip igmp snooping querier detail
This command display all of IGMP snooping querier information on the system.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping querier detail
Command Mode
Privilege Exec
Display Information
IGMP Snooping Querier Mode: Administrative mode for IGMP Snooping. The default is disable.
Querier Address: Specify the Snooping Querier Address to be used as source address in periodic
IGMP queries. This address is used when no address is configured on the VLAN on which query is
being sent.
IGMP Version: Specify the IGMP protocol version used in periodic IGMP queries.
Querier Query Interval: Specify the time interval in seconds between periodic queries sent by the
snooping querier. The Query Interval must be a value in the range of 1 and 1800. The default value
is 60.
Querier Expiry Interval: Specify the time interval in seconds after which the last querier information
is removed. The Querier Expiry Interval must be a value in the range of 60 and 300. The default
value is 120.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
138
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.8 MLD Snooping
5.2.8.1 show ipv6 mld snooping
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to get all of mld snooping information, use the show ipv6 mld
snooping Privilege command.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld snooping [interface {<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id> | port-channel <portchannel-id>}]
<slot/port> - Interface number.
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
<portchannel-id> - Port-channel interface number. The range of port-channel ID is 1 to 64.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
When the optional arguments <slot/port>, <portchannel-id> or <vlan-id> are not used, the command
displays the following information.
Admin Mode: Indicates whether or not MLD Snooping is active on the switch.
Interfaces Enabled for MLD Snooping: Interfaces on which MLD Snooping is enabled.
Multicast Control Frame Count: Displays the number of MLD Control frames that are processed by
the CPU.
VLANs Enabled for MLD Snooping: VLANs on which MLD Snooping is enabled.
VLANs Block enabled for snooping: VLANs on which IGMP/MLD Snooping is blocked.
When you specify the <slot/port> or <portchannel-id> values, the following information displays.
MLD Snooping Admin Mode: Indicates whether MLD Snooping is active on the interface.
Fast Leave Mode: Indicates whether MLD Snooping Fast Leave is active on the interface.
Group Membership Interval: Shows the amount of time in seconds that a switch will wait for a
report from a particular group on a particular interface, which is participating on the interface, before
deleting the interface from the entry. This value may be configured.
Multicast Router Expiry Time: Displays the amount of time to wait before removing an interface
that is participating on the interface from the list of interfaces with multicast routers attached. The
interface is removed if a query is not received. This value may be configured.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
139
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
When you specify a value for <vlan-id>, the following information appears.
VLAN ID: VLAN ID.
MLD Snooping Admin Mode: Indicates whether MLD Snooping is active on the VLAN.
Fast Leave Mode: Indicates whether MLD Snooping Fast Leave is active on the VLAN.
Group Membership Interval: Shows the amount of time in seconds that a switch will wait for a
report from a particular group on a particular interface, which is participating in the VLAN, before
deleting the interface from the entry. This value may be configured.
Max Response Time: VLANs on which MLD Snooping is enabled.
Multicast Router Expiry Time: Displays the amount of time to wait before removing an interface
that is participating in the VLAN from the list of interfaces with multicast routers attached. The
interface is removed if a query is not received. This value may be configured.
Report Suppression Mode: Admin mode of MLD Snooping Report Suppression Mode.
Vlan Block Mode: VLANs on which IGMP/MLD Snooping is blocked.
5.2.8.2 show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter interface
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to display information about statically configured multicast
router-attached interfaces, use the show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter interface Privilege command.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter interface {<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id>}
<slot/port> - Interface number.
<portchannel-id> - Port-channel interface number. The range of port-channel ID is 1 to 64.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Interface: Shows the interface on which multicast router information is being displayed.
Multicast Router Attached: Indicates whether multicast router is statically enabled on the interface.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
140
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.8.3 show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter vlan
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to display information about statically configured multicast
router-attached interfaces, use the show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter vlan Privilege command.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter vlan {<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id>}
<slot/port> - Interface number.
<portchannel-id> - Port-channel interface number. The range of port-channel ID is 1 to 64.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
VLAN ID: Displays the list of VLANs of which the interface is a member.
Interface: Shows the interface on which multicast router information is being displayed.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
141
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.8.4 show ipv6 mld snooping static
The user can go to the Privilege Exec to display MLD snooping static information, use the show ipv6
mld snooping static Privilege command.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld snooping static
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privilege Exec
User Exec
Display Message
VLAN: The VLAN ID used with the MAC address to fully identify packets you want L2Mcast Group.
MAC Address: The MAC address of the L2Mcast Group in the format 33:33:xx:xx:xx:xx.
Port: List the ports you want included into L2Mcast Group.
State: The active interface number belongs to this Multicast Group.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
142
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.8.5 show mac-address-table mldsnooping
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to display the MLD Snooping entries in the Multicast
Forwarding Database (MFDB) table, use the show mac-address-table mldsnooping Privilege
command.
Syntax
show mac-address-table mldsnooping
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
MAC Address: A multicast MAC address for which the switch has forwarding or filtering information.
The format is twodigit hexadecimal numbers that are separated by colons, for example
33:33:45:67:89:AB.
Type: The type of entry, which is either static (added by the user) or dynamic (added to the table as
a result of a learning process or protocol.)
Description: The text description of this multicast table entry.
Interfaces: The list of interfaces that are designated for forwarding (Fwd:) and filtering (Flt:).
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
143
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.8.6 show ipv6 mld snooping ssm entries
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to display the MLD Snooping ssm entries in the Source
Specific Multicast Forwarding Database (MFDB) table, use the show ipv6 mld snooping ssm entries
Privilege command.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld snooping ssm entries
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privilege Exec
Display Message
VLAN ID: The VLAN on which the entry is learned.
Group: The IPv6 multicast group address.
Source Ip: The IPv6 source address.
Source Filter Mode: The source filter mode (Include/Exclude) for the specified group.
Interfaces:
3) If Source Filter Mode is ―include ‖, specifies the list of interfaces on which a incoming packet is
forwarded. If it‘s source IP address is equal to the current entry‘s Source, the destination IP
address is equal to the current entry‘s Group and the VLAN ID on which it arrived is current
entry‘s VLAN.
4) If Source Filter Mode is ―Exclude‖, specifies the list of interfaces on which a incoming packet is
forwarded. If it‘s source IP address is *not* equal to the current entry‘s Source, the destination IP
address is equal to the current entry‘s Group and the VLAN ID on which it arrived is current
entry‘s VLAN.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
144
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.8.7 show ipv6 mld snooping ssm groups
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to display the MLD Snooping ssm groups in the Source
Specific Multicast Forwarding Database (MFDB) table, use the show ipv6 mld snooping ssm groups
Privilege command.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld snooping ssm groups
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privilege Exec
Display Message
VLAN ID: VLAN on which the MLDv2 report is received.
Group: The IPv6 multicast group address.
Interface: The interface on which the MLDv2 report is received.
Reporter: The IPv6 address of the host that sent the MLDv2 report.
Source Filter Mode: The source filter mode (Include/Exclude) for the specified group.
Source Address List: List of source IP addresses for which source filtering is requested.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
145
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.8.8 show ipv6 mld snooping ssm stats
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to display the MLD Snooping ssm stats in the Source Specific
Multicast Forwarding Database (MFDB) table, use the show ipv6 mld snooping ssm stats Privilege
command.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld snooping ssm stats
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privilege Exec
Display Message
Total Entries: The total number of entries that can possibly be in the MLD snooping‘s SSMFDB.
Most SSM FDB Entries Ever Used: The largest number of entries that have been present in the
MLD snooping‘s SSMFDB.
Current Entries: The current number of entries in the MLD snooping‘s SSMFDB.
5.2.8.9 ipv6 mld snooping
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set MLD Snooping on the system , use the
ipv6 mld snooping global configuration command. Use the no ipv6 mld snooping to disable MLD
Snooping on the system.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping
no ipv6 mld snooping
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
146
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.8.10 clear mld snooping
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to clear MLD Snooping entries from the MFDB table, use the
clear mld snooping priviledge configuration command.
Syntax
clear mld snooping
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privilege Exec
5.2.8.11 ipv6 mld snooping interfacemode
The user can go to the CLI Global/Interface Configuration Mode to set MLD Snooping on one interface
or all interfaces, use the ipv6 mld snooping interfacemode to enable MLD snooping on
global/interface. Use the no ipv6 mld snooping interfacemode to disable MLD Snooping on global/
interfaces.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping interfacemode [<all>]
no ipv6 mld snooping interfacemode [<all>]
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
147
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.8.12 ipv6 mld snooping fast-leave
The user can go to the CLI Global/Interface Configuration Mode to set MLD Snooping fast-leave admin
mode on a selected interface or all interfaces, use the ipv6 mld snooping fast-leave global/interface
configuration command. Use the no ipv6 mld snooping fast-leave disable MLD Snooping fast-leave
admin mode.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping fast-leave
no ipv6 mld snooping fast-leave
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
Interface Config
5.2.8.13 ipv6 mld snooping groupmembershipinterval
The user can go to the CLI Global/Interface Configuration Mode to set the MLD Group Membership
Interval time on one interface or all interfaces, use the ipv6 mld snooping groupmembershipinterval
<2-3600> global/interface configuration command. Use the no ipv6 mld snooping
groupmembershipinterval return to default value 260.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping groupmembershipinterval <2-3600>
no ipv6 mld snooping groupmembershipinterval
<2-3600> - The range of group membership interval time is 2 to 3600 seconds.
Default Setting
260
Command Mode
Global Config
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
148
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.8.14 ipv6 mld snooping mcrtrexpiretime
The user can go to the CLI Interface Global/Interface Configuration Mode to set the Multicast Router
Present Expiration time for the system or on a particular interface, use the ipv6 mld snooping
mcrtrexpiretime <0-3600> global/interface configuration command. Use the no ipv6 mld snooping
mcrtrexpiretime to return to default value 0.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping mcrtrexpiretime <0-3600>
no ipv6 mld snooping mcrtrexpiretime
<0-3600> - The range is 0 to 3600 seconds. A value of 0 indicates an infinite time-out, i.e. no
expiration.
Default Setting
0
Command Mode
Global Config
Interface Config
5.2.8.15 ipv6 mld snooping mrouter interface
The user can go to the CLI Interface Configuration Mode to configure the interface as a multicast
router-attached interface or configure the VLAN ID for the VLAN that has the multicast router attached
mode enabled, use the ipv6 mld snooping mrouter {interface | <vlan-id>} interface configuration
command. Use the no ipv6 mld snooping mrouter {interface | <vlan-id>} disable multicast router
attached mode for the interface or a VLAN.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping mrouter {interface |<vlan-id>}
no ipv6 mld snooping mrouter {interface|<vlan-id>}
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
149
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.8.16 ipv6 mld snooping static
The user can go to the Global Mode and add a port to ipv6 multicast group, use the ipv6 mld snooping
static Global command.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping static <macaddr> vlan <vlan-id> interface {<slot/port> | port-channel
<portchannel-id>}
no ipv6 mld snooping static <macaddr> vlan <vlan-id> interface {<slot/port> | port-channel
<portchannel-id>}
<macaddr> - Static MAC address.
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
<slot/port> - Interface number.
<portchannel-id> - Port-channel interface number. The range of port-channel ID is 1 to 64.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.2.8.17 set mld
The user can go to the CLI VLAN database Mode to set MLD Snooping on a particular VLAN, use the
set mld <vlan-id> vlan configuration command. Use the no set mld <vlan-id> to disable MLD
Snooping on a particular VLAN.
Syntax
set mld <vlan-id>
no set mld <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
VLAN database
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
150
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.8.18 set mld fast-leave
The user can go to the CLI VLAN Configuration Mode to set MLD Snooping fast-leave admin mode on a
particular VLAN, use the set mld fast-leave <vlan-id> vlan configuration command. Use the no set mld
fast-leave <vlan-id> disable MLD Snooping fast-leave admin mode.
Syntax
set mld fast-leave <vlan-id>
no set mld fast-leave <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
VLAN database
5.2.8.19 set mld groupmembership-interval
The user can go to the CLI VLAN Configuration Mode to set the MLD Group Membership Interval time
on a particular VLAN, use the set mld groupmembership-interval <vlan-id> <2-3600> vlan
configuration command. Use the no set mld groupmembership-interval <vlan-id> return to default
value 260.
Syntax
set mld groupmembership-interval <vlan-id> <2-3600>
no set mld groupmembership-interval <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
<2-3600> -
The range of group membership interval time is 2 to 3600 seconds.
Default Setting
260
Command Mode
VLAN database
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
151
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.8.20 set mld maxresponse
The user can go to the CLI Interface VLAN database Mode to set the MLD Maximum Response time on
a particular VLAN, use the set mld max-response-time <vlan-id> <1-65> vlan configuration command.
Use the no set mld max-response-time <vlan-id> return to default value 10.
Syntax
set mld max-response-time <vlan-id> <1-65>
no set mld max-response-time <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
<1-65> - This value must be less than the MLD Query Interval time value. The range is 1 to 65
seconds.
Default Setting
10
Command Mode
VLAN database
5.2.8.21 set mld mcrtrexpiretime
The user can go to the CLI Interface VLAN Configuration Mode to set the Multicast Router Present
Expiration time on a particular VLAN, use the set mld mcrtrexpiretime <vlan-id> <0-3600> vlan
configuration command. Use the no set mld mcrtrexpiretime <vlan-id> to return to default value 0.
Syntax
set mld mcrtrexpiretime <vlan-id> <0-3600>
no set mld mcrtrexpiretime <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
<0-3600> - The range is 0 to 3600 seconds. A value of 0 indicates an infinite time-out, i.e. no
expiration.
Default Setting
0
Command Mode
VLAN database
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
152
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.9 MLD Snooping Querier
5.2.9.1 show ipv6 mld snooping querier
This command display MLD snooping querier global information on the system.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld snooping querier
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
MLD Snooping Querier Mode: Specify the Snooping Querier Address to be used as source
address in periodic MLD queries. This address is used when no address is configured on the VLAN
on which query is being sent.
Querier Address: Specify the Snooping Querier Address to be used as source address in periodic
MLD queries. This address is used when no address is configured on the VLAN on which query is
being sent.
MLD Version: Specify the MLD protocol version used in periodic MLD queries.
Querier Query Interval: Specify the time interval in seconds between periodic queries sent by the
snooping querier. The Query Interval must be a value in the range of 1 and 1800. The default value
is 60.
Querier Expiry Interval: Specify the time interval in seconds after which the last querier information
is removed. The Querier Expiry Interval must be a value in the range of 60 and 300. The default
value is 60.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
153
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.9.2 show ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan
This command display MLD snooping querier vlan information on the system.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
MLD Snooping Querier Vlan Mode: Displays the querier election participate mode on the VLAN.
When this mode is disabled, up on seeing a query of the same version in the vlan, the snooping
querier move to non querier state. Only when this mode is enabled, the snooping querier will
participate in querier election where in the least ip address will win the querier election and operates
as the querier in that VLAN. The other querier moves to non-querier state.
Querier Election Participation Mode: Displays the querier election participate mode on the VLAN.
When this mode is disabled, up on seeing a query of the same version in the vlan, the snooping
querier move to non querier state. Only when this mode is enabled, the snooping querier will
participate in querier election where in the least ip address will win the querier election and operates
as the querier in that VLAN. The other querier moves to non-querier state.
Querier Vlan Address: Displays the Snooping Querier Address to be used as source address in
periodic MLD queries sent on the specified VLAN.
Operational State: Specifies the operational state of the MLD Snooping Querier on a VLAN.
Operational Version: Displays the operational MLD protocol version of the querier.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
154
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.9.3 show ipv6 mld snooping querier detail
This command display all of MLD snooping querier information on the system.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld snooping querier detail
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
MLD Snooping Querier Mode: Administrative mode for MLD Snooping. The default is disable
Querier Address: Specify the Snooping Querier Address to be used as source address in periodic
MLD queries. This address is used when no address is configured on the VLAN on which query is
being sent.
MLD Version: Specify the MLD protocol version used in periodic IGMP queries.
Querier Query Interval: Specify the time interval in seconds between periodic queries sent by the
snooping querier. The Query Interval must be a value in the range of 1 and 1800. The default value
is 60.
Querier Expiry Interval: Specify the time interval in seconds after which the last querier information
is removed. The Querier Expiry Interval must be a value in the range of 60 and 300. The default
value is 60.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
155
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.9.4 ipv6 mld snooping querier
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set MLD snooping querier admin mode, use
the ipv6 mld snooping querier global configuration command. Use the no ipv6 mld snooping querier
to disable.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping querier
no ipv6 mld snooping querier
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.2.9.5 ipv6 mld snooping querier address
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set MLD snooping querier address, use the
ipv6 mld snooping querier address <ipv6-address> global configuration command. Use the ipv6 mld
snooping querier address <ipv6-address> return to default value zero.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping querier address <ipv6-address>
no ipv6 mld snooping querier address <ipv6-address>
<ipv6-address> - The IPv6 address of the MLD querier on the subnet the interface is associated
with.
Default Setting
::
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
156
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.9.6 ipv6 mld snooping querier querier-interval
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set MLD snooping querier querier interval, use
the ipv6 mld snooping querier querier-interval <1-1800> global configuration command. Use the no
ipv6 mld snooping querier query-interval return to default value.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping querier querier-interval <1-1800>
no ipv6 mld snooping querier querier-interval
<1-1800> - set MLD snooping querier query interval
Default Setting
60
Command Mode
Global Config
5.2.9.7 ipv6 mld snooping querier querier-expiry-interval
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set MLD snooping querier querier expiry
interval, use the ipv6 mld snooping querier querier-expiry-interval <60-300> global configuration
command. Use the no ipv6 mld snooping querier querier-expiry-interval return to default value.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping querier querier-expiry-interval <60-300>
no ipv6 mld snooping querier querier-expiry-interval
<60-300> - set igmp querier timer expiry
Default Setting
60
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
157
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.9.8 ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set MLD snooping querier vlan admin mode,
use the ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan <vlan-id> global configuration command. Use the no ipv6
mld snooping querier vlan <vlan-id> return to disable.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan <vlan-id>
no ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
Default Setting
::
Command Mode
Global Config
5.2.9.9 ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan address
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set MLD snooping querier vlan address, use
the ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan <vlan-id> address <ip-address> global configuration command.
Use the no ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan <vlan-id> address <ip-address> return to default value
zero.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan <vlan-id> address <ipv6-address>
no ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan <vlan-id> address <ipv6-address>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
<ipv6-address> - The IPv6 address will be used in the IPv6 header while sending out MLD queries
on this VLAN.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
158
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.9.10 ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan election participate
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set MLD snooping querier vlan election
participate mode, use the ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan election-participate <vlan-id> global
configuration command. Use the no ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan election participate <vlan-id>
return to disable.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan election participate <vlan-id>
no ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan election participate <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
159
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.10 Port Channel
5.2.10.1 show interface port-channel
This command displays the capability of all port-channels (LAGs) on the device as well as a summary of
individual port-channels.
Syntax
show interface port-channel brief
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
For each port-channel the following information is displayed:
Channel ID: The field displays the port-channel‘s ID.
Port-Channel Name: This field displays the name of the port-channel.
Link State: This field indicates whether the link is up or down.
Trap Flag: This object determines whether or not to send a trap when link status changes. The
factory default is enabled.
Type: This field displays the status designating whether a particular port-channel (LAG) is statically
or dynamically maintained. The possible values of this field are Static, indicating that the
port-channel is statically maintained; and Dynamic, indicating that the port-channel is dynamically
maintained.
Mbr Ports: This field lists the ports that are members of this port-channel, in slot/port notation.
Active Ports: This field lists the ports that are actively participating in this port-channel.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
160
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command displays an overview of a specified port-channel (LAG) on the switch.
Syntax
show interface port-channel <ID>
<ID> - The port-channel interface number. The range of port-channel ID is 1 to 64.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Port Channel ID: The ID of this port-channel.
Channel Name: The name of this port-channel (LAG). You may enter any string of up to 15
alphanumeric characters.
Link State: Indicates whether the Link is up or down.
Admin Mode: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is enabled.
Type: This field displays the status designating whether a particular port-channel (LAG) is statically
or dynamically maintained. The possible values of this field are Static, indicating that the
port-channel is statically maintained; and Dynamic, indicating that the port-channel is dynamically
maintained.
Load Balance Option: This field displays the load-balance status whether a particular port-channel
(LAG) is maintained.
Mbr Ports: A listing of the ports that are members of this port-channel (LAG), in slot/port notation.
There can be a maximum of eight ports assigned to a given port-channel (LAG).
Device Timeout: Thie field displays the device timout value of actor and parter. The value of device
timeout should be short(1 second) or long(30 seconds).
Port Speed: Speed of the port-channel port.
Port Active: This field lists the ports that are actively participating in the port-channel (LAG).
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
161
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command displays an overview of all port-channels (LAGs) on the switch.
Syntax
show interface port-channel
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Channel ID: The ID of this port-channel.
Channel Name: The name of this port-channel (LAG). You may enter any string of up to 15
alphanumeric characters.
Link: Indicates whether the Link is up or down.
Admin Mode: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is enabled.
Type: This field displays the status designating whether a particular port-channel (LAG) is statically
or dynamically maintained. The possible values of this field are Static, indicating that the
port-channel is statically maintained; and Dynamic, indicating that the port-channel is dynamically
maintained.
Mbr Ports: A listing of the ports that are members of this port-channel (LAG), in slot/port notation.
There can be a maximum of eight ports assigned to a given port-channel (LAG).
Device Timeout: This field displays the device timeout value of actor and partner. The value of
device timeout should be short(1 second) or long(30 seconds).
Port Speed: Speed of the port-channel port.
Port Active: This field lists the ports that are actively participating in the port-channel (LAG).
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
162
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.10.2 Interface port-channel
This command configures a new port-channel (LAG) with the specified ID. Display the information of this
port-channel using the show interface port-channel <portchannel-id>.
Before including a port in a port-channel, set the port physical mode. See speed command.
i
Syntax
interface port-channel <portchannel-id>
no interface port-channel <portchannel-id>
<portchannel-id> - The port-channel interface number to be created. The range of the port-channel
ID is 1 to 64.
no - This command delete the specified port-channel.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
Command Usage
Max number of port-channels could be created by user are 64 and maximum number of members for
each port-channel are 8.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
163
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.10.3 port-channel adminmode all
This command sets every configured port-channel with the same administrative mode setting.
Syntax
port-channel adminmode all
no port-channel adminmode all
no - This command disables a port-channel (LAG). The option all sets every configured port-channel
with the same administrative mode setting.
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.2.10.4 staticcapability
This command enables the static function to support on specific port-channel (static link aggregations LAGs) on the device. By default, the static capability for all of port-channels is disabled.
Syntax
staticcapability
no staticcapability
no - This command disables to support static function on specific port-channel on this device.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
164
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.10.5 port-channel linktrap
This command enables link trap notifications for the port-channel (LAG). The interface is a ID for a
configured port-channel. The option all sets every configured port-channel with the same administrative
mode setting.
Syntax
port-channel linktrap {<ID> | all}
no port-channel linktrap {<ID> | all}
<ID> - The port-channel interface number. The range of the port-channel ID is 1 to 64.
all - all port-channel interfaces.
no - This command disables link trap notifications for the port-channel (LAG). The interface is a ID
for a configured port-channel. The option all sets every configured port-channel with the same
administrative mode setting.
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
165
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.10.6 port-channel load-balance
This command for CLI will configured the mode of load balance on the all Port Channels. The parameter
―src-mac | dst-mac | dst-src-mac | src-ip | dst-ip | dst-src-ip | enhanced‖ represent the mode
used to be set for port-channel load balance.
Syntax
port-channel load-balance { src-mac | dst-mac | dst-src-mac | src-ip | dst-ip | dst-src-ip | enhanced}
{<ID> | all}
no port-channel load-balance {<ID> | all}
src-mac - Sets the mode on the source MAC address.
dst-mac - Sets the mode on the destination MAC address.
dst-src-mac - Sets the mode on the source and destination MAC addresses.
src-ip - Sets the mode on the source IP address.
dst-ip - Sets the mode on the destination IP address.
dst-src-ip - Sets the mode on the source and destination IP addresses.
enhanced - Set the mode on the source and destination MAC addresses if it is a L2 packet or on the
source and destination IP addresses if it is a IP packet.
<ID> - The ID of the port-channel to be configured.
no - Restore the mode to be default value.
Default Setting
dst-src-ip
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
166
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command for CLI will configured the mode of load balance on the specific Port Channel. The
parameter ―src-mac | dst-mac | dst-src-mac | src-ip | dst-ip | dst-src-ip | enhanced‖ represent the
mode used to be set for port-channel load balance.
Syntax
load-balance { src-mac | dst-mac | dst-src-mac | src-ip | dst-ip | dst-src-ip | enhanced }
no load-balance
src-mac - Sets the mode on the source MAC address.
dst-mac - Sets the mode on the destination MAC address.
dst-src-mac - Sets the mode on the source and destination MAC addresses.
src-ip - Sets the mode on the source IP address.
dst-ip - Sets the mode on the destination IP address.
dst-src-ip - Sets the mode on the source and destination IP addresses.
enhanced - Set the mode on the source and destination MAC addresses if it is a L2 packet or on the
source and destination IP addresses if it is a IP packet.
no - Restore the mode to be default value.
Default Setting
dst-src-ip
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
167
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
5.2.10.7
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
port-channel system priority
This command defines a system priority for the port-channel (LAG).
Syntax
port-channel system priority <priority-value>
<priority-value> - valid value 0-65535.
Default Setting
32768
Command Mode
Global Config
5.2.10.8 adminmode
This command enables a port-channel (LAG) members. The interface is a ID for a configured
port-channel.
Syntax
adminmode
no adminmode
no - This command disables a configured port-channel (LAG).
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
168
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.10.9 lacp
This command enables Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) on a port.
Syntax
lacp
no lacp
no - This command disables Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) on a port.
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
This command enables Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) on all ports.
Syntax
lacp all
no lacp all
all - All interfaces.
no - This command disables Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) on all ports.
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
169
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.10.10 lacp actor or lacp partner
This command set <actor | partner> admin key value of Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) on a
port.
Syntax
lacp <actor|partner> admin key <key-value>
no lacp <actor|partner> admin key
<key-value>: 0-65535
no - This command restores <actor | partner> admin key value of Link Aggregation Control Protocol
(LACP) on a port.
Default Setting
Interface Number
Command Mode
Interface Config
This command set <actor | partner> admin state value of Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) on a
port.
Syntax
lacp <actor|partner> admin state <individual | longtimeout | passive>
no lacp <actor|partner> admin state <individual | longtimeout | passive>
individual - Set lacp admin state to individual. Use no form to set to aggregation.
longtimeout - Set lacp admin state longtimeout. Use no form to set to shorttimeout.
passive - Set lacp admin state passive. Use no form to set to active.
no - This command restores <actor | partner> admin state value of Link Aggregation Control
Protocol (LACP) on a port.
Default Setting
no lndividual (aggregation)
no longtimeout (shorttimeout)
no passive (active)
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
170
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command set <actor | partner> port priority value of Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) on a
port.
Syntax
lacp <actor|partner> port priority <priority-value>
no lacp <actor|partner> port priority
<priority-value> – range 0-65535.
no - This command restores <actor | partner> port priority value of Link Aggregation Control Protocol
(LACP) on a port.
Default Setting
128
Command Mode
Interface Config
This command set <actor | partner> system priority value of Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP).
Syntax
lacp <actor|partner> system priority <priority-value>
no lacp <actor|partner> system priority
<priority-value> – range 0-65535.
no - This command restores <actor | partner> system priority value of Link Aggregation Control
Protocol (LACP).
Default Setting
32768
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
171
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command set collector max-delay time of Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) on a
port-channel.
Syntax
lacp collector max-delay <delay-value>
no lacp collector max-delay
<delay-value>: 0-65535
no - This command restores collector max-delay time of Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP)
on a port-channel
Default Setting
0
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.2.10.11 lacp min-links
This command configures the minimum links for Link Aggregation.
Syntax
lacp min-links <1-32>
no lacp
no - This command resotre the min-links to default value.
Default Setting
1
Command Mode
Interface Port-channel Config
Command Usage
The maximum number of members for each port-channel is 32. For T1048-LB9/T1048-LB9A, the
maximum number of members is 8.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
172
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.10.12 lacp fallback
This command configures the fallback feature for Link Aggregation.
Syntax
lacp fallback
no lacp fallback
no - This command resotre the fallback feature to default value.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Port-channel Config
5.2.10.13 lacp fallback timeout
This command configures the fallback timeout value for Link Aggregation.
Syntax
lacp fallback timeout <1-100>
no lacp fallback
no - This command resotre the fallback feature to default value.
Default Setting
5
Command Mode
Interface Port-channel Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
173
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.10.14 channel-group
This command assigns and configures an interface to a port-channel (LAG) group. The interface is a ID
of a configured port-channel.
Before adding a port to a port-channel, set the physical mode of the port. See ‗speed‘
command.
i
You can change the mode for an interface only if it is the only interface designated to the
specified channel group. If you enter this command on an interface that is added to a
channel with a different protocol (than the protocol you are entering), the command is
rejected.
Syntax
channel-group <ID> mode {active | on}
no channel-group <ID>
<ID> - Port-Channel Interface number. The range of the port-channel ID is 1 to 64.
active - Enables LACP unconditionally.
on - Enables static mode (Cisco EtherChannel-like).
no - Removes the interface from the specified channel group.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
Command Usage
The maximum number of members for each port-channel is 32. For T1048-LB9/T1048-LB9A, the
maximum number of members is 8.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
174
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.10.15 delete-channel-group
This command deletes all configured ports from the port-channel (LAG). The interface is a ID of a
configured port-channel.
Syntax
delete-channel-group <ID> all
<ID> - Port-channel Interface number. The range of the port-channel ID is 1 to 64.
all - All members for specific Port-channel.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
175
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.11 Storm Control
5.2.11.1 show storm-control
This command is used to display broadcast storm control information.
Syntax
show storm-control broadcast
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Intf: Displays interface number.
Mode: Displays status of storm control broadcast.
Rate: Displays rate in pps (packet per second) for storm control broadcast.
Action: Shutdown or send trap when storm is detected.
This command is used to display multicast storm control information.
Syntax
show storm-control multicast
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Intf: Displays interface number.
Mode: Displays status of storm control multicast.
Rate: Displays rate in pps (packet per second) for storm control multicast.
Action: Shutdown or send trap when storm is detected.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
176
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command is used to display unicast storm control information
Syntax
show storm-control unicast
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Intf: Displays interface number.
Mode: Displays status of storm control unicast.
Rate: Displays rate in pps (packet per second) for storm control unicast.
Action: Shutdown or send trap when storm is detected.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
177
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.11.2 storm-control broadcast
This command enables broadcast storm recovery mode on the selected interface. If the mode is
enabled, broadcast storm recovery with high threshold is implemented. The threshold implementation
follows a percentage pattern. If the broadcast traffic on any Ethernet port exceeds the high threshold
percentage (as represented in ―Broadcast Storm Recovery Thresholds‖ table) of the link speed, the
switch discards the broadcasts traffic until the broadcast traffic returns to the threshold percentage or
less. The full implementation is depicted in the ―Broadcast Storm Recovery Thresholds‖ table.
Syntax
storm-control broadcast
no storm-control broadcast
no - This command disables broadcast storm recovery mode on the selected interface. The
threshold implementation follows a percentage pattern. If the broadcast traffic on any Ethernet port
exceeds the high threshold percentage (as represented in ―Broadcast Storm Recovery Thresholds‖
table) of the link speed, the switch discards the broadcasts traffic until the broadcast traffic returns to
the threshold percentage or less. The full implementation is depicted in the ―Broadcast Storm
Recovery Thresholds‖ table.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
This command enables broadcast storm recovery mode on all interfaces.
Syntax
storm-control broadcast
no storm-control broadcast
no - This command disables broadcast storm recovery mode on all interfaces.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
GlobaI Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
178
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.11.3 storm-control multicast
This command enables multicast storm recovery mode on the selected interface.
Syntax
storm-control multicast
no storm-control multicast
no - This command disables multicast storm recovery mode on the selected interface.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
This command enables multicast storm recovery mode on all interfaces.
Syntax
storm-control multicast
no storm-control multicast
no - This command disables multicast storm recovery mode on all interfaces.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
179
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.11.4 storm-control unicast
This command enables unicast storm recovery mode on the selected interface.
Syntax
storm-control unicast
no storm-control unicast
no - This command disables unicast storm recovery mode on the selected interface.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
This command enables unicast storm recovery mode on all interfaces.
Syntax
storm-control unicast
no storm-control unicast
no - This command disables unicast storm recovery mode on all interfaces.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
180
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.11.5 storm control action
This command configure what actions will be performed while the storm control is detected. The actions
include shutdown the interfae and send a SNMP trap if the storm occurs.
Syntax
storm-control action {shutdown | trap}
no storm-control {shutdown | trap}
shutdown – To shutdown the interface if the storm occurs.
trap – To send SNMP trap if the storm occurs.
no - This command disables unicast storm recovery mode on all interfaces.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
181
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.11.6 switchport broadcast rate
This command will protect your network from broadcast storms by setting a threshold level for broadcast
traffic on each port.
Syntax
switchport broadcast rate <1-14880000>
<1-14880000> - Specify the threshold for broadcast traffic.
Note: pps (packet per second)
Default Setting
4160 for 10G interfaces
512 for 1G interfaces
Command Mode
Interface Config
This command will protect your network from broadcast storms by setting a threshold level for broadcast
traffic on all ports.
Syntax
switchport broadcast all rate <1-14880000>
<1-14880000> - Specify the threshold for broadcast traffic.
all - This command represents all interfaces.
Note: pps (packet per second)
Default Setting
4160 for 10G interfaces
512 for 1G interfaces
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
182
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.11.7 switchport multicast rate
This command will protect your network from multicast storms by setting a threshold level for multicast
traffic on each port.
Syntax
switchport multicast rate <1-14880000>
<1-14880000> - Specify the threshold for multicast traffic
Note: pps (packet per second)
Default Setting
4160 for 10G interfaces
512 for 1G interfaces
Command Mode
Interface Config
This command will protect your network from multicast storms by setting a threshold level for multicast
traffic on all ports.
Syntax
switchport multicast all rate <1-14880000>
<1-14880000> - Specify the threshold for multicast traffic.
all - This command represents all interfaces.
Note: pps (packet per second)
Default Setting
4160 for 10G interfaces
512 for 1G interfaces
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
183
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.11.8 switchport unicast rate
This command will protect your network from unicast storms by setting a threshold level for unicast traffic
on each port.
Syntax
switchport unicast rate <1-14880000>
<1-14880000> - Specify the threshold for unicast traffic
Note: pps (packet per second)
Default Setting
4160 for 10G interfaces
512 for 1G interfacces
Command Mode
Interface Config
This command will protect your network from unicast storms by setting a threshold level for unicast traffic
on all ports.
Syntax
switchport unicast all rate <1-14880000>
<1-14880000> - Specify the threshold for unicast traffic.
all - This command represents all interfaces.
Note: pps (packet per second)
Default Setting
4160 for 10G interfaces
512 for 1G interfaces
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
184
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.12 L2 Priority
5.2.12.1 show queue cos-map
This command displays the class of service priority map on specific interface.
Syntax
show queue cos-map {<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id>}
<slot/port> - Interface number.
<portchannel-id> - Port-channel interface number. The range of port-channel ID is 1 to 64.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
User Priority: Displays the 802.1p priority to be mapped.
Traffic Class: Displays internal traffic class to map the corresponding 802.1p priority.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
185
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.12.2 queue cos-map
This command is used to assign class of service (CoS) value to the CoS priority queue.
Syntax
queue cos-map <priority> <queue-id>
no queue cos-map
<queue-id> - The queue id of the CoS priority queue (Range: 0 - 7 ).
<priority> - The CoS value that is mapped to the queue id (Range: 0 - 7 ).
no - Sets the CoS map to the default values.
Default Setting
priority
queue
0
1
1
0
2
0
3
1
4
2
5
2
6
3
7
3
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
186
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.13 Port Mirror
5.2.13.1 show monitor session
This command displays the Port monitoring information for the specified session.
Syntax
show monitor session <session-id>
<session-id> - session ID. The range of session ID is 1 to 4.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Session ID: indicates the session ID.
Admin Mode: indicates whether the Port Monitoring feature is enabled or disabled. The possible
values are enabled and disabled.
Dest. Port: is the slot/port that is configured as the probe port. If this value has not been configured,
'Not Configured' will be displayed.
Source Port: is the slot/port that is configured as the monitored port. If this value has not been
configured, 'Not Configured' will be displayed.
Type: Direction in which source port configured for port mirroring.Types are tx for transmitted
packets and rx for receiving packets.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
187
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
5.2.13.2
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
monitor session
This command configures a probe port and a monitored port for monitor session (port monitoring). Use
the source interface <slot/port> parameter to specify the interface to monitor. Use rx to monitor only
ingress packets, or use tx to monitor only egress packets. If you do not specify an {rx | tx} option, the
destination port monitors both ingress and egress packets. Use the destination interface <slot/port> to
specify the interface to receive the monitored traffic.
Syntax
monitor session <session-id> {source {interface {<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id>} | vlan
<vlan-id> | remote vlan <vlan-id>} [{rx | tx}] | destination {interface <slot/port> | remote vlan <vlan-id>
reflector-port <slot/port>} | filter {ip access-group <acl-id/name> | mac access-group acl-name}}
no monitor session <session-id> { source { interface {<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id>} | vlan
| remote vlan} | destination {interface | remote vlan}}
<slot/port> - Interface number.
<portchannel-id> - Port-channel interface number. The range of port-channel ID is 1 to 64.
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID
tx/rx – Use to monitor ingress packets or egress packets.
no - This command removes the probe port or the mirrored port from a monitor session (port
monitoring).
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
This command removes all configured probe ports and mirrored port.
Syntax
no monitor
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
188
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
5.2.13.3
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
monitor session mode
This command configures the mode parameter to enabled the administrative mode of the session. If
enabled, the probe port monitors all the traffic received and transmitted on the physical monitored port.
Syntax
monitor session <session-id> mode
no monitor session <session-id> mode
<session-id> - Session ID.
no - This command disables port-monitoring function for a monitor session.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
189
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.14 Link State
5.2.14.1 show link state
Show link state information.
Syntax
show link state
Command Mode
Global Config
Display Message
Admin Mode: the link state admin mode.
Group ID: The group ID for each displayed row.
Mode: This group was set which mode.
UpStream: Display such port was included to UpStream set.
DownStream: Display such port was included to DownStream set.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
190
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.14.2 link state
Enable/Disable the link state admin mode. Use ‗link state‘ to enable the admin mode of redundant
function, and use no command to disable the function.
Create/Destroy the link state group. Use ‗link state group‘ to create a group. Use no command to destroy
the group.
Enable/Disable a link state group. Use link state group enable <group id> to enable individual group, and
use no command to disable a group.
Syntax
link state [group | [enable <1-6>]]
no link state [group <1-6> | [enable <1-6>]]
no - This command disables link state function.
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
191
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.14.3 link state group
Set upstream port or downstream port for a link state group. Use ‗link state group <group id> upstream‘
to set the port to be monitored.
Syntax
link state group <1-6> {downstream | upstream}
no link state group <1-6> {downstream | upstream}
no - This command disables link state group function.
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
192
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.15 Port Backup
5.2.15.1 show port-backup
Show port-backup information.
Syntax
show port-backup
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Display Message
Admin Mode: Indicates whether or not port-backup is active on the switch.
Group ID: The Group ID for each displayed row.
Mode: Indicates whether or not the group is active.
MAC Update: Indicates whether or not mac-move-update is enable on the group.
Active Port: Display the active port number.
Backup Port: Display the active port number.
Current Active Port: Display the current active port number.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
193
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.15.2 port-backup
Enable/Disable the port backup admin mode. Use ‗port-backup‘ to enable the admin mode of function,
and use no command to disable the function.
Create/Destroy the port backup group. Use ‗port-backup group‘ to create a group. Use no command to
destroy the group.
Enable/Disable a port-backup group. Use ‗port-backup group enable <group id> to enable individual
group, and use no command to disable a group.
Enable/Disable a port-backup group support the mac-move-update. Use ‗port-backup group <group id>
mac-move-update to enable individual group, and use no command to disable a group.
Syntax
port-backup [group | {enable <1 - 6> | <1 - 6> [failback-time <0 - 60> | mac-move-update]}]
no port-backup [group | {enable <1 - 6> | <1 - 6> [failback-time <0 - 60> | mac-move-update]}]
no - This command disables port-backup function.
Command Mode
Global Config
5.2.15.3 port-backup group
Set active port or backup port for a port-backup group. Use ‗port-backup group <group id> <active |
backup>‘ to set the port to be configured active or configured backup port.
Syntax
port-backup group <1-6> {active | backup}
no port-backup group <1-6> {active | backup}
no - This command disables port-backup group function.
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
194
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.16 Expandable Port Configuration
Expandable ports allow the administrator to configure a 40G port in either 4x10G mode or 1x40G mode.
When the 40G port is operating in 4x10G mode, the port operates as four 10G ports, each on a separate
lane. This mode requires the use of a suitable 4x10G to 1x40G pigtail cable. The mode of the
expandable port takes place when the system boots, so if the mode is changed during the switch
operation, the change does not take effect until the next boot cycle.
5.2.16.1 show interface port-mode
Use this command to display the hardware information for the 40G ports. The command displays the
40G interface and the corresponding 10G interfaces. A change on the configuration will be effective with
the next boot of the switch.
Syntax
show interface port-mode [<slot/port>]
<slot/port> - Specify an 40G interface to display.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Display Message
40G Interface: Indicates the interface number of 40G port.
10G Interfaces: Indicates the interface number of 10G ports.
Configured Mode: Indicates the configured mode of the 40G port. The mode should be 1x40G or
4x10G.
Oper Mode: Indicates the current operational mode of the 40G port. The mode should be 1x40G or
4x10G.
Configured
Oper
Mode
40G Interface
10G Interfaces
Mode
-------------
--------------
----------
0/49
0/53-56
4x10g
4x10g
0/50
0/57-60
1x40g
1x40g
0/51
0/61-64
1x40g
1x40g
0/52
0/65-68
1x40g
1x40g
-------
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
195
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.2.16.2 port-mode
Use this command to configure a 40G QSFP port in either 4x10G mode or 1x40G mode. After the mode
is changed, it will not take effect immediately until the next boot cycle.
Syntax
port-mode {1x40g | 4x10g}
1x40g – Configure the port as a single 40G port using four lanes.
4x10g – Configure the port as a four 10G ports, each on a separate lane. This mode requires the
use of a suitable 4x10G to 1x40G pigtail cable..
no - This command resets to the default value. The default value is 1x40g.
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
196
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3 Management Commands
5.3.1 Network Commands
5.3.1.1 show ip interface
This command displays configuration settings associated with the switch's network interface. The
network interface is the logical interface used for in-band connectivity with the switch via any of the
switch's front panel ports. The configuration parameters associated with the switch's network interface
do not affect the configuration of the front panel ports through which traffic is switched or routed.
Syntax
show ip interface
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
VLAN ID: Indicates whether the VLAN ID is used for this vlan interface.
Interface: Indicates whether the interface number for this interface.
Interface Status: Indicates whether the interface is up or down.
IP Address: The IP address of the interface. The factory default value is 0.0.0.0
Subnet Mask: The IP subnet mask for this interface. The factory default value is 0.0.0.0
MAC Address: The MAC address used for in-band connectivity.
Network Configuration Protocol Current: Indicates which network protocol is being used. The
options are bootp | dhcp | none.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
197
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.1.2 show ip filter
This command displays management IP filter status and all designated management stations.
Syntax
show ip filter
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Manegement IP Filter Address Table: The admin mode status for IP filter.
Index: The index of stations.
IP Address: The IP address of stations that are allowed to make configuration changes to the
Switch.
5.3.1.3 mtu
This command sets the maximum transmission unit (MTU) size (in bytes) for physical and port-channel
(LAG) interfaces. For the standard implementation, the range of <1518-12288> is a valid integer
between 1518-12288.
Syntax
mtu <1518-12288>
no mtu
<1518-12288> - Max frame size (Range: 1518 - 12288).
no - This command sets the default maximum transmission unit (MTU) size (in bytes) for the
interface.
Default Setting
1518
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
198
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.1.4 interface vlan
This command is used to create a vlan interface and enter Interface-vlan configuration mode.
Syntax
interface vlan <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 - 4093).
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.3.1.5 ip address
This command sets the IP Address, and subnet mask. The IP Address and the gateway must be on the
same subnet.
Syntax
ip address <ipaddr> <netmask>
no ip address
<ipaddr> - IP address
<netmask> - Subnet Mask
no - Restore the default IP address and Subnet Mask
Default Setting
IP address: 0.0.0.0
Subnet Mask: 0.0.0.0
Command Mode
Interface-Vlan Config
Command Usage
Once the IP address is set, the VLAN ID‘s value will be assigned to management VLAN.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
199
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.1.6 ip default-gateway
This command sets the IP Address of the default gateway.
Syntax
ip default-gateway <gateway>
no ip default-gateway
< gateway > - IP address of the default gateway
no - Restore the default IP address of the default gateway
Default Setting
IP address: 0.0.0.0
Command Mode
Global Config
5.3.1.7 ip address dhcp
This command specifies the network configuration protocol to be used. If you modify this value, the
change is effective immediately.
Syntax
ip address dhcp [restart]
<dhcp> - Obtains IP address from DHCP.
<restart> - To restart the DHCP process.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface-Vlan Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
200
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.1.8 ip filter
This command is used to enable the IP filter function.
Syntax
ip filter
no ip filter
no – Disable ip filter.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
This command is used to set an IP address to be a filter.
Syntax
ip filter <name> {ipv4 | ipv6} <ipAddr> [<mask>]
no ip filter <name>
<name> - The name of the IP filter.
<ipAddr> - Configure a IP address to the filter.
<mask> - Specifies the mask for a range filter.
no - Remove this IP address from filter.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
201
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.2 Serial Interface Commands
5.3.2.1 show line console
This command displays serial communication settings for the switch.
Syntax
show line console
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Serial Port Login Timeout (minutes): Specifies the time, in minutes, of inactivity on a Serial port
connection, after which the Switch will close the connection. Any numeric value between 0 and 160
is allowed, the factory default is 5. A value of 0 disables the timeout.
Baud Rate: The default baud rate at which the serial port will try to connect. The available values are
1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, and 115200 bauds.
Character Size: The number of bits in a character. The number of bits is always 8.
Flow Control: Whether Hardware Flow-Control is enabled or disabled. Hardware Flow Control is
always disabled.
Stop Bits: The number of Stop bits per character. The number of Stop bits is always 1.
Parity: The Parity Method used on the Serial Port. The Parity Method is always None.
Password Threshold: When the logon attempt threshold is reached on the console port, the system
interface becomes silent for a specified amount of time before allowing the next logon attempt. (Use
the silent time command to set this interval.) When this threshold is reached for Telnet, the Telnet
logon interface closes.
Silent Time (sec): Use this command to set the amount of time the management console is
inaccessible after the number of unsuccessful logon attempts exceeds the threshold set by the
password threshold command.
Terminal Length: The columns per page for terminal serial port.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
202
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.2.2 line console
This command is used to enter Line configuration mode
Syntax
line console
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.3.2.3 baudrate
This command specifies the communication rate of the terminal interface. The supported rates are 1200,
2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200.
Syntax
baudrate {1200 | 2400 | 4800 | 9600 | 19200 | 38400 | 57600 | 115200}
no baudrate
no - This command sets the communication rate of the terminal interface to 115200.
Default Setting
115200
Command Mode
Line Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
203
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.2.4 exec-timeout
This command specifies the maximum connect time (in minutes) without console activity. A value of 0
indicates that a console can be connected indefinitely. The time range is 0 to 160.
Syntax
exec-timeout <0-160>
<0-160> - max connect time (Range: 0 -160), 0: forever.
no - This command sets the maximum connect time (in minutes) without console activity to 5.
Default Setting
5
Command Mode
Line Config
5.3.2.5 password-threshold
This command is used to set the password instruction threshold limiting the number of failed login
attempts.
Syntax
password-threshold <0-120>
no password-threshold
<threshold> - max threshold (Range: 0 - 120).
no - This command sets the maximum value to the default.
Default Setting
3
Command Mode
Line Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
204
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.2.6 silent-time
This command uses to set the amount of time the management console is inaccessible after the number
of unsuccessful logon tries exceeds the threshold value.
Syntax
silent-time <0-65535>
<0-65535> - silent time (Range: 0 - 65535) in seconds.
no - This command sets the maximum value to the default.
Default Setting
0
Command Mode
Line Config
5.3.2.7 terminal length
This command uses to configure the columns per page for the management console.
Syntax
terminal-length <0 | 5-48>
<0 | 5-48> - Columns per page (Range: 0 or 5 - 48).
no - This command sets the value to the default.
Default Setting
24
Command Mode
Line Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
205
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.3 Telnet Session Commands
5.3.3.1 telnet
This command establishes a new outbound telnet connection to a remote host.
Syntax
telnet <ip-address|hostname> [port] [debug] [line]
<ip-address|hostname> - A hostname or a valid IP address.
port - A valid decimal integer in the range of 0 to 65535, where the default value is 23.
debug - Display current enabled telnet options.
line - Set the outbound telnet operational mode as ‗linemode‘, where by default, the operational
mode is ‗character mode‘.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
5.3.3.2 show line vty
This command displays telnet settings.
Syntax
show line vty
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Remote Connection Login Timeout (minutes): This object indicates the number of minutes a
remote connection session is allowed to remain inactive before being logged off. A zero means there
will be no timeout. May be specified as a number from 0 to 160. The factory default is 5.
Maximum Number of Remote Connection Sessions: This object indicates the number of
simultaneous remote connection sessions allowed. The factory default is 5.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
206
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Allow New Telnet Sessions: Indicates that new telnet sessions will not be allowed when set to no.
The factory default value is yes.
Telnet Server Admin Mode: The telnet server admin mode status. The factory default is enable.
Password Threshold: When the logon attempt threshold is reached on the console port, the system
interface becomes silent for a specified amount of time before allowing the next logon attempt. (Use
the silent time command to set this interval.) When this threshold is reached for Telnet, the Telnet
logon interface closes.
Terminal Length: The columns per page for terminal vty port.
5.3.3.3 line vty
This command is used to enter vty (Telnet) configuration mode.
Syntax
line vty
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
207
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.3.4 exec-timeout
This command sets the remote connection session timeout value, in minutes. A session is active as long
as the session has been idle for the value set. A value of 0 indicates that a session remains active
indefinitely. The time is a decimal value from 0 to 160.
Changing the timeout value for active sessions does not become effective until the session
is reaccessed. Any keystroke will also activate the new timeout duration.
i
Syntax
exec-timeout <1-160>
no exec-timeout
<sec> - max connect time (Range: 1 -160).
no - This command sets the remote connection session timeout value, in minutes, to the default.
Default Setting
5
Command Mode
Line Vty
5.3.3.5 password-threshold
This command is used to set the password instruction threshold limited for the number of failed login
attempts.
Syntax
password-threshold <0-120>
no password-threshold
<threshold> - max threshold (Range: 0 - 120).
no - This command sets the maximum value to the default.
Default Setting
3
Command Mode
Line Vty
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
208
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.3.6 terminal length
This command uses to configure the columns per page for the vty session.
Syntax
terminal-length <0 | 5-48>
<0 | 5-48> -
Columns per page (Range: 0 or 5 - 48).
no - This command sets the value to the default.
Default Setting
24
Command Mode
Line Vty
5.3.3.7 maxsessions
This command specifies the maximum number of remote connection sessions that can be established. A
value of 0 indicates that no remote connection can be established. The range is 0 to 5.
Syntax
maxsessions <0-5>
no maxsessions
<0-5> - max sessions (Range: 0 - 5).
no - This command sets the maximum value to be 5.
Default Setting
5
Command Mode
Line Vty
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
209
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.3.8 server enable
This command enables/disables telnet server. If telnet server is enabled, all telnet sessions can be
established until there are no more sessions available. If telnet server is disabled, all telnet sessions are
closed.
Syntax
server enable
no server enable
no - This command disables telnet server. If telnet server is disabled, all telnet sessions are droped.
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Line Vty
5.3.3.9 sessions
This command regulates new telnet sessions. If sessions are enabled, new telnet sessions can be
established until there are no more sessions available. If sessions are disabled, no new telnet sessions
are established. An established session remains active until the session is ended or an abnormal
network error ends it.
Syntax
sessions
no sessions
no - This command disables telnet sessions. If sessions are disabled, no new telnet sessions are
established.
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Line Vty
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
210
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.3.10 telnet sessions
This command regulates new outbound telnet connections. If enabled, new outbound telnet sessions
can be established until it reaches the maximum number of simultaneous outbound telnet sessions
allowed. If disabled, no new outbound telnet session can be established. An established session
remains active until the session is ended or an abnormal network error ends it.
Syntax
telnet sessions
no telnet sessions
no - This command disables new outbound telnet connections. If disabled, no new outbound telnet
connection can be established.
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.3.3.11 telnet maxsessions
This command specifies the maximum number of simultaneous outbound telnet sessions. A value of 0
indicates that no outbound telnet session can be established.
Syntax
telnet maxsessions <0-5>
no maxsessions
<0-5> - max sessions (Range: 0 - 5).
no - This command sets the maximum value to be 5.
Default Setting
5
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
211
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.3.12 telnet exec-timeout
This command sets the outbound telnet session timeout value in minute.
Changing the timeout value for active sessions does not become effective until the session
is reaccessed. Any keystroke will also activate the new timeout duration.
i
Syntax
telnet exec-timeout <1-160>
no telnet exec-timeout
<1-160> - max connect time (Range: 1 -160).
no - This command sets the remote connection session timeout value, in minutes, to the default.
Default Setting
5
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
212
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.3.13 show telnet
This command displays the current outbound telnet settings.
Syntax
show telnet
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Outbound Telnet Login Timeout (in minutes) Indicates the number of minutes an outbound telnet
session is allowed to remain inactive before being logged off. A value of 0, which is the default,
results in no timeout.
Maximum Number of Outbound Telnet Sessions Indicates the number of simultaneous outbound
telnet connections allowed.
Allow New Outbound Telnet Sessions Indicates whether outbound telnet sessions will be allowed.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
213
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.4 SSH Client Session Commands
5.3.4.1 ssh
This command establishes a new outbound ssh connection to a remote host.
Syntax
ssh <ip-address|hostname> <username> { [port <port-id>] [protocol <protocollevel>] | [protocol
<protocollevel>] [port <port-id>]}
<ip-address|hostname> - A hostname or a valid IP address.
<username> - user account.
<port-id> - A valid decimal integer in the range of 1 to 65535, where the default value is 22.
<protocollevel> - SSH Protocol Level (Version) 1 or 2.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Connected to 192.168.2.200, use ~. to terminate connection.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
214
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.4.2 sshc sessions
This command regulates new outbound ssh connections. If enabled, new outbound ssh sessions can be
established until it reaches the maximum number of simultaneous outbound ssh sessions allowed. If
disabled, no new outbound ssh session can be established. An established session remains active until
the session is ended or an abnormal network error ends it.
Syntax
sshc sessions
no sshc sessions
no - This command disables new outbound ssh connections. If disabled, no new outbound ssh
connection can be established.
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.3.4.3 sshc maxsessions
This command specifies the maximum number of simultaneous outbound ssh sessions. A value of 0
indicates that no outbound ssh session can be established.
Syntax
sshc maxsessions <0-5>
no maxsessions
<0-5> - max sessions (Range: 0 - 5).
no - This command sets the maximum value to be 5.
Default Setting
5
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
215
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.4.4 sshc exec-timeout
This command sets the outbound ssh session timeout value in minute.
Changing the timeout value for active sessions does not become effective until the session
is reaccessed. Any keystroke will also activate the new timeout duration.
i
Syntax
sshc exec-timeout <1-160>
no sshc exec-timeout
<1-160> - max connect time (Range: 1 -160).
no - This command sets the remote connection session timeout value, in minutes, to the default.
Default Setting
5
Command Mode
Global Config
5.3.4.5 show sshc
This command displays the current outbound sshc settings.
Syntax
show sshc
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Outbound SSH Login Timeout (in minutes) Indicates the number of minutes an outbound ssh
session is allowed to remain inactive before being logged off. A value of 0, which is the default,
results in no timeout.
Maximum Number of Outbound SSH Sessions Indicates the number of simultaneous outbound
ssh connections allowed.
Allow New Outbound SSH Sessions Indicates whether outbound ssh sessions will be allowed.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
216
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
5.3.5
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
SNMP Server Commands
5.3.5.1 show snmp
This command displays SNMP community information and SNMP trap/inform receivers. Trap/Inform
messages are sent across a network to an SNMP Network Manager. These messages alert the
manager to events occurring within the switch or on the network. Six trap/inform receivers are
simultaneously supported.
Six communities are supported. You can add, change, or delete communities. The switch does not have
to be reset for changes to take effect.
The SNMP agent of the switch complies with SNMP versions 1, 2c, and 3 (for more about the SNMP
specification, see the SNMP RFCs). The SNMP agent sends traps through TCP/IP to an external SNMP
manager based on the SNMP configuration (the trap receiver and other SNMP community parameters).
Syntax
show snmp
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Community-String: The community string to which this entry grants access. A valid entry is a
case-sensitive alphanumeric string of up to 20 characters. Each row of this table must contain a
unique community name.
Community-Access: The access level for this community string.
Group Name: The community this mapping configures.
View Name: The view this community has access to.
IP Address: Access to this community is limited to this IP address.
Target Address: An IP address (or portion thereof) from which this device will accept SNMP
packets with the associated community.
Type: The type of message that will be sent, either traps or informs.
Community: The community traps will be sent to.
Version: The version of SNMP the trap will be sent as.
SNMP v1 – Uses SNMP v1 to send traps to the receiver.
SNMP v2 – Uses SNMP v2 to send traps to the receiver.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
217
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
SNMP v3 – Uses SNMP v3 to send traps to the receiver.
UDP Port: The UDP port the trap or inform will be sent to.
Filter name: The filter the traps will be limited by for this host.
TO Sec: The number of seconds before informs will time out when sending to this host.
Retries: The number of times informs will be sent after timing out.
Username: The user this mapping configures.
Security Level: The authentication and encryption level for snmpv3.
NoAuth-N – no authentication checksum and no encryption algorithm assigned.
Auth-NoP – md5 or sha authentication checksum assigned and no encryption algorithm
assigned.
Auth-Pri – md5 or sha authentication checksum and des encryption algorithm assigned.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
218
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.5.2 snmp-server sysname
This command sets the name of the switch. The range for name is from 1 to 255 alphanumeric
characters.
Syntax
snmp-server sysname <name>
<name> - Range is from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.3.5.3 snmp-server location
This command sets the physical location of the switch. The range for name is from 1 to 255
alphanumeric characters.
Syntax
snmp-server location <loc>
<loc> - range is from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
219
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.5.4 snmp-server contact
This command sets the organization responsible for the network. The range for contact is from 1 to 255
alphanumeric characters.
Syntax
snmp-server contact <con>
<con> - Range is from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
220
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.5.5 snmp-server community
This command adds (and names) a new SNMP community, and optionally sets the access mode,
allowed IP address, and create a view for the community.
Community names in the SNMP community table must be unique. If you make multiple
entries using the same community name, the first entry is kept and processed and all
duplicate entries are ignored.
i
Syntax
snmp-server community <community-string> [ipaddress <ipaddress> | ro | rw | su | view <viewname>]
no snmp-server community <community-string>
<community-string> - A name associated with the switch and with a set of SNMP managers that
manage it with a specified privileged level. The length of community-name can be up to 20
case-sensitive characters.
<ro | rw | su> - The access mode of the SNMP community, which can be public (Read-Only/RO),
private (Read-Write/RW), or Super User (SU).
<ipaddress> - The associated community SNMP packet sending address and is used along with the
client IP mask value to denote a range of IP addresses from which SNMP clients may use that
community to access the device. A value of 0.0.0.0 allows access from any IP address. Otherwise,
this value is ANDed with the mask to determine the range of allowed client IP addresses.
<viewname> - The name of the view to create or update.
no - This command removes this community name from the table. The name is the community name
to be deleted.
Default Setting
Two default community names:
‧public, with read-only permissions, a view name of Default, and allows access from all IP
addresses.
‧private, with read/write permissions, a view name of Default, and allows access from all IP
addresses.
Command Mode
Global Config
5.3.5.6 snmp-server community-group
This command configures a community access string to permit access via the SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c
protocols.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
221
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Syntax
snmp-server community-group <community-string> <group-name> [ipaddress <ip-address>]
<community-string> - The community which is created and then associated with the group. The
range is 1 to 20 characters.
<group-name> - The name of the group that the community is associated with. The range is 1 to 30
characters.
<ip-address> - Optionally, the IPv4 address that the community may be accessed from.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.3.5.7 show snmp engineid
This command displays the currently configured SNMP engineID.
Syntax
show snmp engineid
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Local SNMP EngineID: The current configuration of the displayed SNMP engineID.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
222
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.5.8 snmp-server engineID
This command configures snmp engineID on the local device.
Changing the engineID will invalidate all SNMP configuration that exists on the box.
i
Syntax
snmp-server engineID local {<engine-id> | default}
no snmp-server engineID remote <ipAddr|ipv6Addr> <engineid-string>
<engine-id> - A hexadecimal string identifying the engine-id. Engine-id must be an even length in
the range of 6 to 32 hexadecimal characters.
default - Sets the engine-id to the default string, based on the device MAC address.
no - This command removes snmp engineID.
Default Setting
The engineID is configured automatically, based on the device MAC address.
Command Mode
Global Config
5.3.5.9 show snmp filters
This command displays the configured filters used when sending traps.
Syntax
show snmp filters [<filter-name>]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Name: The filter name for this entry.
OID Tree: The OID tree this entry will include or exclude.
Type: Indicates if this entry includes or excludes the OID Tree.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
223
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
224
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.5.10 snmp-server filter
This command creates a filter entry for use in limiting which traps will be sent to a host.
Syntax
snmp-server filter <filter-name> <oid-tree> [excluded | included]
<filter-name> - The label for the filter being created. The range is 1 to 30 characters.
<oid-tree> - The OID subtree to include or exclude from the filter. Subtrees may be specified by
numerical (1.3.6.2.4) or keywords (system), and asterisks may be used to specify a subtree family
(1.3.*.4).
excluded - The tree is excluded from the filter.
included - The tree is included in the filter.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.3.5.11 show snmp user
This command displays the currently configured SNMPv3 users.
Syntax
show snmp user [<username>]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Name: The name of the user.
Group Name: The group that defines the SNMPv3 access parameters.
Auth Method: The authentication algorithm configured for this user.
Privilege Method: The encryption algorithm configured for this user.
Remote Engine ID: The engineID for the user defined on the client machine.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
225
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
226
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.5.12 snmp-server user
This command creates an SNMPv3 user for access to the system.
Syntax
snmp-server user <name> <group-name> [remote <engine-idstring>] {[auth-md5 <password> |
auth-md5-key <md5-key> | auth-sha <password> | auth-sha-key <sha-key>] [priv-des <password> |
priv-des-key <des-key>]}
<name> - The username the SNMPv3 user will connect to the switch as. The range is 1 to 30
characters.
<group-name> - The name of the group the user belongs to. The range is 1 to 30 characters.
<engineid-string> - The engine-id of the remote management station that this user will be
connecting from. The range is 5 to 32 characters.
<password> - password The password the user will use for the authentication or encryption
mechanism. The range is 1 to 32 characters.
md5-key - A pregenerated MD5 authentication key. The length is 32 characters.
sha-key - A pregenerated SHA authentication key. The length is 48 characters.
des-key - A pregenerated DES encryption
no - This command removes snmp user.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.3.5.13 show snmp group
This command displays the configured groups.
Syntax
show snmp group [<groupname>]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
227
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Display Message
Name: The name of the group.
Security Model: Indicates which protocol can access the system via this group.
Security Level: Indicates the security level allowed for this group.
Read View: The view this group provides read access to.
Write View: The view this group provides write access to.
Notify View: The view this group provides trap access to.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
228
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
229
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.5.14 snmp-server group
This command creates an SNMP access group.
Syntax
snmp-server group <group-name> [v1 | v2 | v3] {[read <readview>] | [write <writeview>] | [context
<contextprefix>] | [notify <notifyview>]}
<group-name> - The group name to be used when configuring communities or users. The range is
1 to 30 characters.
v1 - This group can only access via SNMPv1.
v2 - This group can only access via SNMPv2c.
v3 - This group can only access via SNMPv3.
<readview> - The view this group will use during GET requests. The range is 1 to 30 characters.
<writeview> - The view this group will use during SET requests. The range is 1 to 30 characters.
<contextprefix> - The SNMPv3 context used during access. Applicable only if SNMPv3 is selected.
<notifyview> - The view this group will use when sending out traps. The range is 1 to 30 characters.
no - This command removes the specified group.
Default Setting
Generic groups are created for all versions and privileges using the default views.
Command Mode
Global Config
5.3.5.15 show snmp views
This command displays the currently configured views.
Syntax
show snmp views [<viewname>]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
230
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Name: The view name for this entry.
OID Tree: The OID tree that this entry will include or exclude.
Type: Indicates if this entry includes or excludes the OID tree.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
231
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.5.16 snmp-server view
This command creates or modifies an existing view entry that is used by groups to determine which
objects can be accessed by a community or user.
Syntax
snmp-server view <view-name> <oid-tree> [excluded | included]
<view-name> - The label for the view being created. The range is 1 to 30 characters.
<oid-tree> - The OID subtree to include or exclude from the view. Subtrees may be specified by
numerical (1.3.6.2.4) or keywords (system), and asterisks may be used to specify a subtree family
(1.3.*.4).
excluded - The tree is excluded from the view.
included - The tree is included in the view.
no - This command removes the specified view.
Default Setting
Views are created by default to provide access to the default groups.
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
232
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.6 SNMP Trap Commands
5.3.6.1 snmp-server host <host-addr> traps
This command configures traps to be sent to the specified host.
Syntax
snmp-server host <host-addr> traps version {1 <community> | 2 <community> | 3 <username> [auth |
noauth | priv]} [filter <filtername>] [udp-port <1-65535>]
no snmp-server host <host-addr>
<host-addr> - The IPv4 or IPv6 address of the host to send the trap to.
<community> - Community string sent as part of the notification. The range is 1 to 20 characters.
version 1 - Sends SNMPv1 traps.
version 2 - Sends SNMPv2 traps.
version 3 - Sends SNMPv3 traps.
<username> - Username of SNMPv3.
auth - Enables authentication but not encryption.
noauth - No authentication or encryption. This is the default.
priv - Enables authentication and encryption.
<filtername> - The filter name to associate with this host. Filters can be used to specify which traps
aresent to this host. The range is 1 to 30 characters.
<udp-port> - The SNMP Trap receiver port. The default is port 162.
no - This command deletes trap receivers.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.3.6.2 show trapflags
This command displays trap conditions. Configure which traps the switch should generate by enabling or
disabling the trap condition. If a trap condition is enabled and the condition is detected, the switch's
SNMP agent sends the trap to all enabled trap receivers. The switch does not have to be reset to
implement the changes. Cold and warm start traps are always generated and cannot be disabled.
Syntax
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
233
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
show trapflags
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Authentication Flag: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is enabled. Indicates whether
authentication failure traps will be sent.
Link Up/Down Flag: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is enabled. Indicates whether
link status traps will be sent.
Multiple Users Flag: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is enabled. Indicates whether
a trap will be sent when the same user ID is logged into the switch more than once at the same time
(either via telnet or serial port).
Spanning Tree Flag: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is enabled. Indicates whether
spanning tree traps will be sent.
ACL Traps: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is disabled. Indicates whether ACL
traps will be sent.
BGP Traps: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is disabled. Indicates whether BGP
traps will be sent.
DVMRP Traps: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is disabled. Indicates whether
DVMRP traps will be sent.
OSPFv2 Traps: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is disabled. Indicates whether
OSPF traps will be sent.
PIM Traps: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is disabled. Indicates whether PIM traps
will be sent.
Transceiver Traps: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is disabled. Indicates whether
Transceiver traps will be sent.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
234
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.6.3 snmp trap link-status
5.3.6.3.1 snmptrap link-status
This command enables link status traps by interface.
This command is valid only when the Link Up/Down Flag is enabled. See ‗snmpserver
i
enable traps linkmode‘ command.
Syntax
snmptrap link-status
no snmptrap link-status
no - This command disables link status traps by interface.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.3.6.3.2 snmptrap link-status all
This command enables link status traps for all interfaces.
This command is valid only when the Link Up/Down Flag is enabled. See ‗snmpserver
i
enable traps linkmode‘ command.
Syntax
snmp trap link-status all
no snmp trap link-status all
all - All interfaces.
no - This command disables link status traps for all interfaces.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
235
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.6.4 snmp-server enable traps
This command enables the acl trap.
Syntax
snmp-server enable traps acl-trapflags
no snmp-server enable traps acl-trapflags
no - This command disables the acl trap.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
This command enables the Authentication trap.
Syntax
snmp-server enable traps authentication
no snmp-server enable traps authentication
no - This command disables the Authentication trap.
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Global Config
This command enables the BGP trap.
Syntax
snmp-server enable traps bgp state-changes limited
no snmp-server enable traps bgp state-changes limited
no - This command disables the BGP trap.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
236
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
This command enables the DVMRP trap.
Syntax
snmp-server enable traps dvmrp
no snmp-server enable traps dvmrp
no - This command disables the DVMRP trap.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
This command enables Link Up/Down traps for the entire switch. When enabled, link traps are sent only
if the Link Trap flag setting associated with the port is enabled (see ‗snmp trap link-status‘ command).
Syntax
snmp-server enable traps linkmode
no snmp-server enable traps linkmode
no - This command disables Link Up/Down traps for the entire switch.
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
237
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command enables Multiple User traps. When the traps are enabled, a Multiple User Trap is sent
when a user logs in to the terminal interface (EIA 232 or telnet) and there is an existing terminal interface
session.
Syntax
snmp-server enable traps multiusers
no snmp-server enable traps multiusers
no - This command disables Multiple User trap.
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Global Config
This command enables OSPF traps.
Syntax
snmp-server enable traps ospf {all | errors {all | authentication-failure | bad-packet | config-error |
virtauthentication-failure | virt-bad-packet | virt-config-error} | if-rx {all | if-rx-packet} | lsa {all |
lsa-maxage | lsa-originate} | overflow {all | lsdb-overflow | lsdb-approaching-overflow} | retransmit {all |
packets | virt-packets} | rtb {all, rtb-entry-info} | state-change {all | if-state-change |
neighbor-state-change | virtif-statechange | virtneighbor-state-change}}
no snmp-server enable traps ospf {all | errors {all | authentication-failure | bad-packet | config-error |
virtauthentication-failure | virt-bad-packet | virt-config-error} | if-rx {all | if-rx-packet} | lsa {all |
lsa-maxage | lsa-originate} | overflow {all | lsdb-overflow | lsdb-approaching-overflow} | retransmit {all |
packets | virt-packets} | rtb {all, rtb-entry-info} | state-change {all | if-state-change |
neighbor-state-change | virtif-statechange | virtneighbor-state-change}}
no - This command disables OSPF trap.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
238
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command enables PIM traps.
Syntax
snmp-server enable traps pim
no snmp-server enable traps pim
no - This command disables PIM trap.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
239
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command enables the sending of new root traps and topology change notification traps.
Syntax
snmp-server enable traps stpmode
no snmp-server enable traps stpmode
no - This command disables the sending of new root traps and topology change notification traps.
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Global Config
This command enables the transceiver trap.
Syntax
snmp-server enable traps transceiver
no snmp-server enable traps transceiver
no - This command disables the transceiver trap.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
This command enables the violation trap.
Syntax
snmp-server enable traps violation
no snmp-server enable traps violation
no - This command disables the violation trap.
Default Setting
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
240
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.3.6.5 show snmp source-interface
This command displays the configured global source interface used for the SNMP client. The IP address
of the selected interface is used as source IP for all communications with the server.
Syntax
show snmp source-interface
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
SNMP trap Client Source Interface: The interface configured as the source interface for the SNMP
trap/inform client.
SNMP trap Client IPv4 Address: The IP address configured on the SNMP client source interface.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
241
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.6.6 snmptrap source-interface
Use this command in Global configuration mode to configure the global source-interface (Source IP
address) for all SNMP communications between the SNMP client and the server. This command takes
effect for both SNMP trap and inform client.
.
Syntax
snmptrap source-interface {<slot/port> | loopback <loopback-id> | tunnel <tunnel-id> | vlan <vlan-id>}
no snmptrap source-interface
<slot/port> - Specifies the interface to use as the source interface.
<loopback-id> - Specifies the loopback interface to use as the source interface. The range of the
loopback ID is 0 to 7.
<tunnel-id> - Specifies the tunnel interface to use as the source interface. The range of the tunnel
ID is 0 to 7.
<vlan-id> - Specifies the VLAN interface to use as the source interface. The range of VLAN ID is 1
to 4093.
no - This command removes the global source-interface for all SNMP communication between the
SNMP client and the server.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
242
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.7 SNMP Inform Commands
5.3.7.1 snmp-server host <host-addr> informs
This command configures informs to be sent to the specified host.
Syntax
snmp-server host <host-addr> informs version {2 <community> | 3 <username> [auth | noauth | priv]}
[filter <filtername>] [udp-port <1-65535>] [retries <0-255>] [timeout <1-300>]
no snmp-server host <host-addr>
<host-addr> - The IPv4 or IPv6 address of the host to send the inform to.
<community> - Community string sent as part of the notification. The range is 1 to 20 characters.
version 1 - Sends SNMPv1 informs.
version 2 - Sends SNMPv2 informs.
version 3 - Sends SNMPv3 informs.
<username> - Username of SNMPv3.
auth - Enables authentication but not encryption.
noauth - No authentication or encryption. This is the default.
priv - Enables authentication and encryption.
<filtername> - The filter name to associate with this host. Filters can be used to specify which
informs aresent to this host. The range is 1 to 30 characters.
<udp-port> - The SNMP Inform receiver port. The default is port 162.
<retries> - The number of times to resend an Inform. The default is 3 attempts. The range is 0 to 255
retries.
<timeout> - The number of seconds to wait for an acknowledgement before resending the Inform.
The default is 15 seconds. The range is 1 to 300 seconds.
no - This command deletes inform receivers.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.3.8
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
243
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Secure Shell (SSH) Commands
5.3.8.1 show ip ssh
This command displays the SSH settings.
Syntax
show ip ssh
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Administrative Mode: This field indicates whether the administrative mode of SSH is enabled or
disabled.
Protocol Levels: The protocol level may have the values of version 1, version 2, or both versions.
SSH Sessions Currently Active: This field specifies the current number of SSH connections.
Max SSH Sessions Allowed: The maximum number of inbound SSH sessions allowed on the
switch.
SSH Timeout: This field is the inactive timeout value for incoming SSH sessions to the switch.
Keys Present: Indicates whether the SSH RSA and DSA key files are present on the device.
Key Generation in Progress: Indicates whether RSA or DSA key files generation is currently in
progress.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
244
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.8.2 ip ssh
This command is used to enable SSH.
Syntax
ip ssh
no ip ssh
no - This command is used to disable SSH.
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.3.8.3 ip ssh protocol
This command is used to set or remove protocol levels (or versions) for SSH. Either SSH1 (1), SSH2 (2),
or both SSH 1 and SSH 2 (1 and 2) can be set.
Syntax
ip ssh protocol <protocollevel1> [protocollevel2]
<protocollevel1 - 2> - The protocol level can be set to SSH1, SSH2 or to both SSH 1 and SSH 2.
Default Setting
SSH1 and SSH2
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
245
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.8.4 ip ssh maxsessions
This command specifies the maximum number of SSH connection sessions that can be established. A
value of 0 indicates that no ssh connection can be established. The range is 0 to 5.
Syntax
ip ssh maxsessions <0-5>
no ip ssh maxsessions
<0-5> - maximum number of sessions.
no - This command sets the maximum number of SSH connection sessions that can be established
to the default value.
Default Setting
5
Command Mode
Global Config
5.3.8.5 ip ssh timeout
This command sets the SSH connection session timeout value, in minutes. A session is active as long
as the session has been idle for the value set. A value of 0 indicates that a session remains active
indefinitely. The time is a decimal value from 0 to 160. Changing the timeout value for active sessions
does not become effective until the session is reaccessed. Any keystroke will also activate the new
timeout duration.
Syntax
ip ssh timeout <1-160>
no ip ssh timeout
<1-160> - timeout interval in seconds.
no - This command sets the SSH connection session timeout value, in minutes, to the default.
Changing the timeout value for active sessions does not become effective until the session is
reaccessed. Any keystroke will also activate the new timeout duration.
Default Setting
5
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
246
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.9 Management Security Commands
5.3.9.1 crypto certificate generate
This commands is used to generation self-signed certificate for HTTPS.
Syntax
crypto certificate generate
no crypto certificate generate
no- This command is used to delete the HTTPS certificate file from the device, regardless of whether
they are self-signed or download from an outside source.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.3.9.2 crypto key generate
This command is used to generate an RSA or DSA key pair for SSH.
Syntax
crypto key generate {RSA | DSA}
no crypto key generate {RSA | DSA}
no- This command is used to delete the RSA or DSA key from the device.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
247
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.10 DHCP Client Commands
5.3.10.1 ip dhcp restart
This command is used to initiate a BOOTP or DCHP client request.
Syntax
ip dhcp restart
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.3.10.2 ip dhcp client-identifier
This command is used to specify the DCHP client identifier for this switch. Use the no form to restore to
default value.
Syntax
ip dhcp client-identifier {text <text> | hex <hex>}
no ip dhcp client-identifier
<text> - A text string. (Range: 1-32 characters).
<hex> - The hexadecimal value (00:00:00:00:00:00).
no - This command is used to restore to default value.
Default Setting
A text string : ―Default‖
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
248
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.11 DHCPv6 Client Commands
5.3.11.1 ipv6 address dhcp
This command specifies the network of IPv6 configuration protocol to be used . If you modify this value,
the change is effective immediately.
Syntax
ipv6 address dhcp [restart]
<dhcp> - Obtains IPv6 address from DHCPv6.
<restart> - To restart the DHCPv6 process.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface-Vlan Config
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
249
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.11.2 serviceport protocol
This command specifies the service port configuration protocol to be used. If you modify this value, the
change is effective immediately.
Syntax
serviceport protocol {bootp | dhcp | dhcp6 | none [dhcp6]}
<bootp> - Obtains IP address from BOOTP.
<dhcp> - Obtains IP address from DHCP.
<dhcp6> - Obtains IPv6 address from DHCPv6.
<none> - Obtains IP address by setting configuration.
<none dhcp6> - Obtains IPv6 address by setting configuration.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.3.11.3 serviceport protocol dhcp6 restart
This command is used to initiate a DHCPv6 client request by service port interface.
Syntax
serviceport protocol dhcp6 restart
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
250
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.12 DHCP Relay Commands
5.3.12.1 show bootpdhcprelay
This command is used to display the DHCP relay agent configuration information on the system.
Syntax
show bootpdhcprelay
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Maximum Hop Count - The maximum number of Hops a client request can go without being
discarded.
Minimum Wait Time (Seconds) - The Minimum time in seconds. This value will be compared to the
time stamp in the client's request packets, which should represent the time since the client was
powered up. Packets will only be forwarded when the time stamp exceeds the minimum wait time.
Admin Mode - Administrative mode of the relay. When you select 'enable' BOOTP/DHCP requests
will be forwarded to the IP address you entered in the 'Server IP address' field.
Circuit Id Option Mode - This is the Relay agent option which can be either enabled or disabled.
When enabled Relay Agent options will be added to requests before they are forwarded to the server
and removed from replies before they are forwarded to clients.
Requests Received - The total number of BOOTP/DHCP requests received from all clients since
the last time the switch was reset.
Requests Relayed - The total number of BOOTP/DHCP requests forwarded to the server since the
last time the switch was reset.
Packets Discarded - The total number of BOOTP/DHCP packets discarded by this Relay Agent
since the last time the switch was reset.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
251
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.12.2 bootpdhcprelay maxhopcount
This command is used to set the maximum relay agent hops for BootP/DHCP Relay on the system.
Syntax
bootpdhcprelay maxhopcount <1-16>
no bootpdhcprelay maxhopcount
<1-16> - maximum number of hops. (Range: 1-16).
no - This command is used to reset to the default value.
Default Setting
4
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
252
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.13 sFlow Commands
5.3.13.1 show sflow agent
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to get the sFlow agent information, use the show sflow agent
Privilege command.
Syntax
show sflow agent
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privilege Exec
Display Message
sFlow Version: Uniquely identifies the version and implementation of this MIB.
IP Address: The IP address associated with this agent.
5.3.13.2 show sflow pollers
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to get the sFlow polling instances created on the switch, use
the show sflow pollers Privilege command.
Syntax
show sflow pollers
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privilege Exec
Display Message
Poller Data Source: The sFlowDataSource (slot/port) for this sFlow sampler. This agent will support
Physical ports only.
Receiver Index: The sFlowReceiver associated with this sFlow counter poller.
Poller Interval: The number of seconds between successive samples of the counters associated
with this data source.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
253
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.13.3 show sflow receivers
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to get the configuration information related to the sFlow
receivers, use the show sflow receivers Privilege command.
Syntax
show sflow receivers
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privilege Exec
Display Message
Receiver Index: The sFlow Receiver associated with the sampler/poller.
Owner String: The identity string for receiver, the entity making use of this sFlowRcvrTable entry.
Time Out: The time (in seconds) remaining before the receiver is released and stops sending
samples to sFlow receiver.
Max Datagram Size: The maximum number of bytes that can be sent in a single sFlow datagram.
Port: The destination Layer4 UDP port for sFlow datagrams.
IP Address: The sFlow receiver IP address.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
254
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.13.4 show sflow samplers
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to get the sFlow sampling instances created on the switch,
use the show sflow samplers Privilege command.
Syntax
show sflow samplers
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privilege Exec
Display Message
Sampler Data Source: The sFlowDataSource (slot/port) for this sFlow sampler. This agent will
support Physical ports only.
Receiver Index: The sFlowReceiver configured for this sFlow sampler.
Packet Sampling Rate: The statistical sampling rate for packet sampling from this source.
Max Header Size: The maximum number of bytes that should be copied from a sampled packet to
form a flow sample.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
255
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.13.5 show sflow rate
Use this command to display the sFlow traffic rate summary on the switch.
Syntax
show sflow rate interface [<slot/port>]
<slot/port> - An interface number.
no parameter - All interfaces.
Command Mode
Privilege Exec
Display Message
Octets Received
Rate
The number of octets rate received on the interface including framing
characters.
Unicast Packets
Received Rate
The number of unicast packets rate delivered by this sub-layer to a higher
sub-layer.
Multicast Packets
Received Rate
The number of multicast packets rate delivered by this sub-layer to a higher
sub-layer.
Broadcast Packets
Received Rate
The number of broadcast packets rate delivered by this sub-layer to a higher
sub-layer.
Discarded Packets
Received Rate
The number of inbound packets rate which were chosen to be discarded.
Errors Received
Rate
The number of the counter rate IfInErrors.
Unknown
Protocols Packets
Received Rate
The number of packets rate received via the interface which were discarded
because of an unknown or unsupported protocol.
Octets
Transmitted Rate
The total number of octets rate transmitted out of the interface, including
framing characters.
Unicast Packets
Transmitted Rate
The total number of unicast packets rate that higher-level protocols requested
be transmitted.
Multicast Packets
Transmitted Rate
The total number of multicast packets rate that higher-level protocols
requested be transmitted.
Broadcast Packets
Transmitted Rate
The total number of broadcast packets rate that higher-level protocols
requested be transmitted.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
256
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.13.6 show sflow source-interface
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to get the configured source interface for sFlow, use the show
sflow source-interface Privilege command.
Syntax
show sflow source-interface
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privilege Exec
Display Message
sFlow Client Source interface: The interface ID of the physical or logical interface configured as
the sFlow client source interface.
sFlow Client Source IPv4 Address: The IP address of the interface configured as the sFlow client
source interface.
5.3.13.7 set sflow rate
The user can go to the CLI Interface Configuration Mode to set sampling rate, use the sflow rate
<0-3600> interface configuration command. Use the no sflow rate return to default value zero.
Syntax
sflow rate <0-3600>
no sflow rate
Default Setting
0
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
257
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.13.8 set sflow maximum header size
The user can go to the CLI Interface Configuration Mode to set maximum header size, use the sflow
maximum-header <20-256> interface configuration command. Use the no sflow maximum-header
return to default value 128.
Syntax
sflow sampler maxheadersize <20-256>
no sflow sampler maxheadersize
Default Setting
128
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
258
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.13.9 set sflow maximum datagram size
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set maximum datagram size, use the sflow
receiver <index> maxdatagram <200-9116> global configuration command. Use the no sflow
receiver <index> maxdatagram return to default value 1400.
Syntax
sflow receiver <index> maxdatagram <200-9116>
no sflow receiver <index> maxdatagram
Default Setting
1400
Command Mode
Global Config
5.3.13.10 set sflow receiver
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to create a receiver session, use the sflow
receiver <index> owner <owner> {notimeout | timeout <timeout>} global configuration command.
Use the no sflow receiver <index> to remove the session.
Syntax
sflow receiver <index> owner <owner> {notimeout | timeout <timeout>}
no sflow receiver <index>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
259
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.13.11 set sflow receiver address
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set receiver ip address, use the sflow receiver
<index> ip <ip> global configuration command. Use the no sflow receiver <index> ip to clear collector
ip address.
Syntax
sflow receiver <index> ip <ip>
no sflow receiver <index> ip
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
260
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.13.12 set sflow receiver port
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set collector UDP port, use the sflow receiver
<index> port <1-65535> global configuration command. Use the no sflow collector-port return to
default UDP port 6343.
Syntax
sflow receiver <index> port <1-65535>
no sflow receiver <index> port
Default Setting
6343
Command Mode
Global Config
5.3.13.13 set sflow interval
The user can go to the CLI Interface Configuration Mode to set polling interval, use the sflow poller
interval <0-86400> interface configuration command. Use the no sflow poller interval return to default
value zero.
Syntax
sflow poller interval <0-86400>
no sflow poller interval
Default Setting
0
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
261
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.13.14 set sflow sampler index
The user can go to the CLI Interface Configuration Mode to configure a new sFlow sampler instance, use
the sflow sampler <index> interface configuration command. Use the no sflow sampler return to
default setting.
Syntax
sflow sampler <index>
no sflow sampler
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.3.13.15 set sflow poller index
The user can go to the CLI Interface Configuration Mode to configure a new sFlow poller instance, use
the sflow poller <index> interface configuration command. Use the no sflow poller return to default
setting.
Syntax
sflow poller <index>
no sflow poller
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
262
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
5.3.13.16
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Set sflow source-interface
Use this command to specify the physical or logical routing interface to use as the sFlow client source
interface. If configured, the address of source interface is used for all sFlow communications between
the sFlow receiver and the sFlow client. Otherwise there is no change in behavior. If the configured
interface is down, the sFlow client falls back to normal behavior. User can go to the CLI Interface
Configuration Mode to configure a new sFlow source interface, use the sflow source-interface global
configuration command. Use the no sflow source-interface remove the source interface setting
Syntax
sflow source-interface {<slot/port> | loopback <loopback-id> | tunnel <tunnel-id> | vlan <vland-id>}
no sflow source-interface
<slot/port> - Specifies the interface to use as the source interface.
<loopback-id> - Specifies the loopback interface to use as the source interface. The range of the
loopback ID is 0 to 7.
<tunnel-id> - Specifies the tunnel interface to use as the source interface. The range of the tunnel
ID is 0 to 7.
<vlan-id> - Specifies the VLAN interface to use as the source interface. The range of the VLAN ID is
1 to 4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
263
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.14 Service Port Commands
5.3.14.1 show serviceport
This command displays service port configuration information.
Syntax
show serviceport
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Interface Status: Indicates whether the interface is up or down.
IP Address: The IP address of the interface. The factory default value is 0.0.0.0.
Subnet Mask: The IP subnet mask for this interface. The factory default value is 0.0.0.0.
Default Gateway:The default gateway for this IP interface. The factory default value is 0.0.0.0.
IPv6 Administrative Mode: Whether enabled or disabled. Default value is enabled.
IPv6 Prefix is: The IPv6 address and length. Default is Link Local format.
IPv6 Default Router: The default gateway address on the service port. The factory default value is
an unspecified address.Configured IPv4 Protocol: Indicate what IPv4 network protocol was used
on the last, or current power-up cycle, if any.
Configured IPv6 Protocol: Indicate what IPv6 network protocol was used on the last, or current
power-up cycle, if any.
IPv6 AutoConfig Mode: Whether enabled or disabled. Default value is disabled.
IPv6 Link-local Scope ID: The scope ID for this interface
Burned In MAC Address: The burned in MAC address used for in-band connectivity.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
264
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.14.2 show serviceport ndp
This command displays IPv6 Neighbor entries.
Syntax
show serviceport ndp
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
IPv6 Address: Specifies the IPv6 address of neighbor or interface.
MAC Address: Specifies MAC address associated with an interface.
isRtr:. Specifies router flag.
Neighbor State:
Incmp - Address resolution is being performed on the entry. A neighbor solicitation message has
been sent to the solicited-node multicast address of the target, but the corresponding neighbor
advertisement message has not yet been received.
Reach - Positive confirmation was received within the last Reachable Time milliseconds that the
forward path to the neighbor was functioning properly. While in REACH state, the device takes
no special action as packets are sent.
Stale - More than ReachableTime milliseconds have elapsed since the last positive confirmation
was received that the forward path was functioning properly. While in STALE state, the device
takes no action until a packet is sent.
Delay - More than ReachableTime milliseconds have elapsed since the last positive confirmation
was received that the forward path was functioning properly. A packet was sent within the last
DELAY_FIRST_PROBE_TIME seconds. If no reachability confirmation is received within
DELAY_FIRST_PROBE_TIME seconds of entering the DELAY state, send a neighbor
solicitation message and change the state to PROBE.
Probe - A reachability confirmation is actively sought by resending neighbor solicitation
messages every RetransTimer milliseconds until a reachability confirmation is received.
Age Updated: Time since the address was confirmed to be reachable.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
265
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.14.3 serviceport ip
This command sets the IP address, the netmask and the gateway of the network management
port.
Syntax
serviceport ip <ipaddr> <netmask>
<ipaddr> - The user manually configures IP address for this switch.
<netmask> - The user manually configures Subnet Mask for this switch.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.3.14.4 serviceport protocol
This command specifies the network management port configuration protocol. If you modify this value,
the change is effective immediately. If you use the bootp parameter, the switch periodically sends
requests to a BootP server until a response is received. If you use the dhcp parameter, the switch
periodically sends requests to a DHCP server until a response is received. If you use the none
parameter, you must configure the network information for the switch manually.
Syntax
serviceport protocol {none | bootp | dhcp | dhcp6}
none - Configure the network information for the switch manually.
bootp - Periodically sends requests to a BootP server until a response is received.
dhcp - Periodically sends requests to a DHCP server until a response is received.
dhcp6 - Periodically sends requests to a DHCPv6 server until a response is received.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
266
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.14.5 serviceport ipv6 enable
Use this command to enable IPv6 operation on the service port.
Syntax
serviceport ipv6 enable
no serviceport ipv6 enable
no - This command is disable IPv6 operation on the service port.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
267
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.14.6 serviceport ipv6 address
Use this command to configure IPv6 global addressing (i.e. Default routers) information for the service
port.
Syntax
serviceport ipv6 address <address>/<prefix-length> [eui64]
no serviceport ipv6 address [<address>/<prefix-length>]
no - This command remove all IPv6 prefixes on the service port interface.
<address>: IPv6 prefix in IPv6 global address format.
<prefix-length>: IPv6 prefix length value.
[eui64]: Formulate IPv6 address in eui64 address format.
Multiple IPv6 prefixes can be configured for the service port.
i
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
268
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.14.7 serviceport ipv6 gateway
Use this command to configure IPv6 gateway (i.e. Default routers) information for the service port.
Syntax
serviceport ipv6 gateway <gateway-address>
no serviceport ipv6 gateway
<gateway-address>: Gateway address in IPv6 global or link-local address format.
no - This command remove IPv6 gateways on the service port interface.
Only a single IPv6 gateway address can be configured for the service port. There may be a
combination of IPv6 prefixes and gateways that are explicitly configured and those that are
set through auto-address configuration with a connected IPv6 router on their service port
interface.
i
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
269
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.15 Time Range Commands
Time-based ACLs allow one or more rules within an ACL to be based on time. Each ACL rule within an
ACL except for the implicit deny all rule can be configured to be active and operational only during a
specific time period. The time range commands allow you to define specific times of the day and week in
order to implement time-based ACLs. The time range is identified by a name and can then be referenced
by an ACL rule defined with in an ACL.
5.3.15.1 Show Commands
5.3.15.1.1 show time-range
Use this command to display a time range and all the absolute/periodic time entries that are defined for
the time range. Use the name parameter to identify a specific time range to display. When name
is not specified, all the time ranges defined in the system are displayed.
Syntax
show time-range [<name>]
<name> - time-range name.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Number of Time Ranges: Number of time ranges configured in the system.
Time Range Name: Name of the time range.
Time Range Status: Status of the time range (active/inactive).
Absolute start: Start time and day for absolute time entry.
Absolute end: End time and day for absolute time entry.
Periodic Entries: Number of periodic entries in a time-range.
Periodic start: Start time and day for periodic entry.
Periodic end: End time and day for periodic entry.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
270
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.15.2 Configuration Commands
5.3.15.2.1 time-range
Use this command to enable or disable the time range Admin mode.
Syntax
time-range
no time-range
no - This command sets the time-range Admin mode to disalbe.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.3.15.2.2 time-range <name>
Use this command to create a time range identified by name, consisting of one absolute time entry
and/or one or more periodic time entries. The name parameter is a case-sensitive, alphanumeric string
from 1 to 31 characters that uniquely identifies the time range. An alpha-numeric string is defined as
consisting of only alphabetic, numeric, dash, underscore, or space characters.
If a time range by this name already exists, this command enters Time-Range config mode to allow
updating the time range entries
Syntax
time-range <name>
no time-range <name>
<name> - The time range name.
no - This command deletes a time-range identified by name.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
271
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.15.2.3 absolute
Use this command to add an absolute time entry to a time range. Only one absolute time entry is allowed
per time-range. The time parameter is based on the currently configured time zone.
The [start time date] parameters indicate the time and date at which the configuration that referenced
the time range starts going into effect. The time is expressed in a 24-hour clock, in the form of
hours:minutes. For example, 8:00 is 8:00 am and 20:00 is 8:00 pm. The date is expressed in the format
day month year. If no start time and date are specified, the configuration statement is in effect
immediately.
The [end time date] parameters indicate the time and date at which the configuration that referenced
the time range is no longer in effect. The end time and date must be after the start time and date. If no
end time and date are specified, the configuration statement is in effect indefinitely.
Syntax
absolute { [start time date] [end time date] }
no absolute
no - This command deletes the absolute time entry in the time range.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Time-Range Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
272
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.15.2.4 periodic
Use this command to add a periodic time entry to a time range. The time parameter is based off of the
currently configured time zone.
The first occurrence of the days-of-the-week argument is the starting day(s) from which the
configuration that referenced the time range starts going into effect. The second occurrence is the
ending day or days from which the configuration that referenced the time range is no longer in effect. If
the end days-of-the-week are the same as the start, they can be omitted
This argument can be any single day or combinations of days: Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday,
Thursday, Friday, Saturday, Sunday. Other possible values are:

daily — Monday through Sunday

weekdays — Monday through Friday

weekend — Saturday and Sunday
If the ending days of the week are the same as the starting days of the week, they can be omitted. The
first occurrence of the time argument is the starting hours:minutes which the configuration that
referenced the time range starts going into effect. The second occurrence is the ending hours:minutes at
which the configuration that referenced the time range is no longer in effect.
The hours:minutes are expressed in a 24-hour clock. For example, 8:00 is 8:00 am and 20:00 is 8:00
pm.
Syntax
periodic {days-of-the-week time} to {[days-of-the-week] time}
no periodic {days-of-the-week time} to {[days-of-the-week] time}
no - This command deletes a periodic time entry from a time range.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Time-Range Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
273
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.16 Command Scheduler Commands
The Command Scheduler feature provides the ability to schedule some EXEC command-line interface
(CLI) commands to run at specific calendar dates and times or at specified intervals. Command
Scheduler has two basic processes. One or more policy list is configured containing lines of
fully-qualified EXEC CLI to be run at the same time or interval. Each scheduled occurrence can be set to
run once only or on a recurring basis.
5.3.16.1 Configuration Commands
5.3.16.1.1 Command Scheduler Occurrences
An occurrence for Command Scheduler is defined as a scheduled event. Policy lists are configured to
run after a period of time since the scheduling was set, or at a specified calendar date and time.
Syntax
kron occurrence <name> at <hh:mm> {[<1-31> <month> <year> | <DAY> of week] {oneshot |
recurring}}
kron occurrence <name> in <ddd:hh:mm> {oneshot | recurring}
no kron occurrence <name>
at – Indicates that the occurrence is to run at a specified calendar date and time.
in – Indicates that the occurrence is to run after a specified time interval.
<hh:mm> - Number of hours : Number of minutes.
<ddd:hh:mm> - Number of days : Number of hours : Number of munites.
<1-31><month><year> - Specifies the calendar date.
<DAY> - Day of week name.
oneshot – Indicates that the occurrence is to run only one time. After the occurrence has run, the
configuration will be removed.
recurring – Indicates that occurrence is to run on a recurring basis.
no - This command deletes a occurrence entry.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
274
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.16.1.2 Command Scheduler Policy-list
Policy lists consist of one or more lines of fully-quanlified EXEC CLI commands. All commands in a
policy list are executed when the policy list is run by Command Scheduler using the kron occurrence
command. The policy list is run in the order in which it was configured.
One policy-list could be allowed to add to one occurrence.
Syntax
kron policy-list <name>
no policy-list <name>
<name> - Specifies the policy-list name which is to be used in the occurrence.
no - This command deletes the policy-list.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
Specify the EXEC CLI commands to a policy list. Maximum 16 EXEC CLI commands could be added
into a policy-list.
Syntax
cli <LINE> <LINE> <LINE> …
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Kron-policy Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
275
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.3.16.1.3 Occurrences and Policy-list
To associate the policy-list with a occurrence. When the occurrence is fired, the policy-list will be
executed. Maximum 16 policy-lists could be added into an occurrence.
Syntax
policy-list <name>
no policy-list <name>
<name> - Specifies the policy-list name which is to be run when the occurrence fires.
no - This command remove the policy-list from a occurrence entry.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Kron-occurrence Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
276
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.4 Spanning Tree Commands
This section provides detailed explanation of the spanning tree commands. The commands are divided
into two functional groups:

Show commands display spanning tree settings, statistics, and other information.

Configuration Commands configure features and options of the switch. For every configuration
command there is a show command that displays the configuration setting.
5.4.1 Show Commands
5.4.1.1 show spanning-tree
This command displays spanning tree settings for the common and internal spanning tree. The following
details are displayed.
Syntax
show spanning-tree
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Bridge Priority: Configured value.
Bridge Identifier: The MAC Address for the Bridge from which the Bridge Identifiers used by the
Spanning Tree Algorithm and Protocol.
Time Since Topology Change: In seconds.
Topology Change Count: Number of times changed.
Topology Change in progress: Boolean value of the Topology Change parameter for the switch
indicating if a topology change is in progress on any port assigned to the common and internal
spanning tree.
Designated Root: The Bridge Identifier of the Root Bridge for the spanning tree instance identified
by the MSTID.
Root Path Cost: Value of the Root Path Cost parameter for the common and internal spanning tree.
Root Port Identifier: The Root Port for the spanning tree instance identified by the MSTID.
Bridge Max Age: Maximum message age.
Bridge Max Hops: The maximum number of hops for the spanning tree.
Max Tx Hold Count: The max value of bridge tx hold count for the spanning tree.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
277
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Bridge Forwarding Delay: A timeout value to be used by all Bridges in the Bridged LAN. The value
of Forward Delay is set by the Root.
Hello Time: The time interval between the generations of Configuration BPDUs.
Bridge Hold Time: Minimum time between transmissions of Configuration Bridge Protocol Data
Units (BPDUs).
CST Regional Root: The Bridge Identifier of the current CST Regional Root.
Regional Root Path Cost: The path cost to the regional root.
Associated FIDs: List of forwarding database identifiers currently associated with this instance.
Associated VLANs: List of VLAN IDs currently associated with this instance.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
278
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.4.1.2 show spanning-tree interface
This command displays the settings and parameters for a specific switch port within the common and
internal spanning tree. The <slot/port> is the desired switch port. The following details are displayed on
execution of the command.
Syntax
show spanning-tree interface {<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id>}
<slot/port> - is the desired interface number.
<portchannel-id> - is the desired port-channel interface number. The range of port-channel ID is 1
to 64.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Hello Time: The hello time value. Not Configured means using default value.
Port Mode: The administration mode of spanning tree.
BPDU Guard: Enabled or disabled.
ROOT Guard: Enabled or disabled.
LOOP Guard: Enabled or disabled.
TCN Guard: Enabled or disabled.
BPDU Filter Mode: Enabled or disabled.
BPDU Flood Mode: Enabled or disabled.
Auto Edge: True or false.
Port Up Time Since Counters Last Cleared: Time since the port was reset, displayed in days,
hours, minutes, and seconds.
STP BPDUs Transmitted: Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Protocol Data Units sent.
STP BPDUs Received: Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Protocol Data Units received.
RSTP BPDUs Transmitted: Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Protocol Data Units sent.
RSTP BPDUs Received: Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Protocol Data Units received.
MSTP BPDUs Transmitted: Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Protocol Data Units sent.
MSTP BPDUs Received: Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Protocol Data Units received.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
279
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.4.1.3 show spanning-tree vlan
This command displays the association between a VLAN and a multiple spanning tree instance. The
<vlan-id> corresponds to an existing VLAN ID.
Syntax
show spanning-tree vlan <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 - 4093).
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
VLAN Identifier: displays VLAN ID.
Associated Instance: Identifier for the associated multiple spanning tree instance or "CST" if
associated with the common and internal spanning tree.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
280
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.4.1.4 show spanning-tree mst
This command displays settings and parameters for the specified multiple spanning tree instance. The
instance <0-4094> is a number that corresponds to the desired existing multiple spanning tree instance
ID. The following details are displayed.
Syntax
show spanning-tree mst detailed <0-4094>
<0-4094> - multiple spanning tree instance ID.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
MST Instance ID: The multiple spanning tree instance ID.
MST Bridge Priority: The bridge priority of current MST.
MST Bridge Identifier: The bridge ID of current MST.
Time Since Topology Change: In seconds.
Topology Change Count: Number of times the topology has changed for this multiple spanning
tree instance.
Topology Change in Progress: Value of the Topology Change parameter for the multiple spanning
tree instance.
Designated Root: Identifier of the Regional Root for this multiple spanning tree instance.
Root Path Cost: Path Cost to the Designated Root for this multiple spanning tree instance.
Root Port Identifier: Port to access the Designated Root for this multiple spanning tree instance
Associated FIDs: List of forwarding database identifiers associated with this instance.
Associated VLANs: List of VLAN IDs associated with this instance.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
281
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command displays summary information about all multiple spanning tree instances in the switch.
On execution, the following details are displayed.
Syntax
show spanning-tree mst summary
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
MST Instance ID List: List of multiple spanning trees IDs currently configured.
For each MSTID: The multiple spanning tree instance ID.
Associated FIDs: List of forwarding database identifiers associated with this instance.
Associated VLANs: List of VLAN IDs associated with this instance.
This command displays the detailed settings and parameters for a specific switch port within a
particular multiple spanning tree instance. The instance <mstid> is a number that corresponds to the
desired existing multiple spanning tree instance. The <slot/port> is the desired switch port.
Syntax
show spanning-tree mst port detailed <0-4094> {<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id>}
<0-4094> - multiple spanning tree instance ID.
<slot/port> - is the desired interface number.
<portchannel-id> - is the desired port-channel interface number. The range of port-channel ID is 1
to 64.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
MST Instance ID: The multiple spanning tree instance ID.
Port Identifier: The unique value to identify a port on that Bridge.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
282
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Port Priority: The priority of the port within the MST.
Port Forwarding State: Current spanning tree state of this port.
Port Role: Indicate the port role is root or designate.
Auto-calculate Port Path Cost: Indicate the port auto-calculate port path cost.
Port Path Cost: Configured value of the Internal Port Path Cost parameter.
Designated Root: The Identifier of the designated root for this port.
Designated Port Cost: Path Cost offered to the LAN by the Designated Port.
Designated Bridge: Bridge Identifier of the bridge with the Designated Port.
Designated Port Identifier: Port on the Designated Bridge that offers the lowest cost to the LAN.
If 0 (defined as the default CIST ID) is passed as the <0-4094>, then this command displays the
settings and parameters for a specific switch port within the common and internal spanning tree. The
<slot/port> is the desired switch port. In this case, the following are displayed.
Port Identifier: The port identifier for this port within the CST.
Port Priority: The priority of the port within the CST.
Port Forwarding State: The forwarding state of the port within the CST.
Port Role: The role of the specified interface within the CST.
Auto-calculate Port Path Cost: Indicate the port auto-calculate port path cost
Port Path Cost: The configured path cost for the specified interface.
Auto-calculate External Port Path Cost - Displays whether the external path cost is automatically
calculated (Enabled) or not (Disabled). External Path cost will be calculated based on the link speed
of the port if the configured value for External Port Path Cost is zero.
External Port Path Cost - The External Path Cost of the specified port in the spanning tree.
Designated Root: Identifier of the designated root for this port within the CST.
Designated Port Cost: Path Cost offered to the LAN by the Designated Port.
Designated Bridge: The bridge containing the designated port.
Designated Port Identifier: Port on the Designated Bridge that offers the lowest cost to the LAN.
Topology Change Acknowledgement: Value of flag in next Configuration Bridge Protocol Data
Unit (BPDU) transmission indicating if a topology change is in progress for this port.
Hello Time: The hello time in use for this port.
Edge Port: The configured value indicating if this port is an edge port.
Edge Port Status: The derived value of the edge port status. True if operating as an edge port; false
otherwise.
Point To Point MAC Status: Derived value indicating if this port is part of a point to point link.
CST Regional Root: The regional root identifier in use for this port.
CST Port Cost: The configured path cost for this port.
Transitions Into Loop Inconsistent State: The count number of transitions into loop inconsistent
state.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
283
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Transitions Out Of Loop Inconsistent State: The count number of transitions out of loop
inconsistent state.
This command displays the settings of one or all ports within the specified multiple spanning tree
instance. The parameter <0-4094> indicates a particular MST instance. The parameter {<slot/port>}
indicates the desired switch port.
If 0 (defined as the default CIST ID) is passed as the <0-4094>, then the status summary is displayed for
one or all ports within the common and internal spanning tree.
Syntax
show spanning-tree mst port summary <0-4094> [{<slot/port> | active | port-channel <portchannel-id>}]
<0-4094> - multiple spanning tree instance ID.
<slot/port> - is the desired interface number.
active - All active interfaces.
<portchannel-id> - is the desired port-channel interface number. The range of port-channel ID is 1
to 64.
no parameter - All interfaces.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
MST Instance ID: The MST instance associated with this port.
Interface: The interface being displayed.
STP Mode: Indicate STP mode.
Type: Currently not used.
STP State: The forwarding state of the port in the specified spanning tree instance.
Port Role: The role of the specified port within the spanning tree.
Desc: The port in loop inconsistence state will display ―*LOOP_Inc‖.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
284
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.4.1.5 show spanning-tree summary
This command displays spanning tree settings and parameters for the switch. The following details are
displayed on execution of the command.
Syntax
show spanning-tree summary
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Spanning Tree Adminmode: Enabled or disabled.
Spanning Tree Forward BPDU: Enabled or disabled
Spanning Tree Version: Version of 802.1 currently supported (IEEE 802.1s, IEEE 802.1w, or IEEE
802.1d) based upon the Force Protocol Version parameter.
BPDU Guard Mode:Enabled or disabled.
BPDU Filter Mode: Enabled or disabled.
BPDU Uplinkfast Mode: Enabled or disabled.
Configuration Name: TConfigured name.
Configuration Revision Level: Configured value.
Configuration Digest Key: Calculated value.
Configuration Format Selector: Configured value.
MST Instances: List of all multiple spanning tree instances configured on the switch.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
285
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.4.1.6 show spanning-tree brief
This command displays spanning tree settings for the bridge. In this case, the following details are
displayed.
Syntax
show spanning-tree brief
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Bridge Priority: Configured value.
Bridge Identifier: The bridge ID of current Spanning Tree.
Bridge Max Age: Configured value.
Bridge Max Hops: Configured value.
Bridge Hello Time: Configured value.
Bridge Forward Delay: Configured value.
Bridge Hold Time: Minimum time between transmission of Configuration Bridge Protocol Data Units
(BPDUs).
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
286
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.4.2 Configuration Commands
5.4.2.1 spanning-tree
This command sets the spanning-tree operational mode to be enabled.
Syntax
spanning-tree
no spanning-tree
no - This command sets the spanning-tree operational mode to be disabled. While disabled, the
spanning-tree configuration is retained and can be changed, but is not activated.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.4.2.2 spanning-tree protocol-migration
This command enables BPDU migration check on a given interface. The all option enables BPDU
migration check on all interfaces.
Syntax
spanning-tree protocol-migration {<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id> | all}
no spanning-tree protocol-migration {<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id> | all}
<slot/port> - is the desired interface number.
<portchannel-id> - is the desired interface number. The range of port-channel ID is 1 to 4.
all - All interfaces.
no - This command disables BPDU migration check on a given interface. The all option disables
BPDU migration check on all interfaces.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
287
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.4.2.3 spanning-tree configuration
This command sets the Configuration Identifier Name for use in identifying the configuration that this
switch is currently using. The <name> is a string of at most 32 alphanumeric characters.
Syntax
spanning-tree configuration name <name>
no spanning-tree configuration name
<name> - is a string of at most 32 alphanumeric characters.
no - This command resets the Configuration Identifier Name to its default.
Default Setting
The base MAC address displayed using hexadecimal notation as specified in IEEE 802 standard.
Command Mode
Global Config
This command sets the Configuration Identifier Revision Level for use in identifying the configuration that
this switch is currently using. The Configuration Identifier Revision Level is a number in the range of 0 to
65535.
Syntax
spanning-tree configuration revision <0-65535>
no spanning-tree configuration revision
<value> - Revision Level is a number in the range of 0 to 65535.
no - This command sets the Configuration Identifier Revision Level for use in identifying the
configuration that this switch is currently using to the default value, that is, 0.
Default Setting
0
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
288
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.4.2.4 spanning-tree mode
This command sets the Force Protocol Version parameter to a new value. The Force Protocol Version
can be one of the following:
1. stp - ST BPDUs are transmitted rather than MST BPDUs (IEEE 802.1d functionality supported)
2. rstp - RST BPDUs are transmitted rather than MST BPDUs (IEEE 802.1w functionality
supported)
3. mstp - MST BPDUs are transmitted (IEEE 802.1s functionality supported)
Syntax
spanning-tree mode {stp | rstp | mstp}
no spanning-tree mode
no - This command sets the Force Protocol Version parameter to the default value, that is, mstp.
Default Setting
mstp
Command Mode
Global Config
5.4.2.5 spanning-tree forward-time
This command sets the Bridge Forward Delay parameter to a new value for the common and internal
spanning tree. The forward-time value is in seconds within a range of 4 to 30, with the value being
greater than or equal to "(Bridge Max Age / 2) + 1".
Syntax
spanning-tree forward-time <4-30>
no spanning-tree forward-time
<4-30> - forward time value (Range: 4 – 30).
no - This command sets the Bridge Forward Delay parameter for the common and internal spanning
tree to the default value, that is, 15.
Default Setting
15
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
289
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.4.2.6 spanning-tree max-age
This command sets the Bridge Max Age parameter to a new value for the common and internal spanning
tree. The max-age value is in seconds within a range of 6 to 40, with the value being less than or equal
to "2 times (Bridge Forward Delay - 1)" and greater than or equal to ―2 times (Bridge Hello Time + 1)‖.
Syntax
spanning-tree max-age <6-40>
no spanning-tree max-age
<6-40> - the Bridge Max Age value (Range: 6 – 40).
no - This command sets the Bridge Max Age parameter for the common and internal spanning tree
to the default value, that is, 20.
Default Setting
20
Command Mode
Global Config
5.4.2.7 spanning-tree max-hops
This command sets the MSTP Max Hops parameter to a new value for the common and internal
spanning tree. The max-hops value is in a range of 6 to 40.
Syntax
spanning-tree max-hops <6-40>
no spanning-tree max-hops
<6-40> - the Maximum hops value (Range: 6-40).
no - This command sets the Bridge Max Hops parameter for the common and internal spanning tree
to the default value.
Default Setting
20
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
290
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.4.2.8 spanning-tree hold-count
This command sets the Bridge Tx Hold Count parameter to a new value for the common and internal
spanning tree. The Tx Hold Count value is in a range of 1 to 110.
Syntax
spanning-tree hold-count <1-10>
no spanning-tree hold-count
<1-10> - the Maximum hold-count value (Range: 1-110).
no - This command sets the Bridge Tx Hold Count parameter for the common and internal spanning
tree to the default value.
Default Setting
6
Command Mode
Global Config
5.4.2.9 spanning-tree mst
This command adds a multiple spanning tree instance to the switch. The instance <1-4094> is a number
within a range of 1 to 4094 that corresponds to the new instance ID to be added. The maximum number
of multiple instances supported is 4.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst instance <1-4094>
no spanning-tree mst instance <1-4094>
<1-4094> - multiple spanning tree instance ID.
no - This command removes a multiple spanning tree instance from the switch and reallocates all
VLANs allocated to the deleted instance to the common and internal spanning tree. The instance
<1-4094> is a number that corresponds to the desired existing multiple spanning tree instance to be
removed.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
291
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command sets the bridge priority for a specific multiple spanning tree instance. The instance
<mstid> is a number that corresponds to the desired existing multiple spanning tree instance. The
priority value is a number within a range of 0 to 61440 in increments of 4096.
If 0 (defined as the default CIST ID) is passed as the <mstid>, then this command sets the Bridge Priority
parameter to a new value for the common and internal spanning tree. The bridge priority value again is a
number within a range of 0 to 61440. The twelve least significant bits will be masked according to the
802.1s specification.
This will cause the priority to be rounded down to the next lower valid priority.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst priority <0-4094> <0-61440>
no spanning-tree mst priority <0-4094>
<0-4094> - multiple spanning tree instance ID.
<0-61440> - priority value (Range: 0 – 61440).
no - This command sets the bridge priority for a specific multiple spanning tree instance to the
default value, that is, 32768. The instance <0-4094> is a number that corresponds to the desired
existing multiple spanning tree instance.
If 0 (defined as the default CIST ID) is passed as the <0-4094>, then this command sets the Bridge
Priority parameter for the common and internal spanning tree to the default value, that is, 32768.
Default Setting
32768
Command Mode
Global Config
This command adds an association between a multiple spanning tree instance and a VLAN. The VLAN
will no longer be associated with the common and internal spanning tree. The instance <0-4094> is a
number that corresponds to the desired existing multiple spanning tree instance. The <1-4093>
corresponds to an existing VLAN ID.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst vlan <0-4094> <vlan-list>
no spanning-tree mst vlan <0-4094> <vlan-list>
<0-4094> - multiple spanning tree instance ID.
<vlan-list> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 4093).
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
292
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
no - This command removes an association between a multiple spanning tree instance and a VLAN.
The VLAN will again be associated with the common and internal spanning tree. The instance
<0-4094> is a number that corresponds to the desired existing multiple spanning tree instance. The
<1-4093> corresponds to an existing VLAN ID.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
This command sets the Path Cost or Port Priority for this port within the multiple spanning tree instance
or in the common and internal spanning tree. If the <1-4094> parameter corresponds to an existing
multiple spanning tree instance, then the configurations are done for that multiple spanning tree
instance. If however 0 (defined as the default CIST ID) is passed as the <1-4094>, then the
configurations are performed for the common and internal spanning tree instance.
If the ‗cost‘ token is specified, this command sets the path cost for this port within a multiple spanning
tree instance or the common and internal spanning tree instance, depending on the <1-4094>
parameter. The pathcost can be specified as a number in the range of 1 to 200000000 or auto. If "auto"
is specified, the pathcost value will be set based on Link Speed.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst <1-4094> cost {<1-200000000> | auto}
no spanning-tree mst <1-4094> cost
<1-4094> - multiple spanning tree instance ID.
no - This command sets the Path Cost or Port Priority for this port within the multiple spanning tree
instance or in the common and internal spanning tree to the respective default values. If the
<1-4094> parameter corresponds to an existing multiple spanning tree instance, then the
configurations are done for that multiple spanning tree instance. If however, 0 (defined as the default
CIST ID) is passed as the <1-4094>, then the configurations are performed for the common and
internal spanning tree instance.
If the ‗cost‘ token is specified, this command sets the path cost for this port within a multiple spanning
tree instance or the common and internal spanning tree instance, depending on the <1-4094>
parameter, to the default value, that is, a pathcost value based on the Link Speed.
Default Setting
Cost : auto
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
293
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command sets the Path Cost or Port Priority for this port within the multiple spanning tree instance
or in the common and internal spanning tree. If the <1-4094> parameter corresponds to an existing
multiple spanning tree instance, then the configurations are done for that multiple spanning tree
instance. If however 0 (defined as the default CIST ID) is passed as the <1-4094>, then the
configurations are performed for the common and internal spanning tree instance.
If the ‗port-priority‘ token is specified, this command sets the priority for this port within a specific multiple
spanning tree instance or the common and internal spanning tree instance, depending on the <1-4094>
parameter. The port-priority value is a number in the range of 0 to 240 in increments of 16.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst <1-4094> port-priority <0-240>
no spanning-tree mst <1-4094> port-priority
<1-4094> - multiple spanning tree instance ID.
no - This command sets the Path Cost or Port Priority for this port within the multiple spanning tree
instance or in the common and internal spanning tree to the respective default values. If the
<1-4094> parameter corresponds to an existing multiple spanning tree instance, then the
configurations are done for that multiple spanning tree instance. If however, 0 (defined as the default
CIST ID) is passed as the <1-4094>, then the configurations are performed for the common and
internal spanning tree instance.
If the ‗port-priority‘ token is specified, this command sets the priority for this port within a specific multiple
spanning tree instance or the common and internal spanning tree instance, depending on the <1-4094>
parameter, to the default value, that is, 128.
Default Setting
port-priorty : 128
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
294
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.4.2.10 spanning-tree port mode
This command sets the Administrative Switch Port State for this port to enabled.
Syntax
spanning-tree port mode
no spanning-tree port mode
no - This command sets the Administrative Switch Port State for this port to disabled.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
This command sets the Administrative Switch Port State for all ports to enabled.
Syntax
spanning-tree port mode all
no spanning-tree port mode all
all - All interfaces.
no - This command sets the Administrative Switch Port State for all ports to disabled.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
295
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.4.2.11 spanning-tree auto-edge
This command sets the auto-edge for this port to enabled.
Syntax
spanning-tree auto-edge
no spanning-tree auto-edge
no - This command sets the auto-edge for this port to disabled.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.4.2.12 spanning-tree edgeport
This command sets the edguport function to Enabled or Disabled on this switch.
Syntax
spanning-tree edgeport
no spanning-tree edgeport
no - This command sets the Edgeport function to the default value, that is Enabled.
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
296
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command specifies that this port is an Edge Port within the common and internal spanning tree.
This will allow this port to transition to Forwarding State without delay.
Syntax
spanning-tree edgeport
no spanning-tree edgeport
no - This command specifies that this port is not an Edge Port within the common and internal
spanning tree.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
This command sets the Edgeport BPDU Filter enable/disable parameter for sending/receiving BPDUs
on this switch. This command only works on dot1d mode.
Syntax
spanning-tree edgeport bpdufilter
no spanning-tree edgeport bpdufilter
no - This command sets the Edgeport BPDU Filter to the default value, that is Disabled.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
297
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command sets the Edgeport BPDU Guard enable/disable parameter for accepting BPDUs on this
switch. This command only works on dot1d mode.
Syntax
spanning-tree edgeport bpduguard
no spanning-tree edgeport bpduguard
no - This command sets the Edgeport BPDU Guard to the default value, that is, Disabled.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
This command sets the Edgeport BPDU Filter enable/disable parameter for sending/receiving BPDUs
on this interface. This command only works on dot1d mode.
Syntax
spanning-tree bpdufilter
no spanning-tree bpdufilter
no - This command sets the Edgeport BPDU Filter to the default value, that is Disabled.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
298
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command sets the Edgeport BPDU Guard enable/disable parameter for accepting BPDUs on this
interface. This command only works on dot1d mode.
Syntax
spanning-tree bpduguard
no spanning-tree bpduguard
no - This command sets the Edgeport BPDU Guard to the default value, that is, Disabled.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.4.2.13 spanning-tree uplinkfast
This command sets the Uplink Fast parameter to a new value on this switch. This command only works
on dot1d mode.
Syntax
spanning-tree uplinkfast
no spanning-tree uplinkfast
no - This command sets the Uplink Fast parameter to the default value, that is Disabled.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
299
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.4.2.14 spanning-tree guard {loop|none|root}
This command sets the Guard Mode parameter to a new value on this interface.
Syntax
spanning-tree guard {loop|none|root}
no spanning-tree guard
loop –This command sets the Guard Mode to loop guard on this interface.
none –This command sets the Guard Mode to none.
root – This command sets the Guard Mode to root guard on this interface.
no - This command sets the Guard Mode to the default value, that is none.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.4.2.15 spanning-tree tcnguard
This command sets the TCN Guard parameter to prevent a port from propagating topology change
notifications.
Syntax
spanning-tree tcnguard
no spanning-tree tcnguard
no - This command sets the tcnguard parameter to the default value, that is Disabled.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
300
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.5 System Log Management Commands
5.5.1 Show Commands
5.5.1.1 show logging
This command displays logging.
Syntax
show logging
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Logging Client Local Port The port on the collector/relay to which syslog messages are sent
CLI Command Logging The mode for CLI command logging.
Console Logging The mode for console logging.
Console Logging Severity Filter The minimum severity to log to the console log. Messages with an
equal or lower numerical severity are logged.
Buffered Logging The mode for buffered logging.
Syslog Logging The mode for logging to configured syslog hosts. If set to disable logging stops to
all syslog hosts.
Terminal Monitor The mode for terminal logging.
Terminal Logging Severity Filter The minimum severity to log to the terminal log. Messages with
an equal or lower numerical severity are logged.
Log Messages Received The number of messages received by the log process. This includes
messages that are dropped or ignored
Log Messages Dropped The number of messages that could not be processed.
Log Messages Relayed The number of messages that are relayed.
Logging Client Source Interface The interface configured as the source interface for the syslog
client.
Logging Client Source IPv4 Address The IP address configured on the syslog client source
interface.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
301
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.5.1.2 show logging buffered
This command displays the message log maintained by the switch. The message log contains system
trace information.
Syntax
show logging buffered
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Message: The message that has been logged.
i
Message log information is not retained across a switch reset.
5.5.1.3 show logging traplog
This command displays the trap log maintained by the switch.
The trap log contains a maximum of 256 entries that wrap.
Syntax
show logging traplogs
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Number of Traps since last reset: The number of traps that have occurred since the last reset of
this device.
Trap Log Capacity: The maximum number of traps that could be stored in the switch.
Log: The sequence number of this trap.
System Up Time: The relative time since the last reboot of the switch at which this trap occurred.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
302
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Trap: The relevant information of this trap.
i
Trap log information is not retained across a switch reset.
5.5.1.4 show logging hosts
This command displays all configured logging hosts.
Syntax
show logging hosts
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Index: used for deleting.
IP Address:IP Address of the configured server.
Severity: The minimum severity to log to the specified address.
Port Server Port Number:This is the port on the local host from which syslog messages are sent.
Status: The state of logging to configured syslog hosts. If the status is disable, no logging occurs.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
303
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.5.2 Configuration Commands
5.5.2.1 logging buffered
This command enables logging to in-memory log where up to 128 logs are kept.
Syntax
logging buffered
no logging buffered
no - This command disables logging to in-memory log.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
This command enables wrapping of in-memory logging when full capacity reached. Otherwise when full
capacity is reached, logging stops.
Syntax
logging buffered wrap
no logging buffered wrap
no - This command disables wrapping of in-memory logging when full capacity reached.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
304
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.5.2.2 logging console
This command enables logging to the console.
Syntax
logging console [<severitylevel> | <0-7>]
no logging console
[<severitylevel> | <0-7>] - The value is specified as either an integer from 0 to 7 or symbolically
through one of the following keywords: emergency (0), alert (1), critical (2), error (3), warning (4),
notice (5), informational (6), debug (7).
no - This command disables logging to the console.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.5.2.3 logging monitor
This command enables logging to the terminal monitor.
Syntax
logging monitor [<severitylevel> | <0-7>]
no logging monitor
[<severitylevel> | <0-7>] - The value is specified as either an integer from 0 to 7 or symbolically
through one of the following keywords: emergency (0), alert (1), critical (2), error (3), warning (4),
notice (5), informational (6), debug (7).
no - This command disables logging to the terminal monitor.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Globla Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
305
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.5.2.4 terminal monitor
This command enables logging for the terminal session.
Syntax
terminal monitor
no terminal monitor
no - This command disables logging for the terminal session.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
5.5.2.5 logging host
This command enables logging to a host where up to eight hosts can be configured.
Syntax
logging host <hostaddress> [ <port>] [[<severitylevel> | <0-7>]]
<hostaddress> - IP address of the log server.
<port> - Port number.
[<severitylevel> | <0-7>] - The value is specified as either an integer from 0 to 7 or symbolically
through one of the following keywords: emergency (0), alert (1), critical (2), error (3), warning (4),
notice (5), informational (6), debug (7).
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Globla Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
306
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command disables logging to hosts.
Syntax
logging host remove <hostindex>
<hostindex> - Index of the log server.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Globla Config
This command reconfigures the IP address of the log server.
Syntax
logging host reconfigure <hostindex> <hostaddress>
<hostindex> - Index of the log server.
<hostaddress> - New IP address of the log server.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Globla Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
307
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.5.2.6 logging syslog
This command enables syslog logging.
Syntax
logging syslog
no logging syslog
no - Disables syslog logging.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Globla Config
This command sets the local port number of the LOG client for logging messages.
Syntax
logging syslog port <portid>
no logging syslog port
no - Resets the local logging port to the default.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Globla Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
308
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Use this command to specify the physical or logical interface to use as the Syslog client source interface.
If configured, the address of source interface is used for all Syslog communications between the Syslog
server and the Syslog client. Otherwise there is no change in behavior. If the configured interface is
down, the Syslog client falls back to normal behavior.
Syntax
logging syslog source-interface {<slot/port> | loopback <loopback-id> | tunnel <tunnel-id> | vlan
<vlan-id>}
no logging syslog source-interface
<slot/port> - Specifies the interface to use as the source interface.
<loopback-id> - Specifies the loopback interface to use as the source interface. The range of the
loopback ID is 0 to 7.
<tunnel-id> - Specifies the tunnel interface to use as the source interface. The range of the tunnel
ID is 0 to 7.
<vlan-id> - Specifies the VLAN interface to use as the source interface. The range of VLAN ID is 1
to 4093.
no – To remove the configured source interface for all Syslog communications between the Syslog
client and the server.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Globla Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
309
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.5.2.7 clear logging buffered
This command clears all in-memory log.
Syntax
clear logging buffered
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
310
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.6 Email Alerting and Mail Server Commands
Email Alert is an extension of the logging system. This feature can immediately send urgent log
messages to a specified mail address by email. It also can send non-urgent log messages created in a
specified interval to a specified address. If there is no buffer to keep non-urgent log messages in the
specified interval, the log messages will be sent and cleared.
5.6.1 Show Commands
5.6.1.1 Show logging email config
This command displays information about the email alert configuration.
Syntax
show logging email config
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Email Alert Logging The administrative status of the feature: enabled or disabled.
Email Alert Form Address The email address of the sender (the switch).
Email Alert Urgent Severity Level The lowest severity level that considered urgent. Messages of
this type are sent immediately.
Email Alert Non Urgent Severity Level The lowest severity level that is considered non-urgent.
Messages of this type, up to the urgent level, are collected and sent in a batch email. Log messages
that are less severe are not sent in an email message at all.
Email Alert Trap Severity Level The lowest severity level at which traps are logged.
Email Alert Notification Period The amount of time to wait between non-urgent messages.
Email Alert To Address Table The configured email recipients.
Email Alert Subject Table The subject lines included in urgent and non-urgent messages.
For Msg Type urgent, subject is The configured email subject for sending urgent messages.
For Msg Type non-urgent, subject is The configured email subject for sending non-urgent
messages.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
311
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.6.1.2 Show logging email statistics
This command displays email alerting statistics.
Syntax
show logging email statistics
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Email Alert Operation Status The operational status of the email alerting feature.
No of Email Failures The number of email messages that have attempted to be sent but were
unsuccessful.
No of Email Sent The number of email messages that were sent from the switch since the counter
was cleared.
Time Since Last Email Sent The amount of time that has passed since the last email was sent from
the switch.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
312
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.6.1.3 Show mail server config
This command displays information about email server configuration.
Syntax
show mail-server config
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
No of mail servers configured The number of SMTP servers configured on the switch.
Email Alert Mail Server Address The IPv4/IPv6 address or DNS hostname of the configured SMTP
server.
Email Alert Mail Server Port The TCP port the switch uses to send email to the SMTP server.
Email Alert Security Protocol The security protocol the switch uses to authenticate with the SMTP
server.
Email Alert Username The username the switch uses to authenticate with the SMTP server.
Email Alert Password The password the switch uses to authenticate with the SMTP server.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
313
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.6.2 Configuration Commands
5.6.2.1 Logging email
This command enables email alerting and sets the lowest serverity level for which log messages are
emailed. If you specify a severity level, log messages at or above this severity level, but below the urgent
severity level, are emailed in a non-urgent manner by collecting them together until the log time expires.
You can specify the severitylevel value as either an integer from 0 to 7 or symbolically through one of the
following keywords: emergency(0), alert(1), critical(2), error(3), warning(4), notice(5), info(6), or
debug(7).
Syntax
logging email [{urgent | non-urgent} {<severity> | none}]
no logging email [{urgent | non-urgent}]
urgent - Specify the severity level for the urgent messsages. The logging messages‘ severity is
lower than urgent severity level will be treated as urgent message and the logging message will be
sent immediately in a single email message if the email logging is enabled.
non-urgent - Specify the severity level for the non-urgent messsages. The log messages at or
above this severity level, but below the urgent servrity level, are emailed in a non-urgent manner.
none - Do not send logging messages if urgent or non-urgent severity level is set to none.
no parameter - Indicates that to enable the logging email feature.
no - This command restore the setting to default value.
Default Setting
Email logging is disabled
Urgent severity level is alert
Non-urgent severity level is warning
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
314
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command is used to configure how frequently non-urgent email messages are sent. Non-urgent
messages are collected and sent in a batch email at the specified interval. The valid range is every 3- to
1440 minutes.
Syntax
logging email logtime <interval>
no logging email logtime
<interval> - Specify how frequently non-urgent email messages are sent. The valid interval is 30 to
1440 minutes.
no - This command resets the non-urgent log time to the default value.
Default Setting
30 minutes
Command Mode
Global Config
This command is used to configure the email address to which messages are sent. The message types
supported are urgent, non-urgent, and both. For each supported severity level, multiple email addresses
can be configured.
Syntax
logging email message-type {both | urgent | non-urgent} to-addr <to-addr>
no logging email message-type {both | urgent | non-urgent} to-addr <to-addr>
<to-addr> - Specify a standard email address, for example admin@yourcompany.com.
no - This command removes the configured to-addr field of email.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
315
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command is used to configure the email source address (the address of the sender, i.e., switch) to
which messages are sent.
Syntax
logging email from-addr <from-address>
no logging email from-addr
<from-address> - Specify a standard email address for the source address of the email, for
example admin@yourcompany.com.
no - This command removes the configured email source address.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
This command is used to configure the subject line of the email for the specified type.
Syntax
logging email message-type {both | urgent | non-urgent} subject <subject>
no logging email message-type {both | urgent | non-urgent} subject <subject>
<subject> - Specify the subject line of the email. The length of the subject is 1 to 255 characters.
no - This command removes the configured email subject for the specified message type and
restores it to the default email subject.
Default Setting
For urgent, the default subject is ―Urgent Log Messages‖
For non-urgent, the default subject is ―Non Urgent Log Messages‖
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
316
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command is used to reset the email alerting statistics.
Syntax
clear logging email statistics
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
317
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.6.2.2 Mail Server configuration
To configure the parameters for SMTP server to which the switch sends email alert messages and
changes the mode to Mail Server Configuration mode.
Syntax
mail-server { <ipaddress> | <ipv6address> | <hostname> }
no mail-server
no - This command removes the specified SMTP server from the configuration.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
To configure the email alerting security protocol by enabling the switch to use TLSv1/STARTTLS
authentication with the SMTP Server. If the TLSv1/STARTTLS mode is enabled on the switch but the
SMTP server does not support TLSv1/STARTTLS mode, no email is sent to the SMTP server.
Syntax
security { none | tlsv1 | starttls }
none - no security protocol is used.
tlsv1 - To use tlsv1 as security protocol to authenticate with the SMTP server
starttls - To use starttls as security protocol to authenticate with the SMTP server.
no - This command resets the security protocol back to default value.
Default Setting
none
Command Mode
Mail-Server Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
318
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
To configure the TCP port to use for communication with the SMTP server. The recommended port for
TLSv1 is 465, STARTTLS is 587 and for no security (i.e. none) it is 25. However, any nonstandard port
in the range 1 to 65535 is also allowed.
Syntax
port <1-65535>
<1-65535> - Specify the TCP port number to be used to send the email log messages. Generally,
security protocol TLSv1 uses 465, STARTTLS uses 587 and no security uses 25.
no - This command resets the TCP port to the default value of the current configured security
protocol.
Default Setting
25
Command Mode
Mail-Server Config
This command is used to configure the loging ID the switch uses to authenticate with the SMTP server.
Syntax
username <username>
<username> - Mail server username configuration. The length of username could be 1 to 32
characters.
no - This command resets the username to the default value. The default username is admin.
Default Setting
admin
Command Mode
Mail-Server Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
319
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command is used to configure the password the switch uses to authenticate with the SMTP server.
Syntax
password {0 | 7} <password>
<0> - Passowrd should be 1 to 32 characters in plain text format.
<1> - Passowrd must be 64 characters in encrypted form.
no - This command resets the password to the default value. The default password is admin.
Default Setting
admin
Command Mode
Mail-Server Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
320
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.7 Script Management Commands
5.7.1 script apply
This command applies the commands in the configuration script to the switch. The apply command
backs up the running configuration and then starts applying the commands in the script file. Application
of the commands stops at the first failure of a command.
Syntax
script apply <scriptname>
<scriptname> - The name of the script to be applied.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
5.7.2 script delete
This command deletes a specified script or all the scripts presented in the switch.
Syntax
script delete {<scriptname> | all}
<scriptname> - The name of the script to be deleted.
all - Delete all scripts presented in the switch.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
321
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.7.2.1 script list
This command lists all scripts present on the switch as well as the total number of files present.
Syntax
script list
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Configuration Script Name: The filename of the script file.
Size(Bytes): The size of the script file.
5.7.3 script show
This command displays the content of a script file.
Syntax
script show <scriptname>
<scriptname> - Name of the script file.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
322
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.7.4 script validate
This command displays the content of a script file.
Syntax
script validate <scriptname>
<scriptname> - Name of the script file.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
323
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.8 User Account Management Commands
5.8.1 Show Commands
5.8.1.1 show users
This command displays the configured user names and their settings. This command is only available
for users with readwrite privileges. The SNMPv3 fields will only be displayed if SNMP is available on the
system.
Syntax
show users
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
User Name: The name the user will use to login using the serial port, Telnet. A new user may be
added to the switch by entering a name in a blank entry. The user name may
be up to eight characters, and is not case sensitive. Two users are included as the factory
default, admin, and guest.
User Access Mode: Shows whether the operator is able to change parameters on the switch
(Read/Write) or is only able to view them (Read Only). As a factory default, admin has Read/Write
access and guest has Read Only access. There can only be one Read/Write user and up to five
Read Only users.
SNMPv3 AccessMode: This field displays the SNMPv3 Access Mode. If the value is set to ReadWrite, the SNMPv3 user will be able to set and retrieve parameters on the system. If the value is set
to ReadOnly, the SNMPv3 user will only be able to retrieve parameter information. The SNMPv3
access mode may be different from the CLI.
SNMPv3 Authentication: This field displays the authentication protocol to be used for the specified
login user.
SNMPv3 Encryption: This field displays the encryption protocol to be used for the specified login
user.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
324
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.8.1.2 show users account information
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to get all of user information, use the show users accounts
Privilege command.
Syntax
show users accounts
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
User Name: The local user account‘s user name.
Privilege: The user‘s privilege level. The range of privilege level is 1 to 15. Access mode for
privilege level 15 is read/write, the others is read-only.
Password Aging: Indicates number of days, since the password was configured, until the password
expires.
Password Expiration Date: The current password expiration date in date format.
Lockout: Indicates whether the user account is locked out (true or false).
5.8.1.3 show passwords configuration
Use this command to display the configured password management settings.
Syntax
show passwords configuration
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Minimum Password Length: Minimum number of characters required when changing passwords.
Password History: Number of passwords to store for reuse prevention.
Password Aging: Length in days that a password is valid.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
325
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Lockout Attempts: Number of failed password login attempts before lockout.
Password Strength Check: The user to configure passwords that comply with the strong password
configuration.
Minimum Password Uppercase Letters: Minimum number of uppercase characters required when
changing passwords.
Minimum Password Lowercase Letters: Minimum number of lowercase characters required when
changing passwords.
Minimum Password Numeric Characters: Minimum number of numeric characters required when
changing passwords.
Minimum Password Special Characters: Minimum number of special characters required when
changing passwords.
Maximum Password Repeated Characters: Maximum number of characters cannot repeated
when changing passwords.
Maximum Password Consecutive Characters: Maximum number of characters cannot
consecutive when changing passwords.
Minimum Password Character Classes: Valid range for user passwords.
Password Exclude Keywords: The password to be configured should not contain the keyword
mentioned in this field.
5.8.1.4 Show password result
Use this command to display the last password set result information.
Syntax
show passwords result
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Last User Whose Password Is Set: Shows the name of the user with the most recently set
password.
Password Strength Check: Shows whether password strength checking is enabled.
Last Password Set Result: Shows whether the attempt to set a password was successful. If the
attempt failed, the reason for the failure is include.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
326
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.8.2 Configuration Commands
5.8.2.1 username
This command adds a new user (account) if space permits. The default privilege level is 1. The account
<username> can be up to eight characters in length. The name may be comprised of alphanumeric
characters as well as the dash (‗-‘) and underscore (‗_‘). The <username> is not case-sensitive. Six user
names can be defined.
This command changes the password of an existing operator. User password should not be more than
eight characters in length. If a user is authorized for authentication or encryption is enabled, the
password must be eight alphanumeric characters in length. The username and password are not
case-sensitive. When a password is changed, a prompt will ask for the operator‘s former password. If
none, press enter.
Syntax
username <username> {passwd <0|7> <password> | nopasswd | level <level>}
no username <username>
<username> - is a new user name (Range: up to 8 characters).
<0|7> - 0 means the password is plain-text. 7 means the password is encrypted. When 7 is used, the
password must be exactly 128 hexadeciaml characters in length. Maximum plain-text password
length is 64 characters.
no - This command removes a user name created before.
nopassword - This command sets the password of an existing operator to blank. When a password
is changed, a prompt will ask for the operator's former password. If none, press enter.
<level> - The user level. Level 0 can be assigned by a level 15 user to another user to suspend that
user‘s access. Range 0-15. Enter access level 1 for Read Access or 15 for Read/Write Access. If not
specified where it is optional, the privilege level is 1.
i
The admin user account cannot be deleted.
The special characters allowed in the password include ! # $ % & ‗ ( ) * + , - / ; < = > @ [ \ ] ^ _
`{|}~
Default Setting
No password
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
327
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.8.2.2 Unlock a locked user account
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to unlock a locked user account, use the
username <name> unlock global configuration command.
Syntax
username <username> unlock
<name> - is a user name (Range: up to 8 characters).
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.8.2.3 username snmpv3 authentication
This command specifies the authentication protocol to be used for the specified login user. The valid
authentication protocols are none, md5 or sha. If md5 or sha are specified, the user login password will
be used as the snmpv3 authentication password. The <username> is the login user name for which the
specified authentication protocol will be used.
Syntax
username snmpv3 authentication <username> {none | md5 | sha}
no username snmpv3 authentication <username>
<username> - is the login user name.
md5 - md5 authentication method.
sha - sha authentication method.
none - no use authentication method.
no - This command sets the authentication protocol to be used for the specified login user to none.
The <username> is the login user name for which the specified authentication protocol will be used.
Default Setting
No authentication
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
328
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.8.2.4 username snmpv3 encryption
This command specifies the encryption protocol and key to be used for the specified login user. The
valid encryption protocols are none or des. The des protocol requires a key, which can be specified on
the command line. The key may be up to 16 characters. If the des protocol is specified but a key is not
provided, the user will be prompted to enter the key. If none is specified, a key must not be provided.
The <username> is the login user name for which the specified encryption protocol will be used.
Syntax
username snmpv3 encryption <username> {none | des [<key>]}
no username snmpv3 encryption <username>
<username> - is the login user name.
des - des encryption protocol.
none - no encryption protocol.
<key> - A key 128 alphanumeric characters in length.
no - This command sets the encryption protocol to none. The <username> is the login user name for
which the specified encryption protocol will be used.
Default Setting
No encryption
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
329
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.8.2.5 Set the password aging
If the passwords aging is set, the local user will be prompted to change it before logging in again when
the local user‘s password expires.
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set the password aging, use the passwords
aging <1-365> Global configuration command. Use the no passwords aging return to default value 0.
Syntax
passwords aging <1-365>
no passwords aging
<1-365> - Number of days until password expires.
Default Setting
0, no aging
Command Mode
Global Config
5.8.2.6 Set the password history
Use this command to set the number of previous passwords that shall be stored for each user account. If
password history is set, the local user will not be able to reuse any password stored in password history
when the local user changes his or her password.
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set the password history, use the passwords
history <0-10> Global configuration command. Use the no passwords history return to default value
0.
Syntax
passwords history <0-10>
no passwords history
<0-10> - Number of passwords to be used in password history check.
Default Setting
0
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
330
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.8.2.7 Set the password lock-out count
Use this command to strengthen the security of the switch by locking user accounts that have failed login
due to wrong passwords. When a lockout count is configured, a user that is logged in must enter the
correct password within that count. Otherwise the user will be locked out from further switch access.
Only a user with read/write access can re-activate a locked user account. The user can go to the CLI
Global Configuration Mode to set the password lock-out count, use the passwords lock-out <1-5>
Global configuration command. Use the no passwords lock-out to return to default value 0.
Syntax
passwords lock-out <1-5>
no passwords lock-out
<1-5> - the number of password failures before account lock.
Default Setting
0
Command Mode
Global Config
5.8.2.8 Set the minimum password length
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set the minimum password length, use the
passwords min-length <8-64> Global configuration command. Use the no passwords min-length
return to default value 8.
Syntax
passwords min-length <8-64>
no passwords min-length
Default Setting
8
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
331
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.8.2.9 Set the password strength policy enforcement.
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set the password strength policy enforcement,
use the passwords strength-check Global configuration command. Use the no passwords
strength-check return to default disable.
Syntax
passwords strength-check
no passwords strength-check
Default Setting
Disable
Command Mode
Global Config
5.8.2.10 Set the password strength maximum.
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set the password strength, use the passwords
strength maximum {consecutive-characters | repeated} [<0-15>] Global configuration command.
Use the no passwords strength maximum {consecutive-characters | repeated} return to default
value 0.
Syntax
passwords strength maximum {consecutive-characters | repeated} [<0-15>]
no passwords strength maximum {consecutive-characters | repeated}
Default Setting
0
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
332
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.8.2.11 Set the password strength minimum.
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set the password strength, use the passwords
strength minimum {character-classes | lowercase-letters | numeric-characters |
special-characters | uppercase-letters} [<0-15>] Global configuration command. Use the no
passwords strength minimum {character-classes | lowercase-letters | numeric-characters |
special-characters | uppercase-letters} return to default value 2.
Syntax
passwords strength minimum {character-classes | lowercase-letters | numeric-characters |
special-characters | uppercase-letters} [<0-15>]
no passwords strength minimum {character-classes | lowercase-letters | numeric-characters |
special-characters | uppercase-letters}
Default Setting
2
Command Mode
Global Config
5.8.2.12 Set the password strength exclude-keyword.
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set the password strength, use the passwords
strength exclude-keyword <keyword> Global configuration command. Use the no passwords
strength exclude-keyword <keyword> return to default none.
Syntax
passwords strength exclude-keyword <keyword>
no passwords strength exclude-keyword <keyword>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
333
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9 Security Commands
5.9.1 Show Commands
5.9.1.1 show users authentication
This command displays all users and all authentication login information. It also displays the
authentication login list assigned to the default user.
Syntax
show users authentication
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
User: This field lists every user that has an authentication login list assigned.
System Login: This field displays the authentication login list assigned to the user for system login.
802.1x: This field displays the authentication login list assigned to the user for 802.1x port security.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
334
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.1.2 show authentication methods
This command displays the ordered authentication methods for all authentication login lists.
Syntax
show authentication methods
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Login Authentication Method Lists: This displays the authentication login listname.
Enable Authentication Method Lists: This displays the authentication enable listname.
5.9.1.3 show authentication users
This command displays information about the users assigned to the specified authentication login list. If
the login is assigned to non-configured users, the user ―default‖ will appear in the user column.
Syntax
show authentication users <listname>
<listname> - the authentication login listname.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
User Name: This field displays the user assigned to the specified authentication login list.
Component: This field displays the component (User or 802.1x) for which the authentication login
list is assigned.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
335
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.1.4 show accounting
Use this command to display ordered methods for accounting lists.
Syntax
show accounting
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Number of Accounting Notifications sent at beginning of an EXEC session:
0
Errors when sending Accounting Notifications beginning of an EXEC session:
0
Number of Accounting Notifications at end of an EXEC session:
0
Errors when sending Accounting Notifications at end of an EXEC session:
0
Number of Accounting Notifications sent at beginning of a command execution:
0
Errors when sending Accounting Notifications at beginning of a command execution: 0
Number of Accounting Notifications sent at end of a command execution:
0
Errors when sending Accounting Notifications at end of a command execution:
0
5.9.1.5 show accounting methods
Use this command to display configured accounting method lists.
Syntax
show accounting methods
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
336
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.1.6 show dot1x
This command is used to show the status of the dot1x Administrative mode.
Syntax
show dot1x
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Administrative mode: Indicates whether authentication control on the switch is enabled or disabled.
VLAN Assignment Mode: Indicates whether assignment of an authorized port to a RADIUS
assigned VLAN is allowed (enabled) or not (disabled).
Dynamic VLAN Creation Mode: Indicates whether the switch can dynamically create a
RADIUS-assigned VLAN if it does not currently exist on the switch.
Monitor Mode: Indicates whether the Dot1x Monitor mode on the switch is enabled or disabled.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
337
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.1.7 show dot1x authentication-history
This command is used to display the Dot1x Authentication History Log for the specified port or all ports.
Syntax
show dot1x authentication-history <all | <slot/port>>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Time Stamp: The exact time at which the event occurs.
Interface: Physical Port on which the event occurs.
MAC-Address: The supplicant/client MAC address.
VLANID: The VLAN assigned to the client/port on authentication.
Auth Status: The authentication status.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
338
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.1.8 show dot1x client
This command is used to display client information.
Syntax
show dot1x clients [<slot/port>]
<slot/port> - is the desired interface number.
no parameter - All interfaces.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Clients Authenticated using Monitor Mode: Indicates the number of the Dot1x clients
authenticated using Monitor mode.
Clients Authenticated using Dot1x: Indicates the number of Dot1x clients authenticated using
802.1x authentication process.
Logical Interface: The logical port number associated with a client.
Interface: The physical port to which the supplicant is associated.
User Name: The user name used by the client to authenticate to the server.
Supp MAC Address: The supplicant device MAC address.
Session Time: The time since the supplicant is logged on.
VLAN Id: The VLAN assigned to the port.
VLAN Assigned: The reason the VLAN identified in the VLAN ID field has been assigned to the
port. Possible values are RADIUS, Unauthenticated VLAN, Monitor Mode, or Default. When the
VLAN Assigned reason is Default, it means that the VLAN was assigned to the port because the
P-VID of the port was that VLAN ID.
Session Timeout: This value indicates the time for which the given session is valid. The time period
in seconds is returned by the RADIUS server on authentication of the port. This value is valid for the
port only when the port-control mode is not MAC-based.
Session Termination Action: This value indicates the action to be taken once the session timeout
expires. Possible values are Default and Radius-Request. If the value is Default, the session is
terminated and client details are cleared. If the value is Radius-Request, then a reauthentication of
the client is performed.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
339
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.1.9 show dot1x detail
This command is used to show a summary of the global dot1x configuration and the detailed dot1x
configuration for a specified port.
Syntax
show dot1x detail <slot/port>
<slot/port> - is the desired interface number.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Port: The interface whose configuration is displayed
Protocol Version: The protocol version associated with this port. The only possible value is 1,
corresponding to the first version of the dot1x specification.
PAE Capabilities: The port access entity (PAE) functionality of this port. Possible values are
Authenticator or Supplicant.
Control Mode - The configured control mode for this port. Possible values are force-unauthorized,
force-authorized, auto and mac-based.
Authenticator PAE State: Current state of the authenticator PAE state machine. Possible values
are Initialize, Disconnected, Connecting, Authenticating, Authenticated, Aborting, Held,
ForceAuthorized, and ForceUnauthorized.
Backend Authentication State: Current state of the backend authentication state machine.
Possible values are Request, Response, Success, Fail, Timeout, Idle, and Initialize.
Quiet Period: The timer used by the authenticator state machine on this port to define periods of
time in which it will not attempt to acquire a supplicant. The value is expressed in seconds and will be
in the range of 0 to 65535.
Transmit Period: The timer used by the authenticator state machine on the specified port to
determine when to send an EAPOL EAP Request/Identity frame to the supplicant. The value is
expressed in seconds and will be in the range of 1 to 65535.
Guest VLAN ID: The guest VLAN identifier configured on the interface.
Guest VLAN Period: The timer used by authenticator state machine on this port.
Supplicant Timeout: The timer used by the authenticator state machine on this port to timeout the
supplicant. The value is expressed in seconds and will be in the range of 1 to 65535.
Server Timeout: The timer used by the authenticator on this port to timeout the authentication
server. The value is expressed in seconds and will be in the range of 1 to 65535.
Maximum Requests: The maximum number of times the authenticator state machine on this port
will retransmit an EAPOL EAP Request/Identity before timing out the supplicant. The value will be in
the range of 1 to 10.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
340
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Vlan ID: The VLAN assigned to the port by the radius server.
VLAN Assigned Reason: The reason the VLAN identified in the VLAN-assigned field has been
assigned to the port. Possible values are RADIUS, Unauthenticated VLAN, Guest VLAN, default,
and Not Assigned. When the VLAN Assigned Reason is ‗Not Assigned‘t, it means that the port has
not been assigned to any VLAN by dot1x.
Reauthentication Period: The timer used by the authenticator state machine on this port to
determine when reauthentication of the supplicant takes place. The value is expressed in seconds
and will be in the range of 1 to 65535.
Reauthentication Enabled: Indicates if reauthentication is enabled on this port. Possible values are
True or False.
Key Transmission Enabled: Indicates if the key is transmitted to the supplicant for the specified
port. Possible values are True or False.
Control Direction: Indicates the control direction for the specified port or ports. Possible values are
both or in.
Maximum Users - The maximum number of clients that can get authenticated on the port in the
MAC-based dot1x authentication mode.
Unauthenticated VLAN ID - Indicates the unauthenticated VLAN configured for this port.
Session Timeout - Indicates the time for which the given session is valid. The time period in
seconds is returned by the RADIUS server on authentication of the port.
Session Termination Action - This value indicates the action to be taken once the session timeout
expires. Possible values are Default, Radius-Request. If the value is Default, the session is
terminated the port goes into unauthorized state. If the value is Radius-Request, then a
reauthentication of the client authenticated on the port is performed.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
341
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.1.10 show dot1x statistics
This command is used to show a summary of the global dot1x configuration and the dot1x statistics for a
specified port.
Syntax
show dot1x statistics <slot/port>
<slot/port> - is the desired interface number.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Port: The interface whose statistics are displayed.
PAE Capabilities: The port access entity (PAE) functionality of this port. Possible values are
Authenticator or Supplicant.
EAPOL Frames Received: The number of valid EAPOL frames of any type that have been received
by this authenticator.
EAPOL Frames Transmitted: The number of EAPOL frames of any type that have been
transmitted by this authenticator.
EAPOL Start Frames Received: The number of EAPOL start frames that have been received by
this authenticator.
EAPOL Logoff Frames Received: The number of EAPOL logoff frames that have been received by
this authenticator.
Last EAPOL Frame Version: The protocol version number carried in the most recently received
EAPOL frame.
Last EAPOL Frame Source: The source MAC address carried in the most recently received
EAPOL frame.
EAP Response/Id Frames Received: The number of EAP response/identity frames that have been
received by this authenticator.
EAP Response Frames Received: The number of valid EAP response frames (other than resp/id
frames) that have been received by this authenticator.
EAP Request/Id Frames Transmitted: The number of EAP request/identity frames that have been
transmitted by this authenticator.
EAP Request Frames Transmitted: The number of EAP request frames (other than
request/identity frames) that have been transmitted by this authenticator.
Invalid EAPOL Frames Received: The number of EAPOL frames that have been received by this
authenticator in which the frame type is not recognized.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
342
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
EAP Length Error Frames Received: The number of EAPOL frames that have been received by
this authenticator in which the frame type is not recognized.
5.9.1.11 show dot1x summary
This command is used to show a summary of the global dot1x configuration and summary information of
the dot1x configuration for a specified port or all ports.
Syntax
show dot1x summary [<slot/port>]
<slot/port> - is the desired interface number.
no parameter - All interfaces.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Interface: The interface whose configuration is displayed.
Control Mode: The configured control mode for this port. Possible values are force-unauthorized /
force-authorized / auto / mac-based.
Operating Control Mode: The control mode under which this port is operating. Possible values are
authorized / unauthorized.
Reauthentication Enabled: Indicates whether re-authentication is enabled on this port.
Port Status: Indicates if the key is transmitted to the supplicant for the specified port.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
343
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.1.12 show dot1x users
This command displays 802.1x port security user information for locally configured users.
Syntax
show dot1x users <slot/port>
<slot/port> - is the desired interface number.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
User: Users configured locally to have access to the specified port.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
344
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.1.13 show radius
This command is used to display the various RADIUS configuration items for the switch.
Syntax
show radius
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Number of Configured Authentication Servers: The number of RADIUS Authentication servers
that have been configured.
Number of Configured Accounting Servers: The number of RADIUS Accounting servers that
have been configured.
Number of Named Authentication Server Groups: The number of configured named RADIUS
Authentication server groups.
Number of Named Accounting Server Groups: The number of configured named RADIUS
Accounting server groups.
Number of Retransmits: The configured value of the maximum number of times a request packet is
retransmitted.
Timeout Duration: The configured timeout value, in seconds, for request re-transmissions.
Dead Time: The configured timeout value, in mins, for the time duration after a RADIUS sever is
found non-responsive or dead.
RADIUS Accounting Mode: A global parameter to indicate whether the accounting mode for all the
servers is enabled or not.
RADIUS Attribute 4 Mode: A global parameter to indicate whether the NAS-IP-Address attribute
has been enabled to use in RADIUS requests.
RADIUS Attribute 4 Value: A global parameter that specifies the IP address to be used in the
NAS-IP-Address attribute to be used in RADIUS requests.
RADIUS Attribute 95 Mode: A global parameter to indicate whether the NAS-IPv6-Address attribute
has been enabled to use in RADIUS requests.
RADIUS Attribute 95 Value: A global parameter that specifies the IPv6 address to be used in the
NAS-IP-Address attribute to be used in RADIUS requests.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
345
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.1.14 show radius accounting
This command is used to display the configured RADIUS accounting mode, accounting server, and the
statistics for the configured accounting server.
Syntax
show radius accounting [{<ipaddr | ipv6addr | hostname> | name <servername> | statistics {<ipaddr|
ipv6addr | hostname> | name <servername>}}]
<ipaddr | ipv6addr | hostname> - is an IPv4/v6 Address or hostname.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
If you do not specify any parameters, then only the accounting mode and the RADIUS accounting
server details are displayed.
RADIUS Accounting Mode: Enabled or disabled
Host Address: The configured IP address of the RADIUS accounting server
Port: The port in use by the RADIUS accounting server
Secret Configured: Yes or No
If the optional token ' ipaddr| ipv6addr| hostname ' or name <servername> is included.
RADIUS Accounting Server IP Address: IP Address of the configured RADIUS accounting server.
RADIUS Accounting Server Name: The name of the configured RADIUS accounting server.
RADIUS Accounting Mode: Enabled or disabled
Port: The port in use by the RADIUS accounting server.
Secret Configured: Yes or No Boolean value indicating whether this server is configured with a
secret.
If the optional token 'statistics <ipaddr| ipv6addr | hostname>' is included, the statistics for the
configured RADIUS accounting server are displayed. The IP address parameter must match that of
a previously configured RADIUS accounting server. The following information regarding the statistics
of the RADIUS accounting server is displayed.
RADIUS Accounting Server Host Address: IP Address of the configured RADIUS accounting
server
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
346
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Round Trip Time: The time interval in centiseconds, between the most recent AccountingResponse and the Accounting-Request that matched it from the RADIUS accounting server.
Requests: The number of RADIUS Accounting-Request packets sent to this accounting server. This
number does not include retransmissions.
Retransmission: The number of RADIUS Accounting-Request packets retransmitted to this
RADIUS accounting server.
Responses: The number of RADIUS packets received on the accounting port from this server.
Malformed Responses: The number of malformed RADIUS Accounting-Response packets
received from this server. Malformed packets include packets with an invalid length. Bad
authenticators and unknown types are not included as malformed accounting responses.
Bad Authenticators: The number of RADIUS Accounting-Response packets containing invalid
authenticators received from this accounting server.
Pending Requests: The number of RADIUS Accounting-Request packets sent to this server that
have not yet timed out or received a response.
Timeouts: The number of accounting timeouts to this server.
Unknown Types: The number of RADIUS packets of unknown types, which were received from this
server on the accounting port.
Packets Dropped: The number of RADIUS packets received from this server on the accounting port
and dropped for some other reason.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
347
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.1.15 show radius servers
This command is used to display items of the configured RADIUS servers.
Syntax
show radius servers [{<ipaddr | ipv6addr | hostname> | name <servername>}]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
RADIUS Server Name: The Name of the authenticating server.
RADIUS Server IP Address: The IP address or host name of the authenticating server.
Current Server IP Address: The ‗*‘ symbol preceeding the server host address specifies that the
server is currently active.
Number of Retransmits: The configured value of the maximum number of times a request packet is
retransmitted.
Timeout Duration: The configured timeout value, in seconds, for request re-transmissions.
Dead Time: The configured timeout value, in mins, for the time duration after a RADIUS sever is
found non-responsive or dead.RADIUS Accounting Mode: A global parameter to indicate whether
the accounting mode for all the servers is enabled or not.
RADIUS Attribute 4 Mode: A global parameter to indicate whether the NAS-IP-Address attribute
has been enabled to use in RADIUS requests.
RADIUS Attribute 4 Value: A global parameter that specifies the IP address to be used in the
NAS-IP-Address attribute to be used in RADIUS requests.
RADIUS Attribute 95 Mode: A global parameter to indicate whether the NAS-IPv6-Address attribute
has been enabled to use in RADIUS requests.
RADIUS Attribute 95 Value: A global parameter that specifies the IPv6 address to be used in the
NAS-IP-Address attribute to be used in RADIUS requests.
Port: The port in use by this server
Type: Primary or secondary
Secret Configured: Yes / No
Message Authenticator: The message authenticator attribute configured for the radius server.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
348
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.1.16 show radius statistics
This command is used to display the statistics for RADIUS or configured server. To show the configured
RADIUS server statistic, the IP Address specified must match that of a previously configured RADIUS
server. On execution, the following fields are displayed.
Syntax
show radius statistics {<ipaddr|ipv6addr|hostname> | name <servername> }
<ipaddr|ipv6addr|hostname> - is an IPv4/v6 Address or a hostname.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
If you do not specify the IP address, then only Invalid Server Address field is displayed. Otherwise
other listed fields are displayed.
RADIUS Server Name: The Name of the authenticating server.
Server Host Address - IP address or hostname of the Server.
Round Trip Time - The time interval, in hundredths of a second, between the most recent
Access-Reply, Access - Challenge and the Access-Request that matched it from the RADIUS
authentication server.
Access Requests - The number of RADIUS Access-Request packets sent to this server. This
number does not include retransmissions.
Access Retransmission - The number of RADIUS Access-Request packets retransmitted to this
RADIUS authentication server.
Access Accepts - The number of RADIUS Access-Accept packets, including both valid and invalid
packets, which were received from this server.
Access Rejects - The number of RADIUS Access-Reject packets, including both valid and invalid
packets, which were received from this server.
Access Challenges - The number of RADIUS Access-Challenge packets, including both valid and
invalid packets, which were received from this server.
Malformed Access Responses - The number of malformed RADIUS Access-Response packets
received from this server. Malformed packets include packets with an invalid length. Bad
authenticators or signature attributes or unknown types are not included as malformed access
responses.
Bad Authenticators - The number of RADIUS Access-Response packets containing invalid
authenticators or signature attributes received from this server.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
349
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Pending Requests - The number of RADIUS Access-Request packets destined for this server that
have not yet timed out or received a response.
Timeouts - The number of authentication timeouts to this server.
Unknown Types - The number of RADIUS packets of unknown types, which were received from
this server on the authentication port.
Packets Dropped - The number of RADIUS packets received from this server on the authentication
port and dropped for some other reason.
5.9.1.17 show radius source-interface
This command is used to display the configured global source interface details used for a RADIUS client.
The IP address of the selected interface is used as source IP for all communications with the server.
Syntax
show radius source-interface
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
RADIUS Client Source Interface: The interface to use as the source interface for RADIUS client.
RADIUS Client Source IPv4 Address: The IP address of the interface configured as the RADIUS
client source interface.
5.9.1.18 show tacacs
This command display configured information and statistics of a TACACS+ server.
Syntax
show tacacs [<ipaddr|ipv6Addr|hostname>]
<ipaddr|ipv6Addr|hostname> - is an IPv4/v6 Address or a hostname.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
350
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Host address - The IP address or hostname of the configured TACACS+ server.
Port: Shows the configured TACACS+ server port number.
Timeout: Shows the timeout in seconds for establishing a TCP connection.
Priority: Shows the preference order in which TACACS+ servers are contacted. If a server
connection fails, the next highest priority server is contacted.
5.9.1.19 show tacacs source-interface
This command is used to display the configured global source interface details used for a RADIUS client.
The IP address of the selected interface is used as source IP for all communications with the server.
Syntax
show tacacs source-interface
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
TACACS Client Source Interface: The interface to use as the source interface for TACACS client.
TACACS Client Source IPv4 Address: The IP address of the interface configured as the TACACS
client source interface.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
351
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.1.20 show port-security
This command shows the port-security settings for the entire system.
Syntax
show port-security
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Port Security Administration Mode: Port lock mode for the entire system.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
352
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.1.21 show port-security interface
This command shows the port-security settings for a particular interface or all interfaces.
Syntax
show port-security { <slot/port> | all | port-channel < portchannel-id >}
<slot/port> - is the interface number.
<portchannel-id> - is the desired port-channel ID. The port-channel ID is range from 1 to 64.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Intf Interface Number.
Admin Mode Port Locking mode for the Interface.
Dynamic Limit Maximum dynamically allocated MAC Addresses.
Static Limit Maximum statically allocated MAC Addresses.
Violation Trap Mode Whether violation traps are enabled.
Sticky Mode Whether sticky mode is enabled.
Violation Shutdown Whether violation shutdowns are enabled.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
353
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.1.22 show port-security dynamic
This command shows the dynamically locked MAC addresses for port.
Syntax
show port-security dynamic <slot/port>
<slot/port> - is the interface number.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
MAC address Dynamically locked MAC address.
5.9.1.23 show port-security static
This command shows the statically locked MAC addresses for port.
Syntax
show port-security static <slot/port>
<slot/port> - is the interface number.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Number of static MAC addresses configured: Number of static MAC addresses configured.
Statically configured MAC Address: Statically locked MAC address.
VLAN ID: Vlan ID of the Statically configured MAC Address.
Sticky: Sticky mode of the Statically configured MAC Address.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
354
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.1.24 show port-security violation
This command displays the source MAC address of the last packet that was discarded on a locked port.
Syntax
show port-security violation { <slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id>}
<slot/port> - is the interface number.
<portchannel-id> - is the desired port-channel ID. The port-channel ID is range from 1 to 64.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
MAC address MAC address of discarded packet on locked ports.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
355
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.2 Configuration Commands
5.9.2.1 aaa authentication login <method>
This command creates an authentication login list. The <listname> is up to 12 alphanumeric characters
and is not case sensitive. Up to 5 authentication login lists can be configured on the switch.
If the authentication login list does not exist, a new authentication login list is first created and then the
authentication methods are set in the authentication login list. The possible method values are enable,
line, local, radius, noneand tacacs.
The value of local indicates that the user‘s locally stored ID and password are used for authentication.
The value of radius indicates that the user‘s ID and password will be authenticated using the RADIUS
server. The value of none indicates that the user is never authenticated. The value of tacacs indicates
that the user‘s ID and password will be authenticated using the TACACS.
To authenticate a user, the authentication methods in the user‘s login will be attempted in order until an
authentication attempt succeeds or fails.
The default login list included with the default configuration cannot be changed.
i
Syntax
aaa authentication login <listname> { enable | line | local | none | radius | tacacs}
no aaa authentication login <listname>
<listname> - creates an authentication login list (Range: up to 12 characters).
no - This command deletes the specified authentication login list. The attempt to delete will fail if any
of the following conditions are true:
1. The login list name is invalid or does not match an existing authentication login list
2. The specified authentication login list is assigned to any user or to the nonconfigured user for
any component.
3. The login list is the default login list included with the default configuration and was not
created using ‗config authentication login create‘. The default login list cannot be deleted.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
356
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.2.2 aaa accounting
Use this command in Global config mode to create an accounting method list for either user EXEC
sessions or for user-executed commands. This list is identified by default or a user-specified list_name.
Accounting records, when enabled for a line-mode, can be sent at both the beginning and at the end
(start-stop) or only at the end (stop-only). If none is specified, then accounting is disabled for the
specified list. If tacacs is specified as the accounting method, accounting records are notified to a
TACACS+ server. If radius is the specified accounting method, accounting records are notified to a
RADIUS server.
i
-
A maximum of five Accounting Method lists can be created for each exec and commands
type.
-
The same list-name can be used for both exec and commands accounting type.
-
AAA Accounting for commands with RADIUS as the accounting method is not supported.
Syntax
aaa accounting {exec | commands} {default | <list_name>} { start-stop | stop-only | none} method1
[method2...]
no aaa accounting {exec | commands} {default | <list_name>}
exec - Provide accounting for a user EXEC terminal sessions.
commands - Provide accounting for all user executed commands.
default - The default list of methods for accounting services.
<listname> - Character string used to name the list of accounting methods.
start-stop - Send a start accounting notice at the beginning of a process and a stop accounting
notice at the end of a process.
stop-only - Sends a stop accounting notice at the end of the requested user process.
none - Disables accounting services on this line.
method - Use either TACACS or RADIUS server for accounting purposes.
no – This command deletes the accounting method list.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.9.2.3 accounting
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
357
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Use this command in Line Configuration mode to apply the accounting method list to a line config
(console/telnet/ssh).
Syntax
accounting {exec | commands} {default | <list_name>}
no accounting
exec – Causes accounting for an EXEC session.
commands – This causes accounting for each command execution attempt. If a user is enabling
accounting for exec mode for the current line-configuration type, the user will be logged out..
default - The default Accounting List.
<listname> - Enter a string of not more than 15 characters.
no – This command removes accounting from a Line Configuration mode.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Line Configuration Mode
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
358
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.2.4 username defaultlogin
This command assigns the authentication login list to use for non-configured users when attempting to
log in to the system. This setting is overridden by the authentication login list assigned to a specific user
if the user is configured locally. If this value is not configured, users will be authenticated using local
authentication only.
Syntax
username defaultlogin <listname>
<listname> - an authentication login list.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
359
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.2.5 username login
This command assigns the specified authentication login list to the specified user for system login. The
<username> must be a configured <username> and the <listname> must be a configured login list.
If the user is assigned a login list that requires remote authentication, all access to the interface from all
CLI, and telnet sessions will be blocked until the authentication is complete.
The login list associated with the ‗admin‘ user cannot be changed to prevent accidental
lockout from the switch.
i
Syntax
username login <user> <listname>
<user> - is the login user name.
<listname> - an authentication login list.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
360
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.3 Dot1x Configuration Commands
5.9.3.1 dynamic-vlan
This command enable dot1x dynamic vlan creation configuration.
Syntax
dot1x dynamic-vlan enable
no dot1x dynamic-vlan enable
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.9.3.2 dot1x port-control
This command sets the authentication mode to be used on all ports. The control mode may be one of the
following.
force-unauthorized: The authenticator PAE unconditionally sets the controlled port to unauthorized.
force-authorized: The authenticator PAE unconditionally sets the controlled port to authorized.
auto: The authenticator PAE sets the controlled port mode to reflect the outcome of the authentication
exchanges between the supplicant, authenticator, and the authentication server.
mac-based: The authenticator PAE sets the controlled port mode to reflect the outcome of the
authentication exchanges between the supplicant, authenticator, and the authentication server on a per
supplicant basis.
Syntax
dot1x port-control all {auto | force-authorized | force-unauthorized | mac-based}
no dot1x port-control all
all - All interfaces.
no - This command sets the authentication mode to be used on all ports to 'auto'.
Default Setting
auto
Command Mode
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
361
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Global Config
This command sets the authentication mode to be used on the specified port. The control mode may be
one of the following.
force-unauthorized: The authenticator PAE unconditionally sets the controlled port to unauthorized.
force-authorized: The authenticator PAE unconditionally sets the controlled port to authorized.
auto: The authenticator PAE sets the controlled port mode to reflect the outcome of the authentication
exchanges between the supplicant, authenticator, and the authentication server.
mac-based: The authenticator PAE sets the controlled port mode to reflect the outcome of the
authentication exchanges between the supplicant, authenticator, and the authentication server on a per
supplicant basis.
Syntax
dot1x port-control {auto | force-authorized | force-unauthorized | mac-based}
no dot1x port-control
no - This command sets the authentication mode to be used on the specified port to 'auto'.
Default Setting
auto
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
362
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.3.3 dot1x system-auth-control
This command is used to enable the dot1x authentication support on the switch. By default, the
authentication support is disabled. While disabled, the dot1x configuration is retained and can be
changed, but is not activated.
Syntax
dot1x system-auth-control [monitor]
no dot1x system-auth-control [monitor]
no - This command is used to disable the dot1x authentication support on the switch.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.9.3.4 dot1x user
This command adds the specified user to the list of users with access to the specified port or all ports.
The <username> parameter must be a configured user.
Syntax
dot1x user <user> {<slot/port> | all}
no dot1x user <user> {<slot/port> | all}
<user> - Is the login user name.
<slot/port> - Is the desired interface number.
all - All interfaces.
no - This command removes the user from the list of users with access to the specified port or all
ports.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
363
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.3.5 dot1x guest vlan
This command configures the Guest VLAN capability on the interface. The command specifies an active
VLAN as an IEEE 802.1x guest VLAN.
Syntax
dot1x guest- vlan <vlan-id>
no dot1x guest-vlan
no - This command disables the Guest VLAN capability on this interface.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.9.3.6 dot1x max-req
This command sets the maximum number of times the authenticator state machine on this port will
transmit an EAPOL EAP Request/Identity frame before timing out the supplicant. The <1-10> value must
be in the range 1 - 10.
Syntax
dot1x max-req <1-10>
no dot1x max-req
<1-10> - maximum number of times (Range: 1 – 10).
no - This command sets the maximum number of times the authenticator state machine on this port
will transmit an EAPOL EAP Request/Identity frame before timing out the supplicant to the default
value, that is, 2.
Default Setting
2
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
364
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.3.7 dot1x max-user
This command configures the maximum users to a specified port, The system‘s default maximum users
of an interface has no limitation. If ‗no dot1x max-users‘ command is executed, the system will reset the
maximum users to infinity. If the maximum users is specified or modified, the system should use the new
one.
Syntax
dot1x max-user <count>
no dot1x max-user
<count> - maximum users (Range: 1 – 48).
no - This command sets the system will reset the maximum users to infinity
Default Setting
48
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.9.3.8 dot1x pae
This command set the PAE capability mode on the specified port.
Syntax
dot1x pae <authenticator| supplicant>
Default Setting
authenticator
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
365
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.3.9 dot1x re-authentication
This command enables re-authentication of the supplicant for the specified port.
Syntax
dot1x re-authentication
no dot1x re-authentication
no - This command disables re-authentication of the supplicant for the specified port.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.9.3.10 dot1x supplicant max-start
This command configure the maximum number of Start EAPOL messages to be sent in the absence of
Authenticator.
Syntax
dot1x supplicant max-start <1-10>
no dot1x supplicant max-start
Default Setting
3
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
366
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.3.11 dot1x supplicant port-control
This command set the authentication mode on the specified port.
Syntax
dot1x supplicant port-control < auto| force-authorized|force-unauthorized>
no dot1x supplicant port-control
Default Setting
auto
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.9.3.12 dot1x supplicant timeout auth-period
This command configure the auth period value.
Syntax
dot1x supplicant timeout auth-period <seconds>
no dot1x supplicant timeout auth-period
<seconds> - Range: 1-65535.
Default Setting
30
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
367
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.3.13 dot1x supplicant timeout held-period
This command configure the held period value.
Syntax
dot1x supplicant timeout held-period <seconds>
no dot1x supplicant timeout held -period
<seconds> - Range: 1-65535.
Default Setting
60
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.9.3.14 dot1x supplicant timeout start-period
This command configure the start period value.
Syntax
dot1x supplicant timeout start-period <seconds>
no dot1x supplicant timeout start-period
<seconds> - Range: 1-65535.
Default Setting
30
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
368
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.3.15 dot1x supplicant user
This command configure Supplicant user.
Syntax
dot1x supplicant user <user>
no dot1x supplicant user <user>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.9.3.16 dot1x timeout
This command sets the value, in seconds, of the timer used by the authenticator state machine on this
port. Depending on the token used and the value (in seconds) passed; various timeout configurable
parameters are set. The following tokens are supported.
guest-vlan-period: The time, in seconds, for which the authenticator waits to see if any EAPOL packets
are received on a port before authorizing the port and placing the port in the guest vlan (if configured).
The guest vlan timer is only relevant when guest vlan has been configured on that specific port.
reauth-period: Sets the value, in seconds, of the timer used by the authenticator state machine on this
port to determine when re-authentication of the supplicant takes place. The reauth-period must be a
value in the range 1 - 65535.
quiet-period: Sets the value, in seconds, of the timer used by the authenticator state machine on this
port to define periods of time in which it will not attempt to acquire a supplicant. The quiet-period must be
a value in the range 0 - 65535.
tx-period: Sets the value, in seconds, of the timer used by the authenticator state machine on this port
to determine when to send an EAPOL EAP Request/Identity frame to the supplicant. The quiet-period
must be a value in the range 1 - 65535.
supp-timeout: Sets the value, in seconds, of the timer used by the authenticator state machine on this
port to timeout the supplicant. The supp-timeout must be a value in the range 1 - 65535.
server-timeout: Sets the value, in seconds, of the timer used by the authenticator state machine on this
port to timeout the authentication server. The supp-timeout must be a value in the range 1 - 65535.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
369
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Syntax
dot1x timeout {guest-vlan-period | quiet-period | reauth-period | server-timeout | supp-timeout |
tx-period} <seconds>
no dot1x timeout { guest-vlan-period | quiet-period | reauth-period | server-timeout | supp-timeout |
tx-period}
<seconds> - Value in the range
guest-vlan-period: 1-300
reauth-period: 1-65535
quiet-period: 0-65535
tx-period: 1-65535
supp-timeout: 1-65535
server-timeout: 1-65535
no - This command sets the value, in seconds, of the timer used by the authenticator state machine
on this port to the default values. Depending on the token used, the corresponding default values are
set.
Default Setting
guest-vlan-period: 90 seconds
reauth-period: 3600 seconds
quiet-period: 60 seconds
tx-period: 30 seconds
supp-timeout: 30 seconds
server-timeout: 30 seconds
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
370
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.3.17 dot1x unauthenticated-vlan
This command configure Unauthenticated VLAN for the port.
Syntax
dot1x unauthenticated-vlan <vlan-id>
no dot1x unauthenticated-vlan
Default Setting
0
Command Mode
5.9.4 Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
371
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Radius Configuration Commands
5.9.4.1 radius accounting mode
This command is used to enable the RADIUS accounting function.
Syntax
radius accounting mode
no radius accounting mode
no - This command is used to set the RADIUS accounting function to the default value - that is, the
RADIUS accounting function is disabled.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.9.4.2 authorization network radius
Use this command to enable the switch to accept VLAN assignment by the radius server.
Syntax
authorization network radius
no authorization network radius
no - Use this command to disable the switch to accept VLAN assignment by the radius server.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
372
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.4.3 radius server attribute 4
This command to set the NAS-IP address for the radius server.
Syntax
radius server attribute 4 [<ipaddr>]
no radius server attribute 4
no – use this command to reset the NAS-IP address for the radius server.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.9.4.4 radius server attribute 95
This command to set the NAS-IPv6 address for the radius server.
Syntax
radius server attribute 95 [ipv6 address]
no radius server attribute 95
no – use this command to reset the NAS-IPv6 address for the radius server.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
373
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.4.5 radius server dead-time
This command cnfiguresradius server dead time.
Syntax
radius server dead-time <minutes>
no radius server dead-time
minutes - Set radius server dead time (minutes). Range 0 - 2000.
no - This command is used to set dead time to the default value.
Default Setting
0
Command Mode
Global Config
5.9.4.6 radius server host
This command is used to configure the RADIUS authentication and accounting server.
If the 'auth' token is used, the command configures the IP address to use to connect to a RADIUS
authentication server. Up to 3 servers can be configured per RADIUS client. If the maximum number of
configured servers is reached, the command will fail until one of the servers is removed by executing the
no form of the command. If the optional <port> parameter is used, the command will configure the UDP
port number to use to connect to the configured RADIUS server. In order to configure the UDP port
number, the IP address must match that of a previously configured RADIUS authentication server. The
port number must lie between 1 - 65535, with 1812 being the default value.
If the 'acct' token is used, the command configures the IP address to use for the RADIUS accounting
server. Only a single accounting server can be configured. If an accounting server is currently
configured, it must be removed from the configuration using the no form of the command before this
command succeeds. If the optional <port> parameter is used, the command will configure the UDP port
to use to connect to the RADIUS accounting server. The IP address specified must match that of a
previously configured accounting server. If a port is already configured for the accounting server then the
new port will replace the previously configured value. The port must be a value in the range 1 - 65535,
with 1813 being the default value.
Syntax
radius server host {acct | auth} <ipaddr| ipv6addr|hostname> [name <servername>] [port <port>]
no radius server host {acct | auth} <ipaddr| ipv6addr|hostname>
<ipaddr| ipv6addr|hostname > - is a IPv4/IPv6 address or a hostname.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
374
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
<servername> - Server name
<port> - Port number (Range: 1 – 65535)
no - This command is used to remove the configured RADIUS authentication server or the RADIUS
accounting server. If the 'auth' token is used, the previously configured RADIUS authentication
server is removed from the configuration. Similarly, if the 'acct' token is used, the previously
configured RADIUS accounting server is removed from the configuration. The <ipaddr> parameter
must match the IP address of the previously configured RADIUS authentication / accounting server.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.9.4.7 radius sever key
This command is used to configure the shared secret between the RADIUS client and the RADIUS
accounting / authentication server. Depending on whether the 'auth' or 'acct' token is used, the shared
secret will be configured for the RADIUS authentication or RADIUS accounting server. The IP address
provided must match a previously configured server. When this command is executed, the secret will be
prompted. The secret must be an alphanumeric value not exceeding 20 characters.
Syntax
radius server key {acct | auth} <ipaddr|ipv6addr|hostname> [encrypted <password>]
<ipaddr|ipv6addr| hostname > - is a IPv4/IPv6 address or hostname.
<password> is the password in encrypted format.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
375
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.4.8 radius server retransmit
This command sets the maximum number of times a request packet is re-transmitted when no response
is received from the RADIUS server. The retries value is an integer in the range of 1 to 15.
Syntax
radius server retransmit <retries>
no radius server retransmit
<retries> - the maximum number of retransmit times (Range: 1 - 15).
no - This command sets the maximum number of times a request packet is re-transmitted, when no
response is received from the RADIUS server, to the default value, that is, 4.
Default Setting
4
Command Mode
Global Config
5.9.4.9 radius server timeout
This command sets the timeout value (in seconds) after which a request must be retransmitted to the
RADIUS server if no response is received. The timeout value is an integer in the range of 1 to 30.
Syntax
radius server timeout <seconds>
no radius server timeout
<seconds> - the maximum timeout (Range: 1 - 30).
no - This command sets the timeout value (in seconds) after which a request must be retransmitted
to the RADIUS server if no response is received, to the default value, that is, 5.
Default Setting
5
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
376
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.4.10 radius server msgauth
This command enables the message authenticator attribute for a specified server.
Syntax
radius server msgauth <ipaddr| ipv6addr| hostname >
<ipaddr| ipv6addr| hostname > - is a IPv4/v6 address or hostname.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.9.4.11 radius server primary
This command is used to configure the primary RADIUS authentication server for this RADIUS client.
The primary server is the one that is used by default for handling RADIUS requests. The remaining
configured servers are only used if the primary server cannot be reached. A maximum of three servers
can be configured on each client. Only one of these servers can be configured as the primary. If a
primary server is already configured prior to this command being executed, the server specified by the IP
address specified used in this command will become the new primary server. The IP address must
match that of a previously configured RADIUS authentication server.
Syntax
radius server primary <ipaddr| ipv6addr| hostname>
<ipaddr | ipv6addr | hostname > - is a IPv4/v6 address or a hostname.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.9.4.12 radius source-interface
Use this command to specify the physical or logical interface to use as the RADIUS client source
interface (Source IP address). If configured, the address of source interface is used for all RADIUS
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
377
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
communications between the RADIUS server and the RADIUS client. The selected source-interface IP
address is used for filling the IP header of RADIUS management protocol packets. This allows security
device (firewalls) to identify the source packets coming from the specific switch.
If a source-interface is not specified, the primary IP address of the originating (outbound) interface is
used as the source address. If the configured interface is down, the RADIUS client falls back to its
default behavior.
Syntax
radius source-interface {<slot/port> | loopback <loopback-id> | vlan <vlan-id>}
<slot/port> - Specifies the interface to use as the source interface.
<loopback-id> - Specifies the loopback interface to use as the source interface. The range of the
loopback ID is 0 to 7.
<vlan-id> - Specifies the VLAN interface to use as the source interface. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to
4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
378
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.5 TACACS+ Configuration Commands
5.9.5.1 tacacs-server host
This command is used to enable /disable TACACS+ function and to configure the TACACS+ server IP
address. The system has not any TACACS+ server configured for its initialization and support 5
TACACS+ servers.
Syntax
tacacs-server host <ipAddr | ipv6Addr | hostname>
no tacacs-server host <ipAddr | ipv6Addr | hostname>
<ipAddr|ipv6Addr|hostname> - The IPv4/v6 address or hostname of the TACACS+ server.
no - This command is used to remove all of configuration.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.9.5.2 tacacs-server key
This command is used to configure the TACACS+ authentication and encryption key.
Syntax
tacacs-server key [<key-string>|encrypted <key-string>]
no tacacs-server key
Note that the length of the secret key is up to 128 characters.
< key-string > - The valid value of the key.
encrypted - the key string is encrypted.
no - This command is used to remove the TACACS+ server secret key.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
379
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command is used to configure the TACACS+ authentication and encryption key.
Syntax
key [<key-string> | encrypted <key-string>]
Note that the length of the secret key is up to 128 characters.
< key-string > - The valid value of the key.
encrypted - the key string is encrypted.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
TACACS Host Config
This command is used to configure the TACACS+ authentication host port.
Syntax
port [<port-number>]
<port-number> - The valid port number. Range (0 – 65535)>
Default Setting
49
Command Mode
TACACS Host Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
380
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command is used to configure the TACACS+ authentication host priority.
Syntax
priority [<priority>]
<priority> - The valid priority number. Range (0 – 65535)>
Default Setting
0
Command Mode
TACACS Host Config
This command is used to configure the TACACS+ connection timeout value.
Syntax
timeout [<timeout>]
<timeout> - The connection timeout value. Max timeout (Range: 1 to 30).
Default Setting
5
Command Mode
TACACS Host Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
381
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.5.3 tacacs-server keystring
This command is used to configure the TACACS+ authentication and encryption key in re-confirm
format.
Syntax
tacacs-server keystring
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.9.5.4 tacacs-server timeout
This command is used to configure the TACACS+ connection timeout value.
Syntax
tacacs-server timeout [<timeout>]
no tacacs-server timeout
<timeout> - The connection timeout value. Max timeout (Range: 1 to 30).
no - This command is used to reset the timeout value to the default value.
Default Setting
5
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
382
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.5.5 tacacs-server source-interface
Use this command in Global config mode to configure the source interface (Source IP address) for
TACACS+ server configuration. The selected source-interface IP address is used for filling the IP header
of management protocol packets. This allows security devices (firewalls) to identify the source packets
coming from the specific switch.
If a source-interface is not specified, the primary IP address of the originating (outbound) interface is
used as the source address.
Syntax
tacacs-server source-interface {<slot/port> | loopback <loopback-id> | vlan <vlan-id>}
no tacacs-server source-interface
<slot/port> - Specifies the interface to use as the source interface.
<loopback-id> - Specifies the loopback interface to use as the source interface. The range of the
loopback ID is 0 to 7.
<vlan-id> - Specifies the VLAN interface to use as the source interface. The range of VLAN ID is 1
to 4093.
no - Use this command to remove the global source interface for all TACACS+ communications
between the TACACS+ client and the server.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
383
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.6 Port Security Configuration Commands
5.9.6.1 port-security
This command enables port locking at the system level (Global Config) or port level (Interface Config).
Syntax
port-security
no port-security
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
Interface Config
5.9.6.2 port-security max-dynamic
This command sets the maximum of dynamically locked MAC addresses allowed on a specific port.
Syntax
port-security max-dynamic [<0-600>]
no port-security max-dynamic
no - This command resets the maximum of dynamically locked MAC addresses allowed on a
specific port to its default value.
Default Setting
600
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
384
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.6.3 port-security max-static
This command sets the maximum number of statically locked MAC addresses allowed on a specific port.
Syntax
port-security max-static [<0-20>]
no port-security max-static
no - This command resets the maximum number of statically locked MAC addresses allowed on a
specific port to its default value.
Default Setting
20
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.9.6.4 port-security mac-address
This command adds a MAC address to the list of statically locked MAC addresses.
Syntax
port-security mac-address <mac-addr> <1-4093>
no port-security mac-address <mac-addr> <1-4093>
<1-4093> - VLAN ID
<mac-addr> - The statically locked MAC address.
no - This command removes a MAC address from the list of statically locked MAC addresses.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
385
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.6.5 port-security mac-address move
This command converts dynamically locked MAC addresses to statically locked addresses.
Syntax
port-security mac-address move
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.9.6.6 port-security mac-address sticky
This command enables sticky mode Port MAC Locking on a port.
Syntax
port-security mac-address sticky [<mac-addr> <1-4093>]
no port-security mac-address sticky
<1-4093> - VLAN ID
<mac-addr> - The statically locked MAC address.
no - This command disable sticky mode Port MAC Locking on a port.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
386
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.6.7 port-security violation shutdown
This command configures the port violation shutdown mode. Once the violation happens, the interface
will be shutdown.
Syntax
port-security violation shutdown
no port-security violation
no - This command restore violation mode to be default.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
387
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.7 Denial Of Service Commands
5.9.7.1 Show Commands
5.9.7.1.1 show dos-control
This command displays the Denial of Service configurations for the entire system.
Syntax
show dos-control
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
TCP Fragment Mode: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is disabled.
Min TCP Hdr Size: The range is 0-255. The factory default is 20.
ICMPv4 Mode: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is disabled.
Max ICMPv4 Payload Size: The range is 0-16376. The factory default is 512.
ICMPv6 Mode: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is disabled.
Max ICMPv6 Payload Size: The range is 0-16376. The factory default is 512.
ICMP Fragment Mode: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is disabled.
TCP Port Mode: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is disabled.
UDP Port Mode: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is disabled.
SIPDIP Mode: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is disabled.
SMACDMAC Mode: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is disabled.
TCP FIN&URG&PSH Mode: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is disabled.
TCP Flag&Sequence Mode: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is disabled.
TCP SYN Mode: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is disabled.
TCP SYN&FIN Mode: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is disabled.
First Fragment Mode: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is disabled.
TCP Fragment Offset Mode: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is disabled.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
388
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.7.2 Configuration Commands
5.9.7.2.1 dos-control sipdip
This command enables Source IP Address = Destination IP Address (SIP=DIP) Denial of Service
protection. If the mode is enabled, Denial of Service prevention is active for this type of attack. If packets
ingress with SIP=DIP, the packets will be dropped if the mode is enabled.
Syntax
dos-control sipdip
no dos-control sipdip
no - This command disables Source IP Address = Destination IP Address (SIP=DIP) Denial of
Service prevention.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.9.7.2.2 dos-control tcpfrag
This command enables Minimum TCP Header Size Denial of Service protection. If the mode is enabled,
Denial of Service prevention is active for this type of attack. If packets ingress having a TCP Header Size
smaller then the configured value, the packets will be dropped if the mode is enabled. The default is
disabled. If you enable dos-control tcpfrag, but do not provide a Minimum TCP Header Size, the system
sets that value to 20.
Syntax
dos-control tcpfrag [<0-255>]
no dos-control tcpfrag
<0-255> - This command sets minimum TCP header length
no - This command sets Minimum TCP Header Size Denial of Service protection to the default value
of disabled.
Default Setting
Disabled, 20
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
389
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.7.2.3 dos-control firstfrag
This command enables IP First Fragment Denial of Service protection. If the mode is enabled, Denial of
Service prevention is active for this type of attack. If packets ingress having More Fragments(MF) equal
to 1 and coorperate with other DoS options, the packets will be dropped if the mode is enabled.
Syntax
dos-control firstfrag
no dos-control firstfrag
no - This command disabled IP First Fragment Denial of Service protection.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.9.7.2.4 dos-control tcpflag
This command enables TCP Flag Denial of Service protections. If the mode is enabled, Denial of
Service prevention is active for this type of attacks. If packets ingress having TCP Flag SYN set and a
source port less than 1024 or having TCP Control Flags set to 0 and TCP Sequence Number set to 0 or
having TCP Flags FIN, URG, and PSH set and TCP Sequence Number set to 0 or having TCP Flags
SYN and FIN both set, the packets will be dropped if the mode is enabled.
Syntax
dos-control tcpflag
no dos-control tcpflag
no - This command sets disables TCP Flag Denial of Service protections.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
390
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.7.2.5 dos-control l4port
This command enables L4 Port Denial of Service protections. If the mode is enabled, Denial of Service
prevention is active for this type of attack. If packets ingress having Source TCP/UDP Port Number
equal to Destination TCP/UDP Port Number, the packets will be dropped if the mode is enabled.
!
Some applications mirror source and destination L4 ports - RIP for example uses 520 for
both. If you enable dos-control l4port, applications such as RIP may experience packet
loss which would render the application inoperable.
Syntax
dos-control l4port
no dos-control l4port
no - This command disables L4 Port Denial of Service protections.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.9.7.2.6 dos-control tcpport
This command enables the TCP L4 source = destination port number (Source TCP Port = Destination
TCP Port) Denial of Service protection. If the mode is enabled, Denial of Service prevention is active for
this type of attack. If packets ingress with Source TCP Port =Destination TCP Port, the packets will be
dropped if the mode is enabled.
Syntax
dos-control tcpport
no dos-control tcpport
no - This command disables the TCP L4 source = destination port number (Source TCP Port
=Destination TCP Port) Denial of Service protection.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
391
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.7.2.7 dos-control udpport
This command enables the UDP L4 source = destination port number (Source UDP Port = Destination
UDP Port) Denial of Service protection. If the mode is enabled, Denial of Service prevention is active for
this type of attack. If packets ingress with Source UDP Port =Destination UDP Port, the packets will be
dropped if the mode is enabled.
Syntax
dos-control udpport
no dos-control udpport
no - This command disables the UDP L4 source = destination port number (Source UDP Port
=Destination UDP Port) Denial of Service protection.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.9.7.2.8 dos-control icmpv4
This command enables Maximum ICMPv4 Payload Size Denial of Service protections. If the mode is
enabled, Denial of Service prevention is active for this type of attack. If ICMP Echo Request (PING)
packets ingress having a payload size greater than the configured value, the packets will be dropped if
the mode is enabled.
Syntax
dos-control icmpv4
no dos-control icmpv4
no - This command disables Maximum ICMPv4 Payload Size Denial of Service protections.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
392
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.7.2.9 dos-control icmpv6
This command enables Maximum ICMPv6 Payload Size Denial of Service protections. If the mode is
enabled, Denial of Service prevention is active for this type of attack. If ICMP Echo Request (PING)
packets ingress having a payload size greater than the configured value, the packets will be dropped if
the mode is enabled.
Syntax
dos-control icmpv6
no dos-control icmpv6
no - This command disables Maximum ICMPv6 Payload Size Denial of Service protections.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.9.7.2.10 dos-control icmpv4
This command enables Maximum ICMPv4 Payload Size Denial of Service protections. If the mode is
enabled, Denial of Service prevention is active for this type of attack. If ICMPv4 Echo Request (PING)
packets ingress having a payload size greater than the configured value, the packets will be dropped if
the mode is enabled.
Syntax
dos-control icmpv4 [<0-16376>]
no dos-control icmpv4
<0-16376> - This command sets maximum ICMPv4 payload size.
no - This command resets the Maximum ICMPv4 Payload Size Denial of Service protections to its
default value.
Default Setting
512
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
393
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.7.2.11 dos-control icmpv6
This command enables Maximum ICMPV6 Payload Size Denial of Service protections. If the mode is
enabled, Denial of Service prevention is active for this type of attack. If ICMPV6 Echo Request (PING)
packets ingress having a payload size greater than the configured value, the packets will be dropped if
the mode is enabled.
Syntax
dos-control icmpv6 [<0-16376>]
no dos-control icmpv6
<0-16376> - This command sets maximum ICMPV6 payload size.
no - This command resets the Maximum ICMPV6 Payload Size Denial of Service protections to its
default value.
Default Setting
512
Command Mode
Global Config
5.9.7.2.12 dos-control icmpfrag
This command enables the ICMP Fragment Denial of Service protection. If the mode is enabled, Denial
of Service prevention is active for this type of attack. If packets ingress has fragmented ICMP packets,
the packets will be dropped if the mode is enabled.
Syntax
dos-control icmpfrag
no dos-control icmpfrag
no - This command disables the ICMP Fragment Denial of Service protection.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
394
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.7.2.13 dos-control smacdmac
This command enables the Source MAC address = Destination MAC address (SMAC=DMAC) Denial of
Service protection. If the mode is enabled, Denial of Service prevention is active for this type of attack. If
packets ingress with SMAC=DMAC, the packets will be dropped if the mode is enabled.
Syntax
dos-control smacdmac
no dos-control smacdmac
no - This command disables the Source MAC address = Destination MAC address (SMAC=DMAC)
Denial of Service protection.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.9.7.2.14 dos-control tcpfinurgpsh
This command enables the TCP FIN and URG and PSH and SEQ=0 checking Denial of Service
protections. If the mode is enabled, Denial of Service prevention is active for this type of attack. If
packets ingress having TCP FIN, URG, and PSH all set and TCP Sequence Number set to 0, the
packets will be dropped if the mode is enabled.
Syntax
dos-control tcpfinurgpsh
no dos-control tcpfinurgpsh
no - This command disables the TCP FIN and URG and PSH and SEQ=0 checking Denial of
Service protections.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
395
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.7.2.15 dos-control tcpflagseq
This command enables the TCP Control Flags=0 and SEQ=0 checking Denial of Service protections. If
the mode is enabled, Denial of Service prevention is active for this type of attack. If packets ingress
having TCP Control Flags set to 0 and TCP Sequence Number set to 0, the packets will be dropped if
the mode is enabled.
Syntax
dos-control tcpflagseq
no dos-control tcpflagseq
no - This command disables the TCP Control Flags=0 and SEQ=0 checking Denial of Service
protections.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.9.7.2.16 dos-control tcpsyn
This command enables the TCP SYN and L4 source port = 0-1023 Denial of Service protection. If the
mode is enabled, Denial of Service prevention is active for this type of attack. If packets ingress having
TCP flag SYN set and an L4 source port from 0 to 1023, the packets will be dropped if the mode is
enabled.
Syntax
dos-control tcpsyn
no dos-control tcpsyn
no - This command disables the TCP SYN and L4 source port = 0-1023 Denial of Service protection.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
396
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.7.2.17 dos-control tcpsynfin
This command enables the TCP SYN and FIN Denial of Service protection. If the mode is enabled,
Denial of Service prevention is active for this type of attack. If packets ingress having TCP flags SYN
and FIN set, the packets will be dropped if the mode is enabled.
Syntax
dos-control tcpsynfin
no dos-control tcpsynfin
no - This command disables the TCP SYN & FIN Denial of Service protection.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.9.7.2.18 dos-control tcpoffset
This command enables the TCP Fragment Offset Denial of Service protection. If the mode is enabled,
Denial of Service prevention is active for this type of attack. If packets ingress having TCP Header Offset
equal to one (1), the packets will be dropped if the mode is enabled.
Syntax
dos-control tcpoffset
no dos-control tcpoffset
no - This command disables the TCP Fragment Offset Denial of Service protection.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
397
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.9.7.2.19 dos-control all
This command enables the Denial of Service protection checks globally.
Syntax
dos-control all
no dos-control all
no - This command disables the Denial of Service protection checks globally.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
398
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.10 CDP (Cisco Discovery Protocol) Commands
5.10.1 Show Commands
5.10.1.1 show cdp
This command displays the CDP configuration information.
Syntax
show cdp
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
CDP Admin Mode: CDP enable or disable
CDP Holdtime (sec): The length of time a receiving device should hold the L2 Network Switch CDP
information before discarding it
CDP Transmit Interval (sec): A period of the L2 Network Switch to send CDP packet
Ports: Port number vs CDP status
CDP: CDP enable or disable
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
399
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.10.1.2 show cdp neighbors
This command displays the CDP neighbor information.
Syntax
show cdp neighbors
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Device Id: Identifies the device name in the form of a character string.
Local Intf: The CDP neighbor information receiving port.
Holdtime: The length of time a receiving device should hold CDP information before discarding it.
Capability: Describes the device's functional capability in the form of a device type, for example, a
switch.
Platform: Describes the hardware platform name of the device, for example, Quanta the L2 Network
Switch.
Port Id: Identifies the port on which the CDP packet is sent.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
400
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.10.1.3 show cdp neighbors detail
This command displays the CDP neighbor detail information.
Syntax
show cdp neighbors detail
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Device Id: Identifies the device name in the form of a character string.
Entry Address(es): The L3 addresses of the interface that has sent the update.
Platform: Describes the hardware platform name of the device, for example, Quanta the L2 Network
Switch.
Capability: Describes the device's functional capability in the form of a device type, for example, a
switch.
Local Interface: The CDP neighbor information receiving port.
Port Id: Identifies the port on which the CDP packet is sent.
Holdtime: The length of time a receiving device should hold CDP information before discarding it.
Management Address: The first address of IP address which can use management address
connect to switch.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
401
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.10.1.4 show cdp traffic
This command displays the CDP traffic counters information.
Syntax
show cdp traffic
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Incoming packet number: Received legal CDP packets number from neighbors.
Outgoing packet number: Transmitted CDP packets number from this device.
Error packet number: Received illegal CDP packets number from neighbors.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
402
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.10.2 Configuration Commands
5.10.2.1 cdp
This command is used to enable CDP Admin Mode.
Syntax
cdp
no cdp
no - This command is used to disable CDP Admin Mode.
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.10.2.2 cdp run
This command is used to enable CDP on a specified interface.
Syntax
cdp run
no cdp run
no - This command is used to disable CDP on a specified interface.
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
403
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command is used to enable CDP for all interfaces.
Syntax
cdp run all
no cdp run all
all - All interfaces.
no - This command is used to disable CDP for all interfaces.
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.10.2.3 cdp timer
This command is used to configure an interval time (seconds) of the sending CDP packet.
Syntax
cdp timer <5-254>
no cdp timer
<5-254> - interval time (Range: 5 – 254).
no - This command is used to reset the interval time to the default value.
Default Setting
60
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
404
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.10.2.4 cdp holdtime
This command is used to configure the hold time (seconds) of CDP.
Syntax
cdp holdtime <10-255>
<10-255> - interval time (Range: 10 – 255).
no - This command is used to hold time to the default value.
Default Setting
180
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
405
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.11 SNTP (Simple Network Time Protocol) Commands
5.11.1 Show Commands
5.11.1.1 show sntp
This command displays the current time and configuration settings for the SNTP client, and indicates
whether the local time has been properly updated.
Syntax
show sntp
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Last Update Time Time of last clock update.
Last Unicast Attempt Time Time of last transmit query (in unicast mode).
Last Attempt Status Status of the last SNTP request (in unicast mode) or unsolicited message (in
broadcast mode).
Broadcast Count Current number of unsolicited broadcast messages that have been received and
processed by the SNTP client since last reboot.
Multicast Count Current number of unsolicited multicast messages that have been received and
processed by the SNTP client since last reboot.
Time Zone Time zone configured.
This command displays SNTP client settings.
Syntax
show sntp client
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
406
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Client Supported Modes Supported SNTP Modes (Broadcast, Unicast, or Multicast).
SNTP Version The highest SNTP version the client supports.
Port SNTP Client Port
Client Mode: Configured SNTP Client Mode.
Unicast Poll Interval Poll interval value for SNTP clients in seconds as a power of two.
Poll Timeout (Seconds) Poll timeout value in seconds for SNTP clients.
Poll Retry Poll retry value for SNTP clients.
Broadcast Poll Interval Poll interval value for SNTP clients in seconds as a power of two.
Multicast Poll Interval Poll interval value for SNTP clients in seconds as a power of two.
This command displays configured SNTP servers and SNTP server settings.
Syntax
show sntp server
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Server IP Address IP Address of configured SNTP Server
Server Type Address Type of Server.
Server Stratum Claimed stratum of the server for the last received valid packet.
Server Reference ID Reference clock identifier of the server for the last received valid packet.
Server Mode SNTP Server mode.
Server Maximum Entries Total number of SNTP Servers allowed.
Server Current Entries Total number of SNTP configured.
For each configured server:
IP Address IP Address of configured SNTP Server.
Address Type Address Type of configured SNTP server.
Priority IP priority type of the configured server.
Version SNTP Version number of the server. The protocol version used to query the server in
unicast mode.
Port Server Port Number
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
407
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Last Attempt Time Last server attempt time for the specified server.
Last Update Status Last server attempt status for the server.
Total Unicast Requests Number of requests to the server.
Failed Unicast Requests Number of failed requests from server.
5.11.1.2 show sntp source-interface
Use this command to display the SNTP client source interface configured on the switch.
Syntax
show sntp source-interface
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
SNTP Client source Interface The interface ID of the physical or logical interface configured as the
SNTP client source interface.
SNTP Client Source IPv4 Address The IP address of the interface configured as the SNTP client
source interface.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
408
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.11.2 Configuration Commands
5.11.2.1 sntp broadcast client poll-interval
This command will set the poll interval for SNTP broadcast clients in seconds as a power of two where
<poll-interval> can be a value from 6 to 10.
Syntax
sntp broadcast client poll-interval <6-10>
no sntp broadcast client poll-interval
<6-10> - The range is 6 to 10.
no - This command will reset the poll interval for SNTP broadcast client back to its default value.
Default Setting
6
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
409
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.11.2.2 sntp client mode
This command will enable Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) client mode and optionally setting the
mode to either broadcast, multicast, or unicast.
Syntax
sntp client mode [broadcast | unicast | multicast]
no sntp client mode
no - This command will disable Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) client mode.
The SNTP IPv4 multicast address is 224.0.1.1.
i
The SNTP IPv6 multicast address is ff05::101.
IPv6 address doesn‘t support broadcast mode.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.11.2.3 sntp client port
This command will set the SNTP client port id and polling interval in seconds.
Syntax
sntp client port <portid>
no sntp client port
<portid> - SNTP client port id.
no - Resets the SNTP client port id.
Default Setting
The default portid is 123.
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
410
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
411
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.11.2.4 sntp unicast client poll-interval
This command will set the poll interval for SNTP unicast clients in seconds.
Syntax
sntp unicast client poll-interval <6-10>
no sntp unicast client poll-interval
<6-10> - Polling interval. It's 2^(value) seconds where value is 6 to 10.
no - This command will reset the poll interval for SNTP unicast clients to its default value.
Default Setting
The default value is 6.
Command Mode
Global Config
5.11.2.5 sntp unicast client poll-timeout
This command will set the poll timeout for SNTP unicast clients in seconds.
Syntax
sntp unicast client poll-timeout <poll-timeout>
no sntp unicast client poll-timeout
< poll-timeout > - Polling timeout in seconds. The range is 1 to 30.
no - This command will reset the poll timeout for SNTP unicast clients to its default value.
Default Setting
The default value is 5.
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
412
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.11.2.6 sntp unicast client poll-retry
This command will set the poll retry for SNTP unicast clients in seconds.
Syntax
sntp unicast client poll-retry <poll-retry>
no sntp unicast client poll-retry
< poll-retry> - Polling retry in seconds. The range is 0 to 10.
no - This command will reset the poll retry for SNTP unicast clients to its default value.
Default Setting
The default value is 1.
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
413
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.11.2.7 sntp server
This command configures an SNTP server (with a maximum of three) where the server address can be
an ip address or a domain name and the address type either IPv4, IPv6, dnsv6 or dns. The optional
priority can be a value of 1-3, the version is a value of 1-4, and the port id is a value of 1-65535.
Syntax
sntp server <ipaddress/ipv6address/domain-name> <addresstype> [<1-3> [<version> [<portid>]]]
no sntp server remove <ipaddress/ipv6address/domain-name>
<ipaddress/ipv6address/domain-name > - IPv4 or IPv6 address or domain name of the SNTP
server.
<addresstype > - The address type is ipv4 or ipv6 or dns or dnsv6.
<1-3> - The range is 1 to 3.
<version> - The range is 1 to 4.
<portid> - The range is 1 to 65535.
no - This command deletes an server from the configured SNTP servers.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
414
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.11.2.8 sntp clock timezone
This command sets the time zone for the switch‘s internal clock.
Syntax
sntp clock timezone <name> <0-12> <0-59> {before-utc | after-utc}
<name> - Name of the time zone, usually an acronym. (Range: 1-15 characters)
<0-12> - Number of hours before/after UTC. (Range: 0-12 hours)
<0-59> - Number of minutes before/after UTC. (Range: 0-59 minutes)
before-utc - Sets the local time zone before (east) of UTC.
after-utc - Sets the local time zone after (west) of UTC.
Default Setting
Taipei 08:00 After UTC
Command Mode
Global Config
5.11.2.9 sntp multicast client poll-internal
This command will set the poll interval for SNTP multicast clients in seconds.
Syntax
sntp multicast client poll-interval <poll-interval>
no sntp multicast client poll-interval
<poll-interval> - Polling interval. It‘s 2^(value) seconds where the range of value is 6 to 10.
no – This command will reset the poll interval for SNTP multicast client to its default value.
Default Setting
The default value is 6.
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
415
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.11.2.10 sntp source-interface
Use this command to specify the physical or logical interface to use as the SNTP client source interface.
If configured, the address of source interface is used for all SNTP communications between the SNTP
server and the SNTP client. Otherwise, there is no change in behavior. If the configured interface is
down, the SNTP client falls back to its default behavior.
Syntax
sntp source-interface {<slot/port> | loopback <loopback-id> | tunnel <tunnel-id> | vlan <vlan-id>}
no sntp source-interface
<slot/port> - Specifies the port to use as the source interface.
<loopback-id> - Specifies the loopback interface to use as the source interface. The range of the
loopback ID is 0 to 7.
<tunnel-id> - Specifies the tunnel interface to use as the source interface. The range of the tunnel
ID is 0 to 7.
<vlan-id> - Specifies the VLAN interface to use as the source interface. The range of the VLAN ID is
1 to 4093.
no - This command will reset the SNTP source interface to its default settings.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
416
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.12 LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) Commands
5.12.1 Show Commands
5.12.1.1 show lldp
This command uses to display a summary of the current LLDP configuration.
Syntax
show lldp
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Transmit Interval: Shows how frequently the system transmits local data LLDPDUs, in seconds.
Transmit Hold Multiplier: Shows the multiplier on the transmit interval that sets the TTL in local
data LLDPDUs.
Reinit Delay: Shows the delay before re-initialization, in seconds.
Notification Interval: Shows how frequently the system sends remote data change notifications, in
seconds.
Transmit Delay: Shows how frequently the system transmits local data LLDPDUs after a change is
made in a TLV (type, length, or value) element in LLDP, in seconds.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
417
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.12.1.2 show lldp interface
This command uses to display a summary of the current LLDP configuration for a specific interface or for
all interfaces.
Syntax
show lldp interface [<slot/port>]
<slot/port> - Configs a specific interface.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Interface: Shows the interface in a slot/port format.
Link: Shows whether the link is up or down.
Transmit: Shows whether the interface transmits LLDPDUs.
Receive: Shows whether the interface receives LLDPDUs.
Notify: Shows whether the interface sends remote data change notifications.
TLVs: Shows whether the interface sends optional TLVs in the LLDPDUs. The TLV codes can be 0
(Port Description), 1 (System Name), 2 (System Description), or 3 (System Capability).
Mgmt: Shows whether the interface transmits system management address information in the
LLDPDUs.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
418
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.12.1.3 show lldp statistics
This command uses to display the current LLDP traffic and remote table statistics for a specific interface
or for all interfaces.
Syntax
show lldp statistics [<slot/port>]
<slot/port> - Configs a specific interface.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Last Update: Shows the amount of time since the last update to the remote table in days, hours,
minutes, and seconds.
Total Inserts: Total number of inserts to the remote data table.
Total Deletes: Total number of deletes from the remote data table.
Total Drops: Total number of times the complete remote data received was not inserted due to
insufficient resources.
Total Ageouts: Total number of times a complete remote data entry was deleted because the Time
to Live interval expired.
The table contains the following column headings:
Interface: Shows the interface in slot/port format.
Tx Total: Total number of LLDP packets transmitted on the port.
Rx Total: Total number of LLDP packets received on the port.
Discards: Total number of LLDP frames discarded on the port for any reason.
Errors: The number of invalid LLDP frames received on the port.
Ageout: Total number of times a complete remote data entry was deleted for the port because the
Time to Live interval expired.
TLV Discards: Shows the number of TLVs discarded
TLV Unknowns: Total number of LLDP TLVs received on the port where the type value is in the
reserved range, and not recognized.
TLV MED: Total number of LLDP TLVs received on the port where the type value is 127 and OUI
type is 00-12-BB.
TLV 802.1: Total number of LLDP TLVs received on the port where the type value is 127 and OUI
type is 00-80-C2.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
419
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
TLV 802.3: Total number of LLDP TLVs received on the port where the type value is 127 and OUI
type is 00-12-0F.
5.12.1.4 show lldp remote-device
This command uses to display summary information about remote devices that transmit current LLDP
data to the system. You can show information about LLDP remote data received on all ports or on a
specific port.
Syntax
show lldp remote-device [<slot/port>]
<slot/port> - Displays a specific interface.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Local Interface: Identifies the interface that received the LLDPDU from the remote device.
Rem ID: Shows the ID of the remote device.
Chassis ID: The ID that is sent by a remote device as part of the LLDP message, it is usually a MAC
address of the device.
Port ID: Shows the port number that transmitted the LLDPDU.
System Name: Shows the system name of the remote device.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
420
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.12.1.5 show lldp remote-device detail
This command uses to display detailed information about remote devices that transmit current LLDP
data to an interface on the system.
Syntax
show lldp remote-device detail <slot/port>
<slot/port> - Displays a specific interface.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Local Interface: Identifies the interface that received the LLDPDU from the remote device.
Remote Identifier: An internal identifier to the switch to mark each remote device to the system.
Chassis ID Subtype: Shows the type of identification used in the Chassis ID field.
Chassis ID: Identifies the chassis of the remote device.
Port ID Subtype: Identifies the type of port on the remote device.
Port ID: Shows the port number that transmitted the LLDPDU.
System Name: Shows the system name of the remote device.
System Description: Describes the remote system by identifying the system name and versions of
hardware, operating system, and networking software supported in the device.
Port Description: Describes the port in an alpha-numeric format. The port description is
configurable.
System Capabilities Supported: Indicates the primary function(s) of the device.
System Capabilities Enabled: Shows which of the supported system capabilities are enabled.
Management Address: For each interface on the remote device with an LLDP agent, lists the type
of address the remote LLDP agent uses and specifies the address used to obtain information related
to the device.
Time To Live: Shows the amount of time (in seconds) the remote device's information received in
the LLDPDU should be treated as valid information.
MAC/PHY Configuration/Status
Auto-Negetitation: Identifies the auto-negotiation support and current status of the remote
device.
PMD Auto-Negetitation: The duplex and bit-rate capability of the port of the remote device.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
421
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Operational MAU Type: Displays the MAU type. The MAU performs physical layer functions,
including digital data conversion from the Ethernet interfaces‘ collision detection and bit injection
into the network.
Power Via MDI
MDI Power Support: The MDI power capabilities and status.
PSE Power Pair: Indicates the way of feeding the voltage to the data cable.
Power Class: PoE power class.
Link Aggregation
Aggregation Status: Indicates the link aggregation capabilities and the current aggregation
status.
Aggregation Port Id: Aggregated port identifier.
Maximum Frame Size: Shows the maximum frame size capability of the implemented MAC and
PHY of the remote device.
Port VLAN Identity: Shows the PVID of the connected port of the remote device.
Protocol VLAN
Status: Indicates the port and protocol VLAN capability and status.
ID: The PPVID number for the port of the remote device.
VLAN Name: Shows the name of the VLAN which the connected port is in.
Protocol Identity: Shows the particular protocols that are accessible through the port of the remote
device.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
422
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.12.1.6 show lldp local-device
This command uses to display summary information about the advertised LLDP local data. This
command can display summary information or detail for each interface.
Syntax
show lldp local-device [<slot/port>]
<slot/port> - Displays a specific interface.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Interface: Identifies the interface in a slot/port format.
Port ID: Shows the port ID associated with this interface.
Port Description: Shows the port description associated with the interface.
5.12.1.7 show lldp local-device detail
This command uses to display detailed information about the LLDP data a specific interface transmits.
Syntax
show lldp local-device detail <slot/port>
<slot/port> - Displays a specific interface.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Interface: Identifies the interface that sends the LLDPDU.
Chassis ID Subtype: Shows the type of identification used in the Chassis ID field.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
423
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Chassis ID: Identifies the chassis of the local device.
Port ID Subtype: Identifies the type of port on the local device.
Port ID: Shows the port number that transmitted the LLDPDU.
System Name: Shows the system name of the local device.
System Description: Describes the local system by identifying the system name and versions of
hardware, operating system, and networking software supported in the device.
Port Description: Describes the port in an alpha-numeric format.
System Capabilities Supported: Indicates the primary function(s) of the device.
System Capabilities Enabled: Shows which of the supported system capabilities are enabled.
Management Address: Lists the type of address and the specific address the local LLDP agent
uses to send and receive information.
MAC/PHY Configuration/Status
Auto-Negetitation: Identifies the auto-negotiation support and current status of the local device.
PMD Auto-Negetitation: The duplex and bit-rate capability of the port of the local device.
Operational MAU Type: Displays the MAU type. The MAU performs physical layer functions,
including digital data conversion from the Ethernet interfaces‘ collision detection and bit injection
into the network.
Power Via MDI
MDI Power Support: The MDI power capabilities and status.
PSE Power Pair: Indicates the way of feeding the voltage to the data cable.
Power Class: PoE power class.
Link Aggregation
Aggregation Status: Indicates the link aggregation capabilities and the current aggregation
status.
Aggregation Port Id: Aggregated port identifier.
Maximum Frame Size: Shows the maximum frame size capability of the implemented MAC and
PHY of the remote device.
Port VLAN Identity: Shows the PVID of the connected port of the local device.
VLAN Name: Shows the name of the VLAN which the connected port is in.
Protocol Identity: Shows the particular protocols that are accessible through the port of the local
device.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
424
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.12.1.8 show lldp med
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to display a summary of the current LLDP-MED configuration,
use the show lldp med Privilege command.
Syntax
show lldp med
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Fast Start Repeat Count: Specifies the number of LLDP PDUs that will be transmitted when the
protocol is enabled. The range is from (1 to 10). Default value of fast repeat count is 3.
Device Class: Specifies local device's MED Classification. There are four different kinds of devices,
three of them represent the actual end points (classified as Class I Generic [IP Communication
Controller etc.], Class II Media [Conference Bridge etc.], Class III Communication [IP Telephone
etc.]). The fourth device is Network Connectivity Device, which is typically a LAN Switch/Router,
IEEE 802.1 Bridge, IEEE 802.11 Wireless Access Point etc.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
425
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.12.1.9 show lldp med interface
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to d display a summary of the current LLDP-MED
configuration for a specific interface, use the show lldp med interface [</slot/port>] Privilege
command.
Syntax
show lldp med interface [<slot/port>]
<slot/port> - Displays a specific interface.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Interface: Specifies all the ports on which LLDP-MED can be configured.
Link: Specifies the link status of the ports whether it is Up/Down.
configMED: Specifies the LLDP-MED mode is enabled or disabled on this interface.
OperMED: Specifies the LLDP-MED TLVs are transmitted or not on this interface
ConfigNotify: Specifies the LLDP-MED topology notification mode of the interface.
TLVsTx: Specifies the LLDP-MED transmit TLV(s) that are included
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
426
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.12.1.10 show lldp med local-device detail
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to display detailed information about the LLDP-MED data, use
the show lldp med local-device detail <slot/port> Privilege command.
Syntax
show lldp med local-device detail <slot/port>
<slot/port> - Displays a specific interface.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Interface: Identifies the interface.
Network Policies Specifies if network policy TLV is present in the LLDP frames.
Media Policy Application Type: Specifies the application type. Types of application types are
unknown, voicesignaling, guestvoice, guestvoicesignalling, softphonevoice, videoconferencing,
streammingvideo, vidoesignalling. Each application type that is received has the VLAN id,
priority, DSCP, tagged bit status and unknown bit status. A port may receive one or many such
application types. If a network policy TLV has been transmitted only then would this information
be displayed.
Vlan ID: Specifies the VLAN id associated with a particular policy type.
Priority: Specifies the priority associated with a particular policy type.
DSCP: Specifies the DSCP associated with a particular policy type.
Unknown: Specifies the unknown bit associated with a particular policy type.
Tagged: Specifies the tagged bit associated with a particular policy type.
Inventory Specifies if inventory TLV is present in LLDP frames.
Hardware Rev: Specifies hardware version.
Firmware Rev: Specifies Firmware version.
Software Rev: Specifies Software version.
Serial Num: Specifies serial number.
Mfg Name: Specifies manufacturers name.
Model Name: Specifies model name.
Asset ID: Specifies asset id.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
427
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Location Specifies if location TLV is present in LLDP frames.
Subtype: Specifies type of location information.
Info: Specifies the location information as a string for given type of location id.
Extended POE Specifies if local device is a PoE device.
Device Type: Specifies power device type.
Extended POE PSE Specifies if extended PSE TLV is present in LLDP frame.
Available: Specifies available power sourcing equipment's power value in tenths of watts on the
port of local device.
Source: Specifies power source of this port.
Priority: Specifies PSE port power priority.
Extended POE PD Specifies if extended PD TLV is present in LLDP frame.
Required: Specifies required power device power value in tenths of watts on the port of local
device.
Source: Specifies power source of this port.
Priority: Specifies PD port power priority.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
428
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.12.1.11 show lldp med remote-device
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to d display the summary information about remote devices
that transmit current LLDP-MED data to the system. use the show lldp med remote-device
[<slot/port>] Privilege command.
Syntax
show lldp med remote-device [<slot/port>]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Interface: Specifies the list of all the ports on which LLDP-MED is enabled.
Remote ID: An internal identifier to the switch to mark each remote device to the system.
Device Class: Specifies local device's MED Classification. There are four different kinds of devices,
three of them represent the actual end points (classified as Class I Generic [IP Communication
Controller etc.], Class II Media [Conference Bridge etc.], Class III Communication [IP Telephone
etc.]). The fourth device is Network Connectivity Device, which is typically a LAN Switch/Router,
IEEE 802.1 Bridge, IEEE 802.11 Wireless Access Point etc.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
429
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.12.1.12 show lldp med remote-device detail
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to d display detailed information about remote devices that
transmit current LLDP-MED data to an interface on the system, use the show lldp med remote-device
detail <slot/port> Privilege command.
Syntax
show lldp med remote-device detail <slot/port>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Term Definition:
Capabilities: Specifies the supported and enabled capabilities that was received in MED TLV on
this port.
MED Capabilities Supported: Specifies supported capabilities that was received in MED TLV
on this port.
MED Capabilities Enabled: Specifies enabled capabilities that was received in MED TLV on
this port.
Device Class: Specifies device class as advertised by the device remotely connected to the
port.
Network Policies Specifies if network policy TLV is received in the LLDP frames on this port.
Media Policy Application Type: Specifies the application type. Types of application types are
unknown, voicesignaling, guestvoice, guestvoicesignalling, softphonevoice, videoconferencing,
streammingvideo, vidoesignalling. Each application type that is received has the VLAN id,
priority, DSCP, tagged bit status and unknown bit status. A port may receive one or many such
application types. If a network policy TLV has been receive on this port only then would this
information be displayed.
Vlan ID: Specifies the VLAN id associated with a particular policy type.
Priority: Specifies the priority associated with a particular policy type.
DSCP: Specifies the DSCP associated with a particular policy type.
Unknown: Specifies the unknown bit associated with a particular policy type.
Tagged: Specifies the tagged bit associated with a particular policy type.
Inventory Specifies if inventory TLV is received in LLDP frames on this port.
Hardware Rev: Specifies hardware version of the remote device.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
430
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Firmware Rev: Specifies Firmware version of the remote device.
Software Rev: Specifies Software version of the remote device.
Serial Num: Specifies serial number of the remote device.
Mfg Name: Specifies manufacturers name of the remote device.
Model Name: Specifies model name of the remote device.
Asset ID: Specifies asset id of the remote device.
Location Specifies if location TLV is received in LLDP frames on this port.
Subtype: Specifies type of location information.
Info: Specifies the location information as a string for given type of location id.
Extended POE Specifies if remote device is a PoE device.
Device Type: Specifies remote device's PoE device type connected to this port.
Extended POE PSE Specifies if extended PSE TLV is received in LLDP frame on this port.
Available: Specifies the remote ports PSE power value in tenths of watts.
Source: Specifies the remote ports PSE power source.
Priority: Specifies the remote ports PSE power priority.
Extended POE PD Specifies if extended PD TLV is received in LLDP frame on this port.
Required: Specifies the remote port's PD power requirement.
Source: Specifies the remote port's PD power source.
Priority: Specifies the remote port's PD power priority.
5.12.1.13 show lldp dcbx
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to d display the local Data Center Bridging Capability
Exchange (DCBX) control status of an interface on the system, use the show lldp dcbx interface
[<slot/port>] Privilege command.
Syntax
show lldp dcbx interface [<slot/port> [detail]]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
431
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Is configuration source selected: Is any interface configured configuration source or not.
Configuration source port: Which interfaces are configured as configuration source.
Interface: Specifies all the ports on which DCBX can be configured.
Status: Specifies the DCBX status of the interfaces.
Role: Specifies the DCBX role on the interfaces.
Version: Specifies the DCBX version on the interfaces.
DCBX Tx: Total number of transmitted DCBX TLV(s) on the interfaces.
DCBX Rx: Total number of received DCBX TLV(s) on the interfaces.
DCBX Error: Total number of error DCBX TLV(s) on the interfaces.
uknown TLV: Total number of unknown DCBX TLV(s) on the interfaces.
DCBX operational status: Specifies the DCBX status of the interface.
Configured DCBX version: Specifies the DCBX version on this interface.
Peer DCBX version: Specifies the DCBX version of the peer device.
Peer MAC: Specifies the MAC address of the peer device.
Peer Description: Specifies the description of the peer device.
Auto-configuration Port Role: Specifies the DCBX role on this interface.
Peer Is configuration Source: Is peer device configured configuration source or not.
Error counters: Total number of error DCBX TLV(s) on this interface as following.
ETS incompatible configuration: Total number of ETS incompatible configuration on this interface.
PFC incompatible configuration: Total number of PFC incompatible configuration on this
interface.
Disappearing neighbor: Total number of Disappearing neighbor on this interface.
Multiple neighbors detected: Total number of Multiple neighbors detected on this interface.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
432
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.12.1.14 show lldp tlv-select
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to d display the DCBX TLV configuration of an interface on the
system, use the show lldp tlv-select interface [<slot/port>] Privilege command.
Syntax
show lldp tlv-select interface [<slot/port>]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Interface: Specifies all the ports on which DCBX TLV can be configured.
ETS Config: Specifies the DCBX ets-configuration TLV status of the interfaces.
ETS Recommend: Specifies the DCBX DCBX ets-recommendation TLV on the interfaces.
PFC: Specifies the DCBX priority flow control TLV on the interfaces.
App priority: Specifies the DCBX application-priority TLV on the interfaces.
5.12.1.15 show lldp remote-comparison
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exec to d display LLDP comparison between remote & local
interface on the system, use the show lldp remote-comparison [<slot/port>] Privilege command.
Syntax
show lldp remote-comparison [<slot/port>]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
LLDP Comparison: Specifies all the difference of TLVs between remote interface & local interface.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
433
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.12.2 Configuration Commands
5.12.2.1 lldp notification
This command uses to enable remote data change notifications.
Syntax
lldp notification
no lldp notification
no - This command is used to disable notifications.
Default Setting
Disbaled
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.12.2.2 lldp notification-interval
This command is used to configure how frequently the system sends remote data change notifications.
The <interval-seconds> parameter is the number of seconds to wait between sending notifications. The
valid interval range is 5-3600 seconds.
Syntax
lldp notification-interval <interval-seconds>
no lldp notification-interval
<interval-seconds> - Configures the number of seconds to wait between sending notifications.
no - This command is used to return the notification interval to the default value.
Default Setting
5
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
434
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.12.2.3 lldp receive
This command uses to enable the LLDP receive capability.
Syntax
lldp receive
no lldp receive
no - This command is used to return the reception of LLDPDUs to the default value.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.12.2.4 lldp transmit
This command uses to enable the LLDP advertise capability.
Syntax
lldp transmit
no lldp transmit
no - This command is used to return the local data transmission capability to the default.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
435
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.12.2.5 lldp transmit-mgmt
This command uses to include transmission of the local system management address information in the
LLDPDUs.
Syntax
lldp transmit-mgmt
no lldp transmit-mgmt
no - This command is used to cancel inclusion of the management information in LLDPDUs.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.12.2.6 lldp transmit-tlv
This command is used to specify which optional type length values (TLVs) in the 802.1AB basic
management set are transmitted in the LLDPDUs. Use sys-name to transmit the system name TLV. To
configure the system name, please refer to ―snmp-server‖ command. Use sys-descto transmit the
system description TLV. Use sys-cap to transmit the system capabilities TLV. Use port-desc to transmit
the port description TLV. To configure the port description, please refer to ―description‖ command. Use
org-spec to transmit the organization specific TLV.
Syntax
lldp transmit-tlv [sys-desc] [sys-name] [sys-cap] [port-desc] [org-spec]
no lldp transmit-tlv [sys-desc] [sys-name] [sys-cap] [port-desc] [org-spec]
no - This command is used to remove an optional TLV from the LLDPDUs. Use the command
without parameters to remove all optional TLVs from the LLDPDU.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
436
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.12.2.7 lldp timers
This command is used to set the timing parameters for local data transmission on ports enabled for
LLDP. The <interval-seconds> determines the number of seconds to wait between transmitting local
data LLDPDUs. The range is 1-32768 seconds. The <hold-value> is the multiplier on the transmit
interval that sets the TTL in local data LLDPDUs. The multiplier range is 2-10. The <reinit-seconds> is
the delay before re-initialization, and the range is 1-0 seconds.
Syntax
lldp timers [interval <interval-seconds>] [hold <hold-value>] [reinit <reinit-seconds>]
no lldp timers [interval] [hold] [reinit]
<interval-seconds> - Configures the number of seconds to wait between transmitting local data
LLDPDUs
<hold-value> - Configures the multiplier on the transmit interval that sets the TTL in local data
LLDPDUs
<reinit-seconds> - Configures the delay before re-initialization
no - This command is used to return any or all timing parameters for local data transmission on ports
enabled for LLDP to the default values.
Default Setting
Interval-seconds 30
Hold-value 4
Reinit-seconds 2
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
437
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.12.2.8 lldp tx-delay
This command is used to set the timing parameters for data transmission delay on ports enabled for
LLDP. The <delay-seconds> determines the number of seconds to wait between transmitting local data
LLDPDUs. The range is 1-8192 seconds.
Syntax
lldp tx-delay <delay-seconds>
no lldp tx-delay
no - This command is used to return return the transmit delay to the default value.
Default Setting
2
Command Mode
Global Config
5.12.2.9 lldp med
The user can go to the CLI Interface Configuration Mode to set MED to enable, use the lldp med
Interface configuration command. Use the no lldp med to disable med function.
Syntax
lldp med
no lldp med
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
438
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.12.2.10 lldp med confignotification
The user can go to the CLI Interface Configuration Mode to set all the ports to send the topology change
notification, use the lldp med confignotification Interface configuration command. Use the no lldp
med confignotification to disable notifications.
Syntax
lldp med confignotification
no lldp med confignotification
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
439
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.12.2.11 lldp med transmit-tlv
The user can go to the CLI Interface Configuration Mode to set Type Length Values (TLVs) in the LLDP
MED, use the lldp med transmit-tlv [capabilities] [ex-pd] [ex-pse] [inventory]
[location][network-policy] Interface configuration command. Use the no lldp med transmit-tlv
[capabilities] [ex-pd] [ex-pse] [inventory] [location][network-policy] to remove the TLVs.
Syntax
lldp med transmit-tlv [capabilities] [ex-pd] [ex-pse] [inventory] [location]
[network-policy]
no lldp med transmit-tlv [capabilities] [ex-pd] [ex-pse] [inventory] [location]
[network-policy]
capabilities -Transmit the LLDP capabilities TLV.
ex-pd - Transmit the LLDP extended PD TLV.
ex-pse - Transmit the LLDP extended PSE TLV.
inventory - Transmit the LLDP inventory TLV.
location - Transmit the LLDP location TLV.
network-policy - Transmit the LLDP network policy TLV.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
440
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.12.2.12 lldp med all
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set LLDP-MED on all the ports, use the lldp
med all Global configuration command. Use the no lldp med all to disable LLDP-MED on all the ports.
Syntax
lldp med all
no lldp med all
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global config
5.12.2.13 lldp med confignotification all
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set all the ports to send the topology change
notification, use the lldp med confignotification all Global configuration command. Use the no lldp
med confignotification all to remove all the ports to send the topology change notification.
Syntax
lldp med confignotification all
no lldp med confignotification all
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
441
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.12.2.14 lldp med faststartrepeatcount
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set the fast start repeat count, use the lldp
med faststartrepeatcount Global configuration command. Use the no lldp med faststartrepeatcount
to return the default value 3.
Syntax
lldp med faststartrepeatcount <1-10>
no lldp med faststartrepeatcount
Default Setting
3
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
442
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.12.2.15 lldp med transmit-tlv all
The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set Type Length Values (TLVs) in the
LLDP-MED, use the lldp med transmit-tlv all [capabilities] [ex-pd] [ex-pse] [inventory][location]
[network-policy]Global configuration command. Use the no lldp med transmit-tlv all [capabilities]
[ex-pd] [ex-pse] [inventory] [location] [network-policy] to remove Type Length Values (TLVs) in the
LLDP-MED
Syntax
lldp med transmit-tlv all [capabilities] [ex-pd] [ex-pse] [inventory] [location] [network-policy]
no lldp med transmit-tlv all [capabilities] [ex-pd] [ex-pse] [inventory] [location] [network-policy]
capabilities - Transmit the LLDP capabilities TLV.
ex-pd - Transmit the LLDP extended PD TLV.
ex-pse - Transmit the LLDP extended PSE TLV.
inventory - Transmit the LLDP inventory TLV.
location - Transmit the LLDP location TLV.
network-policy - Transmit the LLDP network policy TLV.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.12.2.16 lldp dcbx version
This command is used to configure DCBX protocol version. Use the no lldp dcbx version to reset the
value to default.
Syntax
lldp dcbx version <auto | cee | cin | ieee>
no lldp dcbx version
auto - Configurethe switch to auto detect the peer DCBX version.
cee - Configure the switch to operate according to standard cee 1.06.
cin - Configure the switch to operate according to DCBX standard CIN 1.0 .
ieee - Configure the switch to operate according to standard IEEE 802.1Qaz.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
443
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Default Setting
auto
Command Mode
Global Config
5.12.2.17 lldp dcbx port-role
The user can go to the CLI Interface Configuration Mode to configure DCBX auto configuration port role
by using the lldp dcbx port-role Interface configuration command. Use the no lldp dcbx port-role to
reset this function to default.
Syntax
lldp dcbx port-role <auto-down | auto-up | configuration-source | manual>
no lldp dcbx port-role
auto-down - Configure interface as auto-down stream.
auto-up - Configure interface as auto-up stream.
configuration-source - Configure interface as configuration source.
manual - Configure interface as
manual port.
Default Setting
manual
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
444
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.12.2.18 lldp tlv-select
This command is used to configure lldp to transmit-tlv DCBX TLV(s). Use the no lldp tlv-select to
disable this function.
Syntax
lldp tlv-select dcbxp [application-priority | ets-config | ets-recommend | pfc]
no lldp tlv-select dcbxp
application-priority - Include DCBX application-priority TLV.
ets-config - Include DCBX ets-configuration TLV.
ets-recommend - Include DCBX ets-recommendation TLV.
pfc - Include DCBX priority flow control TLV.
Default Setting
manual
Command Mode
Interface Config, Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
445
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
5.13
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
VTP (VLAN Trunking Protocol) Commands
5.13.1 Show Commands
5.13.1.1 show vtp counters
This command displays the VTP packet statistics.
Syntax
show vtp counters
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Summary advertisements received: Number of summary advertisements received by this switch
on its trunk ports.
Subset advertisements received: Number of subset advertisements received by this switch on its
trunk ports.
Request advertisements received: Number of advertisement requests received by this switch on
its trunk ports.
Summary advertisements transmitted: Number of summary advertisements sent by this switch on
its trunk ports.
Subset advertisements transmitted: Number of subset advertisements sent by this switch on its
trunk ports.
Request advertisements transmitted: Number of advertisement requests sent by this switch on its
trunk ports.
Number of config revision errors: Number of revision errors.
Number of config digest errors: Number of MD5 digest errors.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
446
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.13.1.2 show vtp password
This command displays the VTP domain password.
Syntax
show vtp password
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
VTP Password: Displays the VTP domain password.
5.13.1.3 show vtp status
This command displays the VTP domain status.
Syntax
show vtp status
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
VTP Status: Indicates whether VTP is enabled or disabled.
VTP Version: Displays the VTP version operating on the switch.
Configuration Revision: Displays the current configuration revision number on this switch.
Maximum VTP supported VLANs: Maximum number of VLANs supported locally.
VTP support VLAN number: Number of existing VLANs.
VTP Operating Mode: Displays the VTP operating mode, which can be server, client, or
transparent.
VTP Domain Name: Displays the name that identifies the administrative domain for the switch.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
447
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
VTP Pruning Mode: Displays whether pruning is enabled or disabled.
VTP V2 Mode: Displays if VTP version 2 mode is enabled. By default, all VTP version 2 switches
operate in version 1 mode.
MD5 digest: Displays the checksum values for the VTP domain status.
Configuration last modified: Displays the time stamp of the last configuration modification and the
IP address of the switch that caused the configuration change to the database.
Local updater ID: Displays the Local updater ID for the VTP domain status.
5.13.1.4 show vtp trunkport
This command displays the VTP trunkport status.
Syntax
show vtp trunkport
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Port: Displays the interface number.
Trunkport: Displays the trukport status (enable or disable) on the interface number.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
448
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.13.2 Configuration Commands
5.13.2.1 vtp
This command uses to configure global VTP administrative mode.
Syntax
vtp
no vtp
no - This command disables global VTP administrative mode.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
449
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.13.2.2 vtp domain
This command uses to set VTP administrative domain name.
Syntax
vtp domain <string>
no vtp domain
<string> - Configures the string for domain name. (maximum length 32 bytes)
no - This command resets the domain name to NULL.
The system disables the VTP for its initialization.
The maximum length of administrative domain name is 32 bytes.
The system‘s default administrative domain name is NULL.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
450
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.13.2.3 vtp mode
This command uses to set VTP device mode. There are theree modes you can configure, Client,
Server, and Transparent.
Syntax
vtp mode { client | server | transparent }
no vtp mode
<client>
- This command set client mode for VTP.
<server>
- This command set server mode for VTP.
<transparent> - This command set transparent mode for VTP.
no - This command resets the VTP mode to default value.
Default Setting
Server
Command Mode
Global Config
5.13.2.4 vtp version
Use the no vtp version to reset the VTP version number to default value..
Syntax
vtp version <1-2>
no vtp version
no - This command resets the VTP version to default value.
Default Setting
1
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
451
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.13.2.5 vtp password
This command uses to configure the VTP administrative domain password.
Syntax
vtp password <password>
no vtp password
<password> - Configures VTP administrative domain password.(Max. length 64 bytes)
no - This command resets the VTP domain password to default value.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.13.2.6 vtp pruning
This command uses to configure the adminstrative domain to permit pruning
Syntax
vtp pruning
no vtp pruning
no - This command resets the pruning mode to default value.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
452
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.13.2.7 vtp trunkport
This command uses to configure the adminstrative domain trunk port for all of interfaces.
Syntax
vtp trunkport all
no vtp trunkport all
no - This command resets the adminstrative domain trunk port to default value.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
This command uses to configure the adminstrative domain trunk port on specific interfaces.
Syntax
vtp trunkport
no vtp trunkport
no - This command resets the adminstrative domain trunk port to default value.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
453
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
5.14
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Protected Ports Commands
5.14.1 Show Commands
5.14.1.1 show switchport protected
This command displays the status of all the interfaces, including protected and unprotected interfaces.
Syntax
show switchport protected [<0-2>]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Name: An name of the protected port group.
Member Ports: List of ports, which are configured as protected for the group identified with
<groupid>. If no port is configured as protected for this group, this field is blank.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
454
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.14.1.2 show interface switchport protected
This command displays the status of the interface (protected/unprotected) under the groupid.
Syntax
show interface switchport protected <slot/port> <groupid>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Name: An name of the protected port group.
Protected: Indicates whether the interface is protected or not. It shows TRUE or FALSE. If the group
is a multiple groups then it shows TRUE in Group <groupid>.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
455
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.14.2 Configuration Commands
5.14.2.1 switchport protected
This command used to modify a protected port group name. The <groupid> parameter identifies the set
of protected ports. Use the name <name> pair to assign a name to the protected port group. The name
can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters long, including blanks. The default is blank.
!
Port protection occurs within a single switch. Protected port configuration does not affect
traffic between ports on two different switches. No traffic forwarding is possible between
two protected ports.
Syntax
switchport protected <0-2> name <name>
no switchport protected <0-2> name
<name> - Assigns a name to the protected port group.
no - Remove a name from the protected port group.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
This command uses to add an interface to a protected port group. The <groupid> parameter
identifies the set of protected ports to which this interface is assigned. You can only configure
an interface as protected in one group.
Syntax
switchport protected <0-2>
no switchport protected <0-2>
no - This command uses to configure a port as unprotected.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
456
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
5.15
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Static MAC Filtering Commands
5.15.1 Show Commands
5.15.1.1 show mac-addr-table static
This command displays the Static MAC Filtering information for all Static MAC Filters. If you select <all>,
all the Static MAC Filters in the system are displayed. If you supply a value for <macaddr>, you must
also enter a value for <vlan-id>, and the system displays Static MAC Filter information only for that MAC
address and VLAN.
Syntax
show mac-addr-table static [<macaddr> <vlan-id>]
<macaddr> - Static MAC address.
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
MAC Address: Is the MAC Address of the static MAC filter entry.
VLAN ID: Is the VLAN ID of the static MAC filter entry.
Source Port(s): Indicates the source port filter set's slot and port(s).
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
457
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.15.2 Configuration Commands
5.15.2.1 macfilter
This command adds a static MAC filter entry for the MAC address <macaddr> on the VLAN <vlan-id>.
The value of the <macaddr> parameter is a 6-byte hexadecimal number in the format of
b1:b2:b3:b4:b5:b6.
The restricted MAC Addresses are: 00:00:00:00:00:00, 01:80:C2:00:00:00 to 01:80:C2:00:00:0F,
01:80:C2:00:00:20 to 01:80:C2:00:00:21, and FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF. The <vlan-id> parameter must
identify a valid VLAN. You can create up to 100 static MAC filters.
Syntax
macfilter <macaddr> <vlan-id>
no macfilter <macaddr> <vlan-id>
<macaddr> - Specified a 6-byte hexadecimal number in the format of b1:b2:b3:b4:b5:b6.
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
no - This command removes all filtering restrictions and the static MAC filter entry for the MAC
address <macaddr> on the VLAN <vlan-id>.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
458
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.15.2.2 macfilter addsrc
This command adds the interface to the source filter set for the MAC filter with the MAC address of
<macaddr> and VLAN of <vlan-id>. The <macaddr> parameter must be specified as a 6-byte
hexadecimal number in the format of b1:b2:b3:b4:b5:b6. The <vlan-id> parameter must identify a valid
VLAN.
Syntax
macfilter addsrc <macaddr> <vlan-id>
no macfilter addsrc <macaddr> <vlan-id>
<macaddr> - Specified a 6-byte hexadecimal number in the format of b1:b2:b3:b4:b5:b6.
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
no - This command removes a port from the source filter set for the MAC filter with the MAC address
of <macaddr> and VLAN of <vlan-id>.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
459
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.15.2.3 macfilter addsrc all
This command adds all interfaces to the source filter set for the MAC filter with the MAC address of
<macaddr> and <vlan-id>. You must specify the <macaddr> parameter as a 6-byte hexadecimal number
in the format of b1:b2:b3:b4:b5:b6. The <vlan-id> parameter must identify a valid VLAN.
Syntax
macfilter addsrc all <macaddr> <vlan-id>
no macfilter addsrc all <macaddr> <vlan-id>
<macaddr> - Specified a 6-byte hexadecimal number in the format of b1:b2:b3:b4:b5:b6.
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
no - This command removes all interfaces to the source filter set for the MAC filter with the MAC
address of <macaddr> and VLAN of <vlan-id>.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
460
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16 System Utilities
5.16.1 clear
5.16.1.1 clear arp
This command causes all ARP entries of type dynamic to be removed from the ARP cache.
Syntax
clear arp
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
5.16.1.2 clear traplog
This command clears the trap log.
Syntax
clear traplog
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
461
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.1.3 clear eventlog
This command is used to clear the event log, which contains error messages from the system.
Syntax
clear eventlog
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
5.16.1.4 clear logging buffered
This command is used to clear the message log maintained by the switch. The message log contains
system trace information.
Syntax
clear logging buffered
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
462
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.1.5 clear config
This command resets the configuration to the factory defaults without powering off the switch. The switch
is automatically reset when this command is processed. You are prompted to confirm that the reset
should proceed.
Syntax
clear config
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
5.16.1.6 clear pass
This command resets all user passwords to the factory defaults without powering off the switch. You are
prompted to confirm that the password reset should proceed.
Syntax
clear pass
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
463
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.1.7 clear counters
This command clears the stats for a specified <slot/port> or for all the ports or for the entire switch based
upon the argument.
Syntax
clear counters [<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id> | all]
<slot/port> - is the desired interface number.
<portchannel-id> - is the desired port-channel ID. The port-channel ID is range from 1 to 64.
all - All interfaces.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
5.16.1.8 clear dns
This command sets the DNS configuration to default value. The command will only clear the DNS
statistics(used option command counter) or only clear all entries from the DNS cache(used option
command cache).
Syntax
clear dns [counter | cache]
counter - this command clear the DNS statistics.
cache - this command clear all entries from the DNS cache.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
464
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.1.9 clear cdp
This command is used to clear the CDP neighbors information and the CDP packet counters.
Syntax
clear cdp [traffic]
traffic - this command is used to clear the CDP packet counters.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
5.16.1.10 clear vlan
This command resets VLAN configuration parameters to the factory defaults.
Syntax
clear vlan
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
465
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.1.11 clear igmp snooping
This command clears the tables managed by the IGMP Snooping function and will attempt to delete
these entries from the Multicast Forwarding Database.
Syntax
clear igmp snooping
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
5.16.1.12 clear port-channel
This command clears all port-channels (LAGs).
Syntax
clear port-channel
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
466
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.1.13 clear ip filter
This command is used to clear all ip filter entries.
Syntax
clear ip filter
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
5.16.1.14 clear dot1x authentication-history
This command resets the 802.1x authenticaiton-history.
Syntax
clear dot1x authentication-history [<slot/port>]
<slot/port> - is the desired interface number.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
467
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.1.15 clear dot1x statistics
This command resets the 802.1x statistics for the specified port or for all ports.
Syntax
clear dot1x statistics {all | <slot/port>}
<slot/port> - is the desired interface number.
all - All interfaces.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
5.16.1.16 clear radius statistics
This command is used to clear all RADIUS statistics.
Syntax
clear radius statistics
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
468
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.1.17 clear domain-list
This command is used to clear all entries domain names for incomplete host names.
Syntax
clear domain-list
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
5.16.1.18 clear hosts
This command is used to clear all static host name-to-address mapping.
Syntax
clear hosts
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
469
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.1.19 clear port-security dynamic address
This command is used to clear the Dynamic MAC address by using the specified port (interface
<slot/port>) or mac address (address <mac-addr>).
Syntax
clear port-security dynamic {address <mac-addr> | interface <slot/port> }
<mac-addr> - mac address you want to remove.
<slot/port> - mac address learning on this interface will be removed.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
5.16.1.20 clear ip arp-cache
This command causes all ARP entries of type dynamic to be removed from the ARP cache. If
the gateway keyword is specified, the dynamic entries of type gateway are purged as well. If interface
keyword is specified, he dymanic entries of that interface on the ARP cache Table are purged.
Syntax
clear ip arp-cache [gateway | interface {<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>}]
<slot/port> - Interface number.
<vlan-id> - The VLAN interface number. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
470
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.1.21 clear lldp statistics
This command will use to reset all LLDP statistics.
Syntax
clear lldp statistics
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
5.16.1.22 clear lldp remote-data
This command will use to delete all information from the LLDP remote data table.
Syntax
clear lldp remote-data
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
471
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.1.23 enable passwd
This command changes Privileged EXEC password.
Syntax
enable passwd 0 <password>
0 – Plain text password
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config.
5.16.1.24 enable passwd encrypted
This command allows the administrator to transfer the enable password between devices without having
to know the password. The <password> parameter must be exactly 128 hexidecimal characters.
Syntax
enable passwd 7 <password>
7 – entrypted password
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
472
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.1.25 clear ipv6 neighbors
This command will use to clear all entries IPv6 neighbor table or an entry on a specific interface. Use the
<slot/port> parameter to specify the interface.
Syntax
clear ipv6 neighbors [{<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>]
<slot/port> - Specify the interface.
<vlan-id> - Specifies the VLAN interface. The range of the VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
5.16.1.26 clear ipv6 statistics
This command will use to clear IPv6 statistics for all interfaces or for a specific interface, including
loopback and tunnel interfaces. IPv6 statistics display in the output of the show ipv6 traffic command. If
you do not specify an interface, the counters for all IPv6 traffic statistics reset to zero.
Syntax
clear ipv6 statistics [{<slot/port> | loopback <loopback-id> | tunnel <tunnel-id> | vlan <vlan-id>}]
<slot/port> - Specify the interface.
<loopback-id > - Specify loopback Interface ID. Range 0 -7.
<tunnel-id > - Specify the Tunnel ID. Range 0 -7.
<vlan-id> - Specifies the VLAN interface. The range of the VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
473
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Privileged Exec
5.16.1.27 clear ipv6 dhcp
This command will use to clear DHCPv6 statistics for all interfaces or for a specific interface. Use the
<slot/port> parameter to specify the interface.
Syntax
clear ipv6 dhcp {statistics | interface {<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>} statistics}
<slot/port> - Specify the interface.
<vlan-id> - Specifies the VLAN interface. The range of the VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
474
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.2 copy
This command uploads and downloads to/from the switch. Local URLs can be specified using tftp or
xmodem. The following can be specified as the source file for uploading from the switch: startup config
(startup-config), event log (eventlog), message log (msglog) and trap log (traplog). A URL is specified for
the destination.
The command can also be used to download the startup config or code image by specifying the source
as a URL and destination as startup-config or image respectively.
The command can be used to the save the running config to flash by specifying the source as
running-config and the destination as startup-config {filename}.
The command can also be used to download ssh key files as sshkey-rsa, sshkey-rsa2, and sshkey-dsa
and http secure-server certificates as sslpem-root, sslpem- server, sslpem-dhweak, and
sslpem-dhstrong.
5.16.2.1 Upload file from switch
Syntax
copy startup-config <url> <sourcefilename>
copy {errorlog | log | traplog | cpu-pkt-capture} <url>
copy script <sourcefilename> <url>
copy image <filename> <url>
where <url>={xmodem | tftp://ipaddr/path/file | ftp://user:pass@ipaddr/path/file}
<sourcefilename> - The filename of a configuration file or a script file.
<url> - xmodem, tftp://ipaddr/path/file or ftp://user:pass@ipaddr/path/file.
errorlog - error crash dump Log file.
log - message Log file.
traplog - trap Log file.
cpu-pkt-capture – The CPU packets capture file.
<filename> - Operation code file name.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
475
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.2.2 Download file to switch
Syntax
copy <url> startup-config <destfilename>
copy <url> image <destfilename>
copy <url> {sshkey-rsa1 | sshkey-rsa2 | sshkey-dsa}
copy <url> {sslpem-root | sslpem-server | sslpem-dhweak | sslpem-dhstrong}
copy <url> script <destfilename>
where <url>={xmodem | tftp://ipaddr/path/file | ftp://user:pass@ipaddr/path/file }
<destfilename> - name of the image file or the script file.
<url> - xmodem, tftp://ipaddr/path/file or ftp://user:pass@ipaddr/path/file.
sshkey-rsa1 - SSH RSA1 Key file.
sshkey-rsa2 - SSH RSA2 Key file.
sshkey-dsa - SSH DSA Key file.
sslpem-root - Secure Root PEM file.
sslpem-server - Secure Server PEM file.
sslpem-dhweak - Secure DH Weak PEM file.
sslpem-dhstrong - Secure DH Strong PEM file.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
476
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.2.3 Write running configuration file into flash or remote server
Syntax
copy running-config startup-config [filename]
copy running-config <url>
<filename> - name of the configuration file.
<url> - xmodem, tftp://ipaddr/path/file or ftp://user:pass@ipaddr/path/file.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
5.16.2.4 This command upload or download the pre-login banner file
Syntax
copy clibanner <url>
copy <url> clibanner
no clibanner
<url> - xmodem, tftp://ipaddr/path/file or ftp://user:pass/ipaddr/path/file.
no - Delete CLI banner.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
477
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.3 delete
This command is used to delete a configuration or image file.
Syntax
delete <filename>
<filename> - name of the configuration or image file.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
478
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.4 dir
This command is used to display a list of files in Flash memory.
Syntax
dir [config | opcode [<filename>] ]
<filename> - name of the configuration or image file.
config - configuration file.
opcode - run time operation code.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Column Heading
date
file name
file type
startup
size
Description
The date that the file was created.
The name of the file.
File types: Boot-Rom, Operation Code, and Config file.
Shows if this file is used when the system is started.
The length of the file in bytes.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
479
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.5 whichboot
This command is used to display which files were booted when the system powered up.
Syntax
whichboot
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
5.16.6 boot-system
This command is used to specify the file or image used to start up the system.
Syntax
boot-system {config | opcode} <filename>
<filename> - name of the configuration or image file.
config - configuration file.
opcode - run time operation code.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
480
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.7 ping
5.16.7.1 ping <ipaddress|host>
This command checks if another computer is on the network and listens for connections. To use this
command, configure the switch for network (in-band) connection. The source and target devices must
have the ping utility enabled and running on top of TCP/IP. The switch can be pinged from any IP
workstation with which the switch is connected through the default VLAN (VLAN 1), as long as there is a
physical path between the switch and the workstation. The terminal interface sends, three pings to the
target station.
Syntax
ping <ipaddress|hostname> count <0-20000000> [size <32-512>]
ping <ipaddress|hostname> size <32-512> [count <0-20000000>]
< ipaddress|hostname> - a host name or an IP address.
<0-20000000> - number of pings (Range: 0 - 20000000). Note that 0 means infinite.
<size> - packet size (Range: 32 - 512).
Default Setting
Count = 5
Size = 32
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
481
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.7.2 ping ipv6 <ipv6-address|hostname>
This command use to determine whether another computer is on the network. To use the command,
configure the switch for network (in-band) connection. The source and target devices must have the ping
utility enabled and running on top of TCP/IP. The switch can be pinged from any IP workstation with
which the switch is connected through the default VLAN (VLAN 1), as long as there is a physical path
between the switch and the workstation. The terminal interface sends three pings to the target station.
Use the <ipv6-address> parameter to ping an interface by using the global IPv6 address of the interface,
or use the <hostname> parameter to ping a interface by using the hostname of the target. Use the
optional size keyword to specify the size of the ping packet.
Syntax
ping ipv6 <ipv6-address|hostname> [size <datagram-size>]
<ipv6-address|hostname> - A global IPv6 address or valid hostname.
<datagram-size> - Datagram size. Range 48 - 2048.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
482
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.7.3 ping ipv6 interface
This command use to determine whether another computer is on the network. To use the command,
configure the switch for network (in-band) connection. The source and target devices must have the ping
utility enabled and running on top of TCP/IP. The switch can be pinged from any IP workstation with
which the switch is connected through the default VLAN (VLAN 1), as long as there is a physical path
between the switch and the workstation. The terminal interface sends three pings to the target station.
Use the interface keyword to ping an interface by using the link-local address. You can use a loopback,
tunnel, or logical interface as the source. Use the optional size keyword to specify the size of the ping
packet.
Syntax
ping ipv6 interface {<slot/port> | serviceport | switchport | tunnel <tunnel-id>} | loopback <loopback-id>}
{<link-local-address>} [size <datagram-size>]
<slot/port> - Specify the interface.
<tunnel-id > - Specify the Tunnel ID. Range 0 -7.
<loopback-id > - Specify loopback Interface ID. Range 0 -7.
<link-local-address> - Specify link-local address.
<ipv6-address> - Specify the IPv6 address of the device.
<datagram-size> - Datagram size. Range 48 - 2048.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
483
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.8 traceroute
5.16.8.1 traceroute
Use the traceroute command to discover the routes that packets actually take when traveling to their
destination through the network on a hop-by-hop basis. Traceroute continues to provide a synchronous
response when initiated from the CLI.
Syntax
traceroute <ipaddr|hostname> [initTtl <initTtl>] [maxTtl <maxTtl>]
[interval <interval>] [count <count>]
<ipaddr|hostname> - The IP address or destination host you want to trace.
<initTtl> - The Use initTtl to specify the initial time-to-live (TTL), the maximum number of router hops
between the local and remote system. Range is 1 to 255.
<maxTtl> - Use maxTtle to specify the maximum TTL. Range is 1 to 255.
<interval> - Use interval to specify the time between probes, in seconds. Range is 1 to 60 seconds.
<count> - Use the optional count parameter to specify the number of probes to send for each TTL
value. Range is 1 to 10 probes.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Previledge Mode
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
484
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.8.2 traceroute ipv6
This command is used to discover the routes that packets actually take when traveling to their
destination through the network on a hop-by-hop basis. The <ipv6-address|hostname> parameter must
be a valid IPv6 address|hostname.
Syntax
traceroute ipv6 <ipv6-address|hostname > [initTtl <initTtl>] [maxTtl <maxTtl>] [interval <interval>]
[count <count>]
<ipv6-address|hostname> - A valid IPv6 address or hostname.
<ipaddr> - The IP address or destination host you want to trace.
<initTtl> - The Use initTtl to specify the initial time-to-live (TTL), the maximum number of router hops
between the local and remote system. Range is 1 to 255.
<maxTtl> - Use maxTtle to specify the maximum TTL. Range is 1 to 255.
<interval> - Use interval to specify the time between probes, in seconds. Range is 1 to 60 seconds.
<count> - Use the optional count parameter to specify the number of probes to send for each TTL
value. Range is 1 to 10 probes.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
485
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.9 logging cli-command
This command enables the CLI command Logging feature. The Command Logging component enables
the switch to log all Command Line Interface (CLI) commands issued on the system.
Syntax
logging cli-command
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
486
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.10 calendar set
This command is used to set the system clock.
Syntax
calendar set <mm/dd/yyy> <hh:mm:ss>
<mm/dd/yyyy> - Date Time <mm/dd/yyyy> format. (Month <1-12>. Day <1-31>. Year <2000-2037>
<hh:mm:ss> - hh in 24-hour format (Range: 0 - 23), mm (Range: 0 - 59), ss (Range: 0 - 59)
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
5.16.11 reload
This command resets the switch without powering it off. Reset means that all network connections are
terminated and the boot code executes. The switch uses the stored configuration to initialize the switch.
You are prompted to confirm that the reset should proceed. A successful reset is indicated by the LEDs
on the switch.
Syntax
reload [<warm>]
<warm> - To only restart the operation software without rebooting whole system.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
487
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.12 configure
This command is used to activate global configuration mode.
Syntax
configure
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
5.16.13 disconnect
This command is used to close a telnet session.
Syntax
disconnect {<0-58> | all}
<0-58> - telnet session ID.
all - all telnet sessions.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
488
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.14 hostname
This command is used to set the prompt string.
Syntax
hostname <prompt_string>
<prompt_string> - Prompt string.
Default Setting
Quanta
Command Mode
Global Config
5.16.15 quit
This command is used to exit a CLI session.
Syntax
quit
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
489
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.16 cablestatus
This command returns the status of the specified port.
Syntax
cablestatus <slot/port>
<slot/port> - Interface Number.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Cable Status: One of the following statuses is returned:
Normal: The cable is working correctly.
Open: The cable is disconnected or there is a faulty connector.
Short: There is an electrical short in the cable.
Cable Test Failed: The cable status could not be determined. The cable may in fact be working.
Cable Length: If this feature is supported by the PHY for the current link speed, the cable length is
displayed as a range between the shortest estimated length and the longest estimated length. Note
that if the link is down and a cable is attached to a 10/100 Ethernet adapter, then the cable status
may display as Open or Short because some Ethernet adapters leave unused wire pairs
unterminated or grounded. Unknown is displayed if the cable length could not be determined.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
490
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.17 AutoInstall Commands
The AutoInstall feature enables the automatic update of the image and configuration of the switch. This
feature enables touchless or low-touch provisioning to simplify switch configuration and imaging.
AutoInstall includes the following support:

Downloading an image from TFTP server using DHCP option 125. The image update can
result in a downgrade or upgrade of the firmware on the switch.

Automatically downloading a configuration file from a TFTP server when the switch is booted
with no saved configuration file.
When the switch boots, it attempts to obtain an IP address from a network DHCP server. The response
from the DHCP server includes the IP address of the TFTP server where the image and configuration
flies are located.
After acquiring an IP address and the additional relevant information from the DHCP server, the switch
downloads the image file or configuration file from the TFTP server. A downloaded image is utomatically
installed. A downloaded configuration file is saved to non-volatile memory
5.16.17.1 Show Commands
5.16.17.1.1 show autoinstall
This command displays the current status of the AutoInstall process.
Syntax
show autoinstall
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
AutoInstall Operation: Displays the autoinstall operation is started or stoped.
AutoInstall Persistent Mode: Displays the autoinstall persistently for next reboot cycle.
AutoSave Mode: Displays the autoinstall persistently for next reboot cycle.
AutoReboot Mode: Displays the auto-save of downloaded configuration.
AutoUpgrade Mode: Displays the upgrade mode, which is used to allow to download the newer
image.
AutoInstall Retry Count: Retry Count The number of times the switch has attempted to contact the
TFTP server during the current AutoInstall session.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
491
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.17.2 AutoInstall State: The status of the current or most recently completed AutoInstall
session.Configuration Commands
5.16.17.2.1 boot-system autoinstall
Use this command to operationally start or stop the AutoInstall process on the switch. The command is
non-persistent and is not saved in the startup or running configuration file.
Syntax
boot-system autoinstall { start | stop }
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
None
5.16.17.2.2 boot-system host autoinstall
Use this command to enable AutoInstall on the switch for the next reboot cycle. The command does not
change the current behavior of AutoInstall and saves the command to NVRAM.
Syntax
boot-system host autoinstall
no boot-system host autoinstall
no - Use this command to disable AutoInstall for the next reboot cycle.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
None
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
492
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.17.2.3 boot-system host autosave
Use this command to automatically save the downloaded configuration file to the startup-config file on
the switch. When autosave is disabled, you must explicitly save the downloaded configuration to
non-volatile memory. If the switch reboots and the downloaded configuration has not been saved, the
AutoInstall process begins, if the feature is enabled.
Syntax
boot-system host autosave
no boot-system host autosave
no - Use this command to disable automatically saving the downloaded configuration on the
switch.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
None
5.16.17.2.4 boot-system host autoreboot
Use this command to allow the switch to automatically reboot after successfully downloading an image.
When auto reboot is enabled, no administrative action is required to activate the image and reload the
switch.
This command only work on the autoupgrade is enable.
Syntax
boot-system host autoreboot
no boot-system host autoreboot
no - Use this command to prevent the switch from automatically rebooting after the image is
downloaded by using the AutoInstall feature.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
None
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
493
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.17.2.5 boot-system host upgrade
Use this command to allow the switch only to upgrade the newer image version.
Syntax
boot-system host upgrade
no boot-system host upgrade
no - Use this command to disable this function.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
None
5.16.17.2.6 boot-system host retrycount
Use this command to set the number of attempts to download a configuration file from the TFTP server.
Syntax
boot-system host retrycount <1-3>
Default Setting
3
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
None
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
494
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
5.16.18
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Capture CPU packet Commands
5.16.18.1 Show commands
5.16.18.1.1 show capture
Use this command to display packets captured and save to RAM, It is possible to capture and save into
RAM, packets that are received or transmitted throuph the CPU. A maximum 128 packets can be saved
into RAM per capturing session. A maximum 128 bytes per packet can be saved into the RAM. If a
packet holds more than 128 bytes, only the first 128 bytes are saved; data more than 128 bytes is
skipped and cannot be displayed in the CLI.
Capturing packets is stopped automatically when 128 packets are captured and have not yet been
displayed during a capture session. Captured packets are not retained after a reload cycle.
Syntax
show capture [packets]
<packets> - Specifies this parameter to display the captured packets on the CLI.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Operational Status: Displays capture status.
Current Capturing Type: Displays the current capturing type. Possible types are Line, File, and
Remote.
Capturing Traffic Mode: Displays the capturing traffic mode. Possible modes are Rx, Tx, or Tx/Rx.
Line Wrap Mode: Displays the line wrap mode for Line capturing type. Default is disabled.
RPCAP Listening Port: Displays the pcap listening port number. Default listening port number is
2002.
RPCAP dump file size (KB): Disaply the capture packet file size. Default file size is 512KB.
Capturing Interface: Display the capturing interface.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
495
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.18.2 Configuration Command
5.16.18.2.1 capture start
Use this command to manually start capturing CPU packets for packets for trace. The packet capture
operates in three modes: capture file, remote capture and capture line.
This command is not persistent across a reboot cycle.
Syntax
capture start [{all | received | transmit}]
<all> - Specifies all to capture packets for both transmitted and received packets.
<received> - Specifies received to capture only received packets.
<transmit> - Specifies transmit to capture only transmitted packets.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
5.16.18.2.2 capture stop
Use this command to manually stop capturing CPU packets for packets for trace.
Syntax
capture stop
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
496
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.18.2.3 Capture packet to file, remote or line
Use this command to configure packet capture options. This command is persistent across a reboot
cycle.
Syntax
capture {file | remote | line}
file – In the capture file mode, the captured packets are stored in a file on Flash. The maximum file
size defaults to 512KB. The switch can transfer the file to a TFTP server via TFTP, FTP via CLI. The
file is formatted in pcap format, is name cpu-pkt-capture.pcap, and can be examined using network
analyzer tools such as Wireshark or Ethereal. Starting a file capture automatically terminates any
remote capture sessions and line captureing. After the packet capture is activated, the capture
proceeds until the capture file reaches its maimum size, or until the capture is stopped manually
using CLI command „capture stop―.
Remote – In the remote capture mode, the captured packets are redirected in real time to an
external PC running the wireshark tool for Microsoft Windows. A packet capture server runs on the
switch side and sends the captured packets via a TCP connection to the Wireshark tool. The remote
capture can be enabled or disable using the CLI. There should be a Windows PC with the Wireshark
tool to display the captured file. When using the remote capture mode, the switch does not sotre any
captured data locally on its file system.
You can configure the IP port number for connecting Wireshark to the switch. The default port
number is 2002. If a firewall is installed between the Wireshark PC and the switch, then these ports
must be allowed to pass through the firewall.
If the client successfully connects to the switch, the CPU packets are sent to the client PC, then
Wireshark receives the packets and displays them. This continues until the session is terminated by
either end.
line – In the capture line mode, the captured packets are saved into the RAM and can be displayed
on the CLI. Starting a line capture automatically terminates any remote capture dession and
capturing into a file. There is a maximum 128 packets of maximum 128 btes that can be captured
and displayed in Line mode.
Default Setting
Remote
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
497
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.18.2.4 capture remote port
Use this command to configure file capture options. This command is persistent across a reboot cycle.
Syntax
capture remote [port <port-id>]
<port-id> - Configure the listening port for remote Wireshark tool. The range of port ID is 1024 to
49151.
Default Setting
2002
Command Mode
Global Config
5.16.18.2.5 capture file size
Use this command to configure file capture options. This command is persistent across a reboot cycle.
Syntax
capture file [size <file-size>]
<file-size> - Configure the file size in KB. The range of file size is 2 to 512KB.
Default Setting
512
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
498
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.16.18.2.6 capture line warp
This command enables wrapping of captured packets in line mode when the captured packets reaches
full capacity. This command is persistent across a reboot cycle.
Syntax
capture line [wrap]
no capture line wrap
Default Setting
Disable
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
499
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
5.17
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
DHCP Snooping Commands
DHCP snooping is a security feature that monitors DHCP messages between a DHCP client and DHCP
servers to filter harmful DHCP messages and to build a bindings database of {MAC address, IP address,
VLAN ID, port} tuples that are considered authorized. You can enable DHCP snooping globally and on
specific VLANs, and configure ports within the VLAN to be trusted or untrusted. DHCP servers must be
reached through trusted ports.
The DHCP snooping binding table contains the MAC address, IP address, lease time, binding type,
VLAN number, and interface information that corresponds to the local untrusted interfaces of a switch; it
does not contain information regarding hosts interconnected with a trusted interface. An untrusted
interface is an interface that is configured to receive messages from outside the network or firewall. A
trusted interface is an interface that is configured to receive only messages from within the network.
DHCP snooping acts like a firewall between untrusted hosts and DHCP servers. It also gives you a way
to differentiate between untrusted interfaces connected to the end-user and trusted interfaces connected
to the DHCP server or another switch.
DHCP snooping enforces the following security rules:

DHCP packets from a DHCP server (DHCPOFFER, DHCPACK, DHCPNAK,
DHCPRELEASEQUERY) are dropped if received on an untrusted port.

DHCPRELEASE and DHCPDECLINE messages are dropped if for a MAC address in the
snooping database, but the binding's interface is other than the interface where the message
was received.

On untrusted interfaces, the switch drops DHCP packets whose source MAC address does not
match the client hardware address. This feature is a configurable option.
The hardware identifies all incoming DHCP packets on ports where DHCP snooping is enabled. DHCP
snooping is enabled on a port if (a) DHCP snooping is enabled globally, and (b) the port is a member of a
VLAN where DHCP snooping is enabled. On untrusted ports, the hardware traps all incoming DHCP
packets to the CPU. On trusted ports, the hardware forwards client messages and copies server
messages to the CPU so that DHCP snooping can learn the binding.
You can enable the switch to operate as a DHCP Layer 2 relay agent to relay DHCP requests from
clients to a Layer 3 relay agent or server. The Circuit ID and Remote ID can be added to DHCP requests
relayed from clients to a DHCP server. This information is included in DHCP Option 82, as specified in
sections 3.1 and 3.2 of RFC3046.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
500
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.17.1 Show Commands
5.17.1.1 show ip dhcp snooping
This command displays the DHCP Snooping global configurations and per port configurations.
Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Interface: The interface for which data is displayed.
Trusted: If it is enabled, DHCP snooping considers the port as trusted. The factory default is
disabled.
Log Invalid Pkts: If it is enabled, DHCP snooping application logs invalid packets on the specified
interface.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
501
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.17.1.2 show ip dhcp snooping binding
This command displays the DHCP Snooping binding entries. To restrict the output, use the following
options:

Dynamic: Restrict the output based on DCHP snooping.

Interface: Restrict the output based on a specific interface.

Static: Restrict the output based on static entries.

VLAN: Restrict the output based on VLAN.
Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping binding [{static | dynamic}] [interface <slot/port>] [vlan id]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
MAC Address: Displays the MAC address for the binding that was added. The MAC address is the
key to the binding database.
IP Address: Displays the valid IP address for the binding rule.
VLAN: The VLAN for the binding rule.
Interface: The interface to add a binding into the DHCP snooping interface.
Type: Binding type; statically configured from the CLI or dynamically learned.
Lease (Secs): he remaining lease time for the entry.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
502
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.17.1.3 show ip dhcp snooping database
This command displays the DHCP Snooping configuration related to the database persistency.
Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping database
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Agent URL: Bindings database agent URL.
Write Delay: The maximum write time to write the database into local or remote.
Abort Timer: The maximum time to abort the database transfer process.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
503
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.17.1.4 show ip dhcp snooping statistics
This command lists statistics for DHCP Snooping security violations on untrusted ports.
Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping statistics
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Interface: The IP address of the interface in slot/port format.
MAC Verify Failures: Represents the number of DHCP messages that were filtered on an untrusted
interface because of source MAC address and client HW address mismatch.
Client Ifc Mismatch: Represents the number of DHCP release and Deny messages received on the
different ports than learned previously.
DHCP Server Msgs Rec'd: Represents the number of DHCP server messages received on
untrusted ports.
5.17.1.5 show ip dhcp snooping information all
This command display the summary of DHCP Option-82 configuration.
Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping information all
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
504
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.17.1.6 show ip dhcp snooping information stats interface
This command display statistics specific to DHCP Option-82 configuration interface.
Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping information stats interface [<slot/port>]
<slot/port> - Interface number.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
5.17.1.7 show ip dhcp snooping information agent-option vlan
This command display the DHCP Option-82 configuration specific to VLAN.
Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping information agent-option vlan <vlan-list>
<vlan-list> - Specifies VLAN ID in a list. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
505
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.17.1.8 show ip dhcp snooping information vlan
This command display the DHCP Option-82 configuration specific to VLAN.
Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping information vlan <vlan-list>
<vlan-list> - Specifies VLAN ID in a list. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
5.17.1.9 show ip dhcp snooping information circuit-id vlan
This command display the DHCP Option-82 circuit-id configuration specific to VLAN.
Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping information circuit-id vlan <vlan-list>
<vlan-list> - Specifies VLAN ID in a list. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
506
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.17.1.10 show ip dhcp snooping information remote-id vlan
This command display the DHCP Option-82 remote-id configuration specific to VLAN.
Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping information remote-id vlan <vlan-list>
<vlan-list> - Specifies VLAN ID in a list. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
5.17.1.11 show ip dhcp snooping information interface
This command display DHCP Option-82 configuration interface.
Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping information interface [<slot/port>]
<slot/port> - Specifies the interface number.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
507
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.17.2 Configuration Commands
5.17.2.1 ip dhcp snooping
This command enables the DHCP Snooping globally.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping
no ip dhcp snooping
no - This command disables the DHCP Snooping globally.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.17.2.2 ip dhcp snooping vlan
This command enables the DHCP Snooping on a list of comma-separated VLAN ranges.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping vlan <vlan-list>
no ip dhcp snooping vlan <vlan-list>
<vlan-list> - Specifies VLAN ID in a list. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
no - This command disables the DHCP Snooping on VLANs.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
508
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.17.2.3 ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address
This command enables the verification of the source MAC address with the client hardware address in
the received DCHP message.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address
no ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address
no - This command disables the verification of the source MAC address with the client hardware
address.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.17.2.4 ip dhcp snooping database
This command configures the persistent location of the DHCP Snooping database. This can be local or a
remote file on a given IP machine.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping database {local|tftp://hostIP/filename}
Default Setting
Local
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
509
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.17.2.5 ip dhcp snooping database write-delay
This command configures the interval in seconds at which the DHCP Snooping database will be
persisted. The interval value ranges from 15 to 86400 seconds.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping database write-delay <in seconds>
no ip dhcp snooping database write-delay
no - This command sets the write delay value to the default value.
Default Setting
300 seconds
Command Mode
Global Config
5.17.2.6 ip dhcp snooping database timeout
This command configures the DHCP snooping bindings store timeout in <15> to <86400> seconds. 0 is
defined as an infinite duration.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping database timeout <in seconds>
no ip dhcp snooping database timeout
no - This command sets the timeout value to the default value.
Default Setting
300 seconds
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
510
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.17.2.7 ip dhcp snooping binding
This command configures the static DHCP Snooping binding..
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping binding <mac-address> vlan <vlan id> <ip address> interface <interface id>
no ip dhcp snooping binding <mac-address>
no - This command removes the DHCP static entry from the DHCP Snooping database.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.17.2.8 ip dhcp snooping limit
This command controls the rate at which the DHCP Snooping messages come. The default rate is 15
pps with a range from 0 to 300 pps. The default burst level is 1 second with a range of 1 to 15 seconds.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping limit {rate <pps> [burst interval <seconds>]} | none
no ip dhcp snooping limit
no - This command sets the rate at which the DHCP Snooping messages come, and the burst level,
to the defaults.
Default Setting
15 pps for rate limiting and 1 sec for burst interval
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
511
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.17.2.9 ip dhcp snooping log-invalid
This command controls the logging DHCP messages filtration by the DHCP Snooping application.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping log-invalid
no ip dhcp snooping log-invalid
no - This command disables the logging DHCP messages filtration by the DHCP Snooping
application.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.17.2.10 ip dhcp snooping trust
This command configures the port as trusted.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping trust
no ip dhcp snooping trust
no - This command configures the port as untrusted.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
512
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.17.2.11 clear ip dhcp snooping binding
Use this command to clear all DHCP Snooping bindings on all interfaces or on a specific interface.
Syntax
clear ip dhcp snooping binding [interface <slot/port>]
<slot/port> - Specifies the interface number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
5.17.2.12 clear ip dhcp snooping statistics
Use this command to clear all DHCP Snooping statistics.
Syntax
clear ip dhcp snooping statistics
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
5.17.2.13 ip dhcp snooping information option
This command ip dhcp snooping information option enables the DHCP L2 option mode on the system.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping information option
no ip dhcp snooping information option
no - This command disables the DHCP L2 option mode.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
513
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
514
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.17.2.14 ip dhcp snooping information option
This command ip dhcp snooping information option enables the DHCP L2 option mode on the interface.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping information option
no ip dhcp snooping information option
no - This command disables the DHCP L2 option mode.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.17.2.15 ip dhcp snooping information option circuit-id
Use this command to enable the DHCP Snooping information option circuit-id on a range of
VLANs.When enabled, the circuit ID is added in DHCP Option-82.
Use this command with no argument to disable the DHCP Snooping information option circuit-id on a
range of VLANs. Clear the DHCP Option-82 circuit ID for a VLAN.
The circuit ID format should be in the form of LLLLVVVVXXYYZZ (LLLL: is the length from V to Z, VVVV:
VLAN ID, XX is the Unit ID, YY is the function/module ID and ZZ is the Port number)
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping information option circuit-id vlan <vlan-list>
no ip dhcp snooping information option circuit-id vlan <vlan-list>
<vlan-list> - Specifies VLAN ID in a list. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
no - Clear the DHCP Option-82 circuit ID for a VLAN..
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
515
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.17.2.16 ip dhcp snooping information option remote-id
Use this command to enable the DHCP Snooping information option remote-id on a range of VLANs.
When remote-id string is set using this command, all Client DHCP requests that fall under this service
subscription are added with Option-82 Remote-id as the configured remote-id string.
Use this command with no argument to disable the DHCP Snooping information option remote-id on a
range of VLANs. When remote-id string is reset using this command, the Client DHCP requests that fall
under this service subscription are not added with Option-82 Remote-id.
The remote ID format should be in the form of LLLLXXXXX (LLLL: is the length from remote-id strings)
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping information option remote-id <remoteId string> vlan <vlan-list>
no ip dhcp snooping information option remote-id vlan <vlan-list>
<vlan-list> - Specifies VLAN ID in a list. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
no - Clear the DHCP Option-82 remoteId ID for a VLAN..
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.17.2.17 ip dhcp snooping information option vlan
Use this command to enable the DHCP Snooping information option on a range of VLANs.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping information option vlan <vlan-list>
no ip dhcp snooping information option vlan <vlan-list>
<vlan-list> - Specifies VLAN ID in a list. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
no - This command with no argument to disable the DHCP Snooping information option on a range
of VLANs..
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
516
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.17.2.18 ip dhcp snooping information option trust
Use this command to configure an interface as trusted for Option-82 reception.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping information option trust
no ip dhcp snooping information option trust
no - This command with no argument to configure an interface to default untrusted for Option-82
reception..
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
517
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.18 IP Source Guard (IPSG) Commands
IP Source Guard (IPSG) is a security feature that filters IP packets based on source ID. The source ID
may be either the source IP address or a {source IP address, source MAC address} pair. The DHCP
snooping binding database and static IPSG entries identify authorized source IDs. You can configure:

Whether enforcement includes the source MAC address.

Static authorized source IDs.
Similar to DHCP snooping, this feature is enabled on a DHCP snooping untrusted Layer 2 port. Initially,
all IP traffic on the port is blocked except for DHCP packets that are captured by the DHCP snooping
process. When a client receives a valid IP address from the DHCP server, or when a static IP source
binding is configured by the user, a per-port and VLAN Access Control List is installed on the port. This
process restricts the client IP traffic to those source IP addresses configured in the binding; any IP traffic
with a source IP address other than that in the IP source binding is filtered out. This filtering limits a
host‘s ability to attack the network by claiming a neighbor host's IP address.
IPSG can be enabled on physical or LAG ports. IPSG is disabled by default. If you enable IPSG on a
port where DHCP snooping is disabled or where DHCP snooping is enabled but the port is trusted, all IP
traffic received on that port is dropped depending on the admin-configured IPSG entries. IPSG cannot
be enabled on a port-based routing interface.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
518
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.18.1 Show Commands
5.18.1.1 show ip verify
This command displays the IPSG interface configurations on all ports.
Syntax
show ip verify [interface <slot/port>]
<slot/port> - Specifies the interface number.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Interface: Interface address in slot/port format.
Filter Type: Is one of two values:

ip-mac: User has configured MAC address filtering on this interface.

ip: Only IP address filtering on this interface.
5.18.1.2 show ip verify source
This command displays the IPSG interface and binding configurations on all ports.
Syntax
show ip verify source [interface <slot/port>]
<slot/port> - Specifies the interface number.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
519
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Interface: Interface address in slot/port format.
Filter Type: Is one of two values:

ip-mac: User has configured MAC address filtering on this interface.

ip: Only IP address filtering on this interface.
IP Address: IP address of the interface.
MAC Address: If MAC address filtering is not configured on the interface, the MAC Address field is
empty. If port security is disabled on the interface, then the MAC Address field displays "permit-all".
VLAN: The VLAN for the binding rule.
5.18.1.3 show ip source binding
This command displays the IPSG bindings.
Syntax
show ip source binding [{static | dhcp-snooping}] [interface <slot/port>] [vlan <vlan-id>]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
MAC Address: The MAC address for the entry that is added.
IP Address: The IP address of the entry that is added.
Type: Entry type; statically configured from CLI or dynamically learned from DHCP Snooping.
VLAN: VLAN for the entry.
Interface: IP address of the interface in slot/port format.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
520
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.18.2 Configuration Commands
5.18.2.1 ip verify source
This command configures the IPSG source ID attribute to filter the data traffic in the hardware. Source ID
is the combination of IP address and MAC address. Normal command allows data traffic filtration based
on the IP address. With the "port-security" option, the data traffic will be filtered based on the IP and
MAC addresses.
Syntax
ip verify source [port-security]
no ip verify source [port-security]
no - This command disables the IPSG configuration in the hardware.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.18.2.2 ip verify binding
This command configures static IP source guard (IPSG) entries.
Syntax
ip verify binding <mac-address> vlan <vlan-id> <ip address> interface <slot/port>
no ip verify binding <mac-address> vlan <vlan-id> <ip address> interface <slot/port>
no - This command removes the IPSG static entry from the IPSG database.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
521
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.19 Dynamic ARP Inspection (DAI) Command
Dynamic ARP Inspection (DAI) is a security feature that rejects invalid and malicious ARP packets. DAI
prevents a class of man-in-the-middle attacks, where an unfriendly station intercepts traffic for other
stations by poisoning the ARP caches of its unsuspecting neighbors. The miscreant sends ARP
requests or responses mapping another station's IP address to its own MAC address.
To prevent ARP poisoning attacks, a switch must ensure that only valid ARP requests and responses
are relayed. DAI prevents these attacks by intercepting all ARP requests and responses. Each of these
intercepted packets is verified for valid MAC address to IP address bindings before the local ARP cache
is updated or the packet is forwarded to the appropriate destination. Invalid ARP packets are dropped.
DAI determines the validity of an ARP packet based on valid MAC address to IP address bindings stored
in a trusted database. This database is built at runtime by DHCP snooping, provided this feature is
enabled on VLANs and on the switch. DAI relies on DHCP snooping. DHCP snooping listens to DHCP
message exchanges and builds a binding database of valid {MAC address, IP address, VLAN, and
interface} tuples. In addition, in order to handle hosts that use statically configured IP addresses, DAI
can also validate ARP packets against user-configured ARP ACLs.
When DAI is enabled, the switch drops ARP packets whose sender MAC address and sender IP
address do not match an entry in the DHCP snooping bindings database. You can optionally configure
additional ARP packet validation.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
522
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.19.1 Show Commands
5.19.1.1 show ip arp inspection statistics
This command displays the statistics of the ARP packets processed by Dynamic ARP Inspection. Give
the vlan-list argument and the command displays the statistics on all DAI-enabled VLANs in that list.
Give the single vlan argument and the command displays the statistics on that VLAN. If no argument is
included, the command lists a summary of the forwarded and dropped ARP packets.
Syntax
show ip arp inspection statistics [vlan <vlan-list>]
<vlan-list> - Specifies VLAN ID in a list. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
VLAN: The VLAN ID for each displayed row.
Forwarded: The total number of valid ARP packets forwarded in this VLAN.
Dropped: The total number of not valid ARP packets dropped in this VLAN.
DHCP Drops: The number of packets dropped due to DHCP snooping binding database match
failure.
ACL Drops: The number of packets dropped due to ARP ACL rule match failure.
DHCP Permits: The number of packets permitted due to DHCP snooping binding database match.
ACL Permits: The number of packets permitted due to ARP ACL rule match.
Bad Src MAC: The number of packets dropped due to Source MAC validation failure.
Bad Dest MAC: The number of packets dropped due to Destination MAC validation failure.
Invalid IP: The number of packets dropped due to invalid IP checks.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
523
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.19.1.2 show ip arp inspection
This command displays the Dynamic ARP Inspection global configuration and configuration on all the
VLANs. With the vlan-list argument (i.e. comma separated VLAN ranges), the command displays the
global configuration and configuration on all the VLANs in the given VLAN list. The global configuration
includes the source mac validation, destination mac validation and invalid IP validation information.
Syntax
show ip arp inspection [vlan <vlan-list>]
<vlan-list> - Specifies VLAN ID in a list. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Source MAC Validation: Displays whether Source MAC Validation of ARP frame is enabled or
disabled.
Destination MAC Validation: Displays whether Destination MAC Validation is enabled or disabled.
IP Address Validation: Displays whether IP Address Validation is enabled or disabled.
VLAN: The VLAN ID for each displayed row.
Configuration: Displays whether DAI is enabled or disabled on the VLAN.
Log Invalid: Displays whether logging of invalid ARP packets is enabled on the VLAN.
ACL Name: The ARP ACL Name, if configured on the VLAN.
Static Flag: If the ARP ACL is configured static on the VLAN.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
524
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.19.1.3 show ip arp inspection interfaces
This command displays the Dynamic ARP Inspection configuration on all the DAI-enabled interfaces. An
interface is said to be enabled for DAI if at least one VLAN, that the interface is a member of, is enabled
for DAI. Given a slot/port interface argument, the command displays the values for that interface whether
the interface is enabled for DAI or not.
Syntax
show ip arp inspection interfaces [<slot/port>]
<slot/port> - Interface Number.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Interface: The interface ID for each displayed row.
Trust State: Whether the interface is trusted or untrusted for DAI.
Rate Limit: The configured rate limit value in packets per second.
Burst Interval: The configured burst interval value in seconds.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
525
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.19.1.4 show arp access-list
This command displays the configured ARP ACLs with the rules. Giving an ARP ACL name as the
argument will display only the rules in that ARP ACL.
Syntax
show arp access-list [acl-name]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
526
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.19.2 Configuration Commands
5.19.2.1 ip arp inspection validate
This command enables additional validation checks like source-mac validation, destination-mac
validation, and ip address validation on the received ARP packets.
Syntax
ip arp inspection validate {[src-mac] [dst-mac] [ip]}
no ip arp inspection validate {[src-mac] [dst-mac] [ip]}
no - This command disables the additional validation checks on the received ARP packets.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.19.2.2 ip arp inspection vlan
This command enables Dynamic ARP Inspection on a list of comma-separated VLAN ranges.
Syntax
ip arp inspection vlan <vlan-list>
no ip arp inspection vlan <vlan-list>
no - This command disables Dynamic ARP Inspection on a list of comma-separated VLAN ranges.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
527
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.19.2.3 ip arp inspection vlan logging
This command enables logging of invalid ARP packets on a list of comma-separated VLAN ranges.
Syntax
ip arp inspection vlan <vlan-list> logging
no ip arp inspection vlan <vlan-list> logging
no - This command disables logging of invalid ARP packets on a list of comma-separated VLAN
ranges.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.19.2.4 ip arp inspection filter
This command configures the ARP ACL used to filter invalid ARP packets on a list of comma-separated
VLAN ranges. If the static keyword is given, packets that do not match a permit statement are dropped
without consulting the DHCP snooping bindings.
Syntax
ip arp inspection filter <acl-name> vlan <vlan-list> [static]
no ip arp inspection filter <acl-name> vlan <vlan-list> [static]
no - This command unconfigures the ARP ACL used to filter invalid ARP packets on a list of
comma-separated VLAN ranges.
Default Setting
No ARP ACL is configured on a VLAN
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
528
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.19.2.5 ip arp inspection trust
This command configures an interface as trusted for Dynamic ARP Inspection.
Syntax
ip arp inspection trust
no ip arp inspection trust
no - This command configures an interface as untrusted for Dynamic ARP Inspection.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.19.2.6 ip arp inspection limit
This command configures the rate limit and burst interval values for an interface. Configuring none for
the limit means the interface is not rate limited for Dynamic ARP Inspections.
Syntax
ip arp inspection limit {rate <pps> [burst interval <seconds>] | none}
no ip arp inspection limit
no - This command sets the rate limit and burst interval values for an interface to the default values
of 15 pps and 1 second, respectively.
Default Setting
15 pps for rate and 1 second for burst-interval
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
529
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.19.2.7 arp access-list
This command creates an ARP ACL.
Syntax
arp access-list <acl-name>
no arp access-list <acl-name>
no - This command deletes a configured ARP ACL.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.19.2.8 permit ip host mac host
This command configures a rule for a valid IP address and MAC address combination used in ARP
packet validation.
Syntax
permit ip host <sender-ip> mac host <sender-mac>
no permit ip host <sender-ip> mac host <sender-mac>
no - This command deletes a rule for a valid IP and MAC combination.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
ARP Access-list Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
530
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.19.2.9 clear ip arp inspection statistics
This command resets the statistics for Dynamic ARP Inspection on all VLANs.
Syntax
clear ip arp inspection statistics
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
531
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20 Differentiated Service Command
This Switching Command function can only be used on the QoS software version.
!
This chapter contains the CLI commands used for the QoS Differentiated Services (DiffServ) package.
The user configures DiffServ in several stages by specifying:
1. Class

creating and deleting classes

defining match criteria for a class
The only way to remove an individual match criterion from an existing class definition is to
delete the class and re-create it.
!
2. Policy

creating and deleting policies

associating classes with a policy

defining policy statements for a policy/class combination
3. Service

adding and removing a policy to/from a directional (that is, inbound, outbound) interface
Packets are filtered and processed based on defined criteria. The filtering criteria are defined by a class.
The processing is defined by a policy's attributes. Policy attributes may be defined on a per class
instance basis, and it is these attributes that are applied when a match occurs.
Packet processing begins by testing the match criteria for a packet. A policy is applied to a packet when
a class match within that policy is found.
Note that the type of class - all, any, or acl - has a bearing on the validity of match criteria specified when
defining the class. A class type of 'any' processes its match rules in an ordered sequence; additional
rules specified for such a class simply extend this list. A class type of ‗acl‘ obtains its rule list by
interpreting each ACL rule definition at the time the Diffserv class is created. Differences arise when
specifying match criteria for a class type 'all', since only one value for each non-excluded match field is
allowed within a class definition. If a field is already specified for a class, all subsequent attempts to
specify the same field fail, including the cases where a field can be specified multiple ways through
alternative formats. The exception to this is when the 'exclude' option is specified, in which case this
restriction does not apply to the excluded fields.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
532
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
The following class restrictions are imposed by the LB8 Series L3 Switch DiffServ design:

nested class support limited to:

'all' within 'all'

no nested 'not' conditions

no nested 'acl' class types

each class contains at most one referenced class

hierarchical service policies not supported in a class definition

access list matched by reference only, and must be sole criterion in a class

that is, ACL rules copied as class match criteria at time of class creation, with class type 'any'

implicit ACL 'deny all' rule also copied

no nesting of class type 'acl'
Regarding nested classes, referred to here as class references, a given class definition can contain at
most one reference to another class, which can be combined with other match criteria. The referenced
class is truly a reference and not a copy, since additions to a referenced class affect all classes that
reference it. Changes to any class definition currently referenced by any other class must result in valid
class definitions for all derived classes otherwise the change is rejected. A class reference may be
removed from a class definition.
The user can display summary and detailed information for classes, policies, and services. All
configuration information is accessible via the CLI, and SNMP user interfaces.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
533
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.1 General Commands
The following characteristics are configurable for the platform as a whole.
5.20.1.1 diffserv
This command sets the DiffServ operational mode to active. While disabled, the DiffServ configuration is
retained and can be changed, but it is not activated. When enabled, Diffserv services are activated.
Syntax
diffserv
Command Mode
Global Config
5.20.1.2 no diffserv
This command sets the DiffServ operational mode to inactive. While disabled, the DiffServ configuration
is retained and can be changed, but it is not activated. When enabled, Diffserv services are activated.
Syntax
no diffserv
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
534
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.2 Class Commands
The 'class' command set is used in DiffServ to define:
Traffic Classification specifies Behavior Aggregate (BA) based on DSCP, and Multi- Field (MF)
classes of traffic (name, match criteria)
Service Levels specifies the BA forwarding classes / service levels. Conceptually, DiffServ is a
two-level hierarchy of classes: 1. Service/PHB, 2. Traffic Class
This set of commands consists of class creation/deletion and matching, with the class match commands
specifying layer 3, layer 2, and general match criteria. The class match criteria are also known as class
rules, with a class definition consisting of one or more rules to identify the traffic belonging to the class.
Note that once a class match criterion is created for a class, it cannot be changed or deleted - the entire
class must be deleted and re-created.
The CLI command root is class-map.
5.20.2.1 class-map
This command defines a new DiffServ class of type match-all, match-any or match-access-group.
Syntax
class-map [ match-all ] <class-map-name> [{ipv4 | ipv6}]
<class-map-name> is a case sensitive alphanumeric string from 1 to 31 characters uniquely identifying
the class.
When used without any match condition, this command enters the class-map mode. The
<class-map-name> is the name of an existing DiffServ class.
!
The class name 'default' is reserved and is not allowed here. The class type of match-all
indicates all of the individual match conditions must be true for a packet to be considered
a member of the class.
The optional keywords [{ipv4 | ipv6}] specify the Layer 3 protocol for this class. If not
specified, this parameter defaults to ‗ipv4‘. This maintains backward compatibility for
configurations defined on systems before IPv6 match items were supported.
The CLI mode is changed to Class-Map Config or Ipv6-Class-Map Config when this
command is successfully executed depending on the [{ipv4 | ipv6}] keyword specified.
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
535
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.2.2 no class-map
This command eliminates an existing DiffServ class.
Syntax
no class-map <class-map-name>
<class-map-name> is the name of an existing DiffServ class.
!
The class name 'default' is reserved and is not allowed here. This command may be
issued at any time; if the class is currently referenced by one or more policies or by any
other class, this deletion attempt shall fail.
Command Mode
Global Config
5.20.2.3 class-map rename
This command changes the name of a DiffServ class.
Syntax
class-map rename <new-class-map-name>
<new-class-map-name>
identifying the class.
!
is a case-sensitive alphanumeric string from 1 to 31 characters uniquely
The class name ‗default‘ is reserved and must not be used here.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Class-Map Config / Ipv6-Class-Map Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
536
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.2.4 match any
This command adds to the specified class definition a match condition whereby all packets are
considered to belong to the class.
Syntax
match any
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Class-Map Config / Ipv6-Class-Map Config
5.20.2.5 match class-map
This command adds to the specified class definition the set of match conditions defined for another
class.
Syntax
match class-map <refclassname>
<refclassname> is the name of an existing DiffServ class whose match conditions are being
referenced by the specified class definition.
There is no [not] option for this match command.
i
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Class-Map Config / Ipv6-Class-Map Config
Restrictions The class types of both <classname> and <refclassname> must be identical (that is, any
vs. any, or all vs. all). A class type of acl is not supported by this command.
Cannot specify <refclassname> the same as <classname> (that is, self-referencing of class name not
allowed). At most one other class may be referenced by a class. Any attempt to delete the
<refclassname> class while still referenced by any <classname> shall fail.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
537
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
The combined match criteria of <classname> and <refclassname> must be an allowed combination
based on the class type. Any subsequent changes to the <refclassname> class match criteria must
maintain this validity, or the change attempt shall fail. The total number of class rules formed by the
complete reference class chain (includes both predecessor and successor classes) must not exceed a
platform-specific maximum. In some cases, each removal of a refclass rule reduces the maximum
number of available rules in the class definition by one.
5.20.2.6 no match class-map
This command removes from the specified class definition the set of match conditions defined for
another class.
Syntax
no match class-map <refclassname>
<refclassname> is the name of an existing DiffServ class whose match conditions
are being referenced by the specified class definition.
There is no [not] option for this match command.
i
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Class-Map Config / Ipv6-Class-Map Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
538
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.2.7 match cos
This command adds to the specified class definition a match condition for the Class of Service value (the
only tag in a single tagged packet or the first or outer 802.1Q tag of a double VLAN tagged packet). The
value may be from 0 to 7.
This command is not available on the Broadcom 5630x platform.
i
Syntax
match cos <0-7>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Class-Map Config
5.20.2.8 match secondary-cos
This command adds to the specified class definition a match condition for the secondary Class of
Service value (the inner 802.1Q tag of a double VLAN tagged packet). The value may be from 0 to 7.
This command is supported on the Broadcom 56314, 56504, 56214, 56224 platform.
i
Syntax
match secondary-cos <0-7>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Class-Map Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
539
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.2.9 match destination-address mac
This command adds to the specified class definition a match condition based on the destination MAC
address of a packet. The <address> parameter is any layer 2 MAC address formatted as six, two-digit
hexadecimal numbers separated by colons (e.g., 00:11:22:dd:ee:ff). The <mac-mask> parameter is a
layer 2 MAC address bit mask, which need not be contiguous, and is formatted as six, two-digit
hexadecimal numbers separated by colons (e.g., ff:07:23:ff:fe:dc).
This command is not available on the Broadcom 5630x platform.
i
Syntax
match destination-address mac <address> <mac-mask>
<address> - Specifies any layer 2 MAC address.
<mac-mask> - Specifies a layer 2 MAC address bit mask.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Class-Map Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
540
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.2.10 match dstip
This command adds to the specified class definition a match condition based on the destination IP
address of a packet.
Syntax
match dstip <ipaddr> <ipmask>
<ipaddr>
specifies an IP address.
<ipmask> specifies an IP address bit mask; note that although similar to a standard subnet mask,
this bit mask need not be contiguous.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Class-Map Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
541
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.2.11 match dstl4port
This command adds to the specified class definition a match condition based on the destination layer 4
port of a packet using a single keyword or numeric notation or a numeric range notation.
Syntax
match dstl4port {<portkey> | <0-65535>}
To specify the match condition as a single keyword, the value for <portkey> is one of the supported port
name keywords. The currently supported <portkey> values are: domain, echo, ftp, ftpdata, http,
smtp, snmp, telnet, tftp, www. Each of these translates into its equivalent port number, which is used
as both the start and end of a port range.
To specify the match condition using a numeric notation, one layer 4 port number is required.
The port number is an integer from 0 to 65535.
To specify the match condition using a numeric range notation, two layer 4 port numbers are required
and together they specify a contiguous port range. Each port number is an integer from 0 to 65535, but
with the added requirement that the second number be equal to or greater than the first.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Class-Map Config / Ipv6-Class-Map Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
542
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.2.12 match ethertype
This command adds to the specified class definition a match condition based on the value of the
ethertype. The <ethertype> value is specified as one of the following keywords: appletalk, arp, ibmsna,
ipv4, ipv6, ipx, mplsmcast, mplsucast, netbios, novell, pppoe, rarp or as a custom ethertype value
in the range of 0x0600-0xFFFF.
This command is not available on the Broadcom 5630x platform.
i
Syntax
match ethertype {<keyword> | <0x0600-0xFFFF>}
<keyword> - Specifies appletalk, arp, ibmsna, ipv4, ipv6, ipx, mplsmcast etc
<0x0600-0xFFFF> - Specifies ethertype value.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Class-Map Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
543
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.2.13 match ip dscp
This command adds to the specified class definition a match condition based on the value of the IP
DiffServ Code Point (DSCP) field in a packet, which is defined as the high-order six bits of the Service
Type octet in the IP header (the low-order two bits are not checked).
Syntax
match ip dscp <value>
<dscpval> - value is specified as either an integer from 0 to 63, or symbolically through one of the
following keywords: af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, be, cs0, cs1,
cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, ef.
The ip dscp, ip precedence, and ip tos match conditions are alternative ways to specify a
match criterion for the same Service Type field in the IP header, but with a slightly different
user notation.
i
To specify a match on all DSCP values, use the match [not] ip tos <tosbits> <tosmask>
command with <tosbits> set to 0 and <tosmask> set to 03 (hex).
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Class-Map Config / Ipv6-Class-Map Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
544
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.2.14 match ip precedence
This command adds to the specified class definition a match condition based on the value of the IP
Precedence field in a packet, which is defined as the high-order three bits of the Service Type octet in
the IP header (the low-order five bits are not checked). The precedence value is an integer from 0 to 7.
Syntax
match ip precedence <0-7>
The ip dscp, ip precedence, and ip tos match conditions are alternative ways to specify a
match criterion for the same Service Type field in the IP header, but with a slightly different
user notation.
i
To specify a match on all Precedence values, use the match [not] ip tos <tosbits>
<tosmask> command with <tosbits> set to 0 and <tosmask> set to 1F (hex).
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Class-Map Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
545
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.2.15 match ip tos
This command adds to the specified class definition a match condition based on the value of the IP TOS
field in a packet, which is defined as all eight bits of the Service Type octet in the IP header.
Syntax
match ip tos <tosbits> <tosmask>
<tosbits> is a two-digit hexadecimal number from 00 to ff.
<tosmask> is a two-digit hexadecimal number from 00 to ff.
The <tosmask> denotes the bit positions in <tosbits> that are used for comparison against the IP TOS
field in a packet. For example, to check for an IP TOS value having bits 7 and 5 set and bit 1 clear, where
bit 7 is most significant, use a <tosbits> value of a0 (hex) and a <tosmask> of a2 (hex).
The ip dscp, ip precedence, and ip tos match conditions are alternative ways to specify a
match criterion for the same Service Type field in the IP header, but with a slightly different
user notation.
i
In essence, this the ―free form‖ version of the IP DSCP/Precedence/TOS match
specification in that the user has complete control of specifying which bits of the IP Service
Type field are checked.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Class-Map Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
546
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.2.16 match protocol
This command adds to the specified class definition a match condition based on the value of the IP
Protocol field in a packet using a single keyword notation or a numeric value notation.
Syntax
match protocol {<protocol-name> | <0-255>}
<protocol-name> is one of the supported protocol name keywords. The currently supported values
are: icmp, igmp, ip, tcp, udp. Note that a value of ip is interpreted to match all protocol number
values. To specify the match condition using a numeric value notation, the protocol number is a
standard value assigned by IANA and is interpreted as an integer from 0 to 255.
This command does not validate the protocol number value against the current list defined
by IANA.
i
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Class-Map Config / Ipv6-Class-Map Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
547
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.2.17 match source-address mac
This command adds to the specified class definition a match condition based on the source MAC
address of a packet. The <address> parameter is any layer 2 MAC address formatted as six, two-digit
hexadecimal numbers separated by colons (e.g., 00:11:22:dd:ee:ff). The <macmask> parameter is a
layer 2 MAC address bit mask, which may not be contiguous, and is formatted as six, two-digit
hexadecimal numbers separated by colons (e.g., ff:07:23:ff:fe:dc).
i
This command is not available on the Broadcom 5630x platform.
Syntax
match source-address mac <address> <macmask>
<address> - Specifies any layer 2 MAC address.
<macmask> - Specifies a layer 2 MAC address bit mask.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Class-Map Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
548
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.2.18 match srcip
This command adds to the specified class definition a match condition based on the source IP address
of a packet.
Syntax
match srcip <ipaddr> <ipmask>
<ipaddr> - specifies an IP address.
<ipmask> - specifies an IP address bit mask; note that although it resembles a standard subnet
mask, this bit mask need not be contiguous.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Class-Map Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
549
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.2.19 match srcl4port
This command adds to the specified class definition a match condition based on the source layer 4 port
of a packet using a single keyword or numeric notation or a numeric range notation.
Syntax
match srcl4port {<portkey> | <0-65535>}
<portkey> is one of the supported port name keywords (listed below).
The currently supported <portkey> values are: domain, echo, ftp, ftpdata, http, smtp, snmp, telnet,
tftp, www. Each of these translates into its equivalent port number, which is used as both the start
and end of a port range.
To specify the match condition as a numeric value, one layer 4 port number is required. The port number
is an integer from 0 to 65535.
To specify the match condition as a range, two layer 4 port numbers are required and together they
specify a contiguous port range. Each port number is an integer from 0 to 65535, but with the added
requirement that the second number be equal to or greater than the first.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Class-Map Config / IPv6-Class-Map Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
550
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.2.20 match vlan
This command adds to the specified class definition a match condition based on the value of the layer 2
VLAN Identifier field (the only tag in a single tagged packet or the first or outer tag of a double VLAN
tagged packet). The VLAN ID is an integer from 1 to 4093.
i
This command is not available on the Broadcom 5630x platform.
Syntax
match vlan <1-4093>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Class-Map Config
5.20.2.21 match secondary-vlan
This command adds to the specified class definition a match condition based on the value of the layer 2
secondary VLAN Identifier field (the inner 802.1Q tag of a double VLAN tagged packet). The VLAN ID is
an integer from 1 to 4093.
Syntax
match secondary-vlan <1-4093>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Class-Map Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
551
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.2.22 match dstip6
This command adds to the specified class definition a match condition based on the destination IPv6
address of a packet.
Syntax
match dstip6 <destination-ipv6-prefix/prefix-length>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
IPv6-Class-Map Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
552
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.2.23 match srcip6
This command adds to the specified class definition a match condition based on the source IP address
of a packet.
Syntax
match srcip6 <source-ipv6-prefix/prefix-length>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
IPv6-Class-Map Config
5.20.2.24 match ip6flowlbl
This command adds to the specified class definition a match condition based on the IPv6 flow label
value.
Syntax
match ip6flowlbl <0- 1048575>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
IPv6-Class-Map Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
553
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.3 Policy Commands
The 'policy' command set is used in DiffServ to define:
Traffic Conditioning Specify traffic conditioning actions (policing, marking, shaping) to apply to
traffic classes
Service Provisioning Specify bandwidth and queue depth management requirements of service
levels (EF, AF, etc.)
The policy commands are used to associate a traffic class, which was defined by the class command
set, with one or more QoS policy attributes. This association is then assigned to an interface in a
particular direction to form a service. The user specifies the policy name when the policy is created.
The DiffServ CLI does not necessarily require that users associate only one traffic class to one policy. In
fact, multiple traffic classes can be associated with a single policy, each defining a particular treatment
for packets that match the class definition. When a packet satisfies the conditions of more than one
class, preference is based on the order in which the classes were added to the policy, with the foremost
class taking highest precedence.
This set of commands consists of policy creation/deletion, class addition/removal, and individual policy
attributes. Note that the only way to remove an individual policy attribute from a class instance within a
policy is to remove the class instance and re-add it to the policy. The values associated with an existing
policy attribute can be changed without removing the class instance.
The CLI command root is policy-map.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
554
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.3.1 assign-queue
This command modifies the queue id to which the associated traffic stream is assigned. The queueid is
an integer from 0 to n-1, where n is the number of egress queues supported by the device.
Syntax
assign-queue <0-7>
<0-7> - Queue ID.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Config
Incompatibilities
Drop
5.20.3.2 drop
This command specifies that all packets for the associated traffic stream are to be dropped at ingress.
Syntax
drop
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Config
Incompatibilities
Assign Queue, Mark (all forms), Mirror, Police, Redirect
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
555
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.3.3 mirror
This command specifies that all incoming packets for the associated traffic stream are copied to a
specific egress interface (physical port or LAG).
i
This command is not available on the Broadcom 5630x platform.
Syntax
mirror {<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id>}
<slot/port> - Specifies the physical interface where the mirrored packet send to.
<portchannel-id> - Specifies the port-channel interface where the mirrorred packet send to. The
range of the port-channel ID is 1 to 64.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Config
Incompatibilities
Drop, Redirect
5.20.3.4 redirect
This command specifies that all incoming packets for the associated traffic stream are redirected to a
specific egress interface (physical port or port-channel).
Syntax
redirect {<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id>}
<slot/port> - Specifies which physical interface that traffic stream are redirected to.
<portchannel-id> - Specifies which port-channel interface that traffic stream are directed to. The
range of the port-channel ID is 1 to 64.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Config
Incompatibilities
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
556
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Drop, Mirror
5.20.3.5 conform-color
This command is used to enable color-aware traffic policing and define the conform-color class maps
used. Used in conjunction with the police command where the fields for the conform level (for simple,
single-rate, and two-rate policing) are specified. The <class-map-name> parameter is the name of an
existing Diffserv class map, where different ones must be used for the conform and exceed colors.
Syntax
conform-color <class-map-name>
<class-map-name> - Name of an existing Diffserv class map, where different ones must be used for
the conform colors.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Config
Incompatibilities
Drop, Mirror
5.20.3.6 mark cos
This command marks all packets for the associated traffic stream with the specified class of service
value in the priority field of the 802.1p header. If the packet does not already contain this header, one is
inserted. The CoS value is an integer from 0 to 7.
Syntax
mark cos <0-7>
<0-7> - The range of COS value is 0 to 7.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Config
Incompatibilities
Drop, Mark IP DSCP, IP Precedence, Police
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
557
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.3.7 mark cos-as-sec-cos
This command marks outer VLAN tag priority bits of all packets as the inner VLAN tag priority, marking
CoS as Secondary CoS. This essentially means that the inner VLAN tag CoS is copied to the outer
VLAN tag CoS.
Syntax
mark cos-as-sec-cos <0-7>
<0-7> - The range of COS value is 0 to 7.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Config
Incompatibilities
Drop, Mark IP DSCP, IP Precedence, Police
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
558
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.3.8 class
This command creates an instance of a class definition within the specified policy for the purpose of
defining treatment of the traffic class through subsequent policy attribute statements.
Syntax
class <classname>
<classname> is the name of an existing DiffServ class. Note that this command causes the
specified policy to create a reference to the class definition.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Config
5.20.3.9 no class
This command deletes the instance of a particular class and its defined treatment from the specified
policy.
Syntax
no class <classname>
<classname> is the name of an existing DiffServ class. Note that this command removes the
reference to the class definition for the specified policy.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
559
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.3.10 mark ip-dscp
This command marks all packets for the associated traffic stream with the specified IP DSCP value.
Syntax
mark ip-dscp <value>
<value> - is specified as either an integer from 0 to 63, or symbolically through one of the following
keywords: af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, be, cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3,
cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, ef.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Config
Incompatibilities
Drop, Mark CoS, Mark IP Precedence, Police
5.20.3.11 mark ip-precedence
This command marks all packets for the associated traffic stream with the specified IP Precedence
value. The IP Precedence value is an integer from 0 to 7.
Syntax
mark ip-precedence <0-7>
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Config
Incompatibilities
Drop, Mark (all forms)
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
560
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.3.12 police-simple
This command is used to establish the traffic policing style for the specified class. The simple form of the
police command uses a single data rate and burst size, resulting in two outcomes: conform and violate.
The conforming data rate is specified in kilobits-per-second (Kbps) and is an integer from 1 to
4294967295. The conforming burst size is specified in kilobytes (KB) and is an integer from 1 to 128.
For each outcome, the only possible actions are drop, set-cos-transmit, set-dscp-transmit,
setprec-transmit, or transmit. In this simple form of the police command, the conform action defaults to
transmit and the violate action defaults to drop.
For set-dscp-transmit, a <dscpval> value is required and is specified as either an integer from 0 to 63, or
symbolically through one of the following keywords: af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23,
af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, be, cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, ef.
For set-prec-transmit, an IP Precedence value is required and is specified as an integer from 0-7.
For set-cos-transmit an 802.1p priority value is required and is specified as an integer from 0-7.
Syntax
police-simple {<1-4294967295> <1-128> conform-action {drop | set-prec-transmit <0-7> |
set-dscp-transmit <0-63> | set-cos-transmit <0-7> | transmit} [violate-action {drop | set-prectransmit
<0-7> | set-dscp-transmit <0-63> | set-cos-transmit <0- 7> | transmit}]}
The simple form of the police command uses a single data rate and burst size, resulting in two
outcomes:
<conform-action & violate-action> - The conforming data rate is specified in kilobits-per-second
(Kbps) and is an integer from 1 to 4294967295. The conforming burst size is specified in kilobytes
(KB) and is an integer from 1 to 128. For each outcome, the only possible actions are drop,
set-dscp-transmit, set-prec-transmit, or set-cos-transmit. In this simple form of the police command,
the conform action defaults to transmit and the violate action defaults to drop. These actions can be
set with this command once the style has been configured. Beside, the set-cos-transmit is to
combine only with drop between the conform-action and the violate-action.
<set-cos-transmit> - an priority value is required and is specified as an integer from 0-7.
<set-dscp-transmit> - is required and is specified as either an integer from 0 to 63, or symbolically
through one of the following keywords: af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41,
af42, af43, be, cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, ef.
<set-prec-transmit> - an IP Precedence value is required and is specified as an integer from 0-7.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Config
Incompatibilities
Drop, Mark(all forms)
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
561
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.3.13 police-single-rate
This command is the single-rate form of the police command and is used to establish the traffic policing
style for the specified class. For each outcome, the only possible actions are drop, set-cos-as-sec-cos,
set-cos-transmit, set-sec-cos-transmit, set-dscp-transmit, set-prec-transmit, or transmit. In this
single-rate form of the police command, the conform action defaults to send, the exceed action defaults
to drop, and the violate action defaults to drop. These actions can be set with this command once the
style has been configured.
Syntax
police-single-rate {1-4294967295 1-128 1-128 conform-action {drop | set-cos-as-sec-cos |
set-cos-transmit 0-7 | set-prec-transmit 0-7 | set-dscp-transmit 0-63 | transmit} exceed-action {drop |
set-cos-as-sec-cos | set-cos-transmit 0-7 | set-prec-transmit 0-7 | set-dscp-transmit 0-63 | transmit}
[violate-action {drop | set-cos-as-sec-cos | set-cos-transmit 0-7 | set-prec-transmit 0-7 |
set-dscp-transmit 0-63 | transmit}]}
<conform-action & violate-action & exceed-action > - The conforming data rate is specified in
kilobits-per-second (Kbps) and is an integer from 1 to 4294967295. The conforming burst size is
specified in kilobytes (KB) and is an integer from 1 to 128. For each outcome, the only possible
actions are drop, set-dscp-transmit, set-prec-transmit, or set-cos-transmit. In this simple form of the
police command, the conform action defaults to transmit and the violate action defaults to drop.
These actions can be set with this command once the style has been configured. Beside, the
set-cos-transmit is to combine only with drop between the conform-action and the violate-action.
<set-cos-transmit> - an priority value is required and is specified as an integer from 0-7.
<set-dscp-transmit> - is required and is specified as either an integer from 0 to 63, or symbolically
through one of the following keywords: af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41,
af42, af43, be, cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, ef.
<set-prec-transmit> - an IP Precedence value is required and is specified as an integer from 0-7.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
562
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.3.14 police-two-rate
This command is the two-rate form of the police command and is used to establish the traffic policing
style for the specified class. For each outcome, the only possible actions are drop, set-cos-as-sec-cos,
set-cos-transmit, set-sec-cos-transmit, set-dscp-transmit, set-prec-transmit, or transmit. In this two-rate
form of the police command, the conform action defaults to send, the exceed action defaults to drop, and
the violate action defaults to drop. These actions can be set with this command once the style has been
configured.
Syntax
police-two-rate {1-4294967295 1-4294967295 1-128 1-128 conform-action {drop | setcos-as-sec-cos | set-cos-transmit 0-7 | set-sec-cos-transmit 0-7 | set-prectransmit 0-7 | set-dscp-transmit 0-63 | transmit} exceed-action {drop | set-cosas-sec-cos | set-cos-transmit 0-7 | set-sec-cos-transmit 0-7 | set-prec-transmit
0-7 | set-dscp-transmit 0-63 | transmit} [violate-action {drop | set-cos-as-seccos | set-cos-transmit 0-7 | set-sec-cos-transmit 0-7 | set-prec-transmit 0-7 |
set-dscp-transmit 0-63 | transmit}]}
<conform-action & violate-action & exceed-action > - The conforming data rate is specified in
kilobits-per-second (Kbps) and is an integer from 1 to 4294967295. The conforming burst size is
specified in kilobytes (KB) and is an integer from 1 to 128. For each outcome, the only possible
actions are drop, set-dscp-transmit, set-prec-transmit, or set-cos-transmit. In this simple form of the
police command, the conform action defaults to transmit and the violate action defaults to drop.
These actions can be set with this command once the style has been configured. Beside, the
set-cos-transmit is to combine only with drop between the conform-action and the violate-action.
<set-cos-transmit> - an priority value is required and is specified as an integer from 0-7.
<set-dscp-transmit> - is required and is specified as either an integer from 0 to 63, or symbolically
through one of the following keywords: af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41,
af42, af43, be, cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, ef.
<set-prec-transmit> - an IP Precedence value is required and is specified as an integer from 0-7.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
563
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.3.15 policy-map
This command establishes a new DiffServ policy. The <policyname> parameter is a case-sensitive
alphanumeric string from 1 to 31 characters uniquely identifying the policy. The type of policy is specific
to the inbound traffic direction as indicated by the in parameter.
Syntax
policy-map <policyname> [{in | out} ]
no policy-map <policyname>
no – this command is to delete this policy.
in|out - The direction value is either in or out
Command Mode
Global Config
5.20.3.16 policy-map rename
This command changes the name of a DiffServ policy. The <policyname> is the name of an existing
DiffServ class. The <newpolicyname> parameter is a case-sensitive alphanumeric string from 1 to 31
characters uniquely identifying the policy.
Syntax
policy-map rename <policyname> <newpolicyname>
<policyname> - Old Policy name.
<newpolicyname> - New policy name.
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
564
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.4 Service Commands
The 'service' command set is used in DiffServ to define:
Traffic Conditioning Assign a DiffServ traffic conditioning policy (as specified by the policy
commands) to an interface in the incoming direction.
Service Provisioning Assign a DiffServ service provisioning policy (as specified by the policy
commands) to an interface in the outgoing direction
The service commands attach a defined policy to a directional interface. Only one policy may be
assigned at any one time to an interface in a particular direction. The policy type (in, out) must match the
interface direction to which it is attached.
This set of commands consists of service addition/removal.
The CLI command root is service-policy
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
565
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.4.1 service-policy
This command attaches a policy to an interface in a particular direction.
Syntax
service-policy {in | out} <policy-map-name>
The command can be used in the Interface Config mode to attach a policy to a specific interface.
Alternatively, the command can be used in the Global Config mode to attach this policy to all system
interfaces. The direction value is either in or out.
<policy-map-name> - is the name of an existing DiffServ policy, whose type must match the
interface direction. Note that this command causes a service to create a reference to the policy.
i
This command effectively enables DiffServ on an interface (in a particular direction). There is
no separate interface administrative 'mode' command for DiffServ.
This command shall fail if any attributes within the policy definition exceed the capabilities of
the interface. Once a policy is successfully attached to an interface, any attempt to change the
policy definition such that it would result in a violation of said interface capabilities shall cause
the policy change attempt to fail.
Command Mode
Global Config (for all system interfaces)
Interface Config (for a specific interface)
Restrictions Only a single policy may be attached to a particular interface in a particular direction at
any one time.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
566
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.4.2 no service-policy
This command detaches a policy from an interface in a particular direction.
Syntax
no service-policy {in | out} <policy-map-name>
The command can be used in the Interface Config mode to detach a policy from a specific interface.
Alternatively, the command can be used in the Global Config mode to detach this policy from all system
interfaces to which it is currently attached. The direction value is either in or out.
<policy-map-name> - is the name of an existing DiffServ policy. Note that this command causes a
service to remove its reference to the policy.
i
This command effectively disables DiffServ on an interface (in a particular direction).There is
no separate interface administrative 'mode' command for DiffServ.
Command Mode
Global Config (for all system interfaces)
Interface Config (for a specific interface)
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
567
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.5 Show Commands
The 'show' command set is used in DiffServ to display configuration and status information for:

Classes

Policies

Services
This information can be displayed in either summary or detailed formats. The status information is only
shown when the DiffServ administrative mode is enabled; it is suppressed otherwise. There is also a
'show' command for general DiffServ information that is available at any time.
5.20.5.1 show class-map
This command displays all configuration information for the specified class.
Syntax
show class-map [<classname>]
<classname> is the name of an existing DiffServ class.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Class Name: The name of this class.
Class Type: The class type (all, any, or acl) indicating how the match criteria are evaluated for this
class. A class type of all means every match criterion defined for the class is evaluated
simultaneously they must all be true to indicate a class match. For a type of any each match criterion
is evaluated sequentially and only one need be true to indicate a class match. Class type acl rules
are evaluated in a hybrid manner, with those derived from each ACL Rule grouped and evaluated
simultaneously, while each such grouping is evaluated sequentially.
L3 Proto: The Layer 3 protocol for this class. Possible values are IPv4 and IPv6.
Match Criteria: The Match Criteria fields will only be displayed if they have been configured. They
will be displayed in the order entered by the user. These are evaluated in accordance with the class
type. The possible Match Criteria fields are: Class of Service, Destination IP Address, Destination
Layer 4 Port, Destination MAC Address, Every, IP DSCP, IP Precedence, IP TOS, Protocol
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
568
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Keyword, Reference Class, Source IP Address, Source Layer 4 Port, Source MAC Address, and
VLAN.
Values: This field displays the values of the Match Criteria.
Class Name: The name of this class. (Note that the order in which classes are displayed is not
necessarily the same order in which they were created.)
Class Type: A class type of 'all' means every match criterion defined for the class is evaluated
simultaneously and must all be true to indicate a class match.
Reference Class Name: The name of an existing DiffServ class whose match conditions are being
referenced by the specified class definition.
5.20.5.2 show diffserv
This command displays the DiffServ General Status Group information, which includes the current
administrative mode setting as well as the current and maximum number of rows in each of the main
DiffServ private MIB tables.
Syntax
show diffserv
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
DiffServ Admin mode: The current value of the DiffServ administrative mode.
Class Table Size Current/Max: The current or maximum number of entries (rows) in the Class
Table.
Class Rule Table Size Current/Max: The current or maximum number of entries (rows) in the Class
Rule Table.
Policy Table Size Current/Max: The current or maximum number of entries (rows) in the Policy
Table.
Policy Instance Table Size Current/Max: The current or maximum number of entries (rows) in the
Policy Instance Table.
Policy Attribute Table Size Current/Max: The current or maximum number of entries (rows) in the
Policy Attribute Table.
Service Table Size Current/Max: The current or maximum number of entries (rows) in the Service
Table.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
569
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.5.3 show diffserv service
This command displays policy service information for the specified interface and direction.
Syntax
show diffserv service {<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id>} {in | out}
<slot/port> - specifies a valid slot number and port number for the system. The direction parameter
indicates the interface direction of interest.
<portchannel-id> - Specifies the port-channel interface. The range of the port-channel ID is 1 to 64.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
DiffServ Admin Mode: The current setting of the DiffServ administrative mode. An attached policy
is only in effect on an interface while DiffServ is in an enabled mode.
Interface: The slot number and port number of the interface (slot/port).
Direction: The traffic direction of this interface service.
Operational Status: The current operational status of this DiffServ service interface.
Policy Name: The name of the policy attached to the interface in the indicated direction.
Policy Details: Attached policy details, whose content is identical to that described for the show
policy-map <policymapname> command (content not repeated here for brevity).
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
570
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.5.4 show diffserv service brief
This command displays all interfaces in the system to which a DiffServ policy has been attached. The
direction parameter is optional; if specified, only services in the indicated direction are shown.
Syntax
show diffserv service brief [ in | out ]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
DiffServ Admin Mode: The current setting of the DiffServ administrative mode. An attached
is only active on an interface while DiffServ is in an enabled mode.
policy
The following information is repeated for interface and direction (only those
interfaces configured with an attached policy are shown):
Interface: The slot number and port number of the interface (slot/port).
Direction: The traffic direction of this interface service.
OperStatus: The current operational status of this DiffServ service interface.
Policy Name: The name of the policy attached to the interface in the indicated direction.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
571
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.5.5 show policy-map
This command displays all configuration information for the specified policy.
Syntax
show policy-map [<policy-map-name>]
<policy-map-name> - is the name of an existing DiffServ policy.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Policy Name: The name of this policy.
Policy Type: The policy type, namely whether it is an inbound or outbound policy definition.
The following information is repeated for each class associated with this policy
(only those policy attributes actually configured are displayed):
Class Name: The name of this class.
Mark CoS: Denotes the class of service value that is set in the 802.1p header of outbound packets.
This is not displayed if the mark cos was not specified.
Mark IP DSCP: Denotes the mark/re-mark value used as the DSCP for traffic matching this class.
This is not displayed if mark ip description is not specified using the police-two-rate command, or if
policing is in use for the class under this policy.
Mark IP Precedence: Denotes the mark/re-mark value used as the IP Precedence for traffic
matching this class. This is not displayed if either mark DSCP or policing is in use for the class under
this policy.
Policing Style: This field denotes the style of policing, if any, used simple.
Committed Rate (Kbps): This field displays the committed rate, used in simple policing, single-rate
policing, and two-rate policing.
Committed Burst Size (KB): This field displays the committed burst size, used in simple policing.
Conform Action: The current setting for the action taken on a packet considered to conform to the
policing parameters. This is not displayed if policing is not in use for the class under this policy.
Conform COS Value: This field shows the priority mark value if the conform action is
markcos.
Conform DSCP Value: This field shows the DSCP mark value if the conform action is markdscp.
Conform IP Precedence Value: This field shows the IP Precedence mark value if the conform
action is markprec.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
572
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Non-Conform Action: The current setting for the action taken on a packet considered to not
conform to the policing parameters. This is not displayed if policing not in use for the class under this
policy.
Non-Conform DSCP Value: This field displays the DSCP mark value if this action is markdscp.
Non-Conform IP Precedence Value: This field displays the IP Precedence mark value if this action
is markprec.
Assign Queue: Directs traffic stream to the specified QoS queue. This allows a traffic classifier to
specify which one of the supported hardware queues are used for handling packets belonging to the
class.
Drop: Drop a packet upon arrival. This is useful for emulating access control list operation using
DiffServ, especially when DiffServ and ACL cannot co-exist on the same interface.
Mirror: Copies a classified traffic stream to a specified egress port (physical port or LAG). This can
occur in addition to any marking or policing action. It may also be specified along with a QoS queue
assignment.
Redirect: Forces a classified traffic stream to a specified egress port (physical port or LAG). This
can occur in addition to any marking or policing action. It may also be specified along with a QoS
queue assignment.
Policy Name: The name of this policy. (Note that the order in which the policies are displayed is not
necessarily the same order in which they were created.)
Policy Type: The policy type, namely whether it is an inbound or outbound policy definition.
Class Members: List of all class names associated with this policy.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
573
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.5.6 show policy-map interface
This command displays policy-oriented statistics information for the specified interface and direction.
Syntax
show policy-map interface {<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id>} {in | out}
<slot/port> - specifies a valid slot number and port number for the system. The direction parameter
indicates the interface direction of interest.
<portchannel-id> - Specifies the port-channel interface. The range of port-channel ID is 1 to 64.
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Interface: The slot number and port number of the interface (slot/port).
Direction: The traffic direction of this interface service, either in or out.
Operational Status: The current operational status of this DiffServ service interface.
Policy Name: The name of the policy attached to the interface in the indicated
direction.
The following information is repeated for each class instance within this policy:
Class Name: The name of this class instance.
In Offered Packets: A count of the packets offered to this class instance before the defined DiffServ
treatment is applied. Only displayed for the 'in' direction.
In Discarded Packets: A count of the packets discarded for this class instance for any reason due
to DiffServ treatment of the traffic class. Only displayed for the 'in' direction.
i
None of the counters listed here are guaranteed to be supported on all platforms. Only
supported counters are shown in the display output.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
574
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.20.5.7 show service-policy
This command displays a summary of policy-oriented statistics information for all interfaces in the
specified direction. The direction parameter indicates the interface direction of interest. This command
enables or disables the route reflector client. A route reflector client relies on a route reflector to
re-advertise its routes to the entire AS. The possible values for this field are enable and disable.
Syntax
show service-policy {in | out}
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
The following information is repeated for each interface and direction (only those interfaces
configured with an attached policy are shown):
Interface: The slot number and port number of the interface (slot/port).
Operational Status: The current operational status of this DiffServ service interface.
Policy Name: The name of the policy attached to the interface.
i
None of the counters listed here are guaranteed to be supported on all platforms. Only
supported counters are shown in the display output.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
575
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.21 ACL Command
5.21.1 Show Commands
5.21.1.1 show mac access-lists name
This command displays a MAC access list and all of the rules that are defined for the ACL. The
<name> parameter is used to identify a specific MAC ACL to display.
Syntax
show mac access-lists <name>
<name> - ACL name which uniquely identifies the MAC ACL to display.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
MAC ACL Name: The name of the MAC ACL rule.
Rule Number: The ordered rule number identifier defined within the ACL.
Action: Displays the action associated with each rule. The possible values are Permit or
Deny.
Source MAC Address: Displays the source MAC address for this rule.
Source MAC Mask: Displays the source MAC mask for this rule.
Destination MAC Address: Displays the destination MAC address for this rule.
Destination MAC Mask: Displays the destination MAC mask for this rule.
Ethertype: Displays the Ethertype keyword or custom value for this rule.
VLAN ID: Displays the VLAN identifier value or range for this rule.
CoS Value: Displays the COS (802.1p) value for this rule.
Assign Queue: Displays the queue identifier to which packets matching this rule are assigned.
Redirect Interface: Displays the slot/port to which packets matching this rule are forwarded.
Mirror Interface: Displays the slot/port to which packets matching this rule are copied.
Time Range Name: Displays the name of the time-range if the MAC ACL rule has referenced a time
range.
Rule Status: Status (Active/Inactive) of the MAC ACL rule.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
576
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
redirectExtAgent: Indicates whether matching flow packets are allowed to be sent to external
applications running alongside ICOS on a control CPU.
Committed Rate: The committed rate defined by the rate-limit attribute.
Committed Burst: The committed burst size defined by the rate-limit attribute.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
577
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.21.1.2 show mac access-lists
This command displays a summary of all defined MAC access lists in the system.
Syntax
show mac access-lists
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Current number of all ACLs: The number of user-configured rules defined for this ACL.
Maximum number of all ACLs: The maximum number of ACL rules.
MAC ACL Name: The name of the MAC ACL rule.
Rules: The number of rule in this ACL.
Direction: Denotes the direction in which this MAC ACL is attached to the set of interfaces listed.
The value is Inbound or Outbound.
Interfaces: Displays the list of interfaces (slot/port) to which this MAC ACL is attached in a given
direction.
VLANs: VLAN(s) to which the MAC ACL applies.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
578
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.21.1.3 show ip access-lists
This command displays an Access Control List (ACL) and all of the rules that are defined for the ACL.
Syntax
show ip access-lists [<1-199> | <name>]
<1-199> - is the number used to identify the ACL.
<name> - is the name of the ACL.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Current number of ACLs: The number of user-configured rules defined for this ACL.
Maximum number of ACLs: The maximum number of ACL rules.
ACL ID: The identifier of this ACL.
Rule: This displays the number identifier for each rule that is defined for the ACL.
Action: This displays the action associated with each rule. The possible values are Permit or Deny.
Match ALL: Match all packets or not.
IPv4 Protocol: This displays the protocol to filter for this rule.
Source IP Address: This displays the source IP address for this rule.
Source IP Mask: This field displays the source IP Mask for this rule.
Source L4 Port Keyword: This field displays the source port for this rule.
Destination IP Address: This displays the destination IP address for this rule.
Destination IP Mask: This field displays the destination IP Mask for this rule.
Destination L4 Port Keyword: This field displays the destination port for this rule.
IP DSCP: This field displays the IP DSCP value for this rule.
IP Precedence: This field displays the IP Precedence value for this rule.
IP TOS: This field displays the IP TOS value for this rule.
Log: This field displays when you enable logging for this rule.
Assign Queue: This field displays the queue identifier to which packets matching this rule are
assigned.
Mirror Interface: This field displays the slot/port to which packets matching this rule are copied.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
579
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Redirect Interface: This field displays the slot/port to which packets matching this rule are
forwarded.
Time Range Name: Displays the name of the time-range if the IP ACL rule has referenced a time
range.
Direction: Shows whether the ACL is applied to traffic coming into the interface (ingress)
or leaving the interface (egress).
Rule Status: Status (Active/Inactive) of the MAC ACL rule.
redirectExtAgent: Indicates whether matching flow packets are allowed to be sent to external
applications running alongside ICOS on a control CPU.
Committed Rate: The committed rate defined by the rate-limit attribute.
Committed Burst: The committed burst size defined by the rate-limit attribute.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
580
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.21.1.4 show access-lists interface
This command displays IP ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC access control lists information for a designated
interface and direction. Use the control-plane keyword to display the ACLs applied on the CPU port.
Syntax
show access-lists {{ interface <slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id> } {in | out} | control-plane}
<slot/port> - is the interface number.
<portchannel-id> - is the port-channel ID. The port-channel ID is range from 1 to 64.
control-plane – is the management (CPU) port.
in | out - The direction value is either in or out
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
ACL Type: This displays ACL type is IP, IPv6 or MAC.
ACL ID: Access List name for a MAC or IPv6 access list or the numeric identifier for an IP access
list.
Sequence Number: An optional sequence number may be specified to indicate the order of this
access list relative to other access lists already assigned to this interface and direction. A lower
number indicates higher precedence order. If a sequence number is already in use for this interface
and direction, the specified access list replaces the currently attached access list using that
sequence number. If the sequence number is not specified by the user, a sequence number that is
one greater than the highest sequence number currently in use for this interface and direction is
used. Valid range is (1 to 4294967295).
5.21.1.5 show access-lists vlan
This command displays Access List information for a particular VLAN ID.
Syntax
show access-lists {{ interface <slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id> } {in | out} | control-plane}
<slot/port> - is the interface number.
<portchannel-id> - is the port-channel ID. The port-channel ID is range from 1 to 64.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
581
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
control-plane – is the management (CPU) port.
in | out - The direction value is either in or out
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
ACL Type: This displays ACL type is IP, IPv6 or MAC.
ACL ID: Access List name for a MAC or IPv6 access list or the numeric identifier for an IP access
list.
Sequence Number: An optional sequence number may be specified to indicate the order of this
access list relative to other access lists already assigned to this interface and direction. A lower
number indicates higher precedence order. If a sequence number is already in use for this interface
and direction, the specified access list replaces the currently attached access list using that
sequence number. If the sequence number is not specified by the user, a sequence number that is
one greater than the highest sequence number currently in use for this interface and direction is
used. Valid range is (1 to 4294967295).
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
582
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.21.2 Configuration Commands
5.21.2.1 mac access-list extended
This command creates a MAC Access Control List (ACL) identified by <name>, consisting of
classification fields defined for the Layer 2 header of an Ethernet frame. The <name> parameter is a
case-sensitive alphanumeric string from 1 to 31 characters uniquely identifying the MAC access list. If a
MAC ACL by this name already exists, this command enters Mac-Access-List config mode to allow
updating the existing ACL.
Syntax
mac access-list extended <name>
no mac access-list extended <name>
<name> - It uniquely identifies the MAC access list.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
583
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.21.2.2 mac access-list extended rename
This command changes the name of a MAC Access Control List (ACL). The <name> parameter is the
name of an existing MAC ACL. The <newname> parameter is a case-sensitive alphanumeric string from
1 to 31 characters uniquely identifying the MAC access list. This command fails if a MAC ACL by the
name <newname> already exists.
Syntax
mac access-list extended rename <oldname> <newname>
<oldname> - Old name which uniquely identifies the MAC access list.
<newname> - New name which uniquely identifies the MAC access list.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
584
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.21.2.3 mac access-group
This command attaches a specific MAC Access Control List (ACL) identified by <name> to an
interface, or associates it with a VLAN ID, in a given direction. The <name> parameter must be the name
of an exsiting MAC ACL.
An optional sequence number may be specified to indicate the order of this access list relative to other
access lists already assigned to this interface and direction. A lower number indicates higher
precedence order. If a sequence number is already in use for this interface and direction, the specified
access list replaces the currently attached access list using that sequence number. If the sequence
number is not specified for this command, a sequence number that is one greater than the highest
sequence number currently in use for this interface and direction will be used.
This command specified in 'Interface Config' mode only affects a single interface, whereas the 'Global
Config' mode setting is applied to all interfaces. The 'Interface Config' mode command is only available
on platforms that support independent per-port class of service queue configuration. The VLAN keyword
is only valid in the 'Global Config' mode.
Syntax
mac access-group <name> [vlan <vlan-id>] {in |out} [<1-4294967295>]
no mac access-group <name> [vlan <vlan-id>] {in | out}
<no> - This command removes a MAC ACL identified by <name> from the interface or vlan in a
given direction.
in|out - The direction value is either in or out
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
585
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.21.2.4 mac access-list
This command creates a new rule for the current MAC access list. Each rule is appended to the list of
configured rules for the list. Note that an implicit 'deny all' MAC rule always terminates the access list.
Note: The 'no' form of this command is not supported, as the rules within an ACL cannot be deleted
individually. Rather, the entire ACL must be deleted and re-specified.
A rule may either deny or permit traffic according to the specified classification fields. At a minimum, the
source and destination MAC value and mask pairs must be specified, each of which may be substituted
using the keyword any to indicate a match on any value in that field. The bpdu keyword may be specified
for the destination MAC value/mask pair indicating a well-known BPDU MAC value of 01-80-c2-xx-xx-xx
(hex), where 'xx' indicates a don't care. The remaining command parameters are all optional.
The Ethertype may be specified as either a keyword or a four-digit hexadecimal value from
0x0600-0xFFFF. The currently supported <ethertypekey> values are: appletalk, arp, ibmsna, ipv4, ipv6,
ipx, mplsmcast, mplsucast, netbios, novell, pppoe, rarp. Each of these translates into its equivalent
Ethertype value(s).
The vlan and cos parameters refer to the VLAN identifier and 802.1p user priority fields, respectively, of
the VLAN tag. For packets containing a double VLAN tag, this is the first (or outer) tag.
The assign-queue parameter allows specification of a particular hardware queue for handling traffic that
matches this rule. The allowed <queue-id> value is 0-(n-1), where n is the number of user configurable
queues available for the hardware platform.
The mirror parameter allows the traffic matching this rule to be copied to the specified <slot/port>, while
the redirect parameter allows the traffic matching this rule to be forwarded to the specified <slot/port>
The assign-queue and redirect parameters are only valid for a 'permit' rule.
The time-range parameter allows imposing time limitation on the MAC ACL rule as defined by the
parameter time-range-name. If a time range with the specified name does not exist and the MAC ACL
containing this ACL rule is applied to an interface or bound to a VLAN, then the ACL rule is applied
immediately. If a time range with specified name exists and the MAC ACL containing this ACL rule is
applied to an interface or bound to a VLAN, then the ACL rule is applied when the time-range with
specified name becomes active. The ACL rule is removed when the time-range with specified name
becomes inactive.
The redirectExtAgent optional parameter allows matching flow packets to be sent to external
applications running alongside ICOS on a control CPU. agent-id is a unique identifier for the external
receive client application. agent-id is an integer in the range 1 to 100. The redirectExtAgent action is
mutually exclusive with the mirror and redirect parameters.
The rate-limit option allows the device to permit only the allowed rate of traffic as per the configured rate
in kpbs, and burst-size in kbytes.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
586
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Syntax
{del-rule-id | deny | permit} {{<srcmac> <srcmask>} | any} {{<dstmac> <dstmask>} | any | bpdu}
[<ethertypekey> | <0x0600-0xFFFF>] [vlan {{eq <0-4095>}} [ cos <0-7>] [log] [time-range
time-range-name] [assign-queue <queue-id>] [{mirror | redirect} {<slot/port> | port-channel
<portchannel-id>}] [<rule-id>] | redirectExtAgent <agent-id> | rate-limit rate burst-size
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Mac Access-list Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
587
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.21.2.5 access-list
This command creates an Access Control List (ACL) that is identified by the parameter.
Syntax
access-list {(<1-99> {deny | permit} {every | <srcip> <srcm ask>}) | ( {<100-199> {deny | permit} {every
| {{eigrp| gre | icmp | igmp | ip | ipinip | ospf | pim | tcp | udp | <number>} {srcip srcmask | any | host
srcip} [{range {portkey|startport} {portkey|endport} | {eq | neq | lt | gt} {portkey|0-65535} {dstip dstmask |
any | host dstip} [{range {portkey|startport} {portkey|endport} | {eq | neq | lt | gt} {portkey|0-65535}] [flag
[+fin | -fin] [+syn | -syn] [+rst | -rst] [+psh | -psh] [+ack | -ack] [+urg | -urg] [established]] {[fragments]
[precedence <precedence>] | [tos <tos> <tosmask>] | [dscp <dscp>] [log] [time-range
time-range-name] [assign-queue <queue-id>] [{mirror | redirect} {<slot/port> | port-channel
<portchannel-id>}] [{redirectExtAgent <agent-id>}] [{rate-limit rate burst-size}] [<rule-id>]}}}})}
<accesslistnumber> - The ACL number is an integer from 1 to 199. The range 1 to 99 is for the
normal ACL List and 100 to 199 is for the extended ACL List.
permit or deny - The ACL rule is created with two options. The protocol to filter for an ACL rule is
specified by giving the protocol to be used like icmp ,igmp ,ip ,tcp, udp. The command specifies a
source ip address and source mask for match condition of the ACL rule specified by the srcip and
srcmask parameters. The source layer 4 port match condition for the ACL rule is specified by the
port key parameter.
<portkey> - uses a single keyword notation and currently has the values of domain, echo, ftp,
ftpdata, http, smtp, snmp, telnet, tftp, and www. Each of these values translates into its
equivalent port number, which is used as both the start and end of a port range. The command
specifies a destination ip address and destination mask for match condition of the ACL rule specified
by the dstip and dstmask parameters. The command specifies the TOS for an ACL rule depending
on a match of precedence or DSCP values using the parameters tos, tosmask, dscp.
[time-range time-range-name] - Allows imposing time limitation on the ACL rule as defined by the
parameter time-range-name. If a time range with the specified name does not exist and the ACL
containing this ACL rule is applied to an interface or bound to a VLAN, then the ACL rule is applied
immediately. If a time range with specified name exists and the ACL containing this ACL rule is
applied to an interface or bound to a VLAN, then the ACL rule is applied when the time-range with
specified name becomes active. The ACL rule is removed when the time-range with specified name
becomes inactive.
[{range {portkey|startport} {portkey|endport}} | {eq | neq | lt | gt} {portkey|0-65535}] – Specifies
the layer 4 port match confition for the IP ACL rule. Note: This option is available only if the protocol
is tcp or udp.
flag – Specifies that the IP ACL rule matches on the TCP flags. Note: This opetion is available only if
the protol is tcp.
fragments – Spectifies that the IP ACL rule matches on fragmented IP packets.
[rate-limit rate burst-size] – Specifies the allowed rate of traffic as per the configured rate in kbps,
and burst –size in kbytes.
[redirectExtAgent agent-id] - allows matching flow packets to be sent to external applications
running alongside ICOS on a control CPU. agent-id is a unique identifier for the external receive
client application.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
588
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
589
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.21.2.6 no access-list
This command deletes an ACL that is identified by the parameter <accesslistnumber> from the system
or remove an ACL rule that is identified by the parameter <1-28> from the an IP ACL
<accesslistnumber>.
Syntax
no access-list {<1-99> | <100-199>} [<rule-id>]
i
The ACL number is an integer from 1 to 199. The range 1 to 99 is for the normal ACL List and
100 to 199 is for the extended ACL List.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
590
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.21.2.7 ip access-group
This command attaches a specified access-control list to an interface or associates with a VLAN ID in a
given direction. The parameter <name> is the name of the Access Control List.
An optional sequence number may be specified to indicate the order of this IP access list relative to
other IP access lists already assigned to this interface and direction. A lower number indicates higher
precedence order. If a sequence number is already in use for this interface and direction, the specified
access list replaces the currently attached IP access list using that sequence number. If the sequence
number is not specified for this command, a sequence number that is one greater than the highest
sequence number currently in use for this interface and direction is used.
This command specified in 'Interface Config' mode only affects a single interface, whereas the 'Global
Config' mode setting is applied to all interfaces. The VLAN keyword is only valid in the 'Global Config'
mode.
Syntax
ip access-group {<1- 199> | <name>} [vlan <vlan-id>] {in|out} [<1-4294967295>]
no ip access-group {<1-199> | <name>} [vlan <vlan-id>] {in|out}
<1- 199> The identifier of this ACL.
<name> The name of this ACL.
<vlan-id> The associated VLAN ID of this ACL.
<1-4294967295> The sequence number of this ACL.
in|out - The direction value is either in or out
no - This command removes a ACL by identifier or name from the interface or vlan in a given
direction.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
591
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.21.2.8 ip access-list
Use this command to create an extended IP Access Control List (ACL) identified by <name>, consisting
of classification fields defined for the IP header of an IPv4 frame. The <name> parameter is a
case-sensitive alphanumeric string from 1 to 31 characters uniquely identifying the IP access list.
If an IP ACL by this name already exists, this command enters IPv4-Access_List config mode to allow
updating the existing IP ACL.
The CLI mode changes to IPv4-Access-List Configuration mode when you successfully execute this
command.
Syntax
Ip access-list <name>
no ip access-list <name>
no - This command removes the IP ACL identified by <name> from the system.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.21.2.9 ip access-list rename
Use this command to change the name of an IP Access Control List (ACL). The <name> parameter is
the names of an existing IP ACL. The <newname> parameter is a case-sensitive alphanumeric string
from 1 to 31 characters uniquely identifying the IP access list.
Syntax
ip access-list rename <name> <newname>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
592
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.22 IPv6 ACL Command
5.22.1 Show Commands
5.22.1.1 show ipv6 access-lists
This command displays an IPv6 access list and all of the rules that are defined for the IPv6 ACL. Use the
[name] parameter to identify a specific IPv6 ACL to display.
Syntax
show ipv6 access-lists [<name>]
<name> - ACL name which uniquely identifies the IPv6 ACL to display.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
User EXEC
Display Message
Rule Number: The ordered rule number identifier defined within the IPv6 ACL.
Action: The action associated with each rule. The possible values are Permit or Deny.
Match All: Indicates whether this access list applies to every packet. Possible values are True or
False.
IPv6 Protocol: The protocol to filter for this rule.
Source IP Address: The source IP address for this rule.
Source L4 Port Keyword: The source port for this rule.
Destination IP Address: The destination IP address for this rule.
Destination L4 Port Keyword: The destination port for this rule.
IP DSCP: The value specified for IP DSCP.
Flow Label: The value specified for IPv6 Flow Label.
Log: Displays when you enable logging for the rule.
Assign Queue: The queue identifier to which packets matching this rule are assigned.
Mirror Interface: The slot/port to which packets matching this rule are copied.
Redirect Interface: The slot/port to which packets matching this rule are forwarded.
Time Range Name: Displays the name of the time-range if the Ipv6 ACL rule has referenced a time
range.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
593
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Direction: Shows whether the ACL is applied to traffic coming into the interface (ingress)
or leaving the interface (egress).
Rule Status: Status (Active/Inactive) of the MAC ACL rule.
redirectExtAgent: Indicates whether matching flow packets are allowed to be sent to external
applications running alongside ICOS on a control CPU.
Committed Rate: The committed rate defined by the rate-limit attribute.
Committed Burst: The committed burst size defined by the rate-limit attribute.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
594
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.22.2 Configuration Commands
5.22.2.1 ipv6 access-list
This command creates an IPv6 Access Control List (ACL) identified by <name>, consisting of
classification fields defined for the IP header of an IPv6 frame. The <name> parameter is a
case-sensitive alphanumeric string from 1 to 31 characters
uniquely identifying the IPv6 access list.
If an IPv6 ACL by this name already exists, this command enters IPv6-Access-List config mode to allow
updating the existing IPv6 ACL.
Syntax
ipv6 access-list <name>
no ipv6 access-list <name>
<name> - access-list name up to 31 characters in length.
no - This command deletes the IPv6 ACL identified by <name> from the system.
i
The CLI mode changes to IPv6-Access-List Config mode when you successfully execute this
command.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
595
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.22.2.2 ipv6 access-list rename
This command changes the name of an IPv6 ACL. The <name> parameter is the name of an existing
IPv6 ACL. The <newname> parameter is a case-sensitive alphanumeric string from 1 to 31 characters
uniquely identifying the IPv6 access list.
This command fails is an IPv6 ACL by the name <newname> already exists.
Syntax
ipv6 access-list rename <oldname> <newname>
<oldname> - current Access Control List name.
<newname> - new Access Control List name.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
596
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.22.2.3 {deny | permit}
This command creates a new rule for the current IPv6 access list. Each rule is appended to the list of
configured rules for the list.
!
The ‗no‘ form of this command is not supported, since the rules within an IPv6 ACL cannot
be deleted individually. Rather, the entire IPv6 ACL must be deleted and respecified.
An implicit ‗deny all‘ IPv6 rule always terminates the access list.
A rule may either deny or permit traffic according to the specified classification fields. At a minimum,
either the ‗every‘ keyword or the protocol, source address, and destination address values must be
specified. The source and destination IPv6 address fields may be specified using the keyword ‗any‘ to
indicate a match on any value in that field. The remaining command parameters are all optional, but the
most frequently used parameters appear in the same relative order as shown in the command format.
The assign-queue parameter allows specification of a particular hardware queue for handling traffic that
matches this rule. The allowed <queue-id> value is 0-(n-1), where n is the number of user configurable
queues available for the hardware platform. The assign-queue parameter is valid only for a permit rule.
The mirror parameter allows the traffic matching this rule to be copied to the specified <slot/port>, while
the redirect parameter allows the traffic matching this rule to be forwarded to the specified <slot/port>.
The assign-queue and redirect parameters are only valid for a permit rule.
The time-range parameter allows imposing time limitation on the IPv6 ACL rule as defined by the
parameter time-range-name . If a time range with the specified name does not exist and the IPv6 ACL
containing this ACL rule is applied to an interface or bound to a VLAN, then the ACL rule is applied
immediately. If a time range with specified name exists and the IPv6 ACL containing this ACL rule is
applied to an interface or bound to a VLAN, then the ACL rule is applied when the time-range with
specified name becomes active. The ACL rule is removed when the time-range with specified name
becomes inactive.
Syntax
{del-rule-id | deny | permit} {every | {{icmpv6 | ipv6 | tcp | udp | <number>}
{source-ipv6-prefix/prefix-length | any | host soure-ipv6-address} [{range {portkey | startport} {portkey |
endport} | eq | neq | lt | gt} {portkey | 0-65535}] {destination-ipv6-prefix/prefix-length} | any | host
destination-ipv6-address} [{range {portkey | startport} {portkey | endport} | eq | neq | lt | gt} {portkey |
0-65535}] [flag [+fin | -fin] [+syn | -syn] [+rst | -rst] [+psh | -psh] [+ack | -ack] [+urg | -urg] [established]]
[flow-label value] [fragments] [log] [time-range time-range-name] [assign-queue <queue-id>] [{mirror |
redirect} {<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id>}] [rate-limit rate burst-size] [rule-id]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
IPv6-Access-List Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
597
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.22.2.4 ipv6 traffic-filter
This command either attaches a specific IPv6 ACL identified by <name> to an interface or associates
with a VLAN ID in a given direction. The <name> parameter must be the name of an existing IPv6 ACL.
An optional sequence number may be specified to indicate the order of this mac access list relative to
other IPv6 access lists already assigned to this interface and direction. A lower number indicates higher
precedence order. If a sequence number
is already in use for this interface and direction, the specifiedIPv6 access list replaces the currently
attached IPv6 access list using that sequence number. If the sequence number is not specified for this
command, a sequence number that is one greater than the highest sequence number currently in use for
this interface and direction is used.
This command specified in Interface Config mode only affects a single interface, whereas the Global
Config mode setting is applied to all interfaces. The vlan keyword is only valid in the Global Config mode.
The Interface Config mode command is only available on platforms that support independent per-port
class of service queue configuration.
Syntax
ipv6 traffic-filter <name> [vlan <vlan-id>] {in|out} [<1-4294967295>]
no ipv6 traffic-filter <name> [vlan <vlan-id>] {in|out} [<1-4294967295>]
in|out - The direction value is either in or out
no - This command removes an IPv6 ACL identified by <name> from the interface(s) in a given
direction
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
598
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.23 CoS (Class of Service) Command
5.23.1 Show Commands
5.23.1.1 show queue cos-map
This command displays the current Dot1p (802.1p) priority mapping to internal traffic classes for a
specific interface. The slot/port parameter is optional and is only valid on platforms that support
independent per-port class of service mappings. If specified, the 802.1p mapping table of the interface is
displayed. If omitted, the most recent global configuration settings are displayed.
Syntax
show queue cos-map {<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id>}
< slot/port > - The interface number.
<portchannel-id> - The port-channel interface number. The range of the ID is 1 to 64.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
User EXEC
Display Message
The following information is repeated for each user priority.
User Priority: The 802.1p user priority value.
Traffic Class: The traffic class internal queue identifier to which the user priority value is mapped.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
599
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.23.1.2 show queue ip-dscp-mapping
This command maps an IP DSCP value to an internal traffic class. The <ipdscp> value is specified as
either an integer from 0 to 63, or symbolically through one of the following keywords: af11, af12, af13,
af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, be, cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, ef.
The <trafficclass> values can range from 0-6, although the actual number of available traffic classes
depends on the platform.
Syntax
show queue ip-dscp-mapping
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Display Message
IP DSCP: Displays IP DSCP value.
Traffic Class: Displays the queue mapping.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
600
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.23.1.3 show queue trust
This command displays the current trust mode setting for a specific interface. The slot/port parameter is
optional and is only valid on platforms that support independent per-port class of service mappings. If
specified, the port trust mode of the interface is displayed. If omitted, the port trust mode of each
interface in the system is shown. If the platform does not support independent per-port class of service
mappings, the output represents the system-wide port trust mode used for all interfaces.
Syntax
show queue trust {<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id>}
< slot/port > - The interface number.
<portchannel-id> - The port-channel interface number. The range of port-channel ID is 1 to 64.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Class of Service Trust Mode: The trust mode of this interface.
Non-IP Traffic Class: The traffic class used for non-IP traffic. This is only displayed when the COS
trust mode is set to either 'trust ip-dscp' or 'trust ip-precedence'.
Untrusted Traffic Class: The traffic class used for all untrusted traffic. This is only displayed when
the COS trust mode is set to 'untrusted'.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
601
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.23.1.4 show queue cos-queue
This command displays the class-of-service queue configuration for the specified interface. The slot/port
parameter is optional and is only valid on platforms that support independent per-port class of service
mappings. If specified, the class-of-service queue configuration of the interface is displayed. If omitted,
the most recent global configuration settings are displayed.
Syntax
show queue cos-queue {<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id>}
< slot/port > The interface number.
<portchannel-id> - The port-channel interface number. The range of port-channel ID is 1 to 64.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Interface: This displays the slot/port of the interface. If displaying the global configuration, this output
line is replaced with a Global Config indication.
Interface Shaping Rate: The maximum transmission bandwidth limit for the interface as a whole. It
is independent of any per-queue maximum bandwidth value(s) in effect for the interface. This is a
configured value.
The following information is repeated for each queue on the interface.
Queue Id: An interface supports n queues numbered 0 to (n-1). The specific n value is platform
dependent.
Minimum Bandwidth: The minimum transmission bandwidth guarantee for the queue, expressed
as a percentage. A value of 0 means bandwidth is not guaranteed and the queue operates using
best-effort. This is a configured value.
Scheduler Type: Indicates whether this queue is scheduled for transmission using a strict priority or
a weighted scheme. This is a configured value.
Queue Mgmt Type: The queue depth management technique used for this queue, either tail drop or
weighted random early discard (WRED). This is a configured value.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
602
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.23.1.5 show queue random-detect
This command displays the global WRED settings for each CoS queue. If you specify the slot/port, the
command displays the WRED settings for each CoS queue on the specified interface.
Syntax
show queue cos-queue {<slot/port> | port-channel <portchannel-id>}
< slot/port > The interface number.
<portchannel-id> - The port-channel interface number. The range of port-channel ID is 1 to 64.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Queue Id: An interface supports n queues numbered 0 to (n-1). The specific n value is platform
dependent.
WRED Minimum Threshold: The configured minimum threshold the queue depth (as a percentage)
where WRED starts marking and dropping traffic.
WRED Maximum Threshold: The configured maximum threshold is the queue depth (as a
percentage) above which WRED marks/drops all traffic.
WRED Drop Probability: The configured percentage probability that WRED will mark/drop a
packet, when the queue depth is at maximum threshold. (The drop probability increases linearly from
0 just before the minimum threshold, to this value at the maximum threshold, then goes to 100% for
larger queue depths.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
603
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.23.2 Configuration Commands
5.23.2.1 queue cos-map
This command maps an 802.1p priority to an internal traffic class on a "per-port" basis.
Syntax
queue cos-map <0-7> <0-7>
no queue cos-map
< 0-7 > - The range of queue priority is 0 to 7.
< 0-7 > - The range of mapped traffic class is 0 to 7.
no - Reset to the default mapping of the queue priority and the mapped traffic class.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config.
This command maps an 802.1p priority to an internal traffic class for a device.
Syntax
queue cos-map all <0-7> <0-7>
no queue cos-map all
< 0-7 > - The range of queue priority is 0 to 7.
< 0-7 > - The range of mapped traffic class is 0 to 7.
no - Reset to the default mapping of the queue priority and the mapped traffic class.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
604
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.23.2.2 queue trust
This command sets the class of service trust mode of an interface. You can set the mode to trust one of
the Dot1p (802.1p) or IP DSCP packet markings. You can also set the interface mode to untrusted. If
you configure an interface to use Dot1p, the mode does not appear in the output of the show running
config command because Dot1p is the default.
Syntax
queue trust {dot1p | ip-dscp | untrusted } all
no queue trust all
no - This command sets the class of service trust mode to untrusted for all interfaces.
Default Setting
dot1p
Command Mode
Global Config.
Syntax
queue trust {dot1p | ip-dscp | untrusted }
no queue trust
no - This command sets the class of service trust mode to untrusted for all interfaces.
Default Setting
dot1p
Command Mode
Interface Config.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
605
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.23.2.3 queue cos-queue min-bandwidth
This command specifies the minimum transmission bandwidth guarantee for each interface queue.
Syntax
queue cos-queue min-bandwidth <bw-0> <bw-1> … <bw-7>
no queue cos-queue min-bandwidth
<bw-0> <bw-1> … <bw-7>- Each Valid range is (0 to 100) in increments of 5 and the total sum is
less than or equal to 100.
no - This command restores the default for each queue's minimum bandwidth value.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config.
This command specifies the minimum transmission bandwidth guarantee for each interface queue in the
device.
Syntax
queue cos-queue min-bandwidth all <bw-0> <bw-1> … <bw-7>
no queue cos-queue min-bandwidth all
<bw-0> <bw-1> … <bw-7>- Each Valid range is (0 to 100) in increments of 1 and the total sum is
less than or equal to 100.
no - This command restores the default for each queue's minimum bandwidth value in the device.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
606
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.23.2.4 queue cos-queue strict
This command activates the strict priority scheduler mode for each specified queue on a "per-port" basis.
Syntax
queue cos-queue strict <queue-id-0> [<queue-id-1> … <queue-id-7>]
no queue cos-queue strict <queue-id-0> [<queue-id-1> … <queue-id-7>]
no - This command restores the default weighted scheduler mode for each specified queue on a
"per-port" basis.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config.
This command activates the strict priority scheduler mode for each specified queue on a device.
Syntax
queue cos-queue strict all <queue-id-0> [<queue-id-1> … <queue-id-7>]
no queue cos-queue strict all <queue-id-0> [<queue-id-1> … <queue-id-7>]
no - This command restores the default weighted scheduler mode for each specified queue on a
device.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
607
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.23.2.5 queue cos-queue traffic-shape
This command specifies the maximum transmission bandwidth limit for the interface as a whole. Also
known as rate shaping, this has the effect of smoothing temporary traffic bursts over time so that the
transmitted traffic rate is bounded.
Syntax
queue cos-queue traffic-shape <bw>
no queue cos-queue traffic-shape
<bw> - Valid range is (0 to 100) in increments 1.
no - This command restores the default shaping rate value.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config.
This command specifies the maximum transmission bandwidth limit for all interfaces. Also known as rate
shaping, this has the effect of smoothing temporary traffic bursts over time so that the transmitted traffic
rate is bounded.
Syntax
queue cos-queue traffic-shape all <bw>
no queue cos-queue traffic-shape all
<bw> - Valid range is (0 to 100) in increments 1.
no - This command restores the default shaping rate value for all interfaces.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
608
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.23.2.6 queue cos-queue random-detect
This command activates weighted random early discard (WRED) for each specified queue on the
interfaces. Specific WRED parameters are configured using the random-detect queue-parms and the
random-detect exponential-weighting-constant commands.
Syntax
queue cos-queue random-detect <queue-id-0> [<queue-id-1> … <queue-id-7>]
no queue cos-queue random-detect <queue-id-0> [<queue-id-1> … <queue-id-7>]
<queue-id> - queue ID from 0 to 7.
no - This command restores the default value.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config.
Global Config.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
609
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.24 Auto-Voice over IP Commands
This section describes the commands you use to configure Auto-Voice over IP (VoIP) commands. The
Auto-VoIP feature explicitly matches VoIP streams in Ethernet switches and provides them with a better
class-of-service than ordinary traffic. When you enable the Auto-VoIP feature on an interface, the
interface scans incoming traffic for the following call-control protocols:



Session Initiation Protocol (SIP)
H.323
Skinny Client Control Protocol (SCCP)
When a call-control protocol is detected, the switch assigns the traffic in that session to the highest CoS
queue, which is generally used for time-sensitive traffic.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
610
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.24.1 Show Commands
5.24.1.1 show auto-voip
Use this command to display the VoIP Profile settings on the interface or interfaces of the switch.
Syntax
show auto-voip {oui-based [interface [{< slot/port > | port-channel <portchannel-id>}]] | protocol-based
interface [{< slot/port > | port-channel <portchannel-id>}] | oui-table}
< slot/port > - The interface number.
<portchannel-id> - The port-channel interface number. The range of port-channel ID is 1 to 64.
oui-based - Show OUI based auto VoIP
oui-table - Show Auto VoIP OUI Table
protocol-based - Show call control protocol based auto VoIP
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Display Message
AutoVoIP Mode: The Auto VoIP mode on the interface.
Traffic Class: The CoS Queue or Traffic Class to which all VoIP traffic is mapped to. This is not
configurable and defaults to the highest CoS queue available in the system for data traffic.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
611
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.24.2 Configuration Commands
5.24.2.1 auto-voip
Use this command to enable VoIP Profile on the interfaces of the switch.
Syntax
auto-voip {{oui <oui-prefix> oui-desc <string>} | {oui-based [priority <priority-value>]} | {protocol-based
[remark <0-7> | traffic-class <0-7>]} | {vlan <vlan-id>}}
no auto-voip {{oui <oui-prefix>} | {oui-based [priority]} | {[protocol-based {remark| traffic-class}]} | vlan}
no - Use this command to disable VoIP Profile on the interfaces of the switch.
Default Setting
Disable
Command Mode
Global Config.
5.24.2.2 auto-voip
Use this command to enable VoIP Profile on an interface or range of interfaces.
Syntax
auto-voip {oui-based | protocol-based}
no auto-voip {oui-based | protocol-based}
no - Use this command to disable VoIP Profile on the interface.
Default Setting
Disable
Command Mode
Interface Config.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
612
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.25 iSCSI Optimization Commands
This section describes commands you use to monitor iSCSI sessions and prioritize iSCSI packets. iSCSI
Optimzation provides a means of giving traffic between iSCSI initiator and target systems special Quality
of Service (QoS) treatment. This is accomplished by monitoring traffic to detect packets used by iSCSI
stations to establish iSCSI sessions and connections. Data from these exchanges is used to create
classification rules that assign the traffic between the stations to a configured traffic class. Packets in the
flow are queued and scheduled for egress on the destination port based on these rules.
5.25.1 Show Commands
5.25.1.1 show iscsi
This command displays the iSCSI settings.
Syntax
show iscsi
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Display Message
Example : show iscsi
iSCSI enabled
iSCSI vpt is 5
Session aging time: 10 min
Maximum number of sessions is 192
-----------------------------------------------iSCSI Targets and TCP Ports:
-----------------------------------------------TCP Port
Target IP Address
Name
860
3260
-
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
613
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.25.1.2 show iscsi sessions
This command displays the iSCSI sessions.
Syntax
show iscsi sessions [detailed]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Display Message
Example #1: show iscsi sessions
Session 0:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2006-03.com.kernsafe:q97041406.ImageDisk0
Initiator: iqn.2003-06.com.starwindsoftware.starport:ap111111
ISID: 801234567890
Example #2: show iscsi sessions detailed
Session 0:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2006-03.com.kernsafe:q97041406.ImageDisk0
Initiator: iqn.2003-06.com.starwindsoftware.starport:ap111111
Up Time: 00:00:11:00 (DD:HH:MM:SS)
Time for aging out: 598 secs
ISID: 801234567890
Initiator
Initiator
Target
Target
IP Address
TCP Port
IP Address
TCP Port
---------------
--------
---------------
--------
172.16.2.147
1090
172.16.2.151
3260
172.16.2.147
1092
172.16.2.151
3260
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
614
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.25.2 Configuration Commands
5.25.2.1 iscsi enable
This command globally enables iSCSI awareness.
Syntax
iscsi enable
no iscsi enable
no - This command disables iSCSI awareness. When you use the
iSCSI resources will be released.
no iscsi enable
command,
Default Setting
Disable
Command Mode
Global Config.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
615
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.25.2.2 iscsi cos
This command sets the quality of service profile that will be applied to iSCSI flows. iSCSI flows are
assigned by default to the highest VPT/DSCP mapped to the highest queue not used for stack
management. The user should also take care of configuring the relevant Class of Service parameters for
the queue in order to complete the setting.
Setting the VPT/DSCP sets the QoS profile which determines the egress queue to which the frame is
mapped. The switch default setting for egress queues scheduling is Weighted Round Robin (WRR).
You may complete the QoS setting by configuring the relevant ports to work in other scheduling and
queue management modes via the Class of Service settings. Depending on the platform, these choices
may include strict priority for the queue used for iSCSI traffic. The downside of strict priority is that, in
certain circumstances (under heavy high priority traffic), other lower priority traffic may get starved. In
WRR the queue to which the flow is assigned to can be set to get the required percentage.
Syntax
iscsi cos { dscp <dscp> [remark] | vpt <vpt> }
no iscsi cos
vpt/dscp - The VLAN Priority Tag or DSCP to assign iSCSI session packets.
remark - Mark the iSCSI frames with the configured VPT/DSCP when egressing the switch.
no - Use this command to disable VoIP Profile on the interface.
Default Setting
5 (vpt)
Command Mode
Global Config.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
616
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.25.2.3 iscsi aging time
This command sets the aging time for iSCSI sessions. Behavior when changing aging time:

When aging time is increased, current sessions will be timed out according to the new value.

When aging time is decreased, any sessions that have been dormant for a time exceeding
the new setting will be immediately deleted from the table. All other sessions will continue to
be monitored against the new time out value.
Syntax
iscsi aging time <time>
no iscsi aging time
time - The number of minutes a session must be inactive prior to its removal. Range: 1-43,200.
no - Use the
no
form of the command to reset the aging time value to the default value.
Default Setting
10 minutes
Command Mode
Global Config.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
617
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.25.2.4 iscsi target port
This command configures an iSCSI target port and, optionally, a target system‘s IP address and IQN
name. When working with private iSCSI ports (not IANA-assigned ports 3260/860), it is recommended to
specify the target IP address as well, so that the switch will only snoop frames with which the TCP
destination port is one of the configured TCP ports, and the destination IP is the target‘s IP address. This
way the CPU will not be falsely loaded by non-iSCSI flows (if by chance other applications also choose
to use these un-reserved ports.
When a port is already defined and not bound to an IP address, and you want to bind it to an IP address,
you should first remove it by using the no form of the command and then add it again, this time
together with the relevant IP address.
Target names are only for display when using the show iscsi command. These names are not used to
match with the iSCSI session information acquired by snooping.
A maximum of 16 TCP ports can be configured either bound to IP or not.
Syntax
iscsi target port tcp-port-1 [tcp-port-2...tcp-port-16] [address ip-address] [name targetname]
no iscsi target port tcp-port-1 [tcp-port-2...tcp-port-16] [address ip-address]
tcp-port-n - TCP port number or list of TCP port numbers on which the iSCSI target listens to
requests. Up to 16 TCP ports can be defined in the system in one command or by using multiple
commands.
ip-address - IP address of the iSCSI target. When the no form of this command is used, and the tcp
port to be deleted is one bound to a specific IP address, the address field must be present.
Targetname - iSCSI name of the iSCSI target. The name can be statically configured; however, it
can be obtained from iSNS or from sendTargets response. The initiator must present both its iSCSI
Initiator Name and the iSCSI Target Name to which it wishes to connect in the first login request of a
new session or connection.
no - Use the
no
form of the command to delete an iSCSI target port, address, and name.
Default Setting
iSCSI well-known ports 3260 and 860 are configured as default but can be removed as any
other configured target.
Command Mode
Global Config.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
618
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.26 Domain Name Server Relay Commands
5.26.1 Show Commands
5.26.1.1 show hosts
This command displays the static host name-to-address mapping table.
Syntax
show hosts
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Domain Name List: Domain Name.
IP Address: IPv4 or IPv6 address of the Host.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
619
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.26.1.2 show dns
This command displays the configuration of the DNS server.
Syntax
show dns
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Domain Lookup Status: Enable or disable the IP Domain Naming System (DNS)-based host
name-to-address translation function.
Domain Relay Status: Enable or disable the IP Domain Naming System (DNS)-based host
name-to-address relay function.
Default Domain Name: The default domain name that will be used for querying the IP address of a
host.
DNS Client Source Interface: The interface to use as the source interface.
DNS Client Source IPv4 Address: The IPv4 address used for the DNS client to send packets.
DNS Client Source IPv6 Address: The IPv6 address used for the DNS client to send packets.
Domain Name List: A list of domain names that will be used for querying the IP address of a host.
Name Server List: A list of domain name servers, including IPv4 and IPv6.
Request: Number of the DNS query packets been sent.
Response: Number of the DNS response packets been received.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
620
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.26.1.3 show dns cache
This command displays all entries in the DNS cache table.
Syntax
show dns cache
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Domain Name List: Domain Name
IP Address: IP address of the corresponding domain name, including IPv4 and IPv6.
TTL: Time in seconds that this entry will remain in the DNS cache table
Flag: Indicates if this entry is reliable. A value of 8 is not as reliable as a value of 10.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
621
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.26.2 Configuration Commands
5.26.2.1 ip hosts
This command creates a static entry in the DNS table that maps a host name to an IP address.
There are maximum 8 entries for IPv4 and 8 entries for IPv6.
Syntax
ip host <name> <ipaddr | ipv6addr >
no ip host <name>
<name> - Host name.
<ipaddr|ipv6addr > - IPv4 or IPv6 address of the host.
<no> - Remove the corresponding name to IP address mapping entry.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.26.2.2 clear hosts
This command clears the entire static host name-to-address mapping table.
Syntax
clear hosts
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
622
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.26.2.3 ip domain-name
This command defines the default domain name to be appended to incomplete host names (i.e., host
names passed from a client are not formatted with dotted notation).
Syntax
ip domain-name <name>
no ip domain-name <name>
<name> - Default domain name used to complete unqualified host names. Do not include the initial
period that separates an unqualified name from the domain name. (Range: 1-64 characters)
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
623
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.26.2.4 ip domain-list
This command defines the domain name that can be appended to incomplete host names (i.e., host
names passed from a client are not formatted with dotted notation). The domain name table can contain
maximum 6 entries.
Syntax
ip domain-list <name>
no ip domain-list <name>
<name> - Default domain name used to complete unqualified host names. Do not include the initial
period that separates an unqualified name from the domain name. (Range: 1-64 characters)
When an incomplete host name is received by the DNS server on this switch, it will work
through the domain name list, append each domain name in the list to the host name, and
check with the specified name servers for a match. If there is no domain name list, the domain
name specified with the "ip domain-name" command is used. If there is a domain name list,
the default domain name is not used.
i
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
624
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.26.2.5 ip name-server
This command specifies the address of one or more domain name servers to use for name-to-address
resolution. There are maximum 6 entries for IPv4 and 6 entries for IPv6 in the Domain Name Server
Table.
Syntax
ip name-server <ipaddr>
no ip name-server <ipaddr>
< ipaddr > -
IP address of the Domain Name Servers.
<no> - Remove the corresponding Domain Name Server entry from the table.
Note - The listed name servers are queried in the specified sequence until a response is received, or
the end of the list is reached with no response.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.26.2.6 ip name-server source-interface
This command specifies the source address of dns client to use for name-to-address resolution.
Syntax
ip name-server source-interface {<slot/port> | loopback <loopback-id> | tunnel <tunnel-id> | vlan
<vlan-id>}
no ip name-server source-interface
<slot/port> - Specifies the interface to use as the source interface.
<loopback-id> - Specifies the loopback interface to use as the source interface. The range of the
loopback ID is 0 to 7.
<tunnel-id> - Specifies the tunnel interface to use as the source interface. The range of the tunnel
ID is 0 to 7.
<vlan-id> - Specifies the VLAN interface to use as the source interface. The range of the VLAN ID is
1 to 4093.
<no> - Remove the corresponding Domain Name Server entry from the table.
Default Setting
None
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
625
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
626
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.26.2.7 ip domain-lookup
This command enables the IP Domain Naming System (DNS)-based host name-to-address translation.
Syntax
ip domain-lookup
no ip domain-lookup
<no> - This command disables the IP Domain Naming System (DNS)-based host name-to-address
translation.
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.26.2.8 ip domain-lookup relay
This command enables the IP Domain Naming System (DNS)-based host name-to-address relay
translation.
Syntax
ip domain-lookup relay
no ip domain-lookup realy
<no> - This command disables the IP Domain Naming System (DNS)-based host name-to-address
relay translation.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
627
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.26.2.9 clear domain-list
This command clears all entries in the domain name list table.
Syntax
clear domain-list
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
5.26.2.10 clear dns
This command sets the DNS configuration to default value.
Syntax
clear dns
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
628
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.26.2.11 clear dns cache
This command clears all entries in the DNS cache table.
Syntax
clear dns cache
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
5.26.2.12 clear dns counter
This command clears the statistics of all entries in the DNS cache table.
Syntax
clear dns counter
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
629
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.27 UDLD Commands
5.27.1 Show command
5.27.1.1 show udld
Show UDLD information in all interfaces or specific interface
Syntax
show udld {< slot/port>}
<slot/port> - The interface number.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Port enable operational state: Specifies the Port Enable Operational State of the selected port.
Current bidirectional state: Specifies the Bidirectional State of the selected port.
Current operational state: Specifies the runtime Operational State of the selected port. This
section will be hidden if the port doesn't enable udld.
Message interval: Specifies the runtime Message Interval of the selected port. This section will be
hidden if the port doesn't enable udld.
Timeout interval: Specifies the runtime Timeout Interval of the selected port. This section will be
hidden if the port doesn't enable udld.
Remote Entry: Display all the remote entry information if received.
Expiration time: Specifies the runtime Expiration Time of the remote entry.
Device ID: Specifies the Device Id associated with the remote system.
Device Name: Specifies the Device Name associated with the remote system.
Port ID: Specifies the Port Id associated with the remote system.
Neighbor echo device: Specifies the Device Id included in Echo TLV associated with the remote
system.
Neighbor echo port: Specifies the port Id included in Echo TLV associated with the remote system.
Message interval: Specifies the Message Interval associated with the remote system.
Timeout interval: Specifies the Message Interval associated with the remote system.
CDP Device Name: Specifies the CDP Device Name associated with the remote system.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
630
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
631
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.27.2 Configuration Commands
5.27.2.1 udld aggressive
Enable/Disable UDLD protocol in aggressive mode on fiber ports except where locally configured
Syntax
udld aggressive
no udld aggressive
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config.
5.27.2.2 udld enable
Enable/Disable UDLD protocol on fiber ports except where locally configured
Syntax
udld enable
no udld enable
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
632
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.27.2.3 udld message time
Set UDLD message time period in <7-90> range. The message time is to use between sending of
messages in steady. Default value of UDLD message time is 15.
Syntax
udld message time <7-90>
no udld message time
Default Setting
15 sec
Command Mode
Global Config.
5.27.2.4 udld port
Enable/Disable UDLD protocol on the interface.
Syntax
udld port
no udld port
Default Setting
Disable
Command Mode
Interface Config.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
633
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.27.2.5 udld port aggressive
Enable/Disable UDLD protocol in aggressive mode on the interface
Syntax
udld port aggressive
no udld port aggressive
Default Setting
Disable
Command Mode
Interface Config.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
634
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.28 Multi Chassis Link Aggregation Commands
5.28.1 Show Commands
5.28.1.1 show mlag
This command displays detailed information about the Multi-chassis Link Aggregation (MLAG)
configured on the switch.
Syntax
show mlag <mlag-number>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Admin Mode: Displays the administrative mode for MLAG functionality on the switch.
Domain Id: Represents the domain identify number of MLAG peer devices.
MLAG Status: Represents the operation status of MLAG.
Configuration Consistency Status: Represents the configuration consistency status of MLAG peer
devices.
MLAG Role: Represents the role of MLAG peer device.
MLAG System-Mac: Represents the operation system MAC address of MLAG peer devices.
MLAG Local Syatem-Mac: Represents the statically defined system MAC address of MLAG peer
devices.
Number of MLAG Configured: Represents the number of MLAG port-channel member.
Peer Gateway Mode: To enable Layer 3 forwarding for packets destined to the gateway MAC
address of the MLAG.
Delay Restore Time: To delay the MLAG from coming up on the restored MLAG peer device after a
reload when the peer adjacency is already established. The range is from 5 to 600 seconds.
Keepalive Timeout: To specify the timeout (in seconds) between re-transmissions to the MLAG
peer device. The range is from 3 to 20.
Interface: Shows the interface on which MLAG information is being displayed.
Status: Represents the link status of MLAG peer link port or port-channel member.
ID: Represents the identify number of MLAG port-channel member.
Consistency: Represents the configuration consistency status of MLAG port-channel member.
Active Vlan: Represents the VLAN which MLAG peer link port or port-channel member belong to.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
635
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
636
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.28.1.2 show mlag consistency-parameters
This command displays the consistency of parameters that must be compatible across the Multi-chassis
Link Aggregation (MLAG).
Syntax
show mlag consistency-parameters <mlag-number>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Spanning Tree Admin Mode: Indicates whether administrative mode is enabled or disabled of
MLAG peer devices.
Spanning Tree Version: Represents the version of 802.1 currently supported (IEEE 802.1s, IEEE
802.1w, or IEEE 802.1d) based upon the Force Protocol Version parameter of MLAG peer devices.
Spanning Tree Configuration Name: Represents the configured name of MLAG peer devices.
Spanning Tree BPDU Guard Mode: Indicates whether BPDU guard mode is enabled or disabled of
MLAG peer devices.
Spanning Tree BPDU Filter Mode: Indicates whether BPDU filter mode is enabled or disabled of
MLAG peer devices.
Spanning Tree Peer-Link Port Mode: Indicates whether port mode on peer link port is enabled or
disabled of MLAG peer devices.
Spanning Tree Peer-Link Root Guard: Indicates whether root guard mode on peer link port is
enabled or disabled of MLAG peer devices.
Spanning Tree Peer-Link Loop Guard: Indicates whether loop guard mode on peer link port is
enabled or disabled of MLAG peer devices.
Spanning Tree Peer-Link BPDU Guard: Indicates whether BPDU guard mode on peer link port is
enabled or disabled of MLAG peer devices.
Spanning Tree Peer-Link BPDU Filter Mode: Indicates whether BPDU filter mode on peer link port
is enabled or disabled of MLAG peer devices.
Spanning Tree Peer-Link BPDU Flood Mode: Indicates whether BPDU flood mode on peer link
port is enabled or disabled of MLAG peer devices.
VTP Admin Status: Indicates whether administrative mode is enabled or disabled of MLAG peer
devices.
VTP Operating Mode: Displays the VTP operating mode of MLAG peer devices, which can be
server, client, or transparent.
VTP Pruning Mode: Displays whether pruning is enabled or disabled of MLAG peer devices.
VTP V2 Mode: Displays if VTP version 2 mode is enabled of MLAG peer devices.
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
637
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
VTP Domain Name: Displays the name that identifies the administrative domain of MLAG peer
devices.
VTP Password: Displays the VTP domain password of MLAG peer devices.
IGMP Snooping Admin Mode: Indicates whether or not IGMP Snooping is active on the switch of
MLAG peer devices.
MLD Snooping Admin Mode: Indicates whether or not MLD Snooping is active on the switch of
MLAG peer devices.
GMRP Admin Mode: This displays the administrative mode of GARP VLAN Registration Protocol
(GVRP) for the system of MLAG peer devices..
GVRP Admin Mode: This displays the administrative mode of GARP Multicast Registration Protocol
(GMRP) for the system of MLAG peer devices..
When you specify a value for <mlag-number>, the following information appears.
Spanning Tree Port Mode: Indicates whether port mode on MLAG member is enabled or disabled
of MLAG peer devices.
Spanning Tree Root Guard: Indicates whether root guard mode on MLAG member is enabled or
disabled of MLAG peer devices.
Spanning Tree Loop Guard: Indicates whether loop guard mode on MLAG member is enabled or
disabled of MLAG peer devices.
Spanning Tree BPDU Guard: Indicates whether BPDU guard mode on MLAG member is enabled
or disabled of MLAG peer devices.
Spanning Tree BPDU Filter Mode: Indicates whether BPDU filter mode on MLAG member is
enabled or disabled of MLAG peer devices.
Spanning Tree BPDU Flood Mode: Indicates whether BPDU flood mode on MLAG member is
enabled or disabled of MLAG peer devices.
VTP Port Trunk Mode: Indicates whether trunk mode is enabled or disabled on MLAG member of
MLAG peer devices.
IGMP Snooping Mode: Indicates whether or not IGMP Snooping is active on MLAG member of
MLAG peer devices.
MLD Snooping Mode: Indicates whether or not MLD Snooping is active on MLAG member of
MLAG peer devices.
GMRP Mode: This displays the administrative mode of GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP)
for MLAG member of MLAG peer devices..
GVRP Mode: This displays the administrative mode of GARP Multicast Registration Protocol
(GMRP) for MLAG member of MLAG peer devices..
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
638
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.28.2 Configuration Commands
5.28.2.1 mlag
This command enables a Multi-chassis Link Aggregation (MLAG), which allows links that are physically
connected to two different devices to appear as a single port channel to a third device.
To disable MLAG on the switch, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
mlag
no mlag
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
5.28.2.2 mlag domain
This command creates a Multi-chassis Link Aggregation (MLAG) domain and assign a domain ID.
range is from 1 and 1000.
The
To revert to the default mlag configuration, use the no form of this command
Syntax
mlag domain <domain-id>
no mlag domain
<domain-id> - Domain identify number of MLAG (Range: 1 – 1000).
Default Setting
1
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
639
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.28.2.3 mlag system-mac
This command manually configures the Multi-chassis Link Aggregation (MLAG) domain MAC address.
To restore the default system MAC address, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
mlag system-mac <mac-address>
no mlag system-mac
<mac-address> - Syatem MAC adress.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
5.28.2.4 mlag peer-link
This command creates a Multi-chassis Link Aggregation (MLAG) peer link by designating the port
channel that you want on each device as the peer link for the specified MLAG domain.
To remove the peer link, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
mlag peer-link
no mlag peer-link
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
640
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.28.2.5 mlag <mlag-number>
This command moves other port channels into a Multi-chassis Link Aggregation (MLAG) to connect to
the downstream device. The range is from 1 and 4096.
To remove the port channels from the mlag, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
mlag <mlag-number>
no mlag
<mlag-number> - Domain identify number of MLAG port-channel member (Range: 1 – 4096).
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
5.28.2.6 mlag peer-gateway
This command enable Layer 3 forwarding for packets destined to the gateway MAC address of the
MLAG. Use no form to disable it.
Syntax
mlag peer-gateway
no mlag peer-gateway
no – This command disable the peer-gateway.
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
641
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.28.2.7 mlag keepaliv-timeout
This command is used to specify the timeout (in seconds) between re-transmissions to the MLAG peer
device.
Syntax
mlag keepalive-timeout <3-20>
no mlag keepalive-timeout
<3-20> - Specify the timeout value between re-transmissions.
no – This command restore the setting to default value.
Default Setting
5
Command Mode
Global Config
5.28.2.8 mlag delay-restore
This command is used to specify the time to delay the MLAG from coming up on the restored MLAG
peer device aftera reload when the peer adjacency is already established.
Syntax
mlag delay-restore <5-600>
no mlag delay-restore
<5-600> - Specify the number of seconds to delay bringing up the restored MLAG peer device.
no – This command restore the setting to default value.
Default Setting
10
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
642
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
5.29 Control Plane Protection Commands
5.29.1 Show Commands
5.29.1.1 show access-lists interface control-plane
This command displays IP ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC access control lists information for CPU port.
Syntax
show access-lists interface control-plane
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
ACL Type : Type of access list (IP, IPv6 or MAC).
ACL ID : Access List name for a MAC or IPv6 access list or the numeric identifier for an IP access
list.
Sequence Number: An optional sequence number may be specified to indicate the order of this
access list relative to other access lists already assigned to this interface. A lower number indicates
higher precedence order. If a sequence number is already in use for this interface, the specified
ccess list replaces the currently attached access list using that sequence number. If the sequence
number is not specified by the user, a sequence number that is one greater than the highest
sequence number currently in use for this interface is used. Valid range is (1 to 4294967295).
5.29.2 Configuration Commands
5.29.2.1 interface control-plane
To enter control-plane configuration mode and apply a IP, IPv6 or MAC access list to police traffic
destined for the CPU port, use the interface control-plane command in global configuration mode.
Syntax
Interface control-plane
Default Setting
No control plane access lists are defined.
Command Mode
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
643
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Switching Commands
644
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
6
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Routing Commands
6.1 Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) Commands
6.1.1 Show Commands
6.1.1.1 show ip arp
This command displays the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) cache.
Syntax
show ip arp
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Age Time: Is the time it takes for an ARP entry to age out. This value was configured into the unit.
Age time is measured in seconds.
Response Time: Is the time it takes for an ARP request timeout. This value was configured into the
unit. Response time is measured in seconds.
Retries: Is the maximum number of times an ARP request is retried. This value was configured into
the unit.
Cache Size: Is the maximum number of entries in the ARP table. This value was configured into the
unit.
Dynamic renew mode: Displays whether the ARP component automatically attempts to renew
dynamic ARP entries when they aged out.
Total Entry Count Current/Peak: Field listing the total entries in the ARP table and the peak entry
count in the ARP table.
Static Entry Count Configured/Active/Max: Field listing configured static entry count, active static
entry count, and maximum static entry count in the ARP table.
The following are displayed for each ARP entry.
IP Address: Is the IP address of a device on a subnet attached to an existing routing interface.
MAC Address: Is the hardware MAC address of that device.
Interface: Is the routing slot/port associated with the device ARP entry
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
645
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Type: Is the type that was configured into the unit. The possible values are Local, Gateway,
Dynamic and Static.
Age: This field displays the current age of the ARP entry since last refresh (in hh:mm:ss format).
6.1.1.2 show ip arp brief
This command displays the brief Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table information.
Syntax
show ip arp brief
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Age Time: Is the time it takes for an ARP entry to age out. This value was configured into the unit.
Age time is measured in seconds.
Response Time: Is the time it takes for an ARP request timeout. This value was configured into the
unit. Response time is measured in seconds.
Retries: Is the maximum number of times an ARP request is retried. This value was configured into
the unit.
Cache Size: Is the maximum number of entries in the ARP table. This value was configured into the
unit.
Dynamic renew mode: Displays whether the ARP component automatically attempts to renew
dynamic ARP entries when they aged out.
Total Entry Count Current/Peak: Field listing the total entries in the ARP table and the peak entry
count in the ARP table.
Static Entry Count Configured/Active/Max: Field listing the configured static entry count, active
static entry count, and maximum static entry count in the ARP table.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
646
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.1.1.3 show ip arp static
This command displays the static Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table information.
Syntax
show ip arp static
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
IP address: Is the IP address of a device on a subnet attached to an existing routing interface.
MAC address: Is the MAC address for that device.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
647
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.1.2 Configuration Commands
6.1.2.1 arp
This command creates an ARP entry. The value for <ipaddress> is the IP address of a device on a
subnet attached to an existing routing interface. The value for <macaddress> is a unicast MAC address
for that device.
Syntax
arp <ipaddr> <macaddr>
no arp <ipaddr> <macaddr>
<ipaddr> - Is the IP address of a device on a subnet attached to an existing routing interface.
<macaddr> - Is a MAC address for that device. The format is 6 two-digit hexadecimal numbers that
are separated by colons, for example, 00:06:29:32:81:40.
no - This command deletes an ARP entry.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
6.1.2.2 arp cachesize
This command configures the maximum number of entries in the ARP cache.
Syntax
arp cachesize <767-4096>
no arp cachesize
<767-3968> - The range of cache size is 767 to 4096.
no - This command configures the default ARP cache size.
Default Setting
The default cache size is 4096.
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
648
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.1.2.3 arp dynamicrenew
This command enables ARP component to automatically renew ARP entries of type dynamic when they
age out.
Syntax
arp dynamicrenew
no arp dynamicrenew
no - This command disables ARP component from automatically renewing ARP entries of type
dynamic when they age out.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
649
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.1.2.4 arp resptime
This command configures the ARP request response timeout.
Syntax
arp resptime <1-10>
no arp resptime
<1-10> - The range of default response time is 1 to 10 seconds.
no - This command configures the default response timeout time.
Default Setting
The default response time is 1.
Command Mode
Global Config
6.1.2.5 arp retries
This command configures the ARP count of maximum request for retries.
Syntax
arp retries <0-10>
no arp retries
<0-10> - The range of maximum request for retries is 0 to 10.
no - This command configures the default count of maximum request for retries.
Default Setting
The default value is 4.
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
650
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.1.2.6 arp timeout
This command configures the ARP entry ageout time.
Syntax
arp timeout <15-21600>
no arp timeout
<15-21600> - Represents the IP ARP entry ageout time in seconds. The range is 15 to 21600
seconds.
no - This command configures the default ageout time for IP ARP entry.
Default Setting
The default value is 1200.
Command Mode
Global Config
6.1.2.7 arp access-list
Use this command to create an ARP ACL
Syntax
arp access-list <name>
no arp access-list <name>
no – Use this command to delete a configured ARP ACL.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
6.1.2.8 permit ip host mac host
Use this command to configure a rule for a valid IP address and MAC address combination used in ARP
packet validation.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
651
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Syntax
permit ip host <sender-ip> mac host <sender-mac>
no permit ip host <sender-ip> mac host <sender-mac>
no – Use this command to delete a rule for a valid IP and MAC combination.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
ARP Access-list Config
6.1.2.9 clear ip arp-cache
This command causes all ARP entries of type dynamic to be removed form the ARP cache. If the
[gateway] parameter is specified, the dynamic entries of type gateway are purged as well.
Syntax
clear ip arp-cache [gateway | interface {<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>}]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
652
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.2 IP Routing Commands
6.2.1 Show Commands
6.2.1.1 show ip brief
This command displays all the summary information of the IP.
Syntax
show ip brief
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Default Time to Live: The computed TTL (Time to Live) of forwarding a packet from the local router
to the final destination.
Routing Mode: Show whether the routing mode is enabled or disabled.
Maximum Next Hops: The maximum number of hops supported by this switch.
Maximum Routes: The maximum number of routes the packet can travel.
ICMP Rate Limit Interval: Shows how often the token bucket is initialized with burst-size tokens.
Burst-interval is from 0 to 2147483647 milliseconds. The default burst-interval is 1000 msec.
ICMP Rate Limit Burst Size: Shows the number of ICMPv4 error messages that can be sent during
one burst-interval. The range is from 1 to 200 messages. The default value is 100 messages.
ICMP Echo Replies: Shows whether ICMP Echo Replies are enabled or disabled.
ICMP Redirects: Shows whether ICMP Redirects are enabled or disabled.
Dead Gateway Detection: Show whether Dead Gateway Detection is enabled or disabled.
Dead Gateway Detection Probe Interval: Shows the interval that ARP request is sent.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
653
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.2.1.2 show ip interface port
This command displays all pertinent information about the IP interfaces.
Syntax
show ip interface port <slot/port>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Routing Interface Status: Determine the operational status of IPv4 routing Interface. The possible
values are Up or Down.
Primary IP Address: The primary IP address and subnet masks for the interface. This value
appears only if you configure it.
Method: Shows whether the IP address was configured manually or acquired from a DHCP server.
Secondary IP Address: One or more secondary IP addresses and subnet masks for the interface.
This value appears only if you configure it.
Helper IP Address: The helper IP addresses configured by the command ―ip helper-address
(Interface Config)‖.
Routing Mode: The administrative mode of router interface participation. The possible values are
enable or disable. This value is configurable.
Administrative Mode: The administrative mode of the specified interface. The possible values of
this field are enable or disable. This value is configurable.
Forward Net Directed Broadcasts: Displays whether forwarding of network-directed broadcasts is
enabled or disabled. This value is configurable.
Proxy ARP: Displays whether Proxy ARP is enabled or disabled on the system.
Local Proxy ARP: Displays whether Local Proxy ARP is enabled or disabled on the interface.
Active State Displays whether the interface is active or inactive. An interface is considered active if
its link is up and it is in forwarding state.
Link Speed Data Rate: An integer representing the physical link data rate of the specified interface.
This is measured in Megabits per second (Mbps).
MAC Address: The burned in physical address of the specified interface. The format is 6 two-digit
hexadecimal numbers that are separated by colons.
Encapsulation Type: The encapsulation type for the specified interface. The types are: Ethernet or
SNAP.
IP MTU: The maximum transmission unit (MTU) size of a frame, in bytes.
Bandwidth: Shows the bandwidth of the interface.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
654
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Destination Unreachables: Displays whether ICMP Destination Unreachables may be sent
(enabled or disabled).
ICMP Redirects: Displays whether ICMP Redirects may be sent (enabled or disabled).
6.2.1.3 show ip interface vlan
This command displays all pertinent information about the VLAN routing interfaces.
Syntax
show ip interface vlan <1-4093>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Routing Interface Status: Determine the operational status of IPv4 routing Interface. The possible
values are Up or Down.
Primary IP Address: The primary IP address and subnet masks for the interface. This value
appears only if you configure it.
Method: Shows whether the IP address was configured manually or acquired from a DHCP server.
Secondary IP Address: One or more secondary IP addresses and subnet masks for the interface.
This value appears only if you configure it.
Helper IP Address: The helper IP addresses configured by the command ―ip helper-address
(Interface Config)‖.
Routing Mode: The administrative mode of router interface participation. The possible values are
enable or disable. This value is configurable.
Administrative Mode: The administrative mode of the specified interface. The possible values of
this field are enable or disable. This value is configurable.
Forward Net Directed Broadcasts: Displays whether forwarding of network-directed broadcasts is
enabled or disabled. This value is configurable.
Proxy ARP: Displays whether Proxy ARP is enabled or disabled on the system.
Local Proxy ARP: Displays whether Local Proxy ARP is enabled or disabled on the interface.
Active State Displays whether the interface is active or inactive. An interface is considered active if
its link is up and it is in forwarding state.
Link Speed Data Rate: An integer representing the physical link data rate of the specified interface.
This is measured in Megabits per second (Mbps).
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
655
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
MAC Address: The burned in physical address of the specified interface. The format is 6 two-digit
hexadecimal numbers that are separated by colons.
Encapsulation Type: The encapsulation type for the specified interface. The types are: Ethernet or
SNAP.
IP MTU: The maximum transmission unit (MTU) size of a frame, in bytes.
Bandwidth: Shows the bandwidth of the interface.
Destination Unreachables: Displays whether ICMP Destination Unreachables may be sent
(enabled or disabled).
ICMP Redirects: Displays whether ICMP Redirects may be sent (enabled or disabled).
6.2.1.4 show ip interface loopback
This command displays information about configured loopback interfaces.
Syntax
show ip interface loopback [<0-7>]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Loopback Id: The loopback ID associated with the rest of the information in the row..
Interface: The interface name.
IP Address: The IPv4 address of the interface.
If you specify a loopback ID, the following information appears:
Interface Link Status: Shows whether the link is up or down.
IP Address: The IPv4 address of the interface.
MTU size: The maximum transmission size for packets on this interface, in bytes..
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
656
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.2.1.5 show ip interface brief
This command displays summary information about IP configuration settings for all ports in the router.
Syntax
show ip interface brief
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Interface: Valid slot, and port number separated by forward slashes or VLAN routing interface.
State: Indicate the operational state of the routing interface.
IP Address: The IP address of the routing interface.
IP Mask: The IP mask of the routing interface.
Method: Is the way to get the IP Address. The possible value is ―Manual‖, ―DHCP‖ or ―None‖.Netdir
Bcast: Indicates if IP forwards net-directed broadcasts on this interface. Possible values are Enable
or Disable.
MultiCast Fwd: Indicates the multicast forwarding administrative mode on the interface. Possible
values are Enable or Disable.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
657
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.2.1.6 show ip route
This command displays the routing table. The <ip-address> specifies the network for which the route is
to be displayed and displays the best matching best-route for the address. The <mask> specifies the
subnet mask for the given <ip-address>. When you use the longerprefixes keyword, the <ip-address>
and <mask> pair becomes the prefix, and the command displays the routes to the addresses that match
that prefix. Use the <protocol> parameter to specify the protocol that installed the routes. The value for
<protocol> can be connected, ospf, rip, or static. Use the all parameter to display all routes including
best and nonbest routes. If you do not use the all parameter, the command only displays the best route.
!
If you use the connected keyword for <protocol>, the all option is not available because
there are no best or non-best connected routes.
Syntax
show ip route [{<ip-address> [<protocol>] | {<ip-address> <mask> [longer-prefixes] [<protocol>] |
<protocol>} [all] | all}]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Route Codes: Displays the key for the routing protocol codes that might appear in the routing table
output.
The command displays the routing tables in the following format:
Code IP-Address/Mask [Preference/Metric] via Next-Hop, Interface
Code: The codes for the routing protocols that created the routes.
IP-Address/Mask: The IP-Address and mask of the destination network corresponding to this route.
Preference: The administrative distance associated with this route. Routes with low values are
preferred over routes with higher values.
Metric: The cost associated with this route.
via Next-Hop: The outgoing router IP address to use when forwarding traffic to the next router (if
any) in the path toward the destination
Interface: The outgoing router interface to use when forwarding traffic to the next destination
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
658
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.2.1.7 show ip route bestroutes
This command displays router route table information for the best routes.
Syntax
show ip route bestroutes
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Total Number of Routes: The total number of routes.
Network Address: Is an IP route prefix for the destination.
Subnet Mask: Is a mask of the network and host portion of the IP address for the router interface.
Protocol: Tells which protocol added the specified route. The possibilities are: local, static, OSPF, or
RIP.
for each next hop
Next Hop Intf: The outgoing router interface to use when forwarding traffic to the next destination.
Next Hop IP Address: The outgoing router IP address to use when forwarding traffic to the next
router (if any) in the path toward the destination.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
659
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.2.1.8 show ip route entry
This command displays the router route entry information.
Syntax
show ip route entry <networkaddress>
<networkaddress> - Is a valid network address identifying the network on the specified interface.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Network Address: Is a valid network address identifying the network on the specified interface.
Subnet Mask: Is a mask of the network and host portion of the IP address for the attached network.
Protocol: Tells which protocol added the specified route. The possibilities are: local, static, OSPF, or
RIP.
Total Number of Routes: The total number of routes.
for each next hop
Next Hop Intf: The outgoing router interface to use when forwarding traffic to the next destination.
Next Hop IP Address: The outgoing router IP address to use when forwarding traffic to the next
router (if any) in the path toward the destination.
Metric: Specifies the metric for this route entry.
Pref: The preference value that is used for this route entry.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
660
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.2.1.9 show ip route connected
This command displays directly connected routes.
Syntax
show ip route connected
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Route Codes: Displays the key for the routing protocol codes that might appear in the routing table
output.
The command displays the routing tables in the following format:
Code IP-Address/Mask [Preference/Metric] via Next-Hop, Interface
Code: The codes for the routing protocols that created the routes.
IP-Address/Mask: The IP-Address and mask of the destination network corresponding to this route.
Preference: The administrative distance associated with this route. Routes with low values are
preferred over routes with higher values.
Metric: The cost associated with this route.
via Next-Hop: The outgoing router IP address to use when forwarding traffic to the next router (if
any) in the path toward the destination.
Interface: The outgoing router interface to use when forwarding traffic to the next destination.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
661
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.2.1.10 show ip route ospf
This command displays Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) routes. The option all command displays all
(best and non-best) routes.
Syntax
show ip route ospf [all]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Route Codes: Displays the key for the routing protocol codes that might appear in the routing table
output.
The command displays the routing tables in the following format:
Code IP-Address/Mask [Preference/Metric] via Next-Hop, Interface
Code: The codes for the routing protocols that created the routes.
IP-Address/Mask: The IP-Address and mask of the destination network corresponding to this route.
Preference: The administrative distance associated with this route. Routes with low values are
preferred over routes with higher values.
Metric: The cost associated with this route.
via Next-Hop: The outgoing router IP address to use when forwarding traffic to the next router (if
any) in the path toward the destination.
Interface: The outgoing router interface to use when forwarding traffic to the next destination.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
662
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.2.1.11 show ip route rip
This command displays Routing Information Protocol (RIP) routes. The option all command displays all
(best and non-best) routes.
Syntax
show ip route rip [all]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Route Codes: Displays the key for the routing protocol codes that might appear in the routing table
output.
The command displays the routing tables in the following format:
Code IP-Address/Mask [Preference/Metric] via Next-Hop, Interface
Code: The codes for the routing protocols that created the routes.
IP-Address/Mask: The IP-Address and mask of the destination network corresponding to this route.
Preference: The administrative distance associated with this route. Routes with low values are
preferred over routes with higher values.
Metric: The cost associated with this route.
via Next-Hop: The outgoing router IP address to use when forwarding traffic to the next router (if
any) in the path toward the destination.
Interface: The outgoing router interface to use when forwarding traffic to the next destination.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
663
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.2.1.12 show ip route static
This command displays Static Routes. The option all command displays all (best and non-best) routes.
Syntax
show ip route static [all]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Route Codes: Displays the key for the routing protocol codes that might appear in the routing table
output.
The command displays the routing tables in the following format:
Code IP-Address/Mask [Preference/Metric] via Next-Hop, Interface
Code: The codes for the routing protocols that created the routes.
IP-Address/Mask: The IP-Address and mask of the destination network corresponding to this route.
Preference: The administrative distance associated with this route. Routes with low values are
preferred over routes with higher values.
Metric: The cost associated with this route.
via Next-Hop: The outgoing router IP address to use when forwarding traffic to the next router (if
any) in the path toward the destination.
Interface: The outgoing router interface to use when forwarding traffic to the next destination.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
664
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.2.1.13 show ip route summary
This command displays the routing table summary. Use the optional all parameter to show the number
of all routes, including best and non-best routes. To include only the number of best routes, do not use
the optional parameter.
Syntax
show ip route summary [all]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Connected Routes: The total number of connected routes in the routing table.
Static Routes: Total number of static routes in the routing table.
RIP Routes: Total number of routes installed by RIP protocol.
OSPF Routes: Total number of routes installed by OSPF protocol.
Reject Routes: Total number of reject routes installed by all protocols.
Total Routes: Total number of routes in the routing table.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
665
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.2.1.14 show ip route preferences
This command displays detailed information about the route preferences. Route preferences are used in
determining the best route. Lower router preference values are preferred over higher router preference
values.
Syntax
show ip route preferences
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Local: This field displays the local route preference value.
Static: This field displays the static route preference value.
OSPF Intra: This field displays the OSPF intra route preference value.
OSPF Inter: This field displays the OSPF inter route preference value.
OSPF External: The OSPF External route preference value.
RIP: This field displays the RIP route preference value.
Configured Default Gateway: The route preference value of the statically-configured default
gateway
DHCP Default Gateway: The route preference value of the default gateway learned from the DHCP
server.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
666
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.2.1.15 show ip stats
This command displays IP statistical information. Refer to RFC 1213 for more information about the
fields that are displayed.
Syntax
show ip stats
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
667
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.2.2 Configuration Commands
6.2.2.1 routing
This command enables routing for an interface.
Syntax
routing
no routing
no - Disable routing for an interface.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
6.2.2.2
ip routing
This command enables the IP Router Admin Mode for the master switch.
Syntax
ip routing
no ip routing
no - Disable the IP Router Admin Mode for the master switch.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
668
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.2.2.3 ip address
This command configures an IP address on an interface. The IP address may be a secondary IP
address.
Syntax
ip address <ipaddr> <subnet-mask> [secondary]
no ip address <ipaddr> <subnet-mask> [secondary]
<ipaddr> - IP address of the interface.
<subnet-mask> - Subnet mask of the interface.
[secondary] - It is a secondary IP address.
no - Delete an IP address from an interface.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
6.2.2.4 ip address dhcp
This command enables the DHCPv4 client on an in-band interface so that it can acquire network
information, such as the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway, from a network DHCP server.
When DHCP is enabled on the interface, the system automatically deletes all manually configured IPv4
addresses on the interface.
Syntax
ip address dhcp [restart]
no ip address <ipaddr> <subnet-mask> [secondary]
[secondary] - To restart IP Address given by DHCP server.
no - This command releases a leased address and disables DHCPv4 on an interface.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
669
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.2.2.5 ip route
This command configures a static route.
Syntax
ip route <networkaddr> <subnetmask> [ {<nexthopip>|Null0} [<1-255 >] ]
no ip route <networkaddr> <subnetmask> [ { <nexthopip> | <1-255 > | Null0 } ]
<ipaddr> - A valid IP address .
<subnetmask> - A valid subnet mask.
<nexthopip> - IP address of the next hop router.
<1-255> - The precedence value of this route. The range is 1 to 255.
Null0 – Null interface.
no - delete all next hops to a destination static route. If the optional <nextHopRtr> parameter is
designated, the next hop is deleted and if the optional precedence value is designated, the
precedence value of the static route is reset to its default value 1.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
6.2.2.6 ip route default
This command configures the default route.
Syntax
ip route default <nexthopip> [1-255]
<nexthopip> - IP address of the next hop router.
<1-255> - Precedence value of this route.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
670
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.2.2.7 ip route distance
This command sets the default distance (preference) for static routes. Lower route distance values are
preferred when determining the best route. The ip route and ip route default commands allow you to
optionally set the distance (preference) of an individual static route. The default distance is used when
no distance is specified in these commands. Changing the default distance does not update the distance
of existing static routes, even if they were assigned the original default distance. The new default
distance will only be applied to static routes created after invoking the ip route distance command.
Syntax
ip route distance <1-255>
<1-255> - Default the Distance value of static routes. The range is 1 to 255.
Default Setting
The default preference value is 1.
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
671
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.2.2.8 ip mtu
This command sets the IP Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) on a routing interface or range of
interfaces. The IP MTU is the size of the largest IP packet that can be transmitted on the interface
without fragmentation. Forwarded packets are dropped if they exceed the IP MTU of the outgoing
interface.
Packets originated on the router, such as OSPF packets, may be fragmented by the IP stack.
OSPF advertises the IP MTU in the Database Description packets it sends to its neighbors during
database exchange. If two OSPF neighbors advertise different IP MTUs, they will not form an adjacency.
(unless OSPF has been instructed to ignore differences in IP MTU with the ip ospf mtu-ignore
command.)
Syntax
ip mtu <68-12270>
no ip mtu <68-12270>
<68-12270> - The IP MTU on a routing interface. The range is 68 to 12270.
no - Reset the ip mtu to the default value.
Default Setting
The default value is 1500.
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
672
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.2.2.9 encapsulation
This command configures the link layer encapsulation type for the packet.
Syntax
encapsulation {ethernet | snap}
ethernet - The link layer encapsulation type is ethernet.
snap - The link layer encapsulation type is SNAP.
Default Setting
The default value is ethernet.
Command Mode
Interface Config
Restrictions
Routed frames are always Ethernet encapsulated when a frame is routed to a VLAN.
6.2.2.10 ip dead-gateway-detection
This command configures the Dead Gateway Detection feature.
Syntax
ip dead-gateway-detection
no ip dead-gateway-detection
Default Setting
Disabled.
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
673
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.2.2.11 ip dead-gateway-detection probe-interval
This command configures the probe interval for Dead Gateway Detection feature.
Syntax
ip dead-gateway-detection probe-interval <1-30>
no ip dead-gateway-detection probe-interval
Default Setting
3.
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
674
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) Commands
6.3.1 Show Commands
6.3.1.1 show ip ospf
This command displays information relevant to the OSPF router.
Syntax
show ip ospf
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Messages
!
Some of the information below displays only if you enable OSPF and configure certain
features.
Router ID : A 32-bit integer in dotted decimal format identifying the router, about which information is
displayed. This is a configured value.
OSPF Admin Mode : Shows whether the administrative mode of OSPF in the router is enabled or
disabled. This is a configured value.
RFC 1583 Compatibility : Indicates whether 1583 compatibility is enabled or disabled. This is a
configured value.
External LSDB Limit : The maximum number of non-default AS-external-LSA (link state
advertisement) entries that can be stored in the link-state database.
Exit Overflow Interval : The number of seconds that, after entering overflow state, a router will
attempt to leave overflow state.
Spf Delay Time : The number of seconds between two subsequent changes of LSAs, during which
time the routing table calculation is delayed.
Spf Hold Time: The number of seconds between two consecutive spf calculations.
Flood Pacing Interval: The average time, in milliseconds, between LS Update packet transmissions
on an interface. This is the value configured with the timers pacing flood command.
LSA Refresh Group Pacing Time: The size of the LSA refresh group window, in seconds. This is
the value configured with the timers pacing lsa-group command.Opaque Capability: Shows
whether the router is capable of sending Opaque LSAs. This is a configured value.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
675
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Autocost Ref BW: Shows the value of auto-cost reference bandwidth configured on the router.
Default Passive Setting: Shows whether the interfaces are passive by default.
Maximum Paths: The maximum number of paths that OSPF can report for a given destination.
Default Metric: Default value for redistributed routes.
Network Area: Shows area for the Network Area setting.
Stub Router Configuration: One of Always, Startup, or None.
Summary LSA Metric Override: One of Enabled (met), Disabled, where met is the metric to be
sent in summary LSAs when in stub router mode.Default Route Advertise: Indicates whether the
default routes received from other source protocols are advertised or not.
Always: Shows whether default routes are always advertised.
Metric: The metric of the routes being redistributed. If the metric is not configured, this field is blank.
Metric Type: Shows whether the routes are External Type 1 or External Type 2.Number of Active
Number of Active Areas: The number of OSPF areas to which the router is attached on interfaces
that are up.
ABR Status: Shows whether the router is an OSPF Area Border Router.
ASBR Status: Reflects whether the ASBR mode is enabled or disabled. Enable implies that the
router is an autonomous system border router. The router automatically becomes an ASBR when it
is configured to redistribute routes learnt from other protocols. The possible values for the ASBR
status is enabled (if the router is configured to redistribute routes learned by other protocols) or
disabled (if the router is not configured for the same).
Stub Router Status: When OSPF runs out of resources to store the entire link state database, or
any other state information, OSPF goes into stub router mode. As a stub router, OSPF re-originates
its own router LSAs, setting the cost of all non-stub interfaces to infinity. To restore OSPF to normal
operation, disable and re-enable OSPF.
Stub Router Reason: One of Configured, Startup, or Resource Limitation. This row is only listed if
stub router is active.
External LSDB Overflow: When the number of non-default external LSAs exceeds the configured
limit, External LSDB Limit, OSPF goes into LSDB overflow state. In this state, OSPF withdraws all of
its self-originated non-default external LSAs. After the Exit Overflow Interval, OSPF leaves the
overflow state, if the number of external LSAs has been reduced.
External LSA Count: The number of external (LS type 5) link-state advertisements in the link-state
database.
External LSA Checksum: The sum of the LS checksums of external link-state advertisements
contained in the link-state database.
AS_OPAQUE LSA Count: Shows the number of AS Opaque LSAs in the link-state database.
AS_OPAQUE LSA Checksum: Shows the sum of the LS Checksums of AS Opaque LSAs
contained in the link-state database.
New LSAs Originated: The number of new link-state advertisements that have been originated.
LSAs Received: The number of link-state advertisements received determined to be new
instantiations.
LSA Count: The total number of link state advertisements currently in the link state database.
Maximum Number of LSAs: The maximum number of LSAs that OSPF can store.
LSA High Water Mark: The maximum size of the link state database since the system started.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
676
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
AS Scope LSA Flood List Length: Length of global flood list for LSAs with AS scope.
Retransmit List Entries: The total number of LSAs waiting to be acknowledged by all neighbors. An
LSA may be pending acknowledgment from more than one neighbor.
Maximum Number of Retransmit Entries: The maximum number of LSAs that can be waiting for
acknowledgment at any given time.
Retransmit Entries High Water Mark: The highest number of LSAs that have been waiting for
acknowledgment.
NSF Helper Support: Whether this router is configured to act as a graceful restart helpful neighbor.
Possible values are: Helper Support Always, Disabled, or Planned.
NSF Helper Strict LSA Checking:. As a graceful restart helpful neighbor, whether to terminate the
helper relationship if a topology change occurs during a neighbor's graceful restart.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
677
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.1.2 show ip ospf abr
This command displays the internal OSPF routing table entries to Area Border Routers (ABR). This
command takes no options
Syntax
show ip ospf abr
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Eexc
User Exec
Display Messages
Type: The type of the route to the destination. It can be either:

intra — Intra-area route

inter — Inter-area route
Router ID: Router ID of the destination.
Cost: Cost of using this route.
Area ID: The area ID of the area from which this route is learned.
Next Hop: Next hop toward the destination.
Next Hop Intf: The outgoing router interface to use when forwarding traffic to the next hop.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
678
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.1.3 show ip ospf area
This command displays information about the area. The <areaid> identifies the OSPF area that is being
displayed.
Syntax
show ip ospf area <areaid>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Messages
AreaID: The area id of the requested OSPF area.
External Routing: A number representing the external routing capabilities for this area.
Spf Runs: The number of times that the intra-area route table has been calculated using this area's
link-state database.
Area Border Router Count: The total number of area border routers reachable within this area.
Area LSA Count: Total number of link-state advertisements in this area's link-state database,
excluding AS External LSA‘s.
Area LSA Checksum: A number representing the Area LSA Checksum for the specified AreaID
excluding the external (LS type 5) link-state advertisements.
Flood List Length: Length of the area's LSA flood list.
Import Summary LSAs: Shows whether to import summary LSAs.
The following OSPF NSSA specific information displays only if the area is configured as an NSSA:
Import Summary LSAs: Shows whether to import summary LSAs into the NSSA.
No-Redistribute into NSSA: Shows whether to redistribute information into the NSSA.
Default Information Originate: Shows whether to advertise a default route into the NSSA.
Default Metric: The metric value for the default route advertised into the NSSA.
Default Metric Type: The metric type for the default route advertised into the NSSA.
Translator Role: The NSSA translator role of the ABR, which is always or candidate.
Translator Stability Interval: The amount of time that an elected translator continues to perform its
duties after it determines that its translator status has been deposed by another router.
Translator State: Shows whether the ABR translator state is disabled, always, or elected.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
679
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.1.4 show ip ospf asbr
This command displays the internal OSPF routing table entries to Autonomous System Boundary
Routers (ASBR). This command takes no options.
Syntax
show ip ospf asbr
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Messages
Type: The type of the route to the destination. It can be one of the following values:

intra — Intra-area route

inter — Inter-area route
Router ID: Router ID of the destination.
Cost: Cost of using this route.
Area ID: The area ID of the area from which this route is learned.
Next Hop: Next hop toward the destination.
Next Hop Intf: The outgoing router interface to use when forwarding traffic to the next hop.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
680
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.1.5 show ip ospf database
This command displays information about the link state database when OSPF is enabled. If you do not
enter any parameters the command displays the LSA headers for all areas. Use the optional <areaid>
parameter to display database information about a specific area. Use the optional parameters to specify
the type of link state advertisements to display.
Syntax
show ip ospf [<areaid>] database [adv-router | asbr-summary | external | network | nssa-external |
opaque-area | opaque-as | opaque-link | router | self-originate | summary] [<lsid>] [{adv-router
[<ipaddr>] | self-originate}]}]
adv-router - Display the LSAs that are restricted by the advertising router. To specify a router, enter
the IP address of the router.
asbr-summary - Use asbr-summary to show the autonomous system boundary router (ASBR)
summary LSAs.
external - Use external to display the external LSAs.
network - Use network to display the network LSAs.
nssa-external - Use nssa-external to display NSSA external LSAs.
opaque-area - Use opaque-area to display area opaque LSAs.
opaque-as - Use opaque-as to display AS opaque LSAs.
opaque-link - Use opaque-link to display link opaque LSAs.
router - Use router to display router LSAs.
summary - Use summary to show the LSA database summary information.
lsid - Use <lsid> to specify the link state ID (LSID). The value of <lsid> can be an IP address or an
integer in the range of 0-4294967295.
adv-router - Use adv-router to show the LSAs that are restricted by the advertising router.
self-originate - Use self-originate to display the LSAs in that are self originated. The information
below is only displayed if OSPF is enabled
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Messages
Ls Id: A number that uniquely identifies an LSA that a router originates from all other self originated
LSAs of the same LS type.
Adv Router: The Advertising Router. Is a 32 bit dotted decimal number representing the LSDB
interface.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
681
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Age: A number representing the age of the link state advertisement in seconds.
Sequence: A number that represents which LSA is more recent.
Chksm: The total number LSA checksum.
Options: This is an integer. It indicates that the LSA receives special handling during routing
calculations.
Rtr Opt: Router Options are valid for router links only.
6.3.1.6 show ip ospf database database-summary
Use this command to display the number of each type of LSA in the database for each area and for the
router. The command also displays the total number of LSAs in the database.
Syntax
show ip ospf database database-summary
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Messages
Router: Total number of router LSAs in the OSPF link state database.
Network: Total number of network LSAs in the OSPF link state database.
Summary Net: Total number of summary network LSAs in the database.
Summary ASBR: Number of summary ASBR LSAs in the database.
Type-7 Ext: Total number of Type-7 external LSAs in the database.
Opaque Link: Number of opaque link LSAs in the database.
Opaque Area: Number of opaque area LSAs in the database.
Type-5 Ext: Total number of Type-5 external LSAs in the database.
Self-Originated Type-5 Ext: Total number of self originated Type-5 external LSAs in the database.
Subtotal: Number of entries for the identified area.
Opaque AS: Number of opaque AS LSAs in the database.
Total: Number of entries for all areas.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
682
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.1.7 show ip ospf interface
This command displays the information for the IFO object or virtual interface tables.
Syntax
show ip ospf interface {<slot/port> | loopback <loopback-id> | vlan <vlan-id>}
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Messages
IP Address: The IP address for the specified interface.
Subnet Mask: A mask of the network and host portion of the IP address for the OSPF interface.
Secondary IP Address(es): The secondary IP addresses if any are configured on the interface.
OSPF Admin Mode: States whether OSPF is enabled or disabled on a router interface.
OSPF Area ID: The OSPF Area ID for the specified interface.
OSPF Network Type: The type of network on this interface that the OSPF is running on.
Router Priority: A number representing the OSPF Priority for the specified interface.
Retransmit Interval: A number representing the OSPF Retransmit Interval for the specified
interface.
Hello Interval: A number representing the OSPF Hello Interval for the specified interface.
Dead Interval: A number representing the OSPF Dead Interval for the specified interface.
LSA Ack Interval: A number representing the OSPF LSA Acknowledgment Interval for the specified
interface.
Transit Delay Interval: A number representing the OSPF Transit Delay for the specified interface.
Authentication Type: The OSPF Authentication Type for the specified interface are: none, simple,
and encrypt.
Metric Cost: The cost of the OSPF interface.
Passive Status: Shows whether the interface is passive or not.
OSPF MTU-ignore: Indicates whether to ignore MTU mismatches in database descriptor packets
sent from neighboring routers.
Flood Blocking: Indicates if flood blocking is enabled or disabled.
The information below will only be displayed if OSPF is enabled.
State: The OSPF Interface States are: down, loopback, waiting, point-to-point, designated router,
and backup designated router.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
683
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Designated Router: The router ID representing the designated router.
Backup Designated Router: The router ID representing the backup designated router.
Number of Link Events: The number of link events.
Local Link LSAs: The number of Link Local Opaque LSAs in the link-state database.
Local Link LSA Checksum: The sum of LS Checksums of Link Local Opaque LSAs in the link-state
database.
6.3.1.8 show ip ospf interface brief
This command displays brief information for the IFO object or virtual interface tables.
Syntax
show ip ospf interface brief
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Messages
Interface: Valid slot and port number separated by a forward slash.
OSPF Admin Mode: States whether OSPF is enabled or disabled on a router interface.
OSPF Area ID: The OSPF Area Id for the specified interface.
Router Priority: A number representing the OSPF Priority for the specified interface.
Hello Interval: A number representing the OSPF Hello Interval for the specified interface.
Dead Interval: A number representing the OSPF Dead Interval for the specified interface.
Retransmit Interval: A number representing the OSPF Retransmit Interval for the specified
interface.
Retransmit Delay Interval: A number representing the OSPF Transit Delay for the specified
interface.
LSA Ack Interval: A number representing the OSPF LSA Acknowledgment Interval for the specified
interface.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
684
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.1.9 show ip ospf interface stats
This command displays the statistics for a specific interface. The information below will only be displayed
if OSPF is enabled.
Syntax
show ip ospf interface stats {<slot/port> | loopback <loopback-id> | vlan <vlan-id>}
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Messages
OSPF Area ID: The area id of this OSPF interface.
Area Border Router Count: The total number of area border routers reachable within this area.
This is initially zero, and is calculated in each SPF pass.
AS Border Router Count: The total number of Autonomous System border routers reachable within
this area.
Area LSA Count: The total number of link-state advertisements in this area's link-state database,
excluding AS External LSAs.
IP Address: The IP address associated with this OSPF interface.
OSPF Interface Events: The number of times the specified OSPF interface has changed its state,
or an error has occurred.
Virtual Events: The number of state changes or errors that occurred on this virtual link.
Neighbor Events: The number of times this neighbor relationship has changed state, or an error
has occurred.
External LSA Count: The number of external (LS type 5) link-state advertisements in the link-state
database.
Sent Packets: The number of OSPF packets transmitted on the interface.
Received Packets: The number of valid OSPF packets received on the interface.
Discards: Discards The number of received OSPF packets discarded because of an error in the
packet or an error in processing the packet.
Bad Version: Bad Version The number of received OSPF packets whose version field in the OSPF
header does not match the version of the OSPF process handling the packet.
Source Not On Local Subnet: The number of received packets discarded because the source IP
address is not within a subnet configured on a local interface.
Virtual Link Not Found: The number of received OSPF packets discarded where the ingress
interface is in a non-backbone area and the OSPF header identifies the packet as belonging to the
backbone, but OSPF does not have a virtual link to the packet‘s sender.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
685
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Area Mismatch: The number of OSPF packets discarded because the area ID in the OSPF header
is not the area ID configured on the ingress interface.
Invalid Destination Address: The number of OSPF packets discarded because the packet‘s
destination IP address is not the address of the ingress interface and is not the AllDrRouters or
AllSpfRouters multicast addresses.
Wrong Authentication Type: The number of packets discarded because the authentication type
specified in the OSPF header does not match the authentication type configured on the ingress
interface.
Authentication Failure: The number of OSPF packets dropped because the sender is not an
existing neighbor or the sender‘s IP address does not match the previously recorded IP address for
that neighbor.
No Neighbor at Source Address: The number of OSPF packets dropped because the sender is
not an existing neighbor or the sender‘s address does not match the previously recorded IP address
for that neighbor.
Invalid OSPF Packet Type: The number of OSPF packets discarded because the packet type field
in the OSPF header is not a known type.
Hellos Ignored: The number of received Hello packets that were ignored by this router from the new
neighbors after the limit has been reached for the number of neighbors on an interface or on the
system as a whole.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
686
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.1.10 show ip ospf neighbor
This command displays information about OSPF neighbors. If you do not specify a neighbor IP address,
the output displays summary information in a table. If you specify an interface or tunnel, only the
information for that interface or tunnel displays.The <ip-address> is the IP address of the neighbor, and
when you specify this, detailed information about the neighbor displays. The information below only
displays if OSPF is enabled and the interface has a neighbor.
Syntax
show ip ospf neighbor [interface {<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>}] [<ip-address>]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Messages
If you do not specify an IP address, a table with the following columns displays for all neighbors or
the neighbor associated with the interface that you specify:
Router ID: The 4-digit dotted-decimal number of the neighbor router.
Priority: The OSPF priority for the specified interface. The priority of an interface is a priority integer
from 0 to 255. A value of '0' indicates that the router is not eligible to become the designated router
on this network.
IP Address: The IP address of the neighbor.
Interface: The interface of the local router in slot/port format.
State: The state of the neighboring routers. Possible values are:

Down - initial state of the neighbor conversation - no recent information has been received
from the neighbor.

Attempt - no recent information has been received from the neighbor but a more concerted
effort should be made to contact the neighbor.

Init - an Hello packet has recently been seen from the neighbor, but bidirectional
communication has not yet been established.

2 way - communication between the two routers is bidirectional.

Exchange start - the first step in creating an adjacency between the two neighboring routers,
the goal is to decide which router is the master and to decide upon the initial DD sequence
number.

Exchange - the router is describing its entire link state database by sending Database
Description packets to the neighbor.

Loading - Link State Request packets are sent to the neighbor asking for the more recent
LSAs that have been discovered (but not yet received) in the Exchange state.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
687
UANTA COMPUTER INC.

Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Full - the neighboring routers are fully adjacent and they will now appear in router-LSAs and
network-LSAs.
Dead Time: The amount of time, in seconds, to wait before the router assumes the neighbor is
unreachable.
If you specify an IP address for the neighbor router, the following fields display:
Interface: Valid slot and port number separated by a forward slash.
Neighbor IP Address: The IP address of the neighbor router.
Interface Index: The interface ID of the neighbor router.
Area ID: The area ID of the OSPF area associated with the interface.
Options: An integer value that indicates the optional OSPF capabilities supported by the neighbor.
The neighbor's optional OSPF capabilities are also listed in its Hello packets. This enables received
Hello Packets to be rejected (i.e., neighbor relationships will not even start to form) if there is a
mismatch in certain crucial OSPF capabilities.
Router Priority: The OSPF priority for the specified interface. The priority of an interface is a priority
integer from 0 to 255. A value of '0' indicates that the router is not eligible to become the designated
router on this network.
Dead Timer Due: The amount of time, in seconds, to wait before the router assumes the neighbor is
unreachable.
Up Time: Neighbor uptime; how long since the adjacency last reached the Full state.
State: The state of the neighboring routers.
Events: The number of times this neighbor relationship has changed state, or an error has occurred.
Retransmission Queue Length: An integer representing the current length of the retransmission
queue of the specified neighbor router Id of the specified interface.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
688
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.1.11 show ip ospf range
This command displays information about the area ranges for the specified <areaid>. The <areaid>
identifies the OSPF area whose ranges are being displayed..
Syntax
show ip ospf range <areaid>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Messages
Area ID: The area id of the requested OSPF area.
IP Address: An IP address which represents this area range.
Subnet Mask: A valid subnet mask for this area range.
Lsdb Type: The type of link advertisement associated with this area range.
Advertisement: The status of the advertisement. Advertisement has two possible settings: enabled
or disabled.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
689
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.1.12 show ip ospf statistics
This command displays information about recent Shortest Path First (SPF) calculations. The SPF is the
OSPF routing table calculation. The output lists the number of times the SPF has run for each OSPF
area. A table follows this information. For each of the 15 most recent SPF runs, the table lists how long
ago the SPF ran, how long the SPF took, and the reasons why the SPF was scheduled.
Syntax
show ip ospf statistics
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Messages
Delta T: How long ago the SPF ran. The time is in the format hh:mm:ss, giving the hours, minutes,
and seconds since the SPF run.
SPF Duration: How long the SPF took in milliseconds.
Reason: The reason the SPF was scheduled. Reason codes are as follows:

R - a router LSA has changed

N - a network LSA has changed

SN - a type 3 network summary LSA has changed

SA - a type 4 ASBR summary LSA has changed

X - a type 5 or type 7 external LSA has changed
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
690
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.1.13 show ip ospf stub table
This command displays the OSPF stub table. The information below will only be displayed if OSPF is
initialized on the switch..
Syntax
show ip ospf stub table
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Messages
Area ID: A 32-bit identifier for the created stub area.
Type of Service: The type of service associated with the stub metric. only supports Normal TOS.
Metric Val: The metric value is applied based on the TOS. It defaults to the least metric of the type of
service among the interfaces to other areas. The OSPF cost for a route is a function of the metric
value.
Import Summary LSA: Controls the import of summary LSAs into stub areas.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
691
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.1.14 show ip ospf virtual-link
This command displays the OSPF Virtual Interface information for a specific area and neighbor. The
<areaid> parameter identifies the area and the <neighbor> parameter identifies the neighbor's Router
ID.
Syntax
show ip ospf virtual-link <areaid> <neighbor>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Messages
Area ID: The area id of the requested OSPF area.
Neighbor Router ID: The input neighbor Router ID.
Hello Interval: The configured hello interval for the OSPF virtual interface.
Dead Interval: The configured dead interval for the OSPF virtual interface.
Iftransit Delay Interval: The configured transit delay for the OSPF virtual interface.
Retransmit Interval: The configured retransmit interval for the OSPF virtual interface.
Authentication Type: The configured authentication type of the OSPF virtual interface.
State: The OSPF Interface States are: down, loopback, waiting, point-to-point, designated router,
and backup designated router. This is the state of the OSPF interface.
Neighbor State: The neighbor state.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
692
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.1.15 show ip ospf virtual-link brief
This command displays the OSPF Virtual Interface information for all areas in the system.
Syntax
show ip ospf virtual-link brief
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Messages
Area ID: The area id of the requested OSPF area.
Neighbor: The neighbor interface of the OSPF virtual interface.
Hello Interval: The configured hello interval for the OSPF virtual interface.
Dead Interval: The configured dead interval for the OSPF virtual interface.
Retransmit Interval: The configured retransmit interval for the OSPF virtual interface.
Transit Delay: The configured transit delay for the OSPF virtual interface.
6.3.1.16 show ip ospf lsa-group
This command displays the number of self-originated LSAs within each LSA group.
Syntax
show ip ospf lsa-group
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Messages
Total self-originated LSAs: The number of LSAs originated from self.
Average LSAs per group: The average number of LSAs per group.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
693
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Pacing group limit: The maximum number for pacing group.
Number of self-originated LSAs within each LSA group: The detail number of self-originated
LSAs.
Group Start Age: The start time of LSA Group aged.
Group End Age: The end time of LSA Group aged.
Count: The number of LSA Group aged.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
694
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2 Configuration Commands
6.3.2.1 router ospf
Use this command to enter Router OSPF mode.
Syntax
router ospf
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
6.3.2.2 enable
Use enable command resets the default administrative mode of OSPF in the router (active). no enable
command sets the administrative mode of OSPF in the router to inactive
Syntax
enable
no enable
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
695
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.3 network area
Use network area command to enable OSPFv2 on an interface and set its area ID if the IP address of
an interface is covered by this network command. Use no network area command to disable the
OSPFv2 on a interface if the IP address of an interface was earlier covered by this network command
Syntax
network <ip-address> <wildcard-mask> area <area-id>
no network <ip-address> <wildcard-mask> area <area-id>
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
6.3.2.4 ip ospf area
Use ip ospf area command to enable OSPFv2 and set the area ID of an interface. The <area-id> is an
IP address formatted as a 4-digit dotted-decimal number or a decimal value in the range of
<0-4294967295>. This command supersedes the effects of the network area command. It can also be
used to configure the advertiseability of the secondary addresses on this interface into the OSPFv2
domain. Use no ip ospf area command to disable OSPF on an interface.
Syntax
ip ospf area <area-id> [secondaries none]
no ip ospf area [secondaries none]
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
696
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.5 1583compatibility
1583 compatibility mode is enabled by default. If all OSPF routers in the routing domain are capable of
operating according to RFC 2328, OSPF 1583 compatibility mode should be disabled.
1583compatibility command enables OSPF 1583 compatibility. no 1583compatibility command
disables OSPF 1583 compatibility
Syntax
1583compatibility
no 1583compatibility
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
6.3.2.6 area default-cost
This command configures the default cost for the stub area. You must specify the area ID and an integer
value between 1-16777215
Syntax
area <areaid> default-cost <1-16777215>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
697
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.7 area nssa
area nssa command configures the specified areaid to function as an NSSA. no area nssa command
disables nssa from the specified area id.
Syntax
area <areaid> nssa
no area <areaid> nssa
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
6.3.2.8 area nssa default-info-originate
area nssa default-info-originate command configures the metric value and type for the default route
advertised into the NSSA. The optional metric parameter specifies the metric of the default route and is
to be in a range of 1-16777214. If no metric is specified, the default value is ****. The metric type can be
comparable (nssa-external 1) or non-comparable (nssa-external 2). This command disables the default
route advertised into the NSSA . no area nssa default-info-originate command disables the default
route advertised into the NSSA.
Syntax
area <areaid> nssa default-info-originate [<metric>] [{comparable | noncomparable}]
no area <areaid> nssa default-info-originate [<metric>] [{comparable | noncomparable}]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
698
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.9 area nssa no-redistribute
area nssa no-redistribute command configures the NSSA Area Border router (ABR) so that learned
external routes will not be redistributed to the NSSA. no area nssa no-redistribute command disables
the NSSA ABR so that learned external routes are redistributed to the NSSA
Syntax
area <areaid> nssa no-redistribute
no area <areaid> nssa no-redistribute
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
6.3.2.10 area nssa no-summary
area nssa no-summary command configures the NSSA so that summary LSAs are not advertised into
the NSSA. no area nssa no-summary command disables nssa from the summary LSAs
Syntax
area <areaid> nssa no-summary
no area <areaid> nssa no-summary
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
699
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.11 area nssa translator-role
area nssa translator-role command configures the translator role of the NSSA. A value of always
causes the router to assume the role of the translator the instant it becomes a border router and a value
of candidate causes the router to participate in the translator election process when it attains border
router status. no area nssa translator-role command disables the nssa translator role from the
specified area id.
Syntax
area <areaid> nssa translator-role {always | candidate}
no area <areaid> nssa translator-role {always | candidate}
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
6.3.2.12 area nssa translator-stab-intv
area nssa translator-stab-intv command configures the translator <stabilityinterval> of the NSSA. The
<stabilityinterval> is the period of time that an elected translator continues to perform its duties after it
determines that its translator status has been deposed by another router. no area nssa
translator-stab-intv command disables the nssa translator‘s <stabilityinterval> from the specified area
id.
Syntax
area <areaid> nssa translator-stab-intv <stabilityinterval>
no area <areaid> nssa translator-stab-intv <stabilityinterval>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
700
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.13 area range
area range command creates a specified area range for a specified NSSA. The <ipaddr> is a valid IP
address. The <subnetmask> is a valid subnet mask. The LSDB type must be specified by either
summarylink or nssaexternallink, and the advertising of the area range can be allowed or suppressed.
no area range command deletes a specified area range. The <ipaddr> is a valid IP address. The
<subnetmask> is a valid subnet mask.
Syntax
area <areaid> range <ipaddr> <subnetmask> {summarylink | nssaexternallink} [advertise |
not-advertise]
no area <areaid> range <ipaddr> <subnetmask>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
6.3.2.14 area stub
area stub command creates a stub area for the specified area ID. A stub area is characterized by the
fact that AS External LSAs are not propagated into the area. Removing AS External LSAs and Summary
LSAs can significantly reduce the link state database of routers within the stub area. no area stub
command deletes a stub area for the specified area ID.
Syntax
area <areaid> stub
no area <areaid> stub
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
701
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.15 area stub no-summary
area stub no-summary command configures the Summary LSA mode for the stub area identified by
<areaid>. Use this command to prevent LSA Summaries from being sent. no area stub no-summary
command configures the default Summary LSA mode for the stub area identified by <areaid>.
Syntax
area <areaid> stub no-summary
no area <areaid> stub no-summary
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
6.3.2.16 area virtual-link
area virtual-link command creates the OSPF virtual interface for the specified <areaid> and
<neighbor>. The <neighbor> parameter is the Router ID of the neighbor. no area virtual-link command
deletes the OSPF virtual interface from the given interface, identified by <areaid> and <neighbor>. The
<neighbor> parameter is the Router ID of the neighbor.
Syntax
area <areaid> virtual-link <neighbor>
no area <areaid> virtual-link <neighbor>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
702
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.17 area virtual-link authentication
area virtual-link authentication command configures the authentication type and key for the OSPF
virtual interface identified by <areaid> and <neighbor>. The <neighbor> parameter is the Router ID of
the neighbor. The value for <type> is either none, simple, or encrypt. The [key] is composed of standard
displayable, non-control keystrokes from a Standard 101/102-key keyboard. The authentication key
must be 8 bytes or less if the authentication type is simple. If the type is encrypt, the key may be up to 16
bytes. Unauthenticated interfaces do not need an authentication key. If the type is encrypt, a key id in the
range of 0 and 255 must be specified.The default value for authentication type is none. Neither the
default password key nor the default key id are configured.
no area virtual-link authentication command configures the default authentication type for the OSPF
virtual interface identified by <areaid> and <neighbor>. The <neighbor> parameter is the Router ID of
the neighbor.
Syntax
area <areaid> virtual-link <neighbor> authentication {none | {simple <key>} | {encrypt <key> <keyid>}}
no area <areaid> virtual-link <neighbor> authentication
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
6.3.2.18 area virtual-link dead-interval
area virtual-link dead-interval command configures the dead interval for the OSPF virtual interface on
the virtual interface identified by <areaid> and <neighbor>. The <neighbor> parameter is the Router ID
of the neighbor. The range for seconds is 1 to 65535. no area virtual-link dead-interval command
configures the default dead interval for the OSPF virtual interface on the virtual interface identified by
<areaid> and <neighbor>. The <neighbor> parameter is the Router ID of the neighbor
Syntax
area <areaid> virtual-link <neighbor> dead-interval <seconds>
no area <areaid> virtual-link <neighbor> dead-interval
Default Setting
40
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
703
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.19 area virtual-link hello-interval
area virtual-link hello-interval command configures the hello interval for the OSPF virtual interface on
the virtual interface identified by <areaid> and <neighbor>. The <neighbor> parameter is the Router ID
of the neighbor. The range for <seconds> is 1 to 65535. no area virtual-link hello-interval command
configures the default hello interval for the OSPF virtual interface on the virtual interface identified by
<areaid> and <neighbor>. The <neighbor> parameter is the Router ID of the neighbor
Syntax
area <areaid> virtual-link <neighbor> hello-interval <1-65535>
no area <areaid> virtual-link <neighbor> hello-interval
Default Setting
10
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
6.3.2.20 area virtual-link retransmit-interval
area virtual-link retransmit-interval command configures the retransmit interval for the OSPF virtual
interface on the virtual interface identified by <areaid> and <neighbor>. The <neighbor> parameter is the
Router ID of the neighbor. The range for seconds is 0 to 3600.. no area virtual-link retransmit -interval
command configures the default retransmit interval for the OSPF virtual interface on the virtual interface
identified by <areaid> and <neighbor>. The <neighbor> parameter is the Router ID of the neighbor
Syntax
area <areaid> virtual-link <neighbor> retransmit-interval <seconds>
no area <areaid> virtual-link <neighbor> retransmit-interval
Default Setting
5
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
704
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.21 area virtual-link transmit-delay
area virtual-link transmit-delay command configures the transmit delay for the OSPF virtual interface
on the virtual interface identified by <areaid> and <neighbor>. The <neighbor> parameter is the Router
ID of the neighbor. The range for seconds is 0 to 3600 (1 hour). no area virtual-link transmit-delay
command resets the default transmit delay for the OSPF virtual interface to the default value.
Syntax
area <areaid> virtual-link <neighbor> transmit-delay <seconds>
no area <areaid> virtual-link <neighbor> transmit-delay
Default Setting
1
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
6.3.2.22 auto-cost
By default, OSPF computes the link cost of each interface from the interface bandwidth. Faster links
have lower metrics,making them more attractive in route selection. The configuration parameters in the
auto-cost reference bandwidth and bandwidth commands give you control over the default link cost.
You can configure for OSPF an interface bandwidth that is independent of the actual link speed. A
second configuration parameter allows you to control the ratio of interface bandwidth to link cost. The
link cost is computed as the ratio of a reference bandwidth to the interface bandwidth (ref_bw /interface
bandwidth), where interface bandwidth is defined by the bandwidth command. Because the default
reference bandwidth is 100 Mbps, OSPF uses the same default link cost for all interfaces whose
bandwidth is 100 Mbps or greater. Use the auto-cost command to change the reference bandwidth,
specifying the reference bandwidth in megabits per second (Mbps). The reference bandwidth range is
1-4294967 Mbps. The different reference bandwidth can be independently configured for OSPFv2 and
OSPFv3.
Use no auto-cost command to set the reference bandwidth to the default value.
Syntax
auto-cost reference-bandwidth <1 to 4294967>
no auto-cost reference-bandwidth
Default Setting
100Mbps
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
705
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.23 bandwidth
By default, OSPF computes the link cost of an interface as the ratio of the reference bandwidth to the
interface bandwidth. Reference bandwidth is specified with the auto-cost command. For the purpose of
the OSPF link cost calculation, use the bandwidth command to specify the interface bandwidth. The
bandwidth is specified in kilobits per second. If no bandwidth is configured, the bandwidth defaults to the
actual interface bandwidth for port-based routing interfaces and to 10 Mbps for VLAN routing interfaces.
This command does not affect the actual speed of an interface. Use no bandwidth command to set the
interface bandwidth to its default value
Syntax
bandwidth <1-10000000>
no bandwidth
Default Setting
Actual interface bandwidth
Command Mode
Interface Config
6.3.2.24 capability opaque
Use capability opaque command to enable Opaque Capability on the Router. The information
contained in Opaque LSAs may be used directly by OSPF or indirectly by an application wishing to
distribute information throughout the OSPF domain. Supports the storing and flooding of Opaque LSAs
of different scopes. Use no capability opaque command to disable opaque capability on the router
Syntax
capability opaque
no capability opaque
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
706
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.25 clear ip ospf
Use this command to disable and re-enable OSPF.
Syntax
clear ip ospf
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
6.3.2.26 clear ip ospf configuration
Use this command to reset the OSPF configuration to factory defaults.
Syntax
clear ip ospf configuration
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
707
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.27 clear ip ospf counters
Use this command to reset global and interface statistics
Syntax
clear ip ospf counters
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
6.3.2.28 clear ip ospf neighbor
Use this command to drop the adjacency with all OSPF neighbors. On each neighbor‘s interface, send a
one-way hello.Adjacencies may then be re-established. To drop all adjacencies with a specific router ID,
specify the neighbor‘s Router ID using the optional parameter [neighbor-id].
Syntax
clear ip ospf neighbor [neighbor-id]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
708
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.29 clear ip ospf neighbor interface
To drop adjacency with all neighbors on a specific interface, use the optional parameter [slot/port]. To
drop adjacency with a specific router ID on a specific interface, use the optional parameter [ipaddr].
Syntax
clear ip ospf neighbor [interface {{<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>} [ipAddr] | <ipaddr>}]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
6.3.2.30 clear ip ospf redistribution
Use this command to flush all self-originated external LSAs. Reapply the redistribution configuration and
re-originate prefixes as necessary.
Syntax
clear ip ospf redistribution
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
709
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.31 default-information originate
default-information originate command is used to control the advertisement of default routes.
no default-information originate command is used to control the advertisement of default routes.
Syntax
default-information originate [always] [metric <0-16777214>] [metric-type {1 | 2}]
no default-information originate [metric] [metric-type]
Default Setting
metric—unspecified
type—2
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
6.3.2.32 default-metric
default-metric command is used to set a default for the metric of distributed routes.
no default-metric command is used to set a default for the metric of distributed routes.
Syntax
default-metric <1-16777214>
no default-metric
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
710
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.33 distance ospf
distance ospf command sets the route preference value of OSPF in the router. Lower route preference
values are preferred when determining the best route. The type of OSPF route can be intra, inter, or
external. All the external type routes are given the same preference value. The range of <preference>
value is 1 to 255. no distance ospf command sets the default route preference value of OSPF routes in
the router. The type of OSPF can be intra, inter, or external. All the external type routes are given the
same preference value.
Syntax
distance ospf {intra-area <1-255> | inter-area <1-255> | external <1-255>}
no distance ospf {intra-area | inter-area | external}
Default Setting
110
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
6.3.2.34 distribute-list out
Use distribute-list out command to specify the access list to filter routes received from the source
protocol.
no distribute-list out command to specify the access list to filter routes received from the source
protocol.
Syntax
distribute-list <1-199> out {rip | bgp | static | connected}
no distribute-list <1-199> out {rip | bgp | static | connected}
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
711
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.35 exit-overflow-interval
exit-overflow-interval command configures the exit overflow interval for OSPF. It describes the number
of seconds after entering overflow state that a router will wait before attempting to leave the overflow
state. This allows the router to again originate non-default AS-external-LSAs. When set to 0, the router
will not leave overflow state until restarted. The range for seconds is 0 to 2147483647 seconds. no
exit-overflow-interval command configures the default exit overflow interval for OSPF.
Syntax
exit-overflow-interval <seconds>
no exit-overflow-interval
Default Setting
0
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
6.3.2.36 external-lsdb-limit
external-lsdb-limit command configures the external LSDB limit for OSPF. If the value is -1, then there
is no limit. When the number of non-default AS-external-LSAs in a router's link-state database reaches
the external LSDB limit, the router enters overflow state. The router never holds more than the external
LSDB limit non-default AS-external-LSAs in it database. The external LSDB limit MUST be set identically
in all routers attached to the OSPF backbone and/or any regular OSPF area. The range for limit is -1 to
2147483647. no external-lsdb-limit command configures the default external LSDB limit for OSPF.
Syntax
external-lsdb-limit <limit>
no external-lsdb-limit
<limit> - The range for limit is -1 to 2147483647. If the value is -1, then there is no limitation.
Default Setting
-1
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
712
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.37 ip ospf authentication
ip ospf authentication command sets the OSPF Authentication Type and Key for the specified
interface. The value of <type> is either none, simple or encrypt. The <key> is composed of standard
displayable, non-control keystrokes from a Standard 101/102-key keyboard. The authentication key
must be 8 bytes or less if the authentication type is simple. If the type is encrypt, the key may be up to 16
bytes. If the type is encrypt a <keyid> in the range of 0 and 255 must be specified. Unauthenticated
interfaces do not need an authentication key or authentication key ID. There is no default value for this
command.
no ip ospf authentication command sets the default OSPF Authentication Type for the specified
interface.
Syntax
ip ospf authentication {none | {simple <key>} | {encrypt <key> <keyid>}}
no ip ospf authentication
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
6.3.2.38 ip ospf cost
ip ospf cost command configures the cost on an OSPF interface. The <cost> parameter has a range of
1 to 65535. no ip ospf cost command configures the default cost on an OSPF interface.
Syntax
ip ospf cost <1–65535>
no ip ospf cost
Default Setting
10
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
713
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.39 ip ospf dead-interval
ip ospf dead-interval command sets the OSPF dead interval for the specified interface. The value for
<seconds> is a valid positive integer, which represents the length of time in seconds that a router's Hello
packets have not been seen before its neighbor routers declare that the router is down. The value for the
length of time must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. This value should be
some multiple of the Hello Interval (i.e. 4). Valid values range in seconds from 1 to 2147483647. no ip
ospf dead-interval command sets the default OSPF dead interval for the specified interface.
Syntax
ip ospf dead-interval <seconds>
no ip ospf dead-interval
Default Setting
40
Command Mode
Interface Config
6.3.2.40 ip ospf hello-interval
ip ospf hello-interval command sets the OSPF hello interval for the specified interface. The value for
seconds is a valid positive integer, which represents the length of time in seconds. The value for the
length of time must be the same for all routers attached to a network. Valid values range from 1 to
65535. no ip ospf hello-interval command sets the default OSPF hello interval for the specified
interface.
Syntax
ip ospf hello-interval <seconds>
no ip ospf hello-interval
Default Setting
10
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
714
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.41 ip ospf network
ip ospf network command to configure OSPF to treat an interface as a point-to-point rather than
broadcast interface. The broadcast option sets the OSPF network type to broadcast. The point-to-point
option sets the OSPF network type to point-to-point. OSPF treats interfaces as broadcast interfaces by
default. (Loopback interfaces have a special loopback network type, which cannot be changed.) When
there are only two routers on the network, OSPF can operate more efficiently by treating the network as
a point-to-point network. For point-to-point networks, OSPF does not elect a designated router or
generate a network link state advertisement (LSA). Both endpoints of the link must be configured to
operate in point-to-point mode..
no ip ospf network command to return the OSPF network type to the default.
Syntax
ip ospf network {broadcast|point-to-point}
no ip ospf network
Default Setting
Broadcast
Command Mode
Interface Config
6.3.2.42 ip ospf priority
ip ospf priority command sets the OSPF priority for the specified router interface. The priority of the
interface is a priority integer from 0 to 255. A value of 0 indicates that the router is not eligible to become
the designated router on this network. no ip ospf priority command sets the default OSPF priority for
the specified router interface.
Syntax
ip ospf priority <0-255>
no ip ospf priority
Default Setting
1, which is the highest router priority
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
715
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.43 ip ospf retransmit-interval
ip ospf retransmit command sets the OSPF retransmit Interval for the specified interface. The
retransmit interval is specified in seconds. The value for <seconds> is the number of seconds between
link-state advertisement retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to this router interface. This value is
also used when retransmitting database description and link-state request packets. Valid values range
from 0 to 3600 (1 hour). no ip ospf retransmit command sets the default OSPF retransmit Interval for
the specified interface.
Syntax
ip ospf retransmit-interval <0-3600>
no ip ospf retransmit-interval
Default Setting
5
Command Mode
Interface Config
6.3.2.44 ip ospf transmit-delay
ip ospf transmit-delay command sets the OSPF Transit Delay for the specified interface. The transmit
delay is specified in seconds. In addition, it sets the estimated number of seconds it takes to transmit a
link state update packet over this interface. Valid values for <seconds> range from 1 to 3600 (1 hour). no
ip ospf transmit-delay command sets the default OSPF Transit Delay for the specified interface
Syntax
ip ospf transmit-delay <1-3600>
no ip ospf transmit-delay
Default Setting
1
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
716
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.45 ip ospf mtu-ignore
ip ospf mtu-ignore command disables OSPF maximum transmission unit (MTU) mismatch detection.
OSPF Database Description packets specify the size of the largest IP packet that can be sent without
fragmentation on the interface. When a router receives a Database Description packet, it examines the
MTU advertised by the neighbor. By default, if the MTU is larger than the router can accept, the
Database Description packet is rejected and the OSPF adjacency is not established. no ip ospf
mtu-ignore command enables the OSPF MTU mismatch detection.
Syntax
ip ospf mtu-ignore
no ip ospf mtu-ignore
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
6.3.2.46 ip ospf database-filter
ip ospf database-filter command disables OSPFv2 LSA flooding on this interface. This means that you
can still establish adjacencies (since hellos are still sent), but you won't send your neighboring router any
LSA's. Therefore you will receive all the LSA's in their database, but they will not receive any of yours.
no ip ospf database-filter command enables OSPFv2 LSA flooding on this interface.
Syntax
ip ospf database-filter all out
no ip ospf database-filter all out
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
717
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.47 router-id
router-id command sets a 4-digit dotted-decimal number uniquely identifying the router ospf id. The
<ipaddress> is a configured value.
Syntax
router-id <ipaddress>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
718
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.48 redistribute
redistribute command configures OSPF protocol to allow redistribution of routes from the specified
source protocol/routers. no redistribute command configures OSPF protocol to prohibit redistribution of
routes from the specified source protocol/routers.
Syntax
redistribute {rip | bgp | static | connected} [metric <0-16777214>] [metric-type {1 | 2}] [tag
<0-4294967295>] [subnets]
no redistribute {rip | bgp | static | connected} [metric <0-16777214>] [metric-type {1 | 2}] [tag
<0-4294967295>] [subnets]
Default Setting
metric—unspecified
type—2
tag—0
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
6.3.2.49 maximum-paths
maximum-paths command sets the number of paths that OSPF can report for a given destination
where maxpaths is platform dependent. no maximum-paths command resets the number of paths that
OSPF can report for a given destination back to its default value.
Syntax
maximum-paths <maxpaths>
no maximum-paths
Default Setting
4
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
719
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.50 passive-interface default
passive-interface default command to enable global passive mode by default for all interfaces. It
overrides any interface level passive mode. OSPF will not form adjacencies over a passive interface. no
passive-interface default command to disable the global passive mode by default for all interfaces. Any
interface previously configured to be passive reverts to non-passive mode.
Syntax
passive-interface default
no passive-interface default
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
6.3.2.51 passive-interface
passive-interface command to set the interface or tunnel as passive. It overrides the global passive
mode that is currently effective on the interface or tunnel. no passive-interface command to set the
interface or tunnel as non-passive. It overrides the global passive mode that is currently effective on the
interface or tunnel..
Syntax
passive-interface {<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>}
no passive-interface {<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>}
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
720
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.52 timers spf
Use this command to configure the SPF delay time and hold time. The valid range for both parameters is
0-65535 seconds..
Syntax
timers spf <delay-time> <hold-time>
Default Setting
delay-time—5
hold-time—10
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
6.3.2.53 timers pacing flood
Use this command to configure the LS Update transmit pacing time to adjust the rate at which OSPFv2
sends LS Update packets. The valid range for both parameters is 5-100 seconds. Use the no timers
pacing flood command to return the timer pacing to the default.
value.
Syntax
timers pacing flood <flood-pacing-interval>
no timer pacing flood
Default Setting
33
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
721
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.54 timers pacing lsa-group
Use this command to tune how OSPF groups LSAs for periodic refresh. The valid range for both
parameters is 10-1800 seconds. Use the no timers pacing lsa-group command to return the timer
pacing to the default.
Syntax
timers pacing lsa-group <lsa-refresh-group-pacing-time>
no timers pacing lsa-group
Default Setting
60
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
6.3.2.55 max-metric
Use max-metric command to configure OSPF to enable stub router mode. Use no max-metric
command to disable stub router mode.
Syntax
max-metric router-lsa [on-startup <seconds> [summary-lsa] | summary-lsa [<metric> [on-startup
<seconds>] | on-startup <seconds>]
no max-metric router-lsa [on-startup] [summary-lsa]
on-startup - OSPF starts in stub router mode after a reboot.
seconds - The number of seconds that OSPF remains in stub router mode after a reboot. The range
is 5 to 86,400 seconds. There is no default value.
summary-lsa - Set the metric in type 3 and 4 summary LSAs to LsInfinity (0xFFFFFF).
metric - Metric to send in summary LSAs when in stub router mode. Range is 1 to 16,777,215.
Default is 16,711,680(0xFF0000).
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
722
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.3.2.56 log-adjacency-changes
log-adjacency-changes command logs OSPFv2 neighbor state changes. no log-adjacency-changes
command disables logging OSPFv2 neighbor state changes.
Syntax
log-adjacency-changes [detail]
detail—Sends a syslog message for each state change, not just when a neighbor goes up or down.
Default Setting
Disable
Command Mode
Router OSPF Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
723
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.4 BOOTP/DHCP Relay Commands
6.4.1 Show Commands
6.4.1.1 show bootpdhcprelay
This command displays the BootP/DHCP Relay information.
Syntax
show bootpdhcprelay
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Maximum Hop Count: Is the maximum allowable relay agent hops.
Minimum Wait Time (Seconds) Is the minimum wait time.
Admin Mode Represents whether relaying of requests is enabled or disabled.
Server IP Address Is the IP Address for the BootP/DHCP Relay server.
Circuit Id Option Mode Is the DHCP circuit Id option which may be enabled or disabled.
Requests Received Is the number of requests received.
Requests Relayed Is the number of requests relayed.
Packets Discarded Is the number of packets discarded.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
724
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.4.2 Configuration Commands
6.4.2.1 bootpdhcprelay cidoptmode
This command enables the circuit ID option mode for BootP/DHCP Relay on the system.
Syntax
bootpdhcprelay cidoptmode
no bootpdhcprelay cidoptmode
no - This command is used to disable the circuit ID option mode for BootP/DHCP Relay on the
system.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
6.4.2.2 bootpdhcprelay enable
This command enables the forwarding of relay requests for BootP/DHCP Relay on the system.
Syntax
ip helper enable
no ip helper enable
no - Disable the forwarding of relay requests for BootP/DHCP Relay on the system.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
6.4.2.3 bootpdhcprelay maxhopcount
This command configures the maximum allowable relay agent hops for BootP/DHCP Relay on the
system.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
725
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Syntax
bootpdhcprelay maxhopcount <hops>
no bootpdhcprelay maxhopcount
<hops> - The range of maximum hop count is 1 to 16.
no - Set the maximum hop count to 4.
Default Setting
The default value is 4.
Command Mode
Global Config
6.4.2.4 bootpdhcprelay minwaittime
This command configures the minimum wait time in seconds for BootP/DHCP Relay on the system.
When the BOOTP relay agent receives a BOOTREQUEST message, it may use the
seconds-since-client-began-booting field of the request as a factor in deciding whether to relay the
request or not.
Syntax
bootpdhcprelay minwaittime <minwaittime>
no bootpdhcprelay minwaittime
<minwaittime> - The range of minimum wait time is 0 to 100.
no - Set the minimum wait time to 0 seconds.
Default Setting
The default value is 0.
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
726
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.4.2.5 bootpdhcprelay serverip
This command configures the server IP Address for BootP/DHCP Relay on the system.
Syntax
bootpdhcprelay serverip <ipaddr>
no bootpdhcprelay serverip
<ipaddr> - The IP address of the BootP/DHCP server.
no - Clear the IP address of the BootP/DHCP server.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
727
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.5 IP Helper Commands
6.5.1 Show Commands
6.5.1.1 show ip helper-address
Use this command to display the IP helper address configuration.
Syntax
show ip helper-address
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Interface: The relay configuration is applied to packets that arrive on this interface. This field is set to
‗any‘ for global IP helper entries.
UDP Port: The relay configuration is applied to packets whose destination UDP port is this port.
Discard: Indicate discard the UDP packets or not.
Hit Count: The number of times the IP helper entry has been used to relay or discard a packet.
Server Address: The IPv4 address of the server to which packets are relayed.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
728
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.5.1.2 show ip helper statistics
Use this command to display the number of UDP packets processed and relayed.
Syntax
show ip helper statistics
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
DHCP client messages received: The number of valid messages received form a DHCP client
DHCP client messages relayed: The number of DHCP client messages relayed to a server.
DHCP server messages received The number of DHCP responses received from the server.
DHCP server messages relayed The number of DHCP server messages relayed to a client.
UDP client messages received The number of valid UDP messages received.
UDP client messages relayed The number of valid UDP messages relayed
DHCP messages hop count exceeded max The number of DHCP client messages received
whose hop count is larger than the maximum allowed.
DHCP messages with secs field below min The number of DHCP client messages received
whose Second field is less than the minimum value.
DHCP message with giaddr set to local address The number of DHCP client messages received
whose gateway address, giaddr, is already set to an IP address configured on one of the relay
agent‘s own IP address.
Packets with expired TTL The number of packets received with TTL of 0 or 1 that otherwise have
been relayed.
Packets that matched a discard entry The number of packets ignored by the relay agent because
they match a discard entry.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
729
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.5.2 Configuration Commands
6.5.2.1 ip helper-address
Use this command to configure the relay of certain UDP broadcast packets received on a specific
interface or range of interfaces. This command can be invoked multiple times on a routing interface,
either to specify multiple server addresses for a given port number or to specify multiple port numbers
handled by a specific server.
Syntax
ip helper-address <ipaddr> [ <udp-port> | dhcp | domain | isakmp | mobile-ip | nameserver |
netbios-dgm | netbios-ns | ntp | pim-auto-rp | rip | tacacs | tftp | time ]
no ip helper-address <ipaddr> [ <udp-port> | dhcp | domain | isakmp | mobile-ip | nameserver |
netbios-dgm | netbios-ns | ntp | pim-auto-rp | rip | tacacs | tftp | time ]
no - This command is used to delete the address.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
6.5.2.2 ip helper-address discard
Use this command to configure the discard of certain UDP broadcast packets received on a specific
interface or range of interfaces. This command can be invoked multiple times on a routing interface for a
given port number or to specify multiple port numbers handled by a specific server.
Syntax
ip helper-address discard { <udp-port> | dhcp | domain | isakmp | mobile-ip | nameserver | netbios-dgm
| netbios-ns | ntp | pim-auto-rp | rip | tacacs | tftp | time }
no ip helper-address discard { <udp-port> | dhcp | domain | isakmp | mobile-ip | nameserver |
netbios-dgm | netbios-ns | ntp | pim-auto-rp | rip | tacacs | tftp | time }
no - This command is used to delete the address.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
730
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.5.2.3 ip helper-address
Use this command to configure the relay of certain UDP broadcast packets received on any interface. If
the interface that receives a UDP packet has been configured with an address, this global address value
will be ignored. This command can be invoked multiple times, either to specify multiple server addresses
for a given UDP port number or to specify multiple UDP port numbers handled by a specific server.
Syntax
ip helper-address <ipaddr> { <udp-port> | dhcp | domain | isakmp | mobile-ip | nameserver |
netbios-dgm | netbios-ns | ntp | pim-auto-rp | rip | tacacs | tftp | time }
no ip helper-address <ipaddr> { <udp-port> | dhcp | domain | isakmp | mobile-ip | nameserver |
netbios-dgm | netbios-ns | ntp | pim-auto-rp | rip | tacacs | tftp | time }
no - This command is used to delete the address.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
6.5.2.4 ip helper enable
This command enable the relay of UDP packets.
Syntax
ip helper enable
no ip helper enable
no – disable the relay of UDP packets.
Default Setting
Disabled.
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
731
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.5.2.5 clear ip helper statistics
This command is used this command to clear the information of UDP packets processed and relayed by
IP helper.
Syntax
clear ip helper statistics
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
732
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.6 Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands
6.6.1 Show Commands
6.6.1.1 show ip rip
This command displays information relevant to the RIP router.
Syntax
show ip rip
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
RIP Admin Mode: Select enable or disable from the pulldown menu. If you select enable RIP will be
enabled for the switch. The default is disabled.
Split Horizon Mode: Select none, simple or poison reverse from the pulldown menu. Split horizon is
a technique for avoiding problems caused by including routes in updates sent to the router from
which the route was originally learned. The options are: None - no special processing for this case.
Simple - a route will not be included in updates sent to the router from which it was learned.
Poisoned reverse - a route will be included in updates sent to the router from which it was learned,
but the metric will be set to infinity. The default is simple
Auto Summary Mode: Select enable or disable from the pulldown menu. If you select enable
groups of adjacent routes will be summarized into single entries, in order to reduce the total number
of entries. The default is enabled.
Host Routes Accept Mode: Select enable or disable from the pulldown menu. If you select enable
the router will be accept host routes. The default is enabled.
Global Route Changes: The number of route changes made to the IP Route Database by RIP. This
does not include the refresh of a route's age.
Global queries: The number of responses sent to RIP queries from other systems. Default Metric
Sets a default for the metric of redistributed routes. This field displays the default metric if one has
already been set or blank if not configured earlier. The valid values are (1 to 15).
Default Metric: Sets a default for the metric of redistributed routes. This field displays the default
metric if one has already been set or blank if not configured earlier. The valid values are (1 to 15).
Default Route Advertise: The default route.
Distance: Configured distance value for rip routes.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
733
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.6.1.2 show ip rip interface
This command displays information related to a particular RIP interface.
Syntax
show ip rip interface {<slot/port> | loopback <loopback-id> | vlan <vlan-id>}
< slot/port > - Interface number
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Interface: Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes. This is a configured value.
IP Address: The IP source address used by the specified RIP interface. This is a configured value.
Send version: The RIP version(s) used when sending updates on the specified interface. The types
are none, RIP-1, RIP-1c, and RIP-2. This is a configured value.
Receive version: The RIP version(s) allowed when receiving updates from the specified interface.
The types are none, RIP-1, RIP-2, Both. This is a configured value.
RIP Admin Mode: RIP administrative mode of router RIP operation; enable, disable it. This is a
configured value.
Link State: Indicates whether the RIP interface is up or down. This is a configured value.
Authentication Type: The RIP Authentication Type for the specified interface. The types are none,
simple, and encrypt. This is a configured value.
Authentication Key: 16 alpha-numeric characters for authentication key when uses simple or
encrypt authentication.
Authentication Key ID: It is a Key ID when uses MD5 encryption for RIP authentication.
Default Metric: A number which represents the metric used for default routes in RIP updates
originated on the specified interface. This is a configured value. The following information will be
invalid if the link state is down.
Bad Packets Received: The number of RIP response packets received by the RIP process which
were subsequently discarded for any reason.
Bad Routes Received: The number of routes contained in valid RIP packets that were ignored for
any reason.
Updates Sent: The number of triggered RIP updates actually sent on this interface.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
734
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.6.1.3 show ip rip interface brief
This command displays general information for each RIP interface. For this command to display
successful results routing must be enabled per interface (i.e. ip rip).
Syntax
show ip rip interface brief
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Interfacet: Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes.
IP Address: The IP source address used by the specified RIP interface.
Send Version: The RIP version(s) used when sending updates on the specified interface. The types
are none, RIP-1, RIP-1c, RIP-2.
Receive Version: The RIP version(s) allowed when receiving updates from the specified interface.
The types are none, RIP-1, RIP-2, Both
RIP Mode: RIP administrative mode of router RIP operation; enable, disable it.
Link State: The mode of the interface (up or down).
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
735
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.6.2 Configuration Commands
6.6.2.1 enable rip
This command resets the default administrative mode of RIP in the router (active).
Syntax
enable
no enable
no - This command sets the administrative mode of RIP in the router to inactive.
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Router RIP Config
6.6.2.2 ip rip
This command enables RIP on a router interface.
Syntax
ip rip
no ip rip
no - This command disables RIP on a router interface.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
736
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.6.2.3 auto-summary
This command enables the RIP auto-summarization mode.
Syntax
auto-summary
no auto-summary
no - This command disables the RIP auto-summarization mode.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Router RIP Config
6.6.2.4 default-information originate
This command is used to set the advertisement of default routes.
Syntax
default-information originate
no default-information originate
no - This command is used to cancel the advertisement of default routes.
Default Setting
Not configured
Command Mode
Router RIP Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
737
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.6.2.5 default-metric
This command is used to set a default for the metric of distributed routes.
Syntax
default-metric <1-15>
no default-metric
<1 - 15> - a value for default-metric.
no - This command is used to reset the default metric of distributed routes to its default value.
Default Setting
Not configured
Command Mode
Router RIP Config
6.6.2.6 distance rip
This command sets the route preference value of RIP in the router. Lower route preference values are
preferred when determining the best route.
Syntax
distance rip <1-255>
no distance rip
<1 - 255> - the value for distance.
no - This command sets the default route preference value of RIP in the router.
Default Setting
15
Command Mode
Router RIP Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
738
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.6.2.7 hostrouteaccept
This command enables the RIP hostroutesaccept mode.
Syntax
hostrouteaccept
no hostrouteaccept
no - This command disables the RIP hostroutesaccept mode.
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Router RIP Config
6.6.2.8 split-horizon
This command sets the RIP split horizon mode. None mode will not use RIP split horizon mode. Simple
mode will be that a route is not advertised on the interface over which it is learned. Poison mode will be
that routes learned over this interface should be re-advertised on the interface with a metric of infinity
(16).
Syntax
split-horizon {none | simple | poison}
no split-horizon
none - This command sets without using RIP split horizon mode.
simple - This command sets to use simple split horizon mode.
poison - This command sets to use poison reverse mode.
no - This command cancel to set the RIP split horizon mode and sets none mode.
Default Setting
Simple
Command Mode
Router RIP Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
739
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.6.2.9 distribute-list
This command is used to specify the access list to filter routes received from the source protocol. Source
protocols have OSPF, Static, and Connected.
Syntax
distribute-list <1-199> out {ospf | static | connected}
no distribute-list <1-199> out {ospf | static | connected}
<1 - 199> - Access List ID value. The Access List filters the routes to be redistributed by the source
protocol.
no - This command is used to cancel the access list to filter routes received from the source protocol.
Default Setting
0
Command Mode
Router RIP Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
740
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.6.2.10 redistribute
This command configures RIP protocol to redistribute routes from the specified source protocol/routers.
There are five possible match options. When you submit the command redistribute ospf match
<matchtype> the match-type or types specified are added to any match types presently being
redistributed. Internal routes are redistributed by default. Source protocols have OSPF, Static, and
Connetced. Match types will have internal, external 1, external 2, nssa-external 1, and nssa-external 2.
Syntax
Format for OSPF as source protocol:
redistribute ospf [metric <1-15>] [match [internal] [external 1] [external 2] [nssa-external 1]
[nssa-external 2]]
Format for other source protocols:
redistribute {static | connected} [metric <1-15>]
no redistribute {ospf | static | connected} [metric] [match [internal] [external 1] [external 2]
[nssa-external 1] [nssa-external 2]]
<1 - 15> - a value for metric.
no - This command de-configures RIP protocol to redistribute routes from the specified source
protocol/routers.
Default Setting
Metric - not-configured
Match - internal
Command Mode
Router RIP Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
741
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.6.2.11 ip rip authentication
This command sets the RIP Version 2 Authentication Type and Key for the specified interface. The value
of <type> is either none, simple, or encrypt.
The value for authentication key [key] must be 16 bytes or less. The [key] is composed of standard
displayable, non-control keystrokes from a Standard 101/102-key keyboard. If the value of <type> is
encrypt, a keyid in the range of 0 and 255 must be specified.
Syntax
ip rip authentication {none | {simple <key>} | {encrypt <key> <keyid>}}
no ip rip authentication
none - This command uses no authentication.
simple - This command uses simple authentication for RIP authentication .
encrypt - This command uses MD5 encryption for RIP authentication.
<key> - 16 alpha-numeric characters to be used for authentication key.
<keyid> - a value in the range of 0 – 255 to be used for MD5 encryption.
no - This command sets the default RIP Version 2 Authentication Type.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
742
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.6.2.12 ip rip receive version
This command configures the interface to allow RIP control packets of the specified version(s) to be
received.
The value for <mode> is one of: rip1 to receive only RIP version 1 formatted packets, rip2 for RIP
version 2, both to receive packets from either format, or none to not allow any RIP control packets to be
received
Syntax
ip rip receive version {rip1 | rip2 | both | none}
no ip rip receive version
no - This command configures the interface to allow RIP control packets of the default version(s) to
be received.
Default Setting
Both
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
743
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.6.2.13 ip rip send version
This command configures the interface to allow RIP control packets of the specified version to be sent.
The value for <mode> is one of: rip1 to broadcast RIP version 1 formatted packets, rip1c (RIP version 1
compatibility mode) which sends RIP version 2 formatted packets via broadcast, rip2 for sending RIP
version 2 using multicast, or none to not allow any RIP control packets to be sent.
Syntax
ip rip send version {rip1 | rip1c | rip2 | none}
no ip rip send version
no - This command configures the interface to allow RIP control packets of the default version to be
sent.
Default Setting
rip2
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
744
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.7 Router Discovery Protocol Commands
6.7.1 Show Commands
6.7.1.1 show ip irdp
This commands displays the router discovery information for all interfaces, or a specified interface.
Syntax
show ip irdp [{<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>}]
<slot/port> - Show router discovery information for the specified interface.
no parameter - Show router discovery information for all interfaces.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Ad Mode: Displays the advertise mode which indicates whether router discovery is enabled or
disabled on this interface.
Advertise Address: Addresses to be used to advertise the router for the interface.
Max Int: Displays the maximum advertise interval which is the maximum time allowed
between sending router advertisements from the interface in seconds.
Min Int: Displays the minimum advertise interval which is the minimum time allowed
between sending router advertisements from the interface in seconds.
Hold Time: Displays advertise holdtime which is the value of the holdtime field of the router
advertisement sent from the interface in seconds.
Preferences: Displays the preference of the address as a default router address, relative to other
router addresses on the same subnet.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
745
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.7.2 Configuration Commands
6.7.2.1 ip irdp
This command enables Router Discovery on an interface.
Syntax
ip irdp
no ip irdp
<no> - Disable Router Discovery on an interface.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
6.7.2.2 ip irdp address
This command configures the address to be used to advertise the router for the interface.
Syntax
ip irdp address <address>
no ip irdp address
<address> - The address used is 224.0.0.1 or 255.255.255.255.
no - The address used is 224.0.0.1.
Default Setting
The default address is 224.0.0.1
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
746
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.7.2.3 ip irdp holdtime
This commands configures the value, in seconds, of the holdtime field of the router advertisement sent
from this interface.
Syntax
ip irdp holdtime < maxadvertinterval-9000 >
no ip irdp holdtime
< maxadvertinterval-9000 > The range is the maxadvertinterval to 9000 seconds.
no - This command configures the default value, in seconds, of the holdtime field of the router
advertisement sent from this interface.
Default Setting
The default value is 3* maxadvertinterval (600) =1800.
Command Mode
Global Config
6.7.2.4
ip irdp maxadvertinterval
This commands configures the maximum time, in seconds, allowed between sending router
advertisements from the interface.
Syntax
ip irdp maxadvertinterval < minadvertinterval-1800 >
no ip irdp maxadvertinterval
< minadvertinterval-1800 > - The range is 4 to 1800 seconds.
no - This command configures the default maximum time, in seconds.
Default Setting
The default value is 600.
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
747
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.7.2.5 ip irdp minadvertinterval
This command configures the minimum time, in seconds, allowed between sending router
advertisements from the interface.
Syntax
ip irdp minadvertinterval < 3-maxadvertinterval>
no ip irdp minadvertinterval
< 3-maxadvertinterval> - The range is 3 to maxadvertinterval seconds.
no - This command sets the minimum time to 450.
Default Setting
The default value is 450.
Command Mode
Global Config
6.7.2.6 ip irdp preference
This command configures the preferability of the address as a default router address, relative to other
router addresses on the same subnet.
Syntax
ip irdp preference < -2147483648-2147483647>
no ip irdp preference
< -2147483648-2147483647> - The range is -2147483648 to 2147483647.
no - This command sets the preference to 0.
Default Setting
The default value is 0.
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
748
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.8 VLAN Routing Commands
6.8.1 Configuration Commands
6.8.1.1 Interface vlan
This command creates a VLAN routing interface.
Syntax
interface vlan <vlan-id>
no interface vlan <vlan-id>
<vlan-id> - The VLAN ID used for this interface. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
no - Delete a VLAN routing interface.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
749
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.9 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) Commands
6.9.1 Show Commands
6.9.1.1 show ip vrrp
This command displays whether VRRP functionality is enabled or disabled. It also displays some global
parameters which are required for monitoring.
Syntax
show ip vrrp
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Admin Mode: Displays the administrative mode for VRRP functionality on the switch.
Router Checksum Errors: Represents the total number of VRRP packets received with an invalid
VRRP checksum value.
Router Version Errors: Represents the total number of VRRP packets received with Unknown or
unsupported version number.
Router VRID Errors: Represents the total number of VRRP packets received with invalid VRID for
this virtual router.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
750
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.9.1.2 show ip vrrp brief
This command displays information about each virtual router configured on the switch.
Syntax
show ip vrrp brief
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Interface: Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes.
VRID: Represents the router ID of the virtual router.
IP Address: Is the IP Address that was configured on the virtual router
Mode: Represents whether the virtual router is enabled or disabled.
State: Represents the state (Master/backup) of the virtual router.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
751
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.9.1.3 show ip vrrp interface
This command displays all configuration information of a virtual router configured on a specific interface.
Note that the information will be displayed only when the IP address of the specific interface is
configured.
Syntax
show ip vrrp interface {<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>} [<vrid>]
<slot/port> - Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes.
<vrid> - Virtual router ID.
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
VRID: Represents the router ID of the virtual router.
Primary IP Address: This field represents the configured IP Address for the Virtual router.
VMAC address: Represents the VMAC address of the specified router.
Authentication type: Represents the authentication type for the specific virtual router.
Priority: Represents the priority value for the specific virtual router.
Configured Priority: The priority configured through the ip vrrp vrid
priority 1-254 command.
Advertisement interval: Represents the advertisement interval for the specific virtual router.
Pre-Empt Mode: Is the preemption mode configured on the specified virtual router.
Pre-Empt Delay: How much time to be delayed before becoming the active router. It only performs
the delay when the preemption is first attempted.
Administrative Mode: Represents the status (Enable or Disable) of the specific router.
Accept Mode: When enabled, the VRRP Master can accept ping packets sent to one of the virtual
router‘s IP addresses.
State: Represents the state (Master/backup) of the specific virtual router
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
752
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.9.1.4 show ip vrrp interface stats
This command displays the statistical information about each virtual router configured on the switch.
Syntax
show ip vrrp interface stats {<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>} [<vrid>]
<slot/port> - Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes.
<vrid> - Virtual router ID.
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
VRID: Represents the router ID of the virtual router.
Uptime: Is the time that the virtual router has been up, in days, hours, minutes and seconds.
Protocol: Represents the protocol configured on the interface.
State Transitioned to Master: Represents the total number of times virtual router state has
changed to MASTER.
Advertisement Received: Represents the total number of VRRP advertisements received by this
virtual router.
Advertisement Interval Errors: Represents the total number of VRRP advertisements received for
which advertisement interval is different than the configured value for this virtual
router.
Authentication Failure: Represents the total number of VRRP packets received that don't pass the
authentication check.
IP TTL errors: Represents the total number of VRRP packets received by the virtual router with IP
TTL (time to live) not equal to 255.
Zero Priority Packets Received: Represents the total number of VRRP packets received by virtual
router with a priority of '0'.
Zero Priority Packets Sent: Represents the total number of VRRP packets sent by the virtual router
with a priority of '0'
Invalid Type Packets Received: Represents the total number of VRRP packets received by the
virtual router with invalid 'type' field.
Address List Errors: Represents the total number of VRRP packets received for which address list
does not match the locally configured list for the virtual router.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
753
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Invalid Authentication Type: Represents the total number of VRRP packets received with
unknown authentication type.
Authentication Type Mismatch: Represents the total number of VRRP advertisements received for
which 'auth type' not equal to locally configured one for this virtual router.
Packet Length Errors: Represents the total number of VRRP packets received with packet length
less than length of VRRP header.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
754
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.9.2 Configuration Commands
6.9.2.1 ip vrrp
This command enables the administrative mode of VRRP in the router.
Syntax
ip vrrp
no ip vrrp
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
This command sets the virtual router ID on an interface for Virtual Router configuration in the router.
Syntax
ip vrrp <1-255>
no ip vrrp <1-255>
<1-255> - The range of virtual router ID is 1 to 255.
<no> - This command removes all VRRP configuration details of the virtual router configured on a
specific interface.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
755
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.9.2.2 ip vrrp ip
This commands also designates the configured virtual router IP address as a secondary IP address on
an interface.
Syntax
ip vrrp <1-255> ip <addr> [secondary]
no ip vrrp <1-255> ip <addr> [secondary]
<1-255> - The range of virtual router ID is 1 to 255.
<addr> - Secondary IP address of the router ID.
<no> - This command removes all VRRP configuration details of the virtual router configured on a
specific interface.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
6.9.2.3 ip vrrp mode
This command enables the virtual router configured on the specified interface. Enabling the status field
starts a virtual router.
Syntax
ip vrrp <1-255> mode
no ip vrrp <1-255> mode
<1-255> - The range of virtual router ID is 1 to 255.
<no> - Disable the virtual router configured on the specified interface. Disabling the status field stops
a virtual router.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
756
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.9.2.4 ip vrrp accept-mode
Use this command to allow the VRRP Master to accept ping packets sent to one of the virtual router's IP
addresses.
Syntax
ip vrrp <1-255> accept-mode
no ip vrrp <1-255> accept-mode
<1-255> - The range of virtual router ID is 1 to 255.
<no> - Use this command to prevent the VRRP Master from accepting ping packets sent to one of
the virtual router's IP addresses.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
6.9.2.5 ip vrrp authentication
This command sets the authorization details value for the virtual router configured on a specified
interface.
Syntax
ip vrrp <1-255> authentication <key>
no ip vrrp <1-255> authentication
<1-255> - The range of virtual router ID is 1 to 255.
<key> - A text password used for authentication.
<no> - This command sets the default authorization details value for the virtual router configured on
a specified interface.
Default Setting
no authentication
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
757
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.9.2.6 ip vrrp preempt
This command sets the preemption mode value for the virtual router configured on a specified interface.
Syntax
ip vrrp <1-255> preempt [delay <0-3600>]
no ip vrrp <1-255> preempt [delay]
<1-255> - The range of virtual router ID is 1 to 255.
<0-3600> - The time to be delayed to become active router.
<no> - This command sets the default preemption mode value for the virtual router configured on a
specified interface.
Default Setting
Preempt mode: Enabled
Preempt delay: 0
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
758
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.9.2.7 ip vrrp priority
This command sets the priority value for the virtual router configured on a specified interface.
The router with the highest priority is elected master. If a router is configured with the address used as
the address of the virtual router, the router is called the "address owner". The priority of the address
owner is always 255 so that the address owner is always master. If the master has a priority less than
255 (it is not the address owner) and you configure the priority of another router in the group higher than
the master's priority, the router will take over as master only if preempt mode is enabled.
Syntax
ip vrrp <1-255> priority <1-254>
no ip vrrp <1-255> priority
<1-255> - The range of virtual router ID is 1 to 255.
<1-254> - The range of priority is 1 to 254.
<no> - This command sets the default priority value for the virtual router configured on a specified
interface.
Default Setting
The default priority value is 100 unless the router is the address owner, in which case its priority is
automatically set to 255.
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
759
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.9.2.8 ip vrrp timers advertise
This command sets the advertisement value for a virtual router in seconds.
Syntax
ip vrrp <1-255> timers advertise <1-255>
ip vrrp <1-255> timers advertise
<1-255> - The range of virtual router ID is 1 to 255.
< 1-255 > - The range of advertisement interval is 1 to 255.
<no> - This command sets the default advertisement value for a virtual router.
Default Setting
The default value of advertisement interval is 1.
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
760
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.9.2.9 ip vrrp track interface
This command alters the priority of the VRRP router based on the availability of its interfaces. This
command is useful for tracking interfaces that are not configured for VRRP. Only IP interfaces are
tracked. A tracked interface is up if the IP on that interface is up. Otherwise, the tracked interface is
down.
When the tracked interface is down or the interface has been removed from the router, the priority of the
VRRP router will be decremented by the value specified in the decrement argument. When the interface
is up for IP protocol, the priority will be incremented by the decrement value.
A VRRP configured interface can track more than one interface. When a tracked interface goes down,
then the priority of the router will be decreased by 10 (the default priority decrement) for each downed
interface. The default priority decrement is changed using the decrement argument. The default priority
of the virtual router is 100, and the default decrement priority is 10. By default, no interfaces are tracked.
If you specify just the interface to be tracked, without giving the optional priority, then the default priority
will be set. The default priority decrement is 10.
Syntax
ip vrrp <1-255> track interface {<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>} [decrement <1-254>]
no ip vrrp <1-255> track interface {<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>} [decrement]
<1-255> - The range of virtual router ID is 1 to 255.
< 1-254 > - The range of decrement is 1 to 254.
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
<no> - This command removes the interface from the tracked list or to restore the priority decrement
to its default.
Default Setting
Decrement: 10
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
761
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.9.2.10 ip vrrp track ip route
This command tracks the route reachability. When the tracked route is deleted, the priority of the VRRP
router will be decremented by the value specified in the decrement argument. When the tracked route is
added, the priority will be incremented by the same.
A VRRP configured interface can track more than one route. When a tracked route goes down, then the
priority of the router will be decreased by 10 (the default priority decrement) for each downed route. By
default no routes are tracked. If you specify just the route to be tracked, without giving the optional
priority, then the default priority will be set. The default priority decrement is 10. The default priority
decrement is changed using the decrement argument.
Syntax
ip vrrp <1-255> track ip route <ip-address/prefix-length> [decrement <1-254>]
no ip vrrp <1-255> track ip route <ip-address/prefix-length> [decrement]
<1-255> - The range of virtual router ID is 1 to 255.
< 1-254 > - The range of decrement is 1 to 254.
<no> - This command removes the route from the tracked list or to restore the priority decrement to
its default. When removing a tracked IP route from the tracked list, the priority should be incremented
by the decrement value if the route is not reachable.
Default Setting
Decrement : 10
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
762
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.10 Policy Based Routing (PBR) Commands
6.10.1 Show Commands
6.10.1.1 show ip policy
This command lists the route map associated with each interface.
Syntax
show ip policy
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Interface: The interface.
Route-map: The route map.
6.10.1.2 show ip prefix-list
This command displays configuration and status for a prefix list.
Syntax
show ip prefix-list [detail | summary] [prefix-list-name] [network/length] [seq sequencenumber] [longer]
[first-match]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Parameter
detail | summary: (Optional) Displays detailed or summarized information about all prefix lists.
prefix-list-name: (Optional) The name of a specific prefix list.
network/length: (Optional) The network number and length (in bits) of the network mask.
seq: (Optional) Applies the sequence number to the prefix list entry.
sequence-number: (Optional) The sequence number of the prefix list entry.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
763
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
longer: (Optional) Displays all entries of a prefix list that are more specific than the given
network/length.
first-match: (Optional) Displays the entry of a prefix list that matches the given network/length.
6.10.1.3 show route-map
To display a route map, use the show route-map command in Privileged EXEC mode.
Syntax
show route-map [map-name]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Parameter
map-name: (Optional) Name of a specific route map.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
764
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.10.2 Configuration Commands
6.10.2.1 ip policy route-map
Use this command to identify a route map to use for policy-based routing on an interface specified by
<route-map-name>. Policy-based routing is configured on the interface that receives the packets, not on
the interface from which the packets are sent.
When a route-map applied on the interface is changed, that is, if new statements are added to route-map
or match/set terms are added/removed from route-map statement, and also if route-map that is applied
on an interface is removed, route-map needs to be removed from interface and added back again in
order to have changed route-map configuration to be effective.
In order to disable policy based routing from an interface, use no form of this command.
Syntax
ip policy route-map <route-map-name>
no ip policy route-map <route-map-name>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
6.10.2.2 ip prefix-list
To create a prefix list or add a prefix list entry, use the ip prefix-list command in Global Configuration
mode.
Prefix lists allow matching of route prefixes with those specified in the prefix list. Each prefix list includes
of a sequence of prefix list entries ordered by their sequence numbers. A router sequentially examines
each prefix list entry to determine if the route's prefix matches that of the entry. An empty or nonexistent
prefix list permits all prefixes. An implicit deny is assume if a given prefix does not match any entries of a
prefix list. Once a match or deny occurs the router does not go through the rest of the list.
A prefix list may be used within a route map to match a route's prefix using the command "match ip
address"
Up to 128 prefix lists may be configured. The maximum number of statements allowed in prefix list is 64.
To delete a prefix list or a statement in a prefix list, use the no form of this command. The command no
ip prefix-list list-name deletes the entire prefix list. To remove an individual statement from a prefix list,
you must specify the statement exactly, with all its options.
Syntax
ip prefix-list <list-name> {[seq number] {permit | deny} network/length [ge length] [le length] | renumber
renumber-interval first-statement-number}
no ip prefix-list <list-name> [seq number] {permit | deny} network/length [ge length] [le length]
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
765
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Default Setting
No prefix lists are configured by default. When neither the ge nor the le option is configured, the
destination prefix must match the network/length exactly. If the ge option is configured without the le
option, any prefix with a network mask greater than or equal to the ge value is considered a match.
Similarly, if the le option is configured without the ge option, a prefix with a network mask less than
or equal to the le value is considered a match.
Command Mode
Global Config
Parameter
list-name: The text name of the prefix list. Up to 32 characters.
seq number: (Optional) The sequence number for this prefix list statement. Prefix list statements
are ordered from lowest sequence number to highest and applied in that order. If you do not specify
a sequence number, the system will automatically select a sequence number five larger than the last
sequence number in the list. Two statements may not be configured with the same sequence
number. The value ranges from 1 to 4,294,967,294.
permit: Permit routes whose destination prefix matches the statement.
deny: Deny routes whose destination prefix matches the statement.
network/length: Specifies the match criteria for routes being compared to the prefix list statement.
The network can be any valid IP prefix. The length is any IPv4 prefix length from 0 to 32.
ge length: (Optional) If this option is configured, then a prefix is only considered a match if its
network mask length is greater than or equal to this value. This value must be longer than the
network length and less than or equal to 32.
le length: (Optional) If this option is configured, then a prefix is only considered a match if its
network mask length is less than or equal to this value. This value must be longer than the ge length
and less than or equal to 32.
renumber: (Optional) Provides the option to renumber the sequence numbers of the IP prefix list
statements with a given interval starting from a particular sequence number. The valid range for
renumber-interval is 1 - 100, and the valid range for first-statement-number is 1 - 1000.
6.10.2.3 ip prefix-list description
To apply a text description to a prefix list, use the ip prefix-list description command in Global
Configuration mode.
To remove the text description, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip prefix-list <list-name> description <text>
no ip prefix-list <list-name> description
Default Setting
No description is configured by default.
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
766
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Parameter
list-name: The text name of the prefix list.
description text: Text description of the prefix list. Up to 80 characters.
6.10.2.4 route-map
To create a route map and enter Route Map Configuration mode, use the route-map command in
Global Configuration mode. One use of a route map is to limit the redistribution of routes to a specified
range of route prefixes. The redistribution command specifies a route map which refers to a prefix list.
The prefix list identifies the prefixes that may be redistributed. It accepts up to 64 route maps.
To delete a route map or one of its statements, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
route-map <map-tag> [permit|deny] [sequence-number]
no route-map <map-tag> [permit|deny] [sequence-number]
Default Setting
No route maps are configured by default. If no permit or deny tag is given, permit is the default.
Command Mode
Global Config
Parameter
map-tag: Text name of the route map. Route maps with the same name are grouped together in
order of their sequence numbers. A route map name may be up to 32 characters long.
permit: (Optional) Permit routes that match all of the match conditions in the route map.
deny: (Optional) Deny routes that match all of the match conditions in the route map.
sequence-number: (Optional) An integer used to order the set of route maps with the same name.
Route maps are ordered from lowest to greatest sequence number, with lower sequence numbers
being considered first. If no sequence number is specified, the system assigns a value ten greater
than the last statement in the route map. The range is 0 to 65,535.
6.10.2.5 match as-path
This route map match term matches BGP autonomous system paths against an AS path access list. If
you enter a new match as-path term in a route map statement that already has a match as-path term,
the AS path list numbers in the new term are added to the existing match term, up to the maximum
number of lists in a term. A route is considered a match if it matches any one or more of the AS path
access lists the match term refers to.
To delete the match as-path term that matches BGP autonomous system paths against an AS path
access list, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
match as-path <as-path-list-number>
no match as-path
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
767
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Route Map Config
Parameter
as-path-list-number: An integer from 1 to 500 identifying the AS path access list to use as match
criteria.
6.10.2.6 match community
To configure a route map to match based on a BGP community list, use the match community
command in Route Map Configuration mode. If the community list returns a permit action, the route is
considered a match. If the match statement refers to a community list that is not configured, no routes
are considered to match the statement.
To delete a match term from a route map, use the no form of this command. The command no match
community list exact-match removes the match statement from the route map. (It does not simply
remove the exact-match option.) The command no match community removes the match term and all its
community lists.
Syntax
match community <community-list> [community-list...] [exact-match]
no match community <community-list> [community-list...] [exact-match]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Route Map Config
Parameter
community-list: The name of a standard community list. Up to eight names may be included in a
single match term.
exact-match: (Optional) When this option is given, a route is only considered a match if the set of
communities on the route is an exact match for the set of communities in one of the statements in the
community list.
6.10.2.7 match ip address
To configure a route map to match based on a destination prefix, use the match ip address command
in Route Map Configuration mode. If you specify multiple prefix lists in one statement, then a match
occurs if a prefix matches any one of the prefix lists. If you configure a match ip address statement within
a route map section that already has a match ip address statement, the new prefix lists are added to the
existing set of prefix lists, and a match occurs if any prefix list in the combined set matches the prefix.
To delete a match statement from a route map, use the no form of this command.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
768
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Syntax
match ip address prefix-list <prefix-list-name> [prefix-list-name...]
no match ip address prefix-list <prefix-list-name> [prefix-list-name...]
Default Setting
No match criteria are defined by default.
Command Mode
Route Map Config
Parameter
prefix-list-name: The name of a prefix list used to identify the set of matching routes. Up to eight
prefix lists may be specified.
6.10.2.8 match ip address <access-list-number | access-list-name>
Use this command to configure a route map in order to match based on the match criteria configured in
an IP access-list. Note that an IP ACL must be configured before it is linked to a route-map. Actions
present in an IP ACL configuration are applied with other actions involved in route-map. If an IP ACL
referenced by a route-map is removed or rules are added or deleted from that ACL, the configuration is
rejected.
If there are a list of IP access-lists specified in this command and the packet matches at least one of
these access-list match criteria, the corresponding set of actions in route-map are applied to packet.
If there are duplicate IP access-list numbers/names in this command, the duplicate configuration is
ignored.
To delete a match statement from a route map, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
match ip address <access-list-number | access-list-name> [...access-list-number | name ]
no match ip address <access-list-number | access-list-name> [...access-list-number | name ]
Default Setting
No match criteria are defined by default.
Command Mode
Route Map Config
Parameter
access-list-number: The access-list number that identifies an access-list configured through
access-list CLI configuration commands. This number is 1 to 99 for standard access list number.
This number is 100 to 199 for extended access list number.
access-list-name: The access-list name that identifies named IP ACLs. Access-list name can be up
to 31 characters in length. A maximum of 16 ACLs can be specified in this 'match' clause.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
769
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.10.2.9 match length
Use this command to configure a route map to match based on the Layer 3 packet length between
specified minimum and maximum values. min specifies the packet‘s minimum Layer 3 length, inclusive,
allowed for a match. max specifies the packet‘s maximum Layer 3 length, inclusive, allowed for a match.
Each route-map statement can contain one ‗match‘ statement on packet length range.
To delete a match statement from a route map, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
match length <min> <max>
no match length
Default Setting
No match criteria are defined by default.
Command Mode
Route Map Config
6.10.2.10 match mac-list
Use this command to configure a route map in order to match based on the match criteria configured in
an MAC access-list.
A MAC ACL is configured before it is linked to a route-map. Actions present in MAC ACL configuration
are applied with other actions involved in route-map. When a MAC ACL referenced by a route-map is
removed, the route-map rule is also removed and the corresponding rule is not effective. When a MAC
ACL referenced by a route-map is removed or rules are added or deleted from that ACL, the
configuration is rejected.
To delete a match statement from a route map, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
match mac-list <mac-list-name> [mac-list-name]
no match mac-list <mac-list-name> [mac-list-name]
Default Setting
No match criteria are defined by default.
Command Mode
Route Map Config
Parameter
mac-list-name: The mac-list name that identifies MAC ACLs. MAC Access-list name can be up to
31 characters in length.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
770
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.10.2.11 set as-path
To prepend one or more AS numbers to the AS path in a BGP route, use the set as-path command in
Route Map Configuration mode. This command is normally used to insert one or more instances of the
local AS number at the beginning of the AS_PATH attribute of a BGP route. Doing so increases the AS
path length of the route. The AS path length has a strong influence on BGP route selection. Changing
the AS path length can influence route selection on the local router or on routers to which the route is
advertised.
When prepending an inbound route, if the first segment in the AS_PATH of the received route is an
AS_SEQUENCE, as-path-string is inserted at the beginning of the sequence. If the first segment is an
AS_SET, as-path-string is added as a new segment with type AS_SEQUENCE at the beginning of the
AS path. When prepending an outbound route to an external peer, as-path-string follows the local AS
number, which is always the first ASN.
To remove a set command from a route map, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
set as-path prepend <as-path-string>
no set as-path prepend
Default Setting
None.
Command Mode
Route Map Config
Parameter
as-path-string: A list of AS path numbers to insert at the beginning of the AS_PATH attribute of
matching BGP routes. To prepend more than one AS number, separate the ASNs with a space and
enclose the string in quotes. Up to ten AS numbers may be prepended.
6.10.2.12 set comm-list delete
To remove BGP communities from an inbound or outbound UPDATE message, use the set comm-list
delete command in Route Map Configuration mode. A route map with this set command can be used to
remove selected communities from inbound and outbound routes. When a community list is applied to a
route for this purpose, each of the route's communities is submitted to the community list one at a time.
Communities permitted by the list are removed from the route. Because communities are processed
individually, a community list used to remove communities should not include the exact-match option on
statements with multiple communities. Such statements can never match an individual community.
When a route map statement includes both set community and set comm-list delete terms, the set
comm-list delete term is processed first, and then the set community term (meaning that, communities
are first removed, and then communities are added).
To delete the set command from a route map, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
set comm-list <community-list-name> delete
no set comm-list
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
771
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Default Setting
None.
Command Mode
Route Map Config
Parameter
community-list-name: A standard community list name.
6.10.2.13 set community
To modify the communities attribute of matching routes, use the set community command in Route
Map Configuration mode. The set community command can be used to assign communities to routes
originated through BGP's network and redistribute commands, and to set communities on routes
received from a specific neighbor or advertised to a specific neighbor. It can also be used to remove all
communities from a route.
To remove a subset of the communities on a route, use the command "set comm-list delete".
To remove a set term from a route map, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
set community <community-number [additive] | no-advertise | no-export | none>
no set community
Default Setting
None.
Command Mode
Route Map Config
Parameter
community-number: One to sixteen community numbers, either as a 32-bit integers or in AA:NN
format. Communities are separated by spaces. The well-known communities no advertise and
no-export are also accepted.
additive: (Optional) Communities are added to those already attached to the route.
no-advertise: Matching route not to be advertised to any BGP peer.
no-export: Matching route not to be advertised to external BGP peer.
none: Removes all communities from matching routes.
6.10.2.14 set interface
If network administrator does not want to revert to normal forwarding but instead want to drop a packet
that does not match the specified criteria, a set statement needs to be configured to route the packets to
interface null 0 as the last entry in the route-map. set interface null0 needs to be configured in a
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
772
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
separate statement. It should not be added along with any other statement having other match/set
terms.
A route-map statement that is used for PBR is configured as permit or deny. If the statement is marked
as deny, traditional destination-based routing is performed on the packet meeting the match criteria. If
the statement is marked as permit, and if the packet meets all the match criteria, then set commands in
the route-map statement are applied. If no match is found in the route-map, the packet is not dropped;
instead the packet is forwarded using the routing decision taken by performing destination-based
routing.
To remove a set term from a route map, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
set interface null0
no set interface null0
Default Setting
None.
Command Mode
Route Map Config
6.10.2.15 set default interface
A packet is dropped by this command only if there is no explicit route for the packet's destination address
in the routing table. A default route in the routing table is not considered an explicit route for an unknown
destination address.
In a route-map statement, 'set interface null0' and 'set default interface null0' terms are mutually
exclusive.
To remove a set term from a route map, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
set default interface null0
no set default interface null0
Default Setting
None.
Command Mode
Route Map Config
6.10.2.16 set ip next-hop
Use this command to specify the adjacent next-hop router in the path toward the destination to which the
packets should be forwarded. If more than one IP address is specified, the ECMP rule is used to route
the packets.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
773
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command affects all incoming packet types and is always used if configured. If configured next-hop
is not present in the routing table, an ARP request is sent from the router.
In a route-map statement, 'set ip next-hop' and 'set ip default next-hop' terms are mutually exclusive.
However, a 'set ip default next-hop' can be configured in a separate route-map statement.
To remove a set command from a route map, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
set ip next-hop <next-hop-address> [...next-hop-address]
no set ip next-hop <next-hop-address> [...next-hop-address]
Default Setting
None.
Command Mode
Route Map Config
Parameter
next-hop-address: The IP address of the next hop to which packets are output. It must be the
address of an adjacent router. A maximum of 16 next-hop IP addresses can be specified in this 'set'
clause.
6.10.2.17 set ip default next-hop
Use this command to set a list of default next-hop IP addresses. If more than one IP address is specified,
the ECMP rule is used.
A packet is routed to the next hop specified by this command only if there is no explicit route for the
packet's destination address in the routing table. A default route in the routing table is not considered an
explicit route for an unknown destination address.
In a route-map statement, 'set ip next-hop' and 'set ip default next-hop' terms are mutually exclusive.
However, a 'set ip next-hop' can be configured in a separate route-map statement.
To remove a set command from a route map, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
set ip default next-hop <next-hop-address> [...next-hop-address]
no set ip default next-hop <next-hop-address> [...next-hop-address]
Default Setting
None.
Command Mode
Route Map Config
Parameter
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
774
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
next-hop-address: The IP address of the next hop to which packets are output. It must be the
address of an adjacent router. A maximum of 16 next-hop IP addresses can be specified in this 'set'
clause.
6.10.2.18 set ip precedence
Use this command to set the three IP precedence bits in the IP packet header. With three bits, you have
eight possible values for the IP precedence; values 0 through 7 are defined. This command is used
when implementing QoS and can be used by other QoS services, such as weighted fair queuing (WFQ)
and weighted random early detection (WRED).
To reset the three IP precedence bits in the IP packet header to the default, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
set ip precedence 0-7
no set ip precedence
Default Setting
None.
Command Mode
Route Map Config
Parameter
0: Sets the routine precedence.
1: Sets the priority precedence.
2: Sets the immediate precedence.
3: Sets the Flash precedence.
4: Sets the Flash override precedence.
5: Sets the critical precedence.
6: Sets the internetwork control precedence.
7: Sets the network control precedence.
6.10.2.19 set local-preference
To set the local preference of specific BGP routes, use the set local-preference command in Route
Map Configuration mode. The local preference is the first attribute used to compare BGP routes. Setting
the local preference can influence which route BGP selects as the best route.
When used in conjunction with a 'match as-path' or 'match ip address' command, this command can be
used to prefer routes that transit certain ASs or to make the local router a more preferred exit point to
certain destinations.
To remove a set command from a route map, use the no form of this command.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
775
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Syntax
set local-preference <value>
no set local-preference
Default Setting
None.
Command Mode
Route Map Config
Parameter
value: A local preference value, from 0 to 4,294,967,295 (any 32-bit integer).
6.10.2.20 set metric
To set the metric of a route, use the set metric command in Route Map Configuration mode. This
command sets the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) when used in a BGP context. When there are multiple
peering points between two autonomous systems (AS), setting the MED on routes advertised by one
router can influence the other AS to send traffic through a specific peer.
To remove a set command from a route map, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
set metric <value>
no set metric
Default Setting
None.
Command Mode
Route Map Config
Parameter
value: A metric value, from 0 to 4,294,967,295 (any 32-bit integer).
6.10.2.21 clear ip prefix-list
To reset IP prefix-list counters, use the clear ip prefix-list command in Privileged EXEC mode. This
command is used to clear prefix-list hit counters. The hit count is a value indicating the number of
matches to a specific prefix list entry.
Syntax
clear ip prefix-list [[prefix-list-name] [network/length]]
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
776
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Parameter
prefix-list-name: (Optional) Name of the prefix list from which the hit count is to be cleared.
network/length: (Optional) Network number and length (in bits) of the network mask. If this option is
specified, hit counters are only cleared for the matching statement.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
777
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11 Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) Commands
6.11.1 Show Commands
6.11.1.1 show ip bgp
This command displays information relevant to the BGP router.
Syntax
show ip bgp
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Messages
BGP table version: The BGP Table Version is the main number used. This number is the same as
the Generation ID of any BGP prefix for a specific address family and is used to track changes to the
BGP route table.
Local Route ID: A 32-bit integer in dotted decimal format identifying the router, about which
information is displayed. This is a configured value.
Status Codes : Status of the table entry. The status is displayed at the beginning of each line in the
table. It can be one of the following values:

s — The table entry is suppressed.

* — The table entry is valid.

> — The table entry is the best entry to use for that network.

I — The table entry was learned via an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin codes: Origin of the entry. The origin code is placed at the end of each line in the table. It can
be one of the following values:

i — Entry originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a
network router configuration command.

e — Entry originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).

? — Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a router that is redistributed into BGP from
an IGP.
Network: IP address of a network entity.
Next Hop: IP address of the next system that is used when forwarding a packet to the destination
network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has some non-BGP routes to this network.
Metric: If shown, the value of the interautonomous system metric.
LocPref: Local preference value as set with the set local-preference route-map configuration
command. The default value is 100.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
778
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Path: Autonomous system paths to the destination network. There can be one entry in this field for
each autonomous system in the path.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
779
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.1.2 show ip bgp <prefix/length>
This command displays the BGP routing table entries which are filtered the display output with a
prefix/length.
Syntax
show ip bgp <prefix/length>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Eexc
User Exec
Display Messages
Prefix/Prefix Length: IP prefix and prefix length entered to filter the output to display only a
particular host or network in the BGP routing table.
Generation ID: Incremented each time phase 2 of the decision process runs and whenever an
aggregate address changes. Used to track changes to the BGP route table.
Forwarding: Yes if RTO has selected this route as the best route.
Advertised to Update Groups: The number of update groups reported.
Best Path: Show best path information as following.
Non-Best Paths: Show non-best path information as following.
Local Preference: Local preference value as set with the set local-preference route-map
configuration command. The default value is 100.
AS Path: An Autnonomous System path is a list of all the autonomous systems that a specific route
passes through to reach one destination.
Origin: Indicates the origin of the entry. It can be IGP, EGP, and Incomplete.
Metric: The value of the interautonomous system metric.
Type: Type of peer (internal or external).
IGP Cost: The cost of Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP).
Peer (Peer ID): The IP Address of the Peer's BGP interface (The Router ID of the Peer's BGP).
BGP Next Hop: IP address of the next system that is used when forwarding a packet to the
destination network.
Atomic Aggregate: Include atomic-aggregate routes or not.
Aggregator (AS, Router ID): The information of the speaker that aggregated the routes.
Communities: Valid value is a community number in the range from 1 to 4294967200, or AA:NN
(autonomous system-community number/2-byte number), no-peer, no-export,
no-export-subconfed, or no-advertise.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
780
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.1.3 show ip bgp aggregate-address
This command displays information about the aggregate-address.
Syntax
show ip bgp aggregate-address
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Messages
Aggregation of routes with different MED values is allowed: The aggregate-different-meds is
enabled.
Prefix/Len: IP prefix and prefix length of the entry.
AS Set: With AS Set feature or not.
Summary Only: With Summary Only feature or not.
Active: The aggregate address is active or not.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
781
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.1.4 show ip bgp community
This command display routes that belong to specified BGP communities.
Syntax
show ip bgp community <community-number> [exact-match | local-as | no-advertise | no-export]
< community-number > - Valid value is a community number in the range from 1 to 4294967200, or
AA:NN (autonomous system-community number/2-byte number).
exact-match - Display only routes that have an exact match.
local-as - Display only routes that are not sent outside of the local AS.
no-advertise - Display only routes that are not advertised to any peer.
no-export - Display only routes that are not exported outside of the local AS.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Messages
BGP table version: The BGP Table Version is the main number used. This number is the same as
the Generation ID of any BGP prefix for a specific address family and is used to track changes to the
BGP route table.
Local Route ID: A 32-bit integer in dotted decimal format identifying the router, about which
information is displayed. This is a configured value.
Status Codes: Status of the table entry. The status is displayed at the beginning of each line in the
table. It can be one of the following values:

s — The table entry is suppressed.

* — The table entry is valid.

> — The table entry is the best entry to use for that network.

I — The table entry was learned via an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin codes: Origin of the entry. The origin code is placed at the end of each line in the table. It can
be one of the following values:

i — Entry originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a
network router configuration command.

e — Entry originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).

? — Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a router that is redistributed into BGP from
an IGP.
Network: IP address of a network entity.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
782
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Next Hop: IP address of the next system that is used when forwarding a packet to the destination
network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has some non-BGP routes to this network.
Metric: If shown, the value of the interautonomous system metric.
LocPref: Local preference value as set with the set local-preference route-map configuration
command. The default value is 100.
Path: Autonomous system paths to the destination network. There can be one entry in this field for
each autonomous system in the path.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
783
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.1.5 show ip bgp community-list
This command display routes that are permitted by the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) community list.
Syntax
show ip bgp community-list community-list-name [exact-match]
community-list-name - Community list name. The community list name can be standard or
expanded.
exact-match - Displays only routes that have an exact match.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Messages
BGP table version: The BGP Table Version is the main number used. This number is the same as
the Generation ID of any BGP prefix for a specific address family and is used to track changes to the
BGP route table.
Local Route ID: A 32-bit integer in dotted decimal format identifying the router, about which
information is displayed. This is a configured value.
Status Codes: Status of the table entry. The status is displayed at the beginning of each line in the
table. It can be one of the following values:

s — The table entry is suppressed.

* — The table entry is valid.

> — The table entry is the best entry to use for that network.

I — The table entry was learned via an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin codes: Origin of the entry. The origin code is placed at the end of each line in the table. It can
be one of the following values:

i — Entry originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a
network router configuration command.

e — Entry originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).

? — Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a router that is redistributed into BGP from
an IGP.
Network: IP address of a network entity.
Next Hop: IP address of the next system that is used when forwarding a packet to the destination
network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has some non-BGP routes to this network.
Metric: If shown, the value of the interautonomous system metric.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
784
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
LocPref: Local preference value as set with the set local-preference route-map configuration
command. The default value is 100.
Path: Autonomous system paths to the destination network. There can be one entry in this field for
each autonomous system in the path.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
785
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.1.6 show ip bgp filter-list
Use this command to display routes that conform to a specified filter list.
Syntax
show ip bgp filter-list access-list-number
access-list-number - Number of an autonomous system path access list. It can be a number from 1
to 500.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Messages
BGP table version: The BGP Table Version is the main number used. This number is the same as
the Generation ID of any BGP prefix for a specific address family and is used to track changes to the
BGP route table.
Local Route ID: A 32-bit integer in dotted decimal format identifying the router, about which
information is displayed. This is a configured value.
Status Codes: Status of the table entry. The status is displayed at the beginning of each line in the
table. It can be one of the following values:

s — The table entry is suppressed.

* — The table entry is valid.

> — The table entry is the best entry to use for that network.

I — The table entry was learned via an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin codes: Origin of the entry. The origin code is placed at the end of each line in the table. It can
be one of the following values:

i — Entry originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a
network router configuration command.

e — Entry originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).

? — Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a router that is redistributed into BGP from
an IGP.
Network: IP address of a network entity.
Next Hop: IP address of the next system that is used when forwarding a packet to the destination
network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has some non-BGP routes to this network.
Metric: If shown, the value of the interautonomous system metric.
LocPref: Local preference value as set with the set local-preference route-map configuration
command. The default value is 100.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
786
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Path: Autonomous system paths to the destination network. There can be one entry in this field for
each autonomous system in the path.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
787
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.1.7 show ip bgp neighbors
This command displays information about Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) and TCP connections to
neighbors.
Syntax
show ip bgp neighbors [<ip-address> [advertised-routes | policy | received-routes | rejected-routes |
routes] | policy]
ip-address - Displays information about the IPv4 neighbor. If this argument is omitted, information
about all neighbors is displayed.
policy - Display inbound and outbound policies for all neighbors or the specified neighbor.
advertised-routes - Display routes advertised to a neighbor.
received-routes - Display routes received from a neighbor.
rejected-routes - Display routes rejected by inbound policy.
routes - Display routes accepted by inbound policy.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Messages
Remote Address: The IP Address of the Peer's BGP interface.
Remote AS: Autonomous system number of the neighbor.
Peer ID: Router ID of the neighbor.
Peer Admin Status: States whether BGP is enabled or disabled of the neighbor.
Peer State: Finite state machine (FSM) stage of session negotiation.
Local Port: The port number of the local port.
Remote Port: The port number of the remote port.
Connection Retry Interval: Time interval, in seconds, at which the device resend messages to this
neighbor.
Neighbor Capabilities: BGP capabilities advertised and received from this neighbor.
IPv4 Unicast Support: Support IPv4 unicast packets or not. The valid value will be Both, Sent,
Received or None.
IPv6 Unicast Support: Support IPv6 unicast packets or not. The valid value will be Both, Sent,
Received or None..
Template Name: Name of a locally configured peer policy template.
Update Source: Allowed interface for TCP connections to the neighbor.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
788
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Local Interface Address: The IPv4 Address of the local BGP interface.
Local IPv6 Interface Address: The IPv6 Address of the local BGP interface.
Global Hold Time: Default time, in seconds, that BGP will maintain the session with this neighbor
without receiving a messages.
Global Keep Alive Time: Default time interval, in seconds, at which keepalive messages are
transmitted to this neighbor.
Configured Hold Time: Configured time for this neighbor, in seconds, that BGP will maintain the
session with this neighbor without receiving a messages.
Configured Keep Alive Time: Configured time interval for this neighbor, in seconds, at which
keepalive messages are transmitted to this neighbor.
Negotiated Hold Time: Negotiated time with this neighbor, in seconds, that BGP will maintain the
session with this neighbor without receiving a messages.
Negotiated Keep Alive Time: Negotiated time interval with this neighbor, in seconds, at which
keepalive messages are transmitted to this neighbor.
Password: MD5 authentication on a TCP connection for this neighbor.
eBGP-MultiHop Configured TTL value of the external BGP for this neighbor.
Last Error (): Last error from received or sent for this neighbor.
Last SubError: Last sub error for this neighbor.
Time Since Last Error: The time stamps in which the last error occurred.
Established Transitions: The number of connections established.
Established Time: The time from the last connection established.
Time Since Last Update: The time from the last Update message received.
IPv4 Outbound Update Group: The corresponding index number of the IPv4 update group.
IPv6 Outbound Update Group: The corresponding index number of the IPv6 update group.
Msgs Sent: Total number of transmitted messages.
Msgs Rcvd: Total number of received messages.
Open: Number of open messages sent and received.
Update: Number of update messages sent and received.
Keepalive: Number of keepalive messages sent and received.
Notification: Number of notification (error) messages sent and received.
Refresh: Number of route refresh request messages sent and received.
Total: Total number of messages sent and received.
Received UPDATE Queue: The statistics of received UPDATE queue (Size, High, Limit, Drops).
IPv4 Prefix Statistics: The statistics of the IPv4 prefix.
IPv6 Prefix Statistics: The statistics of the IPv6 prefix.
Prefixes Advertised: Number of prefixes advertised.
Prefixes Withdrawn: Number of prefixes withdrawn.
Prefixes Current: Number of prefixes current kept.
Prefixes Accepted: Number of prefixes accepted.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
789
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Prefixes Rejected: Number of prefixes rejected.
Max NLRI per Update: Maximum number of network layer reachability attributes in UPDATEs.
Min NLRI per Update: Minimum number of network layer reachability attributes in UPDATEs.
Inbound: Received from the peer.
Outbound: Transmitted to the peer.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
790
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.1.8 show ip bgp prefix-list
This command displays information about a prefix list or prefix list entries.
Syntax
show ip prefix-list <prefix-list-name>
prefix-list-name - Displays the entries in a specific prefix list.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Messages
BGP table version: The BGP Table Version is the main number used. This number is the same as
the Generation ID of any BGP prefix for a specific address family and is used to track changes to the
BGP route table.
Local Route ID: A 32-bit integer in dotted decimal format identifying the router, about which
information is displayed. This is a configured value.
Status Codes: Status of the table entry. The status is displayed at the beginning of each line in the
table. It can be one of the following values:

s — The table entry is suppressed.

* — The table entry is valid.

> — The table entry is the best entry to use for that network.

I — The table entry was learned via an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin codes: Origin of the entry. The origin code is placed at the end of each line in the table. It can
be one of the following values:

i — Entry originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a
network router configuration command.

e — Entry originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).

? — Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a router that is redistributed into BGP from
an IGP.
Network: IP address of a network entity.
Next Hop: IP address of the next system that is used when forwarding a packet to the destination
network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has some non-BGP routes to this network.
Metric: If shown, the value of the interautonomous system metric.
LocPref: Local preference value as set with the set local-preference route-map configuration
command. The default value is 100.
Path: Autonomous system paths to the destination network. There can be one entry in this field for
each autonomous system in the path.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
791
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.1.9 show ip bgp statistics
This command displays the recent decision process history.
Syntax
show ip bgp statistics
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Messages
Delta T: The time values since decision process ran.
Phase: Decision process phase that ran.
Upd Grp: Outbound update group ID. Only set when decProcPhase is 3.
GenId: Generation ID of BGP routing table when decision process was run.
Reason: Why decision process was triggered.
Peer: Only set if decProcPhase is 1. Identifies the peer whose paths are reprocessed.
Duration: How long the decision process phase took.
Adds: Number of routes added during decision process phase.
Mods: Number of routes modified during decision process phase.
Dels: Number of routes deleted during decision process phase.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
792
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.1.10 show ip bgp summary
This command displays the status of all Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) connections.
Syntax
show ip ospf neighbor [interface {<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>}] [<ip-address>]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Messages
Admin Mode: Shows whether the administrative mode of BGP in the router is enabled or disabled.
BGP Router ID: Router ID for the current BGP.
Local AS Number: Autonomous system number of the current BGP.
Number of Network Entries: Number of unique prefix entries in the BGP database.
Number of AS Paths: Number of path entries in the BGP database.
Neighbor: IP address of the neighbor.
ASN: Autonomous system number of the neighbor.
MsgRcvd: Number of messages received from the neighbor.
MsgSent: Number of messages sent to the neighbor.
State: The area ID of the OSPF area associated with the interface.
Up/Down Time: The length of time that the BGP session has been in the Established state, or the
current status if not in the Established state.
Pfx Rcvd: The number of prefixes that have been received from a neighbor.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
793
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.1.11 show ip bgp template
This command displays peer policy template configurations.
Syntax
show ip bgp template [<template-name>]
template-name - Displays the configurations in a specific template.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Messages
Template Name: Name of the peer template.
AF: Address Family (IPv4 or IPv6).
Configuration: The configuration information of the peer template.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
794
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.1.12 show ip bgp traffic
This command displays global BGP message counters.
Syntax
show ip bgp traffic
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Messages
Time Since Counters Cleared: How long ago the SPF ran. The time is in the format hh:mm:ss,
giving the hours, minutes, and seconds since the SPF run.
BGP Message Statistics: The statistics of BGP messages sent/received.
Msgs Sent: Total number of transmitted messages.
Msgs Rcvd: Total number of received messages.
Open: Number of open messages sent and received.
Update: Number of update messages sent and received.
Keepalive: Number of keepalive messages sent and received.
Notification: Number of notification (error) messages sent and received.
Refresh: Number of route refresh request messages sent and received.
Total: Total number of messages sent and received.
Max Received UPDATE rate: Maximum rate of received UPDATE messages.
Max Send UPDATE rate: Maximum rate of sent UPDATE messages.
BGP Queue Statistics: The queue statistics of BGP protocol thread.
Events: Holds configuration events, timer expiration events and TCP status reports.
Keepalive Tx: Keepalive timer event expirations.
Dec Proc: Holds events to trigger one of the 3 phases of the decision proces.
Rx Data: Incoming data.
RTO Notifications: RTO notifications. Redistributed routes and next hop resolution changes.
MIB Queries: BGP MIB path queries.
Current: Number of messages in queue currently.
Max: Maximum number of messages in queue.
Drops: Number of messages dropped.
Limit: Maximum size of queue.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
795
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.1.13 show ip bgp update-group
This command displays information about the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) update groups.
Syntax
show ip bgp update-group [index-group | peeripadd]
index-group - Update group type with its corresponding index number. The range of update-group
index numbers is from 1 to 4294967295.
peeripadd - IP address of a single neighbor who is a member of an update group.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Messages
Update Group: Update-group number.
Peer Type: Update-group type (internal or external).
Minimum Advertisement Interval: Minimum time, in seconds, between update advertisements.
Neighbor AS Path Access List Out: Neighbor AS Path list out. All members of the group use the
same.
Neighbor Prefix List Out: Neighbor prefix list out. All members of the group use the same.
Neighbor Route Map Out: Neighbor route map out. All members of the group use the same.
Members Added: Number of members added to the group.
Members Removed: Number of members removed from the group.
Update Version: Number of times phase 3 of the decision process has run for the group.
Number of UPDATES Sent: Number of UPDATE packets sent to this group.
Time Since Last UPDATE: Number of seconds since last UPDATE sent to group.
Current Prefixes: Number of prefixes currently advertised to the group.
Current Paths: Number of paths in update group's Adj-RIB-Out.
Prefixes Advertised: Number of prefixes advertised.
Prefixes Withdrawn: Number of prefixes withdrawn.
UPDATE Send Failures: Tx of UPDATE message failed to one or more group members.
Current Members: Number of member listed by IP address in the update group.
Version: The number of times decision process phase 3 had run before this history table entry.
Delta T: When update send occured.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
796
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Duration: How long the update send process took.
UPD Built: Number of UPDATE messages constructed during this update send.
UPD Sent: Number of UPDATE messages transmitted during this update send. Generally each
UPDATE built is sent once to each member of the update group.
Paths Sent: Number of prefixes advertised during this update send.
Pfxs Adv: Number of prefixes withdrawn during this update send.
Pfxs Wd: Number of paths advertised.
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
797
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.2 Configuration Commands
6.11.2.1 router bgp
Use this command to the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing mode.
Syntax
router bgp <autonomous-system-number>
autonomous-system-number - Number of an autonomous system that identifies the router to other
BGP routers and tags the routing information that is passed along. Number in the range from 1 to
65535.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
6.11.2.2 enable
Use enable command resets the default administrative mode of BGP in the router (active). no enable
command sets the administrative mode of BGP in the router to inactive
Syntax
enable
no enable
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
798
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.2.3 aggregate-address
Use aggregate-address command to create an aggregate entry in a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)
database. Use no aggregate-address command to disable an aggregate entry in a Border Gateway
Protocol (BGP) database.
Syntax
aggregate-address <address> <mask> [as-set] [summary-only]
no aggregate-address <address> <mask> [as-set] [summary-only]
address - Aggregate address.
mask - Aggregate mask.
as-set - Generates autonomous system set path informatio.
summary-only - Filters all more-specific routes from update.
Default Setting
The atomic aggregate attribute is set automatically when an aggregate route is created with this
command unless the as-set keyword is specified.
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
6.11.2.4 bgp aggregate-different-meds
Use bgp aggregate-different-meds command to allow aggregation of routes with different MED values.
Use no bgp aggregate-different-meds command to disable this function.
Syntax
bgp aggregate-different-meds
no bgp aggregate-different-meds
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
799
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.2.5 bgp always-compare-med
Use bgp always-compare-med command to compare MED values always from peers in different ASes.
Use no bgp always-compare-med command to disable this function.
Syntax
bgp always-compare-med
no bgp always-compare-med
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
6.11.2.6 bgp default local-preference
This command change the default local preference value. To return the local preference value to the
default setting, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
bgp default local-preference <number>
no bgp default local-preference
number - Local preference value from 0 to 4294967295.
Default Setting
100
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
800
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.2.7 bgp fast-external-failover
This command configures Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing process to immediately reset external
BGP peering sessions if the link used to reach these peers goes down. no bgp fast-external-failover
command disables this function.
Syntax
bgp fast-external-failover
no bgp fast-external-failover
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
6.11.2.8 bgp fast-internal-failover
This command configures Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing process to immediately reset internal
BGP peering sessions if the link used to reach these peers goes down. no bgp fast-internal-failover
command disables fast failover for internal peers.
Syntax
bgp fast-internal-failover
no bgp fast-internal-failover
Default Setting
Enabled
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
801
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.2.9 bgp log-neighbor-changes
This command enable logging of BGP neighbor resets . To disable the logging of changes in BGP
neighbor adjacencies, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
bgp log-neighbor-changes
no bgp log-neighbor-changes
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
6.11.2.10 bgp router-id
This command sets a 4-digit dotted-decimal number uniquely identifying the router bgp id. The
<router-id> is a configured value.
Syntax
bgp <router-id>
no bgp <router-id>
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
6.11.2.11 bgp maxas-limit
This command configures Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) to discard routes that have a number of
autonomous system numbers in AS-path that exceed the specified value. To return the router to default
operation, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
bgp maxas-limit <number>
no bgp maxas-limit
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
802
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
number - Maximum number of autonomous system numbers in the AS-path attribute of the BGP
Update message, ranging from 1 to 100.
Default Setting
75
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
803
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.2.12 exit
This command is used to exit bgp configuration mode.
Syntax
exit
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
6.11.2.13 timers bgp
This command is used to set the keepalive and holdtime timers. To return the router to default operation,
use the no form of this command.
Syntax
timers bgp <keepalive> <holdtime>
no timers bgp
keepalive: The number of seconds this BGP speaker waits for a keepalive message before deciding
that the connection is down. We recommend you configure the keepalive parameter as 1/3 of the
holdtime parameter.
holdtime: The number of seconds this BGP speaker waits for a keepalive, update, or notification
message before deciding that the connection is down. We recommend you configure the holdtime
parameter as 3 times the keepalive parameter.
Default Setting
The default value of keepalive is 60 seconds.
The default value of holdtime is 180 seconds.
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
804
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.2.14 neighbor default-originate route-map
This command is used to allow a BGP speaker (the local router) to send the default route 0.0.0.0 to a
neighbor for use as a default route, use the neighbor default-originate command in address family or
router configuration mode. To send no route as a default, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
neighbor <peeripaddr> default-originate [route-map <route-map-name>]
no neighbor <peeripaddr> default-originate [route-map <route-map-name>]
peeripaddr: IP address of the neighboring router.
route-map-name: Identifier of a configured route map. The route map should be examined to filter
the networks to be advertised.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
6.11.2.15 neighbor inherit peer
This command is used to inherit neighbor configuration from template.
Syntax
neighbor <peeripaddr> inherit peer <templatename>
no neighbor <peeripaddr> inherit peer <templatename>
peeripaddr: IP address of the neighboring router.
templatename: Name for the peer session template.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
805
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.2.16 neighbor update-source
This command is used to allow BGP sessions to use any operational interface for TCP connections, use
the neighbor update-source command in Router BGP Config Mode. To restore the interface assignment
to the closest interface, which is called the best local address, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
neighbor <peeripaddr> update-source {<slot/port> | loop <loop interface number>}
no neighbor <peeripaddr> update-source
peeripaddr: IP address of the neighboring router.
slot/port: Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes.
loop interface number: The valid value is 0 to 7.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
6.11.2.17 neighbor description
This command is used to associate a description with a neighbor, use the neighbor description
command in router configuration mode. To remove the description, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
neighbor <peeripaddr> description <description>
no neighbor <peeripaddr> description <description>
peeripaddr: IP address of the neighboring router.
description: Text (up to 80 characters) that describes the neighbor
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
806
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.2.18 neighbor password
This command is used to enable Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication on a TCP connection between
two BGP peers, use the neighbor password command in Router BGP Config Mode. To disable this
function, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
neighbor <peeripaddr> password <string>
no neighbor < peeripaddr> password <string>
peeripaddr: IP address of the neighboring router.
string: Case-sensitive password of up to 25 characters in length.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
6.11.2.19 neighbor connect-retry-interval
This command is used to specify a time interval at which the router attempts to open sessions to peers
that are not fully established. To return the router to default operation, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
neighbor <peeripaddr> connect-retry-interval <connection-retry-interval>
no neighbor <peeripaddr> connect-retry-interval
peeripaddr: IP address of the neighboring router.
connection-retry-interval: The valid range is 1 to 65535 seconds.
Default Setting
connection-retry-interval: The default is 2 seconds.
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
807
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.2.20 neighbor maximum-prefix
This command is used to control how many prefixes can be received from a neighbor, use the neighbor
maximum-prefix command in Router BGP Config Mode.
Syntax
neighbor <peeripaddr> maximum-prefix {<maximum> | unlimited} [<threshold> | warning-only]
peeripaddr: IP address of the neighboring router.
maximum: Maximum number of prefixes allowed from this neighbor.
unlimited: Don‘t restric the number of prefixes from this neighbor.
threshold: Integer specifying at what percentage of maximum the router starts to generate a
warning message. The range is from 1 to 100.
warning-only: Allows the router to generate a log message when the maximum is exceeded,
instead of terminating the peering.
Default Setting
maximum: default is 8160
threshold: default is 75
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
808
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.2.21 neighbor nexthopself
This command is used to configure the router as the next hop for a BGP-speaking neighbor, use the
neighbor nexthopself command in Router BGP Config Mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of
this command.
Syntax
neighbor <peeripaddr> nexthopself
no neighbor <peeripaddr> nexthopself
peeripaddr: IP address of the neighboring router.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
6.11.2.22 neighbor filter-list
This command is used to set up a BGP filter, use the neighbor filter-list command in Router BGP Config
Mode. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
neighbor <peeripaddr> filter-list <listnum> {in | out}
no neighbor <peeripaddr> filter-list <listnum> {in | out}
peeripaddr: IP address of the neighboring router.
listname: Number of an autonomous system path access list. You define this access list with the ip
as-path access-list command.
in: Access list is applied to incoming routes.
out: Access list is applied to outgoing routes.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
809
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.2.23 neighbor prefix-list
This command is used to prevent distribution of Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor information as
specified in a prefix list, use the neighbor prefix-list command Router BGP Config Mode. To remove a
filter list, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
neighbor <peeripaddr> prefix-list <listname> {in | out}
no neighbor <peeripaddr> prefix-list <listname> {in | out}
peeripaddr: IP address of the neighboring router.
listname: Name of a prefix list.
in: Applied to incoming advertisements from that neighbor.
out: Applied to outgoing advertisements to that neighbor.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
6.11.2.24 neighbor remoteas
This command is used to add an entry to the BGP or multiprotocol BGP neighbor table, use the neighbor
remote-as command in Router BGP Config Mode. To remove an entry from the table, use the no form of
this command.
Syntax
neighbor <peeripaddr> remote-as <as-number>
no neighbor <peeripaddr> remote-as <as-number>
peeripaddr: IP address of the neighboring router.
As-number: Number of an autonomous system to which the neighbor belongs in the range from 1 to
65535.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
810
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.2.25 neighbor route-map
This command is used to apply a route map to incoming or outgoing routes, use the neighbor route-map
command in Router BGP Config Mode. To remove a route map, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
neighbor <peeripaddr> route-map <route-map-name> { in | out }
no neighbor <peeripaddr> route-map <route-map-name> { in | out }
peeripaddr: IP address of the neighboring router.
route-map-name: Identifier of a configured route map. The route map should be examined to filter
the networks to be advertised.
in: Applies route map to incoming routes.
out: Applies route map to outgoing routes.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
6.11.2.26 neighbor shutdown
This command is used to disable a neighbor, use the neighbor shutdown command in Router BGP
Config Mode. To reenable the neighbor, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
neighbor <peeripaddr> shutdown
no neighbor <peeripaddr> shutdown
peeripaddr: IP address of the neighboring router.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
811
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.2.27 neighbor timers
This command is used to set the timers for a specific BGP peer, use the neighbor timers command in
Router BGP Config Mode. To clear the timers for a specific BGP peer, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
neighbor <peeripaddr> timers <keepalive> <holdtime>
no neighbor <peeripaddr> timers <keepalive> <holdtime>
peeripaddr: IP address of the neighboring router.
keepalive: Frequency (in seconds) with which the router sends keepalive messages to its peer. The
range is from 0 to 65535.
holdtime: Interval (in seconds) after not receiving a keepalive message that the router declares a
peer dead. The range is from 0 to 65535.
Default Setting
The default value of <keepalive> is 60 seconds.
The default value of <holdtime> is 180 seconds.
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
6.11.2.28 neighbor advertisement-interval
This command is used to set the minimum interval between the sending of BGP routing updates, use the
neighbor advertisement-interval command in Router BGP Config Mode. To remove an entry, use the no
form of this command.
Syntax
neighbor <peeripaddr> advertisement-interval <seconds>
no neighbor <peeripaddr> advertisement-interval <seconds>
peeripaddr: IP address of the neighboring router.
seconds: Time (in seconds) is specified by an integer ranging from 0 to 600.
Default Setting
30 seconds for external peers and 5 seconds for internal peers.
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
812
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.2.29 neighbor send-community
This command is used to specify that communities attribute should be sent to a BGP neighbor, use the
neighbor send-community command in router configuration mode. To remove the entry, use the no form
of this command.
Syntax
neighbor <peeripaddr> send-community
no neighbor <peeripaddr> send-community
peeripaddr: IP address of the neighboring router.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
6.11.2.30 distance
This command is used to set the distance based on source and destination information obtained from
the routes. To return to the default values, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
distance <1-255> <ipv4-prefix> <wildcard-mask> [prefix-list]
no distance
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
813
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.2.31 distance bgp
This command is used to allow the use of external, internal, and local administrative distances that could
be a better route than other external, internal, or local routes to a node, use the distance bgp command
in address family or router configuration mode. To return to the default values, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
distance bgp <external-distance> <internal-distance> <local-distance>
no distance bgp
external-distance: Administrative distance for external BGP routes. Routes are external when
learned from an external autonomous system. The range of values for this argument are from 1 to
255.
internal-distance: Administrative distance for internal BGP routes. Routes are internal when
learned from peer in the local autonomous system. The range of values for this argument are from 1
to 255.
local-distance: Administrative distance for local BGP routes. Local routes are those networks listed
with a network router configuration command, often as back doors, for the router or for the networks
that is being redistributed from another process. The range of values for this argument are from 1 to
255.
Default Setting
external-distance: default is 20
internal-distance: default is 200
local-distance: default is 200
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
814
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.2.32 default-information originate
This command is used to control the redistribution of a protocol or network into the BGP, use the
default-information originate command in address family or router configuration mode. To disable this
function, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
default-information originate <always>
no default-information originate
<always>: Originate a default route even if routing table doesn't have one.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
6.11.2.33 maximum-paths
This command is used to configure the maximum number of parallel routes that an IP routing protocol
will install into the routing table, use the maximum-paths command in router bgp configuration. To
restore the default value, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
maximum-paths [ibgp] <number>
no maximum-paths [ibgp] <number>
<number>: Specifies the number of routes to install to the routing table. The range is from 1 to 32.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
815
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.2.34 default-metric
This command is used to set a default metric for routes redistributed into Border Gateway Protocol
(BGP), use the default-metric command in Router BGP Config Mode. To remove the configured value
and return BGP to default operation, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
default-metric <number>
no default-metric
<number>: Default metric value applied to the redistributed route. The range of values for this
argument is from 1 to 4294967295.
Default Setting
The metric of redistributed connected and static routes is set to 0.
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
6.11.2.35 redistribute
This command is used to redistribute routes from one routing domain into another routing domain, use
the redistribute command in router configuration mode. To disable redistribution, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
redistribute <protocol> [metric <0-4294967295>][match {internal | external 1 | external 2 |
nssa-external 1 | nssa-external 2}] [route-map <route-map-name>]
no redistribute <protocol> [metric <0-4294967295>][match {internal | external 1 | external 2 |
nssa-external 1 | nssa-external 2}] [route-map <route-map-name>]
protocol: Source protocol from which routes are being redistributed. It can be one of the following
keywords: connected, ospf, static, rip.
route-map-name: Identifier of a configured route map. The route map should be examined to filter
the networks to be advertised.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
816
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.2.36 distribute-list in
This command is used to filter routes or networks received in incoming Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)
updates, use the distribute-list in command in router configuration mode. To delete the distribute list and
remove it from the running configuration file, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
distribute-list <prefix list-name> in
no distribute-list <prefix list-name> in
prefix list-name: Name of a prefix list. The list defines which networks are to be received and which
are to be suppressed in routing updates, based upon matching prefixes in the prefix list.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
6.11.2.37 distribute-list out
This command is used to suppress networks from being advertised in outbound Border Gateway
Protocol (BGP) updates, use the distribute-list out command in router configuration mode. To delete the
distribute list and remove it from the running configuration file, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
distribute-list <prefix list-name> out <protocol>
no distribute-list <prefix list-name> out <protocol>
protocol: The source protocol shall be applied with the filter. It can be one of the following keywords:
connected, ospf, static, rip.
prefix list-name: Name of a prefix list. The list defines which networks are to be received and which
are to be suppressed in routing updates, based upon matching prefixes in the prefix list.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
817
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
6.11.2.38 network
This command is used to specify the networks to be advertised by the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)
routing processes, use the network command in address family or router configuration mode. To remove
an entry from the routing table, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
network <ipaddress> mask <mask> [route-map <route-map-name>]
no network <ipaddress> mask <mask> [route-map <route-map-name>]
ipaddress: Network that BGP will advertise..
mask: Network mask with mask address..
route-map-name: Identifier of a configured route map. The route map should be examined to filter
the networks to be advertised.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
6.11.2.39 template peer
This command is used to enter bgp peer template mode for the specified template. Use the no form of
this command to remove the specified template. Peer template is a configuration feature that allows you
to share policies between neighbors. This has the advantage of being reusable and with inheritance
support that also provides better optimizations regarding building bgp updates.
Syntax
template peer <template name>
no template peer <template name>
template name: Name of the peer template.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Router BGP Config Mode
QuantaMesh | Routing Commands
818
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
7
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
IP Multicast Commands
7.1 Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol (DVMRP) Commands
This section provides a detailed explanation of the DVMRP commands. The commands are divided into
the following different groups:
Show commands are used to display device settings, statistics and other information. Configuration
commands are used to configure features and options of the switch. For every configuration command
there is a show command that will display the configuration setting.
7.1.1 Show Commands
7.1.1.1 show ip dvmrp
This command displays the system-wide information for DVMRP.
Syntax
show ip dvmrp
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User EXEC
Admin Mode This field indicates whether DVMRP is enabled or disabled. This is a configured value.
Display Message
Admin Mode: Enable or disable DVMRP function.
Version: This field indicates the version of DVMRP being used.
Total Number of Routes: This field indicates the number of routes in the DVMRP routing table.
Reachable Routes: This field indicates the number of entries in the routing table with
non-infinitemetrics. The following fields are displayed for each interface.
Slot/Port: Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes.
Interface Mode: This field indicates the mode of this interface. Possible values are Enabled and
Disabled.
State: This field indicates the current state of DVMRP on this interface. Possible values are
Operational or Non-Operational.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
819
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.1.1.2 show ip dvmrp interface
This command displays the interface information for DVMRP on the specified interface.
Syntax
show ip dvmrp interface {<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>}
<slot/port> - Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes.
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User EXEC
Display Message
Interface Mode: This field indicates whether DVMRP is enabled or disabled on the specified
interface. This is a configured value.
Interface Metric: This field indicates the metric of this interface. This is a configured value.
Local Address: This is the IP Address of the interface.
This Field is displayed only when DVMRP is operational on the interface.
Generation ID: This is the Generation ID value for the interface. This is used by the neighboring
routers to detect that the DVMRP table should be resent.
The following fields are displayed only if DVMRP is enabled on this interface.
Received Bad Packets: This is the number of invalid packets received.
Received Bad Routes: This is the number of invalid routes received.
Sent Routes: This is the number of routes that have been sent on this interface.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
820
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.1.1.3 show ip dvmrp neighbor
This command displays the neighbor information for DVMRP.
Syntax
show ip dvmrp neighbor
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User EXEC
Display Message
IfIndex: This field displays the value of the interface used to reach the neighbor.
Nbr IP Addr: This field indicates the IP Address of the DVMRP neighbor for which this entry
contains information.
State: This field displays the state of the neighboring router. The possible value for this field
are ACTIVE or DOWN.
Up Time: This field indicates the time since this neighboring router was learned.
Expiry Time: This field indicates the time remaining for the neighbor to age out. This field is not
applicable if the State is DOWN.
Generation ID: This is the Generation ID value for the neighbor.
Major Version: This shows the major version of DVMRP protocol of neighbor.
Minor Version: This shows the minor version of DVMRP protocol of neighbor.
Capabilities: This shows the capabilities of neighbor.
Received Routes: This shows the number of routes received from the neighbor.
Rcvd Bad Pkts: This field displays the number of invalid packets received from this neighbor.
Rcvd Bad Routes: This field displays the number of correct packets received with invalid routes.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
821
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.1.1.4 show ip dvmrp nexthop
This command displays the next hop information on outgoing interfaces for routing multicast
datagrams.
Syntax
show ip dvmrp nexthop
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Source IP: This field displays the sources for which this entry specifies a next hop on an outgoing
interface.
Source Mask: This field displays the IP Mask for the sources for which this entry specifies a next
hop on an outgoing interface.
Next Hop Interface: This field displays the interface in slot/port format for the outgoing interface for
this next hop.
Type: This field states whether the network is a LEAF or a BRANCH.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
822
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.1.1.5 show ip dvmrp prune
This command displays the table listing the router‘s upstream prune information.
Syntax
show ip dvmrp prune
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Group IP: This field identifies the multicast Address that is pruned.
Source IP: This field displays the IP Address of the source that has pruned.
Source Mask: This field displays the network Mask for the prune source. It should be all 1s or both
the prune source and prune mask must match.
Expiry Time (secs): This field indicates the expiry time in seconds. This is the time remaining for
this prune to age out.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
823
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.1.1.6 show ip dvmrp route
This command displays the multicast routing information for DVMRP.
Syntax
show ip dvmrp route
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Source Address: This field displays the multicast address of the source group.
Source Mask: This field displays the IP Mask for the source group.
Upstream Neighbor: This field indicates the IP Address of the neighbor which is the source for the
packets for a specified multicast address.
Interface: This field displays the interface used to receive the packets sent by the sources.
Metric: This field displays the distance in hops to the source subnet. This field has a different
meaning than the Interface Metric field.
Expiry Time(secs): This field indicates the expiry time in seconds. This is the time remaining for this
route to age out.
Up Time(secs): This field indicates the time when a specified route was learnt, in seconds.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
824
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.1.2 Configuration Commands
7.1.2.1 ip dvmrp
This command sets administrative mode of DVMRP in the router to active. IGMP must be enabled
before DVMRP can be enabled.
Syntax
ip dvmrp
no ip dvmrp
no - This command sets administrative mode of DVMRP in the router to inactive. IGMP must be
enabled before DVMRP can be enabled.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
This command sets the administrative mode of DVMRP on an interface to active.
Syntax
ip dvmrp
no ip dvmrp
no - This command sets administrative mode of DVMRP on an interface to inactive.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
825
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.1.2.2 ip dvmrp metric
This command configures the metric for an interface. This value is used in the DVMRP messages as the
cost to reach this network.
Syntax
ip dvmrp metric <value>
no ip dvmrp metric <value>
<value> - This field has a range of 1 to 31.
no - This command resets the metric for an interface to the default value. This value is used in the
DVMRP messages as the cost to reach this network.
Default Setting
1
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
826
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.2 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Commands
This section provides a detailed explanation of the IGMP commands. The commands are divided into
the following different groups:
Show commands are used to display device settings, statistics and other information.
Configuration commands are used to configure features and options of the switch. For every
configuration command there is a show command that will display the configuration setting.
7.2.1 Show Commands
7.2.1.1 show ip igmp
This command displays the system-wide IGMP information.
Syntax
show ip igmp
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User EXEC
Display Message
IGMP Admin Mode: This field displays the administrative status of IGMP. This is a configured
value.
IGMP Router-Alert check: This field displays the administrative status of Router-Alert validation for
IGMP packets.
Interface: Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes.
Interface Mode: This field indicates whether IGMP is enabled or disabled on the interface. This is a
configured value.
Operational-Status: This field indicates the current state of IGMP on this interface. Possible values
are Operational or Non-Operational.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
827
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.2.1.2 show ip igmp groups
This command displays the registered multicast groups on the interface. If ―detail‖ is specified this
command displays the registered multicast groups on the interface in detail.
Syntax
show ip igmp groups {<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>} [detail]
<slot/port> - Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes.
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
[detail] - Display details of subscribed multicast groups.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
IP Address: This displays the IP address of the interface participating in the multicast group.
Subnet Mask: This displays the subnet mask of the interface participating in the multicast group.
Interface Mode: This displays whether IGMP is enabled or disabled on this interface.
The following fields are not displayed if the interface is not enabled:
Querier Status: This displays whether the interface has IGMP in Querier mode or Non-Querier
mode.
Groups: This displays the list of multicast groups that are registered on this interface.
If detail is specified, the following fields are displayed:
Multicast IP Address: This displays the IP Address of the registered multicast group on this
interface.
Last Reporter: This displays the IP Address of the source of the last membership report received for
the specified multicast group address on this interface.
Up Time: This displays the time elapsed since the entry was created for the specified multicast
group address on this interface.
Expiry Time: This displays the amount of time remaining to remove this entry before it is aged out.
Version1 Host Timer: This displays the time remaining until the local router will assume that there
are no longer any IGMP version 1 multicast members on the IP subnet attached to this interface.
This could be an integer value or ―-----‖ if there is no Version 1 host present.
Version2 Host Timer: TThis displays the time remaining until the local router will assume that there
are no longer any IGMP version 2 multicast members on the IP subnet attached to this interface.This
could be an integer value or ―-----‖ if there is no Version 2 host present.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
828
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Group Compatibilty Mode: The group compatibility mode (v1, v2 or v3) for this group on the
specified interface.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
829
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.2.1.3 show ip igmp interface
This command displays the IGMP information for the interface.
Syntax
show ip igmp interface {<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>}
<slot/port> - Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes.
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User EXEC
Display Message
Interface: Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes.
IP Address: This displays the IP address of the interface participating in the multicast group.
Subnet Mask: This displays the subnet mask of the interface participating in the multicast group.
IGMP Admin Mode: This field displays the administrative status of IGMP. This is a configured
value.
Interface Mode: This field indicates whether IGMP is enabled or disabled on the interface. This is a
configured value.
IGMP Version: This field indicates the version of IGMP running on the interface. This value can be
configured to create a router capable of running either IGMP version 1 or 2.
Query Interval (secs): This field indicates the frequency at which IGMP Host-Query packets are
transmitted on this interface. This is a configured value.
Query Max Response Time (1/10 of a second): This field indicates the maximum query response
time advertised in IGMPv2 queries on this interface. This is a configured value.
Robustness: This field displays the tuning for the expected packet loss on a subnet. If a subnet is
expected to be have a lot of loss, the Robustness variable may be increased for that interface. This
is a configured value.
Startup Query Interval (secs): This value indicates the interval between General Queries sent by a
Querier on startup. This is a configured value.
Startup Query Count: This value is the number of Queries sent out on startup, separated by the
Startup Query Interval. This is a configured value.
Last Member Query Interval (1/10 of a second): This value indicates the Maximum Response
Time inserted into Group-Specific Queries sent in response to Leave Group messages. This is a
configured
value.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
830
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Last Member Query Count: This value is the number of Group-Specific Queries sent before the
router assumes that there are no local members. This is a configured value.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
831
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.2.1.4 show ip igmp interface membership
This command displays the list of interfaces that have registered in the multicast group.
Syntax
show ip igmp interface membership <multiipaddr> [detail]
< multiipaddr > - A multicast IP address..
[detail] - Display details of subscribed multicast groups.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User EXEC
Display Message
Iinterface: Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes.
Interface IP: This displays the IP address of the interface participating in the multicast group.
State: This displays whether the interface has IGMP in Querier mode or Non-Querier mode.
Group Compatibility Mode: The group compatibility mode (v1, v2 or v3) for the specified group on
this interface.
Source Filter Mode: The source filter mode (Include/Exclude) for the specified group on this
interface. This is ―-----‖ for IGMPv1 and IGMPv2 Membership Reports.
If detail is specified, the following fields are displayed:
Interface: Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes.
Group Compatibility Mode: The group compatibility mode (v1, v2 or v3) for the specified group on
this interface.
Source Filter Mode: The source filter mode (Include/Exclude) for the specified group on this
interface. This is ―-----‖ for IGMPv1 and IGMPv2 Membership Reports.
Source Hosts: This displays the list of unicast source IP Addresses in the group record of the
IGMPv3 Membership Report with the specified multicast group IP Address. This is ―-----‖ for IGMPv1
and IGMPv2 Membership Reports.
Expiry Time: This displays the amount of time remaining to remove this entry before it is aged out.
This is ―- ----‖ for IGMPv1 and IGMPv2 Membership Reports.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
832
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.2.1.5 show ip igmp interface stats
This command displays the IGMP statistical information for the given interface. The statistics are only
displayed when the interface is enabled for IGMP.
Syntax
show ip igmp interface stats {<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>}
<slot/port> - Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes.
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User EXEC
Display Message
Querier Status: This field indicates the status of the IGMP router, whether it is running in Querier
mode or Non-Querier mode.
Querier IP Address: This field displays the IP Address of the IGMP Querier on the IP subnet to
which this interface is attached.
Querier Up Time: This field indicates the time since the interface Querier was last changed.
Querier Expiry Time: This field displays the amount of time remaining before the Other Querier
Present Timer expires. If the local system is the querier, the value of this object is
zero.
Wrong Version Queries: This field indicates the number of queries received whose IGMP version
does not match the IGMP version of the interface.
Number of Joins: This field displays the number of times a group membership has been added on
this interface.
Number of Groups: This field indicates the current number of membership entries for this interface.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
833
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.2.2 Configuration Commands
7.2.2.1 ip igmp
This command sets the administrative mode of IGMP in the router to active.
Syntax
ip igmp
no ip igmp
no - This command sets the administrative mode of IGMP in the router to inactive.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
This command sets the administrative mode of IGMP on an interface to active.
Syntax
ip igmp
no ip igmp
no - This command sets the administrative mode of IGMP on an interface to inactive.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
834
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.2.2.2 ip igmp router-alert-check
This command Disables/Enables Router-Alert validation for IGMP packets.
Syntax
ip igmp router-alert-check
no ip igmp router-alert-check
no - This command disables/Enables Router-Alert validation for IGMP packets.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
7.2.2.3 ip igmp version
This command configures the version of IGMP for an interface.
Syntax
ip igmp version {1 | 2 | 3}
no ip igmp version
<1- 3> - The igmp version number.
no - This command resets the version of IGMP for this interface. The version is reset to the default
value.
Default Setting
3
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
835
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.2.2.4 ip igmp last-member-query-count
This command sets the number of Group-Specific Queries sent before the router assumes that there are
no local members on the interface.
Syntax
ip igmp last-member-query-count <1-20>
no ip igmp last-member-query-count
<1-20> - The range for <1-20> is 1 to 20.
no - This command resets the number of Group-Specific Queries to the default value.
Default Setting
2
Command Mode
Interface Config
7.2.2.5 ip igmp last-member-query-interval
This command configures the Maximum Response Time being inserted into Group-Specific Queries
sent in response to Leave Group messages on the interface.
Syntax
ip igmp last-member-query-interval <0-255>
no ip igmp last-member-query-interval
<0-255> - The range for <0-255> is 0 to 255 tenths of a second.
no - This command resets the Maximum Response Time being inserted into Group-Specific Queries
sent in response to Leave Group messages on the interface to the default value.
Default Setting
10 tenths of a second
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
836
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.2.2.6 ip igmp query-interval
This command configures the query interval for the specified interface. This is the frequency at which
IGMP Host-Query packets are transmitted on this interface.
Syntax
ip igmp query-interval <1-31744>
no ip igmp query-interval
<1-31744> - The range for <1-31744>
is 1 to 31744 seconds.
IGMP version 3: range 1-31744, version 2: range 1-3600, version 1: range 1-3600
no - This command resets the query interval for the specified interface to the default value. This is
the frequency at which IGMP Host-Query packets are transmitted on this interface.
Default Setting
125 seconds
Command Mode
Interface Config
7.2.2.7 ip igmp query-max-response-time
This command configures the maximum response time interval for the specified interface, which is the
maximum query response time advertised in IGMPv2 queries on this interface.The time interval is
specified in tenths of a second.
Syntax
ip igmp query-max-response-time <0-31744>
no ip igmp query-max-response-time
<0-31744> - The range for <0-31744> is 0 to 31744 tenths of a second.
IGMP version 3: range 0-31744, version 2: range 0-255, version 1: range 0-255
no - This command resets the maximum response time interval for the specified interface, which is
the maximum query response time advertised in IGMPv2 queries on this interface to the default
value. The maximum response time interval is reset to the default time.
Default Setting
100
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
837
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.2.2.8 ip igmp robustness
This command configures the robustness that allows tuning of the interface. The robustness is the tuning
for the expected packet loss on a subnet. If a subnet is expected to have a lot of loss, the Robustness
variable may be increased for the interface.
Syntax
ip igmp robustness <1-255>
no ip igmp robustness
<1-255> - The range for <1-255> is 1 to 255.
no - This command sets the robustness value to default.
Default Setting
2
Command Mode
Interface Config
7.2.2.9 ip igmp startup-query-count
This command sets the number of Queries sent out on startup, separated by the Startup Query Interval
on the interface.
Syntax
ip igmp startup-query-count <1-20>
no ip igmp startup-query-count
<1-20> - The range for <1-20> is 1 to 20.
no - This command resets the number of Queries sent out on startup, separated by the Startup
Query Interval on the interface to the default value.
Default Setting
2
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
838
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.2.2.10 ip igmp startup-query-interval
This command sets the interval between General Queries sent by a Querier on startup on the interface.
The time interval value is in seconds.
Syntax
ip igmp startup-query-interval <1-300>
no ip igmp startup-query-interval
<1-300> - The range for <1-300> is 1 to 300 seconds.
no - This command resets the interval between General Queries sent by a Querier on startup on the
interface to the default value.
Default Setting
31
Command Mode
Interface Config
7.3 MLD Commands
This section provides a detailed explanation of the MLD commands. The commands are divided into the
following different groups:
Show commands are used to display device settings, statistics and other information.
Configuration commands are used to configure features and options of the switch. For every
configuration command there is a show command that will display the configuration setting.
7.3.1 Show Commands
7.3.1.1 show ipv6 mld groups
Use this command to display information about multicast groups that MLD reported. The information is
displayed only when MLD is enabled on at least one interface. If MLD was not enabled on even one
interface, there is no group information to be displayed.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld groups {<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id> | <group-address>}
<slot/port> - Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
839
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
The following fields are displayed as a table when <slot/port> is specified.
Group Address: The address of the multicast group.
Interface: Interface through which the multicast group is reachable.
Up Time: Time elapsed in hours, minutes, and seconds since the multicast group has been known.
Expiry Time: Time left in hours, minutes, and seconds before the entry is removed from the MLD
membership table.
When <group-address> is specified, the following fields are displayed for each multicast group and
each interface.
Interface: Interface through which the multicast group is reachable.
Group Address: The address of the multicast group.
Last Reporter: The IP Address of the source of the last membership report received for this
multicast group address on that interface.
Filter Mode: The filter mode of the multicast group on this interface. The values it can take are
include and exclude.
Version 1 Host Timer: The time remaining until the router assumes there are no longer any MLD
version-1 Hosts on the specified interface.
Group Compat Mode: The compatibility mode of the multicast group on this interface. The values it
can take are MLDv1 and MLDv2
The following table is displayed to indicate all the sources associated with this group.
Source Address: The IP address of the source.
Uptime: Time elapsed in hours, minutes, and seconds since the source has been known.
Expiry Time: Time left in hours, minutes, and seconds before the entry is removed.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
840
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.3.1.2 show ipv6 mld interface
Use this command to display MLD-related information for the interface.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld interface [{<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>}]
<slot/port> - Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes.
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
The following information is displayed for each of the interfaces or for only the specified interface.
Interface: The interface number in slot/port format.
MLD Global Admin Mode: Displays the configured administrative status of MLD.
MLD Interface Admin Mode: Displays the configured administrative status of MLD on the interface.
MLD Operational Mode: The operational status of MLD on the interface.
MLD Version: Indicates the version of MLD configured on the interface.
Query Interval: Indicates the configured query interval for the interface.
Query Max Response Time: Indicates the configured maximum query response time (in seconds)
advertised in MLD queries on this interface.
Robustness: Displays the configured value for the tuning for the expected packet loss on a subnet
attached to the interface.
Startup Query interval: This valued indicates the configured interval between General Queries sent
by a Querier on startup.
Startup Query Count: This value indicates the configured number of Queries sent out on startup,
separated by the Startup Query Interval.
Last Member Query Interval: This value indicates the configured Maximum Response Time
inserted into Group-Specific Queries sent in response to Leave Group messages.
Last Member Query Count: This value indicates the configured number of Group-Specific Queries
sent before the router assumes that there are no local members.
The following information is displayed if the operational mode of the MLD interface is enabled.
Querier Status: This value indicates whether the interface is an MLD querier or non-querier on the
subnet it is associated with.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
841
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Querier IP Address: The IP address of the MLD querier on the subnet the interface is associated
with.
Querier Up Time: Time elapsed in seconds since the querier state has been updated.
Querier Expiry Time: Time left in seconds before the Querier loses its title as querier.
Wrong Version Queries: Indicates the number of queries received whose MLD version does not
match the MLD version of the interface.
Number of Joins Received: The number of times a group membership has been added on this
interface.
Number of Groups: The current number of membership entries for this interface.
7.3.1.3 show ipv6 mld traffic
Use this command to display MLD statistical information for the router.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld traffic
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
Display Message
Valid MLD Packets Received: The number of valid MLD packets received by the router.
Valid MLD Packets Sent: The number of valid MLD packets sent by the router.
Queries Received: The number of valid MLD queries received by the router.
Queries Sent: The number of valid MLD queries sent by the router.
Reports Received: The number of valid MLD reports received by the router.
Reports Sent: The number of valid MLD reports sent by the router.
Leaves Received: The number of valid MLD leaves received by the router.
Leaves Sent: The number of valid MLD leaves sent by the router.
Bad Checksum MLD Packets: The number of bad checksum MLD packets received by the router.
Malformed MLD Packets: The number of malformed MLD packets received by the router.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
842
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.3.2 Configuration Commands
7.3.2.1 ipv6 mld query-interval
Use this command to set the MLD router‘s query interval for the interface. The query-interval is the
amount of time between the general queries sent when the router is the querier on that interface.
Syntax
ipv6 mld query-interval <1-31744>
no ipv6 mld query-interval
<1-31744> - The range for <1-31744> is 1 to 31744 seconds.
MLD version 2: range 1-31744, version 1: range 1-3600
no – Use this command to reset the MLD query interval to the default value for that interface.
Default Setting
125
Command Mode
Interface Config
7.3.2.2 ipv6 mld query-max-response-time
Use this command to set the MLD querier‘s maximum response time for the interface and this value is
used in assigning the maximum response time in the query messages that are sent on that interface.
Syntax
ipv6 mld query-max-response-time <0-8387584>
no ipv6 mld query-max-response-time
<1-8387584> - The range for <1-8387584> is 1 to 8387584 milliseconds.
MLD version 2: range 1-8387584, version 1: range 1-65535
no - This command resets the MLD query max response time for the interface to the default value.
Default Setting
10000 milliseconds
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
843
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.3.2.3 ipv6 mld last-member-query-interval
Use this command to set the last member query interval for the MLD interface, which is the value of the
maximum response time parameter in the group specific queries sent out of this interface. The range for
<last-member-query-interval> is 0 to 65535 milliseconds.
Syntax
ipv6 mld last-member-query-interval <0-65535>
no ipv6 mld last-member-query-interval
no - Use this command to reset the <last-member-query-interval> parameter of the interface to the
default value.
Default Setting
1000 milliseconds
Command Mode
Interface Config
7.3.2.4 ipv6 mld last-member-query- count
Use this command to set the number of listener-specific queries sent before the router assumes that
there are no local members on the interface. The range for <last-member-query-count> is 1 to 20.
Syntax
ipv6 mld last-member-query-count <1-20>
no ipv6 mld last-member-query-count
no - Use this command to reset the <last-member-query-count> parameter of the interface to the
default value.
Default Setting
2
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
844
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.3.2.5 ipv6 mld router
Use this command, in the administrative mode of the router, to enable MLD in the router.
Syntax
ipv6 mld router
no ipv6 mld router
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
Interface Config
7.3.2.6 clear ipv6 mld counters
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Configuration Mode to clear MLD counters on the system, use the
clear ipv6 mld counters [<slot/port>] priviledge configuration command.
Syntax
clear ipv6 mld counters [{<slot/port> vlan <vlan-id>}]
<slot/port> - Specify the interface.
<vlan-id> - Specifies the VLAN interface. The range of the VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privilege Exec
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
845
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.3.2.7 clear ipv6 mld traffic
The user can go to the CLI Privilege Configuration Mode to clear MLD traffec on the system, use the
clear ipv6 mld traffic priviledge configuration command.
Syntax
clear ipv6 mld traffic
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privilege Exec
7.3.2.8 ipv6 mld version
This command configures the version of MLD for an interface.
Syntax
ipv6 mld version {1 | 2}
no ipv6 mld version
<1- 2> - The mld version number.
no - This command resets the version of MLD for this interface. The version is reset to the default
value.
Default Setting
2
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
846
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.4 Multicast Commands
7.4.1 Show Commands
7.4.1.1 show ip mcast
This command displays the system-wide multicast information
Syntax
show ip mcast
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Admin Mode: This field displays the administrative status of multicast. This is a configured value.
IPv4 Protocol State: This field indicates the current state of the IPv4 multicast protocol. Possible
values are Operational or Non-Operational.
IPv6 Protocol State: This field indicates the current state of the IPv6 multicast protocol. Possible
values are Operational or Non-Operational.Table Max Size: This field displays the maximum
number of entries allowed in the multicast table.
IPv4 Protocol: This field displays the multicast protocol running on the router. Possible values are
PIMDM, PIMSM, or DVMRP.
IPv6 Protocol: This field displays the multicast protocol running on the router. Possible values are
PIMDM or PIMSM,
Multicast Forwarding Cache Entry Count: This field displays the number of entries in the multicast
table.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
847
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.4.1.2 show ip mcast boundary
This command displays all the configured administrative scoped multicast boundaries.
Syntax
show ip mcast boundary [{<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>}]
<slot/port > - Interface number.
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
no parameter - Represents all interfaces.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Interface: Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes.
Group IP: The group IP address.
Mask: The group IP mask.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
848
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.4.1.3 show ip mcast interface
This command displays the multicast information for the specified interface.
Syntax
show ip mcast interface {<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>}
<slot/port > - Interface number.
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Interface: Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes.
TTL: This field displays the time-to-live value for this interface.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
849
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.4.1.4 show ip mcast mroute
This command displays a summary or all the details of the multicast table.
Syntax
show ip mcast mroute {detail | summary}
detail - displays the multicast routing table details.
summary - displays the multicast routing table summary.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
If the ―detail‖ parameter is specified, the following fields are displayed:
Source IP: This field displays the IP address of the multicast data source.
Group IP: This field displays the IP address of the destination of the multicast packet.
Expiry Time (secs): This field displays the time of expiry of this entry in seconds.
Up Time (secs): This field displays the time elapsed since the entry was created in seconds.
RPF Neighbor: This field displays the IP address of the RPF neighbor.
Flags: This field displays the flags associated with this entry.
If the ―summary‖ parameter is specified, the following fields are displayed:
Source IP: This field displays the IP address of the multicast data source.
Group IP: This field displays the IP address of the destination of the multicast packet.
Protocol: This field displays the multicast routing protocol by which this entry was created.
Incoming Interface: This field displays the interface on which the packet for this source/group
arrives.
Outgoing Interface List: This field displays the list of outgoing interfaces on which this packet is
forwarded.
This command displays the multicast configuration settings such as flags, timer settings, incoming and
outgoing interfaces, RPF neighboring routers, and expiration times of all the entries in the multicast
mroute table containing the given <groupipaddr>.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
850
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
Syntax
show ip mcast mroute group <groupipaddr> {detail |summary}
< groupipaddr > - the IP Address of the destination of the multicast packet.
detail - Display the multicast routing table details.
summary - Display the multicast routing table summary.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
If the detail parameter is specified the follow fields are displayed:
Source IP: This field displays the IP address of the multicast data source.
Group IP: This field displays the IP address of the destination of the multicast packet.
Expiry Time (secs): This field displays the time of expiry of this entry in seconds.
Up Time (secs): This field displays the time elapsed since the entry was created in seconds.
RPF Neighbor: This field displays the IP address of the RPF neighbor.
Flags: This field displays the flags associated with this entry.
If the summary parameter is specified the follow fields are displayed:
Source IP: This field displays the IP address of the multicast data source.
Group IP: This field displays the IP address of the destination of the multicast packet.
Protocol This field displays the multicast routing protocol by which this entry was created.
Incoming Interface: This field displays the interface on which the packet for this group arrives.
Outgoing Interface List: This field displays the list of outgoing interfaces on which this packet is
forwarded.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
851
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command displays the multicast configuration settings such as flags, timer settings, incoming and
outgoing interfaces, RPF neighboring routers, and expiration times of all the entries in the multicast
mroute table containing the given <sourceipaddr>.
Syntax
show ip mcast mroute source <sourceipaddr> {summary | detail}
< sourceipaddr > - the IP Address of the multicast data source.
summary - display the multicast routing table summary
detail - Display the multicast routing table details.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
If the < groupipaddr > parameter is specified the follow fields are displayed:
Source IP: This field displays the IP address of the multicast data source.
Group IP: This field displays the IP address of the destination of the multicast packet.
Expiry Time (secs): This field displays the time of expiry of this entry in seconds.
Up Time (secs): This field displays the time elapsed since the entry was created in seconds.
RPF Neighbor: This field displays the IP address of the RPF neighbor.
Flags: This field displays the flags associated with this entry.
If the summary parameter is specified the follow fields are displayed:
Source IP: This field displays the IP address of the multicast data source.
Group IP: This field displays the IP address of the destination of the multicast packet.
Protocol: This field displays the multicast routing protocol by which this entry was created.
Incoming Interface: This field displays the interface on which the packet for this source arrives.
Outgoing Interface List: This field displays the list of outgoing interfaces on which this packet is
forwarded.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
852
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.4.2 Configuration Commands
7.4.2.1 ip multicast
This command sets the administrative mode of the IP multicast forwarder in the router to active. For
multicast routing to become operational, IGMP must be currently enabled. An error message will be
displayed on the CLI if multicast routing is enabled while IGMP is disabled. However, the IP multicast
mode configuration is stored in the multicast configuration file and is automatically enabled once IGMP is
enabled.
Syntax
ip multicast
no ip multicast
no - This command sets the administrative mode of the IP multicast forwarder in the router to
inactive . For multicast routing to become operational, IGMP must be currently enabled. An error
message will be displayed on the CLI if multicast routing is enabled while IGMP is disabled.
However, the IP multicast mode configuration is stored in the multicast configuration file and is
automatically enabled once IGMP is enabled.
Default Setting
Disbaled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
853
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.4.2.2 ip mcast boundary
This command adds an administrative scope multicast boundary specified by <groupipaddr> and
<mask> for which this multicast administrative boundary is applicable. <groupipaddr> is a group IP
address and <mask> is a group IP mask.
Syntax
ip mcast boundary <groupipaddr> <mask>
no ip mcast boundary <groupipaddr> <mask>
<groupipaddr> - the multicast group address for the start of the range of addresses to be excluded.
The address must be in the range of 239.0.0.0 through 239.255.255.255.
<mask> - mask to be applied to the multicast group address.
no - This command deletes an administrative scope multicast boundary specified by <groupipaddr>
and <mask> for which this multicast administrative boundary is applicable. <groupipaddr> is a group
IP address and <mask> is a group IP mask.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
854
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.4.2.3 ip multicast ttl-threshold
This command applies the given <ttlthreshold> to a routing interface. The <ttlthreshold> is the
TTL threshold which is to be applied to the multicast Data packets which are to be forwarded from the
interface. The value for <ttlthreshold> has range from 0 to 255.
Syntax
ip multicast ttl-threshold <0 - 255>
no ip multicast ttl-threshold
<0 - 255> - the TTL threshold.
no - This command applies the default <ttlthreshold> to a routing interface. The <ttlthreshold> is the
TTL threshold which is to be applied to the multicast Data packets which are to be forwarded from
the interface.
Default Setting
1
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
855
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.5 IPv4 Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) Commands
7.5.1 Show Commands
7.5.1.1 show ip pim
This command displays the system-wide information for PIM-DM or PIM-SM.
Syntax
show ip pim
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Display Message
PIM Mode: Indicates whether the PIM mode is dense (PIM-DM) or sparse (PIM-SM)
Data Threshold: Rate (in kbps) of SPT Threshold
Register Rate-limit: Rate (in kbps) of the Register Threshold
Interface: slot/port
Interface Mode: Indicates whether PIM is enabled or disabled on this interface
Operational Status: The current state of PIM on this interface: Operational or Non-Operational.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
856
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.5.1.2 show ip pim bsr-router
This command displays the bootstrap router (BSR) information.
Syntax
show ip pim bsr-router {candidate | elected}
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Display Message
BSR Address: IP address of the BSR
BSR Priority: Priority as configured in the „ip pim bsr-candidate― command
BSR Hash Mask Length: Length of a mask (maximum 32 bits) that is to be ANDed with the group
address before the hash function is called. This value is configured in the ip pim bsrcandidate
command
Next Bootstrap Message: Time (in hours, minutes, and seconds) in which the next bootstrap
message is due from this BSR
Next Candidate RP advertisement: Time (in hours, minutes, and seconds) in which the next
candidate RP advertisement will be sent
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
857
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.5.1.3 show ip pim interface
This command displays the interface information for PIM on the specified interface. If no interface is
specified, the command displays the status parameters for all PIM-enabled interfaces.
Syntax
show ip pim interface [{<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>}]
<slot/port> - Interface number.
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Display Message
Interface: slot/port
Mode: Indicates whether the PIM mode enabled on the interface is dense or sparse
Hello Interval: The frequency at which PIM hello messages are transmitted on this interface. By
default, the value is 30 seconds
Join Prune Interval: The join/prune interval for the PIM router. The interval is in seconds
DR Priority: The priority of the Designated Router configured on the interface. This field is not
applicable if the interface mode is Dense
BSR Border: Identifies whether this interface is configured as a bootstrap router border interface
Neighbor Count: The number of PIM neighbors learned on this interface. This is a dynamic value
and is shown only when a PIM interface is operational
Designated Router: The IP address of the elected Designated Router for this interface. This is a
dynamic value and will only be shown when a PIM interface is operational. This field is not applicable
if the interface mode is Dense
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
858
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.5.1.4 show ip pim neighbor
This command displays PIM neighbors discovered by PIMv2 Hello messages. If the interface number is
not specified, this command displays the neighbors discovered on all the PIM enabled interfaces.
Syntax
show ip pim neighbor [{<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>}]
<slot/port > - Interface number.
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Display Message
Neighbor Address: The IP address of the neighbor on an interface
Interface: slot/port
Up Time: The time since this neighbor has become active on this interface
Expiry Time: The expiry time of the neighbor on this interface
DR Priority: The DR Priority configured on this Interface (PIM-SM only)
i
DR Priority is applicable only when sparse-mode configured routers areneighbors.
Otherwise, NA is displayed in this field
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
859
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.5.1.5 show ip pim rp mapping
Use this command to display all active group-to-RP mappings of which the router is a aware (either
configured or learned from the bootstrap router (BSR)). Use the optional parameters to limit the display
to a specific RP address or to view group-to-candidate RP or group to Static RP mapping information.
Syntax
show ip pim rp mapping [{<rp-address> | candidate | static}]
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Display Message
RP Address: The IP address of the RP for the group specified
Group Address: The IP address and prefix length of the multicast group
Group Mask: The subnet mask associated with the group
Origin: Indicates the mechanism (BSR or static) by which the RP was selected
Expiry Time: The expiry time of the RP mapping
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
860
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.5.1.6 show ip pim rp-hash
This command displays which rendezvous point (RP) is being used for a specified group.
Syntax
show ip pim rp-hash <group-address>
<group-address> - the multicast group address for the start of the range of addresses to be
excluded. The address must be in the range of 239.0.0.0 through 239.255.255.255.
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Display Message
RP Address: The IP address of the RP for the group specified
Type: Indicates the mechanism (BSR or static) by which the RP was selected
7.5.1.7 show ip pim ssm
This command displays the configured source specific IP multicast addresses. If no SSM Group range is
configured, this command output is No SSM address range is configured.
Syntax
show ip pim ssm
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec, User Exec
Display Message
Group Address: The IP multicast address of the SSM group
Prefix Length: The network prefix length
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
861
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
862
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.5.2 Configuration Commands
7.5.2.1 ip pim bsr-candidate
This command is used to configure the router to announce its candidacy as a bootstrap router (BSR).
Syntax
ip pim bsr-candidate interface {<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>} <hash-mask-length> [<priority>]
no ip pim bsr-candidate interface {<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>} <hash-mask-length> [<priority>]
<slot/port> - Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes.
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
<hash-mask-length> - BSR hash-mask length. The range of the mask is 0 to 32.
<priority> - BSR priority. The range of the priority is 0 to 255.
no - This command is used to disable the router to announce its candidacy as a bootstrap router
(BSR).
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
Parameters
hash-mask-length: Length of a mask (32 bits maximum) that is to be ANDed with the group
address before the hash function is called. All groups with the same seed hash correspond to the
same RP. For example, if this value was 24, only the first 24 bits of the group addresses matter. This
allows you to get one RP for multiple groups.
priority: Priority of the candidate BSR. The range is an integer from 0 to 255. The BSR with the
larger priority is preferred. If the priority values are the same, the router with the larger IP address is
the BSR. The default value is 0.
i
This command takes effect only when PIM-SM is configured as the PIM mode
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
863
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.5.2.2 ip pim dense
This command enables the administrative mode of PIM-DM in the router.
Syntax
ip pim dense
no ip pim dense
no - This command disables the administrative mode of PIM-DM in the router.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
7.5.2.3 ip pim rp-address
This command is used to statically configure the RP address for one or more multicast groups. The
parameter rp-address is the IP address of the RP. The parameter groupaddress is the group address
supported by the RP. The parameter groupmask is the group mask for the group address. The optional
keyword override indicates that if there is a conflict, the RP configured with this command prevails over
the RP learned by BSR.
Syntax
ip pim rp-address <rp-address> <group-address> <group-mask> [override]
no ip pim rp-address <rp-address> <group-address> <group-mask>
<rp-address> - Specifies the rp address.
<group-address> - Specifies the group address.
<group-mask> - Specifies the group mask.
no - This command is used to statically remove the RP address for one or more multicast groups.
Default Setting
0
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
864
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
i
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
This command takes effect only when PIM-SM is configured as the PIM mode
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
865
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.5.2.4 ip pim rp-candidate
This command is used to configure the router to advertise itself as a PIM candidate rendezvous point
(RP) to the bootstrap router (BSR).
Syntax
ip pim rp-candidate interface {<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>} <group-address> <group-mask>
no ip pim rp-candidate interface {<slot/port> | vlan <vlan-id>} <group-address> <group-mask>
<slot/port> - Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes.
<vlan-id> - VLAN ID. The range of VLAN ID is 1 to 4093.
<group-address> - Specifies the group address.
<group-mask> - Specifies the group mask.
no - This command is used to disable the router to advertise itself as a PIM candidate rendezvous
point (RP) to the bootstrap router (BSR).
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Global Config
i
This command takes effect only when PIM-SM is configured as the PIM mode
7.5.2.5 ip pim sparse
This command enables the administrative mode of PIM-SM in the router.
Syntax
ip pim sparse
no ip pim sparse
no - This command disables the administrative mode of PIM-SM in the router.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
866
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.5.2.6 ip pim spt-threshold
Use this command to configure the Data Threshold rate for the last-hop router to switch to the shortest
path. The possible values are 0 or Infinity.
Syntax
ip pim spt-threshold {0 | Infinity}
no ip pim spt-threshold
no - This command is used to set the Data Threshold rate for the RP router to the default value.
Default Setting
0
Command Mode
Global Config
This command takes effect only when PIM-SM is configured as the PIM mode
i
7.5.2.7 ip pim ssm
Use this command to define the Source Specific Multicast (SSM) range of IP multicast addresses.
Syntax
ip pim ssm {default | <group-address> <group-mask>}
no ip pim ssm {default | <group-address> <group-mask>}
<group-address> - Specifies the group address.
<group-mask> - Specifies the group-mask.
no - This command is used to disable the specified Source Specific Multicast (SSM) range.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
Parameters
default - Defines the SSM range access list to 232/8.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
867
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.5.2.8 ip pim
This command administratively enables PIM on an interface or range of interfaces.
Syntax
ip pim
no ip pim
no - This command sets the administrative mode of PIM on an interface to disabled.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
7.5.2.9 ip pim bsr-border
Use this command to prevent bootstrap router (BSR) messages from being sent or received through an
interface or range of interfaces.
Syntax
ip pim bsr-border
no ip pim bsr-border
no - Use this command to disable the interface from being the BSR border.
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface Config
i
This command takes effect only when PIM-SM is configured as the PIM mode
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
868
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.5.2.10 ip pim dr-priority
Use this command to set the priority value for which a router is elected as the designated router (DR).
This command can be configured on a single interface or a range of interfaces.
Syntax
ip pim dr-priority <0-4294967294>
no ip pim dr-priority
no - Use this command to reset the priority value for which a router is elected as the designated
router (DR).
Default Setting
1
Command Mode
Interface Config
i
This command takes effect only when PIM-SM is configured as the PIM mode
7.5.2.11 ip pim hello-interval
Use this command to configure the PIM hello interval for the specified router interface or range of
interfaces. The hello-interval is specified in seconds and is in the range 10–18000.
Syntax
ip pim hello-interval <10–18000>
no ip pim hello-interval
no - Use this command to set the PIM hello interval to the default value.
Default Setting
30
Command Mode
Interface Config
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
869
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.5.2.12 ip pim join-prune-interval
This command is used to configure the join/prune interval for the PIM-SM router on an interface or range
of interfaces. The join/prune interval is specified in seconds. This parameter can be configured to a value
from 0 to 18000.
Syntax
ip pim join-prune-interval <0-18000>
no ip pim join-prune-interval
no - Use this command to set the join/prune interval to the default value.
Default Setting
60
Command Mode
Interface Config
i
This command takes effect only when PIM-SM is configured as the PIM mode
7.5.2.13 ip pim-trapflags
This command enables the PIM trap mode for both Sparse Mode (SM) and Dense Mode. (DM).
Syntax
ip pim-trapflags
no ip pim-trapflags
no - This command sets the PIM trap mode to the default
Default Setting
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Config
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
870
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.6 IPv6 Protocol Independent Multicast Commands
7.6.1 Show Commands
7.6.1.1 show ipv6 pim
Use this command to display the system-wide information for PIM-DM or PIM-SM.
Syntax
show ipv6 pim
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
PIM Mode: Indicates whether the PIM mode is dense (PIM-DM) or sparse (PIM-SM)
Data Threshold Rate: Indicates the data threshold rate for PIM.
Interface: Valid slot, and port number separated by forward slashes.
Interface-Mode: Indicates whether PIM is enabled or disabled on this interface.
Operational-State: The current state of PIM on this interface. Possible values are Operational or
Non-Operational.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
871
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.6.1.2 show ipv6 pim ssm
Use this command to displays the configured source specific IPv6 multicast addresses. If no SSM Group
range is configured, this command output is No SSM address range is configured.
Syntax
show ipv6 pim ssm
Default Setting
None
Command Mode
Privileged Exec
User Exec
Display Message
Group Address: The IPv6 multicast address of the SSM group.
Prefix Length: The network prefix length.
QuantaMesh | IP Multicast Commands
872
UANTA COMPUTER INC.
Layer 2/3/4 Managed Switch
7.6.1.3 show ipv6 pim interface
Use this command to displays the interface information for PIM on the specified interface. If no interface
is specified, the command displays the status parameters for all PIM-enabled interfaces.
Syntax
show i